U.S.

Department
of Transportation
Advisory
Federal Aviation
Administration
Circular
Subject: GENERAL GUIDANCE AND Date: 05/21/2009 AC No: 150/5300-18B
SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF Initiated by: AAS-100
AERONAUTICAL SURVEYS TO NGS: FIELD
DATA COLLECTION AND GEOGRAPHIC
INFORMATION SYSTEM (GIS) STANDARDS

1. PURPOSE: This Advisory Circular (AC) provides the specifications for the collection of airport
data through field and office methodologies in support of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). It
also explains how to submit data to the FAA, who will forward the safety critical data to the National
Geodetic Survey (NGS) for independent verification and validation. The primary purpose of these
general guidelines and specifications is to list the requirements for data collection conducted at airports in
support of the FAA Airport Surveying – Geographic Information System (GIS) Program. The FAA’s
Office of Airport Safety and Standards (AAS-1) administers this program. The standards covered in this
document provide critical information for the operation and safety of the National Airspace System
(NAS) and are classified as critical by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). ICAO
Annex 15 defines data as critical when “there is a high probability when using corrupted critical data that
the continued safe flight and landing of an aircraft would be severely at risk with the potential for
catastrophe.” The information furnished under these standards covers the entire spectrum of the FAA’s
airport data requirements, including but not limited to runway and stopway data, navigational aid data,
obstruction data, and data on various airport features, including taxiways, aprons, and landmark features.
Most of this information is source data, acquired by field survey and/or remote sensing methods.

2. CANCELLATION: AC 150/5300-18A, General Guidance and Specifications for Submission of

Aeronautical Surveys to NGS: Field Data Collection and Geographic Information System (GIS)
Standards, dated 9/15/2007, is cancelled.

3. PRINCIPAL CHANGES. The substantial revision of this AC incorporates new standards

addressing the collection of a greater spectrum of airport related data and is reformatted to provide better
understanding. Users should review the entire document to familiarize themselves with the new format.

4. APPLICATION: The FAA recommends the guidelines and standards in this AC for the collection
of geospatial airport and aeronautical data. In general, this AC is not mandatory. However, use of these
guidelines is mandatory for the collection of geospatial airport and aeronautical data funded under Federal
grant assistance programs. It also provides one, but not the only, acceptable means of meeting the
requirements of Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 139, Certification of Airports for the
collection of geospatial airport and aeronautical data. Mandatory terms such as "shall" or "must" used
herein apply only to those who purchase the collection of geospatial airport and aeronautical data using
Airport Improvement Program (AIP) or Passenger Facility Charge Program (PFC) funds, or those who
seek to demonstrate compliance by use of the specific method described by this AC.
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5. COMMENTS OR SUGGESTIONS for improvements to this AC should be sent to:

Manager, Airport Engineering Division

Federal Aviation Administration
ATTN: AAS-100
800 Independence Avenue, S.W.
Washington, DC 20591

6. COPIES OF THIS AC. The Office of Airport Safety and Standards is in the process of making ACs
available to the public through the Internet. Obtain these ACs through the FAA home page
(www.faa.gov). A printed copy of this and other ACs can be ordered from:

U.S. Department of Transportation

Subsequent Business Office
Annmore East Business Center
3341 Q 75th Avenue
Landover, MD, 20785.

Michael J. O’Donnell
Director of Airport Safety and Standards

ii
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL GUIDANCE AND SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................... 1

1.1. INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 1
1.2. ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................................................ 1
1.2.1. Specifications ......................................................................................................... 1
1.2.2. Conventions ........................................................................................................... 1
1.3. CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 2
1.3.1. Maintenance and Calibration ................................................................................. 2
1.3.2. Original Data ......................................................................................................... 2
1.3.3. Corrections or Revisions to Data ........................................................................... 3
1.3.4. Unusual Circumstances.......................................................................................... 3
1.3.5. Specification Review and Familiarity .................................................................... 3
1.4. NATIONAL SPATIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (NSRS)........................................................ 3
1.4.1. Horizontal Control ................................................................................................. 3
1.4.2. Vertical Reference ................................................................................................. 3
1.4.3. GEOID Model........................................................................................................ 3
1.5. DATA FORMATS .................................................................................................................... 4
1.5.1. Ground Control Data ............................................................................................. 4
1.5.2. Digital Images from Hand-Held Camera ............................................................... 4
1.5.3. Documents or Sketches .......................................................................................... 6
1.5.4. Geospatial Vector Files .......................................................................................... 7
1.5.5. ESRI Nuances for Dealing with FAA Attribute Names ........................................ 7
1.5.6. Airport Layout Plan Data ....................................................................................... 8
1.5.7. Raster Imagery ....................................................................................................... 8

CHAPTER 2. SURVEY SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS ...................................................... 11

2.1. OVERVIEW OF THE PROCESS ........................................................................................... 11
2.2. INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION AND VALIDATION OF AIRPORT SAFETY DATA. . 11
2.2.1. Verification .......................................................................................................... 11
2.2.2. Validation ............................................................................................................ 12
2.3. ACCURACY REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 12
2.3.1. Geodetic Control .................................................................................................. 12
2.3.2. Imagery ................................................................................................................ 12
2.3.3. Remotely Sensed Surveys .................................................................................... 12
2.3.4. Feature Accuracy Requirements .......................................................................... 13
2.3.5. Field Surveys ....................................................................................................... 13
2.4. RESERVED ............................................................................................................................ 13
2.5. FEATURE ATTRIBUTION ................................................................................................... 13
2.6. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 14
2.6.1. General Reporting Requirements ......................................................................... 14
2.6.2. Survey and Quality Control Plan ......................................................................... 14
2.6.3. Project Status Report ........................................................................................... 16
2.6.4. Final Project Report ............................................................................................. 16
2.6.5. Field Note Information and Data ......................................................................... 18
2.6.6. Deliverables Checklist ......................................................................................... 18
2.6.7. Pre-Survey Preparation Activities ....................................................................... 19
2.6.8. Field Survey Operations ...................................................................................... 20
2.6.9. Determining the Survey Requirements. ............................................................... 21
2.6.10. Types of Airport Survey Projects ........................................................................ 25
2.7. AIRPORT AIRSPACE ANALYSIS SURVEYS .................................................................... 36

iii
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.7.1. Airport Airspace Survey Surfaces and Analysis .................................................. 36

2.8. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (OEI) ANALYSIS SURVEY REQUIREMENTS ............... 51
2.9. TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEYING ............................................................................................. 52
2.9.1. Category II and III Operation Area Topographic Survey. ................................... 54
2.10. AIRPORT MAPPING DATABASE SURVEYS .................................................................... 56
2.11. ENGINEERING (CONSTRUCTION) SURVEYS ................................................................. 59
2.12. AIRPORT PAVEMENTS ....................................................................................................... 60
2.12.1. Construction/Roughness ...................................................................................... 60
2.12.2. Airport Pavement Inventory ................................................................................ 60
2.13. SUB-SURFACE UTILITIES ENGINEERING (SUE) ........................................................... 61
2.13.1. Utility Research ................................................................................................... 62
2.13.2. Utility Designation ............................................................................................... 63
2.13.3. Utility Field Collection ........................................................................................ 64
2.13.4. Optional SUE Quality Level A Testholes ............................................................ 64
2.14. BOUNDARY SURVEYING/LAND USE ........................................................................................ 64
2.14.1. Research and Investigation. ................................................................................. 65
2.14.2. Monumentation. ................................................................................................... 65
2.14.3. Measurement specifications. ................................................................................ 66
2.14.4. Plat of survey. ...................................................................................................... 66

CHAPTER 3. GEOSPATIAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS ............................................ 69

3.1. INTEGRATING GIS AND ENGINEERING DATA ............................................................. 69
3.2. ADVANTAGES OF DATA COMPLIANCE ......................................................................... 69
3.3. RELATIONSHIP OF GIS FEATURES TO CADD LAYERS ................................................ 69
3.3.1. Layering of Feature Types ................................................................................... 69
3.3.2. Feature Type Layering in GIS Software .............................................................. 70
3.3.3. Relationship of GIS and CADD Layers............................................................... 70
3.3.4. Feature Type Layering in CADD Software ......................................................... 71
3.4. GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 73
3.4.1. Feature Types....................................................................................................... 73
3.4.2. Geometry ............................................................................................................. 73
3.4.3. Topological Integrity ........................................................................................... 74
3.5. ATTRIBUTES......................................................................................................................... 77
3.5.1. Domain Values .................................................................................................... 78
3.5.2. Primary Key Identifiers ....................................................................................... 78
3.5.3. Foreign Key Identifiers ........................................................................................ 78
3.6. METADATA........................................................................................................................... 79
3.6.1. Temporal Relevance ............................................................................................ 81
3.6.2. Accuracy .............................................................................................................. 81
3.6.3. Security Sensitivity Levels .................................................................................. 81
3.7. COORDINATE SYSTEMS .................................................................................................... 82
3.7.1. Acceptable Coordinate Systems .......................................................................... 82
3.7.2. Acceptable Datum................................................................................................ 82

CHAPTER 4. DATA TRANSLATION AND USE OF EXISTING DATA ......................................... 83

4.1. USE OF EXISTING DATA .................................................................................................... 83
4.1.1. Maintenance of Data ............................................................................................ 83
4.1.2. Data Set Maintenance and Update ....................................................................... 83
4.1.3. Establishing a Common Data Reference Framework .......................................... 87
4.1.4. Data Distortion Handling Strategy....................................................................... 89
4.1.5. Legacy Data Elements Standards Compliance .................................................... 90

iv
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

4.2. PREPARING YOUR DATA FOR SUBMISSION TO THE FAA .......................................... 90

4.3. DATA MIGRATION TOOL (DMT) ...................................................................................... 91
4.3.1. External-reference and Nest all Legacy Drawings for Autodesk DWG format
only ...................................................................................................................... 93
4.3.2. Bind all Legacy Drawings ................................................................................... 93
4.3.3. Run Data Migration Tool (DMT) ........................................................................ 94
4.3.4. Identify and Translate Non-Compliant Objects ................................................... 98
4.3.5. Layer Conversion from Legacy to FAA Standards ........................................... 100
4.3.6. Assign Attributes to FAA Compliant Objects ................................................... 103
4.3.7. Run “Final Purge” Routine on Compliant Database and Save .......................... 105

CHAPTER 5. AIRPORT DATA FEATURES ..................................................................................... 107

5.1. FEATURE DOCUMENTATION MINIMUMS ................................................................... 107
5.2. MULTIPLE INSTANCES OF FEATURES.......................................................................... 107
5.3. FEATURE CLASS DESCRIPTION LEGEND .................................................................... 107
5.3.1. Paragraph Number and FeatureClassName ....................................................... 107
5.4. GROUP: AIRFIELD .............................................................................................................. 108
5.4.1. Aircraft Gate Stand ............................................................................................ 108
5.4.2. Aircraft Non Movement Area ............................................................................ 110
5.4.3. Air Operations Area ........................................................................................... 111
5.4.4. Airfield Light ..................................................................................................... 112
5.4.5. ArrestingGear .................................................................................................... 114
5.4.6. Frequency Area .................................................................................................. 115
5.4.7. Passenger Loading Bridge ................................................................................. 116
5.4.8. Runway Centerline ............................................................................................ 117
5.4.9. Runway Helipad Design Surface ....................................................................... 118
5.4.10. Runway Intersection .......................................................................................... 119
5.4.11. Runway LAHSO ................................................................................................ 121
5.4.12. Runway Element ................................................................................................ 122
5.4.13. Stopway ............................................................................................................. 124
5.4.14. Taxiway Holding Position ................................................................................. 125
5.4.15. Airport Sign ....................................................................................................... 127
5.4.16. Apron ................................................................................................................. 128
5.4.17. Deicing Area ...................................................................................................... 130
5.4.18. Touch Down Lift Off ......................................................................................... 131
5.4.19. Marking Area ..................................................................................................... 133
5.4.20. Marking Line ..................................................................................................... 134
5.4.21. Movement Area ................................................................................................. 136
5.4.22. Runway .............................................................................................................. 137
5.4.23. Restricted Access Boundary .............................................................................. 138
5.4.24. Runway Arresting Area ..................................................................................... 140
5.4.25. Runway Blast Pad .............................................................................................. 142
5.4.26. Runway End....................................................................................................... 143
5.4.27. Runway Label .................................................................................................... 150
5.4.28. Runway Safety Area Boundary ......................................................................... 151
5.4.29. Shoulder ............................................................................................................. 152
5.4.30. Taxiway Intersection.......................................................................................... 155
5.4.31. Taxiway Element ............................................................................................... 156
5.5. GROUP: AIRSPACE ............................................................................................................. 159
5.5.1. Landmark Segment ............................................................................................ 159
5.5.2. Obstacle ............................................................................................................. 160

v
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.5.3. Obstruction Area ................................................................................................ 163

5.5.4. Obstruction Identification Surface ..................................................................... 167
5.5.5. Runway Protect Area ......................................................................................... 168
5.6. GROUP: CADASTRAL ......................................................................................................... 170
5.6.1. Airport Boundary ............................................................................................... 170
5.6.2. Airport Parcel..................................................................................................... 171
5.6.3. County................................................................................................................ 172
5.6.4. Easements And Rights of Ways......................................................................... 173
5.6.5. FAA Region Area .............................................................................................. 174
5.6.6. Land Use ............................................................................................................ 175
5.6.7. Lease Zone ......................................................................................................... 176
5.6.8. Municipality ....................................................................................................... 177
5.6.9. Parcel ................................................................................................................. 178
5.6.10. State ................................................................................................................... 179
5.6.11. Zoning ................................................................................................................ 180
5.7. GROUP: ENVIRONMENTAL .............................................................................................. 182
5.7.1. Environmental Contamination Area .................................................................. 182
5.7.2. Fauna Hazard Area ............................................................................................ 183
5.7.3. Flood Zone ......................................................................................................... 184
5.7.4. Flora Species Site............................................................................................... 185
5.7.5. Forest Stand Area............................................................................................... 186
5.7.6. Hazardous Material Storage Site ....................................................................... 187
5.7.7. Noise Contour .................................................................................................... 188
5.7.8. Noise Incident .................................................................................................... 189
5.7.9. Noise Monitoring Point ..................................................................................... 190
5.7.10. Sample Collection Point .................................................................................... 190
5.7.11. Shoreline ............................................................................................................ 192
5.7.12. Wetland .............................................................................................................. 193
5.8. GROUP: GEOSPATIAL ........................................................................................................ 195
5.8.1. Airport Control Point – Runway Intersection Point .......................................... 195
5.8.2. Airport Control Point – Airport Elevation ......................................................... 196
5.8.3. Airport Control Point – Centerline Perpendicular Points .................................. 198
5.8.4. Airport Control Point – Displaced Threshold Point .......................................... 199
5.8.5. Airport Control Point – Stopway Ends .............................................................. 203
5.8.6. Airport Control Point – Profile Points ............................................................... 206
5.8.7. Airport Control Point – Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE) ........................... 207
5.8.8. Airport Control Point – Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations
(PACS/SACS).................................................................................................... 209
5.8.9. Coordinate Grid Area......................................................................................... 210
5.8.10. Elevation Contour .............................................................................................. 212
5.8.11. Image Area......................................................................................................... 213
5.9. GROUP: MAN MADE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 215
5.9.1. Building ............................................................................................................. 215
5.9.2. Construction Area .............................................................................................. 217
5.9.3. Roof ................................................................................................................... 220
5.9.4. Fence .................................................................................................................. 221
5.9.5. Gate .................................................................................................................... 222
5.9.6. Tower ................................................................................................................. 223
5.10. GROUP: NAVIGATIONAL AIDS ........................................................................................ 225
5.10.1. NAVAID Critical Area ...................................................................................... 225
5.10.2. Navaid Equipment – Airport Beacon (APBN) .................................................. 229

vi
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.10.3. Navaid Equipment – Air Route Surveillance Radar (ARSR) or Airport

Surveillance Radar (ASR) ................................................................................. 231
5.10.4. Navaid Equipment – Approach Light System (ALS) ........................................ 234
5.10.5. Navaid Equipment – Back Course Marker (BCM) ............................................ 243
5.10.6. Navaid Equipment – Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) .......................... 245
5.10.7. Navaid Equipment –Glide Slope – End Fire (GS) ............................................. 248
5.10.8. Navaid Equipment – Fan Marker (FM) ............................................................. 251
5.10.9. Navaid Equipment – Glideslope (GS) ............................................................... 253
5.10.10. Navaid Equipment – Ground Controlled Approach (GCA) Touchdown Reflectors
........................................................................................................................... 255
5.10.11. Navaid Equipment – Inner Marker (IM) ............................................................ 258
5.10.12. Navaid Equipment – Localizer (LOC) ............................................................... 261
5.10.13. Navaid Equipment – Localizer Type Directional Aid (LDA) ........................... 264
5.10.14. Navaid Equipment – Middle Marker (MM) ...................................................... 266
5.10.15. Navaid Equipment – MLS Azimuth Antenna (MLSAZ)................................... 269
5.10.16. Navaid Equipment – MLS Elevation Antenna (MLSEZ) .................................. 271
5.10.17. Navaid Equipment – Non-Directional Beacon (NDB) ...................................... 274
5.10.18. Navaid Equipment – Outer Marker (OM) ......................................................... 277
5.10.19. Navaid Equipment – Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) System ......... 280
5.10.20. Navaid Equipment – Precision Approach Radar (PAR) Touchdown Reflectors
........................................................................................................................... 283
5.10.21. Navaid Equipment – Pulse Light Approach Slope Indicator (PLASI) System . 286
5.10.22. Navaid Equipment – Pulsating Visual Approach Slope Indicator (PVASI) ...... 288
5.10.23. Navaid Equipment – Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL) ............................. 290
5.10.24. Navaid Equipment – Simplified Directional Facility (SDF) ............................. 294
5.10.25. Navaid Equipment – Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) .................................. 296
5.10.26. Navaid Equipment – Tricolor Visual Approach Slope Indicator System (TRCV)
........................................................................................................................... 299
5.10.27. Navaid Equipment – “T” Visual Approach Slope Indicator System (T-VASI) 301
5.10.28. Navaid Equipment – VHF Omni Directional Range (VOR) ............................. 304
5.10.29. Navaid Equipment – Visual Approach Slope Indicator System (VASI) ........... 306
5.10.30. Navaid Equipment – VOR/TACAN (VORTAC) .............................................. 309
5.10.31. NAVAID Site .................................................................................................... 311
5.11. GROUP: SEAPLANE ............................................................................................................ 313
5.11.1. Water Operating Area ........................................................................................ 313
5.11.2. Water Lane End ................................................................................................. 315
5.11.3. Taxi Channel ...................................................................................................... 317
5.11.4. Turning Basin .................................................................................................... 318
5.11.5. Navigation Buoy ................................................................................................ 320
5.11.6. Seaplane Ramp Centerline ................................................................................. 321
5.11.7. Seaplane Ramp Site ........................................................................................... 322
5.11.8. Docking Area ..................................................................................................... 323
5.11.9. Anchorage Area ................................................................................................. 325
5.12. GROUP: SECURITY ............................................................................................................. 329
5.12.1. Security Area ..................................................................................................... 329
5.12.2. Security Identification Display Area ................................................................. 330
5.12.3. Security Perimeter Line ..................................................................................... 330
5.12.4. Sterile Area ........................................................................................................ 331
5.13. GROUP: SURFACE TRANSPORTATION ........................................................................... 333
5.13.1. Bridge ................................................................................................................ 333
5.13.2. Driveway Area ................................................................................................... 334

vii
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.13.3. Driveway Centerline .......................................................................................... 335

5.13.4. Parking Lot ........................................................................................................ 336
5.13.5. Railroad Centerline ............................................................................................ 337
5.13.6. Railroad Yard..................................................................................................... 338
5.13.7. Road Centerline ................................................................................................. 339
5.13.8. Road Point ......................................................................................................... 340
5.13.9. Road Segment .................................................................................................... 341
5.13.10. Sidewalk ............................................................................................................ 342
5.13.11. Tunnel ................................................................................................................ 343
5.14. GROUP: UTILITIES .............................................................................................................. 345
5.14.1. Tank Site ............................................................................................................ 345
5.14.2. Utility Line......................................................................................................... 346
5.14.3. Utility Point ....................................................................................................... 349
5.14.4. Utility Polygon................................................................................................... 366
5.15. ATTRIBUTE ENUMERATIONS ........................................................................................ 368
5.15.1. CodeAcqusitionType ......................................................................................... 368
5.15.2. CodeAirportFacilityType ................................................................................... 368
5.15.3. CodeApproachCategory..................................................................................... 368
5.15.4. CodeApproachGuidance .................................................................................... 368
5.15.5. CodeApronType................................................................................................. 368
5.15.6. CodeBridgeType ................................................................................................ 369
5.15.7. CodeBuoyType .................................................................................................. 369
5.15.8. CodeClassAirspace ............................................................................................ 369
5.15.9. CodeColor .......................................................................................................... 370
5.15.10. CodeCompassLocation ...................................................................................... 370
5.15.11. CodeCoordinatedUseType ................................................................................. 371
5.15.12. CodeCoordinateZone ......................................................................................... 371
5.15.13. CodeDesignGroup ............................................................................................. 391
5.15.14. CodeDesignSurfaceType ................................................................................... 391
5.15.15. CodeDirectionality ............................................................................................. 391
5.15.16. CodeFaaRegion.................................................................................................. 391
5.15.17. CodeFuel ............................................................................................................ 392
5.15.18. CodeGateStandType .......................................................................................... 392
5.15.19. CodeGridType ................................................................................................... 392
5.15.20. CodeHazardCategory ......................................................................................... 393
5.15.21. CodeHazardType ............................................................................................... 395
5.15.22. CodeHowAcquired ............................................................................................ 395
5.15.23. CodeLandmarkType .......................................................................................... 395
5.15.24. CodeLandUseType ............................................................................................ 396
5.15.25. CodeLightingConfigurationType ....................................................................... 398
5.15.26. CodeLoadingBridgeType................................................................................... 401
5.15.27. CodeLowVisibilityCategory .............................................................................. 401
5.15.28. CodeMarkingFeatureType ................................................................................. 401
5.15.29. CodeMonumentType ......................................................................................... 403
5.15.30. CodeNavaidEquipmentType .............................................................................. 404
5.15.31. CodeNavaidSystemType ................................................................................... 405
5.15.32. CodeObstacleSource .......................................................................................... 405
5.15.33. CodeObstacleType ............................................................................................. 406
5.15.34. CodeObstructionAreaType ................................................................................ 408
5.15.35. CodeOffsetDirection .......................................................................................... 408
5.15.36. CodeOisSurfaceCondition ................................................................................. 408

viii
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.15.37. CodeOisSurfaceType ......................................................................................... 409

5.15.38. CodeOisZoneType ............................................................................................. 409
5.15.39. CodeOperationsType ......................................................................................... 409
5.15.40. CodeOwner ........................................................................................................ 409
5.15.41. CodePointType .................................................................................................. 410
5.15.42. CodeProjectStatus .............................................................................................. 410
5.15.43. CodeRecoveredCondition .................................................................................. 410
5.15.44. CodeRouteType ................................................................................................. 411
5.15.45. CodeRunwayProtectionAreaType ..................................................................... 412
5.15.46. CodeSamplePointLocation ................................................................................ 412
5.15.47. CodeSegmentType ............................................................................................. 412
5.15.48. CodeShorelineType ........................................................................................... 412
5.15.49. CodeShoulderType ............................................................................................ 413
5.15.50. CodeSignTypeCode ........................................................................................... 413
5.15.51. CodeStatus ......................................................................................................... 414
5.15.52. CodeStructureType ............................................................................................ 414
5.15.53. CodeSurfaceCondition ....................................................................................... 416
5.15.54. CodeSurfaceMaterial ......................................................................................... 416
5.15.55. CodeSurfaceType............................................................................................... 416
5.15.56. CodeTaxiwayType ............................................................................................. 416
5.15.57. CodeThresholdType........................................................................................... 417
5.15.58. CodeUseCode .................................................................................................... 417
5.15.59. CodeUtilityType ................................................................................................ 417
5.15.60. CodeVerticalStructureMaterial .......................................................................... 418
5.15.61. CodeZoneType................................................................................................... 418
5.15.62. CodeZoningClass ............................................................................................... 419

APPENDIX A. ADDITIONAL REFERENCES, GLOSSARY AND ACRONYMS ........................ 421

A.1. REFERENCES AND PROJECT MATERIALS TO REVIEW ............................................. 421
A.2. GLOSSARY .......................................................................................................................... 423
A.3. ACRONYMS AND WORD PHRASES................................................................................ 437

APPENDIX B. AERONAUTICAL SURVEY GUIDANCE AND SPECIFICATIONS ................... 449

B.1. AIRPORT REFERENCE POINT (ARP) COMPUTATION ................................................. 449

APPENDIX C. RUNWAY, STOPWAY, AND DISPLACED THRESHOLD END

IDENTIFCATION AND MONUMENTATION.................................................................................. 453
C.1. RUNWAY, STOPWAY, AND DISPLACED THRESHOLD END IDENTIFCATION AND
MONUMENTATION ........................................................................................................... 453

APPENDIX D. TRUNCATED ATTRIBUTE VALUES TO BE USED WITH ESRI® SHAPEFILES

.................................................................................................................................................................. 461

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1-1. Photograph type 1...................................................................................................................... 4

Figure 1-2. Photograph type 2...................................................................................................................... 5
Figure 1-3. Photograph type 3...................................................................................................................... 5
Figure 1-4. Illustrates the documentation of a glideslope antenna from different perspectives. ................. 5
Figure 1-5. Example of Raster Imagery ....................................................................................................... 9

ix
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Figure 2-1. Depicts some of the required points and elements of a runway or stopway. .......................... 27
Figure 2-2. An example of the proper marking for a blast pad or stopway. .............................................. 28
Figure 2-3. Standards for marking of runway shoulders............................................................................ 29
Figure 2-4. Illustrates the proper marking of a displaced threshold........................................................... 30
Figure 2-5. This photo illustrates how lights used at airports assist the landing pilot. .............................. 33
Figure 2-6. Illustrates the dimensional criteria associated with the VGATS and the connection to the
VGPCS. ............................................................................................................................ 37
Figure 2-7. Illustrates the areas, dimensions, and slopes of the Vertically Guided Approach Survey and
Analysis Specification required to support instrument procedure development............... 38
Figure 2-8. Object Representation in the VGRPS Area. ............................................................................ 39
Figure 2-9. Illustrates the VGRPS and VGPCS object representations. .................................................... 40
Figure 2-10. SAWS, AWOS and ASOS Station Installations. .................................................................. 41
Figure 2-11. The area outlined in blue illustrates the lateral limits of the VGAS. .................................... 42
Figure 2-12. Illustrates the VGATS divided into four (4) sections for analysis. ....................................... 42
Figure 2-13. Illustrates dividing the VGHS into quadrants through the ARP. .......................................... 43
Figure 2-14. Figure 2-14a: NVGPS, NVGAS, and NVGTS Types 1/2/3 for Non-Vertically Guided
(NVG) Airport Surfaces .................................................................................................... 45
Figure 2-15. Figure 2-14b: Horizontal Surface (NVGHS) for Non-Vertically Guided (NVG) Airport
Surfaces ............................................................................................................................. 46
Figure 2-16. Object Representation in the non-vertically guided operations primary surface area. .......... 47
Figure 2-17. Reporting highest object(s) within ObstructionArea limits................................................... 48
Figure 2-18. This picture illustrates the importance of appropriately identifying catenaries. ................... 49
Figure 2-19. Illustrates the collection of penetrating vessel and mobile object areas. ............................... 50
Figure 2-20. Illustrates the OEI object evaluation area and dimensions. ................................................... 52
Figure 2-21. Terrain data collection surface – Area 4. .............................................................................. 55
Figure 2-22. Paper chart. ............................................................................................................................ 56
Figure 2-23. The development of highly accurate digital representations of the airport environment will
enhance the operational safety systems at the airport. ...................................................... 56
Figure 2-24. Highly accurate digital representations of the airport environment. ..................................... 57
Figure 2-25. Areas of collection for vertical objects surrounding the movement areas. ........................... 58
Figure 2-26. Airport Mapping Database Collection of Vertical objects meeting the requirements of ICAO
Area 3................................................................................................................................ 58
Figure 2-27. Uniform Color Codes. ........................................................................................................... 63
Figure 3-1. Portrays the layering of feature types to form a map or drawing. ........................................... 70
Figure 3-2. Format of CADD Layer Names. ............................................................................................. 71
Figure 3-3. Typical depiction of a series of points..................................................................................... 73
Figure 3-4. Illustrates examples of a line. .................................................................................................. 73
Figure 3-5. Depicts some typical polygon examples. ................................................................................ 74
Figure 3-6. Depicts the topology rules for line segments. ......................................................................... 75
Figure 3-7. Depicting the placement of vertices along a curve. ................................................................. 75
Figure 3-8. Illustrates the shared edges and shared vertices topological rule. ........................................... 76
Figure 3-9. Depicts an example of the placement of vertices of adjacent polygons with misplaced
vertices. ............................................................................................................................. 76
Figure 3-10. Illustrates the topological rule of overlapping polygons of the same feature type. ............... 77
Figure 3-11. Illustrates the difference between closed and unclosed polygons. ........................................ 77
Figure 3-12. Sample Attribute Table for a Feature Type. .......................................................................... 78
Figure 3-13. Format for globally unique primary keys. ............................................................................. 78
Figure 3-14. MetaData elements have different levels of aggregation. ..................................................... 79
Figure 4-1. Sample Plot showing ranges of Error for Vector and Ortho-photography Mapping to field
Verified Position. .............................................................................................................. 89
Figure 4-2. DMT Process. .......................................................................................................................... 92

x
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Figure 4-3. Binding Multiple Legacy Files. ............................................................................................... 93

Figure 4-4. Toolbox Tab. ........................................................................................................................... 94
Figure 4-5. Import non-Autodesk file formats. .......................................................................................... 95
Figure 4-6. Import ESRI Shapefiles. .......................................................................................................... 96
Figure 4-7. Import MicroStation™ (pre-V8) DGN files............................................................................ 97
Figure 4-8. Translate Reference files. ........................................................................................................ 98
Figure 4-9. Tools to View Converted and non-converted data. ................................................................. 99
Figure 4-10. Isolated layer containing non-compliant data with Show Properties AutoCAD function. . 100
Figure 4-11. Layer mapping dialog box from DMT. ............................................................................... 101
Figure 4-12. Saving the translation mapping template. ........................................................................... 102
Figure 4-13. Assigning Object Data. ....................................................................................................... 103
Figure 4-14. Convert Object Data to FAA screen.................................................................................... 104
Figure 4-15. Final Purge. ......................................................................................................................... 105
Figure C-1. Depicts the proper marking of a threshold bar. .................................................................... 455
Figure C-2. Overhead view of a threshold light, which are typically flush mounted with the runway
surface. ............................................................................................................................ 457
Figure C-3. Typical elevated runway or taxiway edge light with the blue taxiway lens installed. .......... 457
Figure C-4. Typical installation of the runway end identification light (REIL) with the horizontal and
VSPs identified. .............................................................................................................. 458
Figure C-5. Illustrates the proper location of a GPS setup to locate the HSP of a Precision Approach Path
Indicator (PAPI) light system. THE PAPI is one type of VGSI. ................................... 459
Figure C-6. Typical glideslope installation. ............................................................................................. 459

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1. ESRI Attribute Name Truncation to avoid Duplication ............................................................. 8

Table 2-1. Survey Requirements Matrix .................................................................................................... 23
Table 2-2. List of typical Electronic NAVAIDs associated with an Airport ............................................. 34
Table 2-3. List of Typical Visual Navigational Aids on an Airport .......................................................... 35
Table 2-4. Topographic Survey Accuracy Requirements .......................................................................... 53
Table 2-5. Federal Geodetic Data Committee spatial data accuracy standards (ASPRS Class II Mapping
Accuracy for large scale maps) ......................................................................................... 54
Table 2-6. Cat II and III Operation Area Accuracy Requirements ............................................................ 54
Table 3-1. List of MetaData elements ........................................................................................................ 80
Table 4-1. Airport-Related Safety Critical Data ........................................................................................ 84
Table 4-2. Airport-Related Non-Safety Critical Data ................................................................................ 86
Table 4-3. Required Field Validation Points based on Annual Aircraft Operations and Airport Area ..... 87
Table 4-4. Examples of Field Verification Points required of various airports ......................................... 88

xi
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Intentionally left blank.

xii
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL GUIDANCE AND SPECIFICATIONS

1.1. INTRODUCTION

In developing the guidance in this Advisory Circular (AC), the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) is
striving to maximize the level of data collected while trying to minimize the cost to airports. However,
the appropriate collection and safety implications of the prescribed data against defined, repeatable and
verifiable standards far outweigh the potential costs. The collection and maintenance of the data
regarding airports is a shared responsibility of the FAA and the Airport sponsor or proponent. The uses
of the information collected according to these standards and specifications are in part to complete the
following tasks:

 Provide geodetic control for engineering projects.

 Assist in airport planning and land use studies, and for other miscellaneous activities.

 Certify airports for certain types of operations.

 Develop instrument approach and departure procedures.

 Determine maximum takeoff weights.

 Update aeronautical publications.

 Plan for and site navigational aids supporting the airport.

The FAA developed these specifications to detail the data collection requirements and processing of
airport data. Compliance with these requirements and standards without deviation is mandatory for
federally obligated airports, and recommended for all other airports.

Refer all questions about the interpretation and use of these standards to the Manager, Airport
Engineering Division (AAS-100), Office of Airport Safety and Standards, Federal Aviation
Administration, 800 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, DC 20591.

1.2. ADMINISTRATION

1.2.1. Specifications

This document provides general specifications, standards, and guidelines for collecting and maintaining
airport and related aeronautical data. These specifications provide the requirements for capturing the data
used in all phases of airport development from planning to construction, and publication in selected U.S.
Government aeronautical data and related products. These specifications are designed to provide
information regarding the different types of data collection tasks on airports. A Statement of Work
(SOW) in the contract agreement for each airport should detail the specific survey information for the
individual airport. However, the requirements for reporting deviations, unusual circumstances, etc.
described in the following paragraphs apply to both the General Specifications and to the SOW.

1.2.2. Conventions

The following conventions provide specific usage of words in this specification:

1
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

 The verbs “will” and “must” mean compliance is mandatory.

 The verb “should” implies compliance is strongly recommended but not required.

 The contraction “N/A” means not applicable.

 The term “position” means horizontal position (latitude and longitude) unless specified otherwise.

 The term “elevation” means the distance of a point above a specified datum, measured along the
vertical direction of gravity.

 The term “vertical” refers to the direction in which the force of gravity acts.

 The term “height” means the distance, measured along a perpendicular, between a point and a
datum (refer to paragraph 1.4 National Spatial Reference System (NSRS)).

 The term “observation” means the survey observations resulting in a position and/or elevation for
the survey mark in question, whether it is pre-existing or newly set.

 The term “set” means physically constructed.

 Use the U.S. Survey Foot (3.28083333333333 feet = 1 meter) for any length conversions. If
required by state law to use another value, identify this requirement in the project plan.

 “Airport Authority” refers to the administrators at an airport awarding the contract or their
designated representatives.

1.3. CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS

The contractor will provide all labor, equipment, supplies, material, and transportation to produce and
deliver data and related products as required under this guidance. The contractor will be responsible for
ensuring all employees (including sub-contractors) meet airport security requirements and follow any
other Airport Authority requirements, including making arrangements for escorts, radios, and training.

1.3.1. Maintenance and Calibration

All surveying equipment used will have maintenance logs showing routine preventive maintenance and
repairs. Include in the Final Project Report the equipment model and serial numbers, and Electronic
Distance Meter Instrument (EDMI) calibrations. If a hand–held EDMI is used, compare its distance-
measuring accuracy to a distance measured with a calibrated EDMI and report the results in the Final
Project Report.

1.3.2. Original Data

Original observation logs, electronic files, and other records prepared or obtained under the terms of the
contract, are instruments of service and remain the property of the consultant unless agreed to by both
parties. Provide reproducible copies of drawings and copies of other pertinent data to the Airport
Authority. Submit the data required by the FAA under these specifications to the FAA Airport
Surveying–Geographic Information System (GIS) Program at https://airports-gis.faa.gov. Original logs
and records must be legible, neat, clear, accurate, and fully completed in indelible black ink. All available
entries on the recording forms should be completed or indicated as N/A. Use blue ink when checking or

2
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

verifying field notes and for any required signatures. Clearly write "original" (in blue ink) on the
originals of all forms, notes, and computation sheets used. Save original data unmodified whether in
handwritten or computer recorded form.

1.3.3. Corrections or Revisions to Data

In the original records (paper or digital), nothing is to be erased or obliterated. If a mistake is made on a
form, draw a single line through the mistake and write the correction above or to the side. If space is too
limited to permit a field correction, restart with a new log sheet; however, do not recopy the form in the
office in order to make a “clean” copy. An explanatory note should be made for all corrections to the
original recorded figures. All editing of computer-recorded data will be done on a copy of the original
with all changes initialed.

1.3.4. Unusual Circumstances

The contractor will notify the airport sponsor/proponent, local FAA airports office and the FAA Airport
Surveying–GIS Program of any unusual circumstances occurring during the data collection according to
these specifications. The FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program Manager will then consult with the
government technical representatives to determine an appropriate course of action and advise the sponsor.

1.3.5. Specification Review and Familiarity

It is the responsibility of the potential contractor to ensure all personnel (including subcontractors)
involved in the project are thoroughly familiar with the information in this guidance and any material
covered in other cited references and publications.

1.4. NATIONAL SPATIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (NSRS)

The FAA ties all Air Operations Area surveying and positioning to the NSRS. Refer to AC 150/5300-16,
General Guidance and Specifications for Aeronautical Surveys: Establishment of Geodetic Control and
Submission to the National Geodetic Survey, for guidance on establishing geodetic control and the NSRS.

1.4.1. Horizontal Control

The contractor provides horizontal control referenced to the North American Datum of 1983 and year of
the latest adjustment [abbreviated NAD83 (YYYY)]. NOTE: The year of adjustment is on the NGS
Data Sheet next to the latitude and longitude.

1.4.2. Vertical Reference

The contractor provides vertical control referenced to the North American Vertical Datum of 1988
(NAVD 88). Information regarding NAVD88 is located at the following website:
http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/PUBS_LIB/NAVD88/navd88report.htm. Reference all Ellipsoidal Heights to
NAD83 (GRS 80) realization.

1.4.3. GEOID Model

The contractor uses the most recent NGS model, which is currently GEOID03 in CONUS and GEOID06
in Alaska. For information regarding GEOID03 refer to the following website
http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/GEOID/GEOID03/. For information regarding GEOID06 refer to the following

3
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

website http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/PC_PROD/GEOID06/. NOTE: GEOID heights derived from the

GEOID06 model are only reliable in Alaska.

1.5. DATA FORMATS

The contractor submits data collected to the Airport Authority and to the FAA Airports GIS website
(https://airports-gis.faa.gov/). Include an inventory of all geospatial digital data in the Final Project
Report and identify the physical file formats. In order to facilitate communication and exchange of
information, use the following standard formats for data submissions:

1.5.1. Ground Control Data

The contractor submits newly established permanent ground control data to NGS for inclusion into the
NSRS. Format this data to meet NGS blue book standards as required by AC 150/5300-16, General
Guidance and Specifications for Aeronautical Surveys: Establishment of Geodetic Control and
Submission to the National Geodetic Survey.

1.5.2. Digital Images from Hand-Held Camera

1.5.2.1. Use digital photographs taken during daylight hours to document monuments used or data
collected. These photos assist in the retracing of the surveyor’s steps by providing the evaluators with a
picture of what the data is describing. Take sufficient photographs to document the conditions the
surveyor encountered. They should illustrate the appearance, condition, and location of the points of
interest, including visibility obstructions, roads, runways, taxiways, or other dangers and any special
setup requirements. A photograph is acceptable if it meets the requirements of this AC and is of good
visual quality. Use the highest resolution possible to ensure good clarity and detail definition.

Use at least one (more if required) of the following three types of photos to document a position or object.
All three photographs require a digital caption and correct file name as specified in paragraph 1.5.2.3.

 Photograph type 1 is an extreme close up of the object as shown in Figure 1-1. Typically this
type of photograph is only used to document control monuments or other defined points such as
runway end or displaced threshold locations.

Figure 1-1. Photograph type 1

 Photograph type 2 (Figure 1-2) is taken at eye-level with the station or object 5 to 6 feet in the
distance (when practical and accessible) and provides general information about the area
immediately surrounding the station or point.

4
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Figure 1-2. Photograph type 2

 Photograph type 3 (Figure 1-3) is taken horizontally with the station approximately 10 to 30 feet
in the distance (Figure 1-4). Photograph type 3 provides general orientation information to the
user and should include the cardinal direction the camera is pointing in the caption.

Figure 1-3. Photograph type 3

Vertical
Survey Point

Location used
to define
object as an
OBSTACLE

Horizontal
Survey Point

Figure 1-4. Illustrates the documentation of a glideslope antenna from different perspectives.

When documenting navigational aids surveyed, as in Figure 1-4, two photographs oriented from different
cardinal directions. When documenting navigational aids, take the photograph with a tripod over the
horizontal and vertical (if practical) survey point or electronically add arrows showing the point(s)

5
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

surveyed. The independent verification and validation team uses these photos to check the correct point
was surveyed based on the type of navigational aid.

1.5.2.2. Use the JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) format for digital images taken with a
hand-held digital camera. This includes the required images of photo control points.

1.5.2.3. Use the following file naming convention for photograph filenames. The filename is
comprised of the airport location identifier assigned by the FAA, runway end designator, photo number,
and date, followed by the file type extension, as in the example below. Separate each section of the file
name with a underscore —except precede the photo number with a dash.

Sample filename for a runway end point:

LAX_CL_END_RWY_12R-3_04MAY2001.jpg

Decoding the example above, “LAX” provides the airport location identifier, “CL END RWY 12R”
identifies the position photographed such as the centerline end of runway designator [CL=centerline,
END=end, RWY= runway, 12=runway number, and R=right (or C=center, or L=left)], dash, “3”= photo
number, and date. FAA approved location identifiers are located at the FAA web site
http://www.faa.gov/airports_airtraffic/air_traffic/publications/.

1.5.2.4. Electronically add a caption to each photograph. The caption should include the following
information separated by commas or dashes:

 Airport location identifier assigned by the FAA.

 Runway end designator.

 Photo number.

 Date the photo was taken.

For example, “LAX, 12R, 3, 23 Aug 2004”. In addition, the caption for photograph types 2 and 3 include
the cardinal direction (N, NE, E, SE, etc.) the camera is pointing.

1.5.3. Documents or Sketches

Provide reports and diagrams, such as Runway End sketches, GPS Visibility Diagrams, Field note
sketches, etc., in a non-editable format such as the Adobe Portable Document Format™ (PDF). Obtain
these forms from the FAA Airports GIS website (https://airports-gis.faa.gov). The FAA requires field
sketches as documentation of the following features as a minimum:

 The selected runway end.

 The location of any displaced threshold.

 The stopway or blastpad associated with a runway.

 New taxiways, ramp (parking) area(s), runways or other construction areas that were not
available or completed when the imagery was collected, including sketches or photographs of

6
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

photo reference points in the imagery. Include a mark or identifying feature available in the
imagery that relates the construction and the field collection together.

 Sketches of the runway profile points (two runs - digital file) annotated with the distances of each
of the points collected from the runway end.

 All NAVAIDS located off the airport (digital photographs are sufficient).

1.5.4. Geospatial Vector Files

Submit data to the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program in any of the following 3D geospatial vector file
formats:

 DWG/DXF (Autodesk AutoCAD).

 SHP (ESRI Shapefile).

 DGN (MicroStation Design File V7/V8).

Submit requests to use other geospatial vector file formats in writing to the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS
Program Manager. All geospatial vector files must conform to the data content standard specified in
Chapter 5 as defined for each feature submitted.

1.5.5. ESRI Nuances for Dealing with FAA Attribute Names

When submitting data to the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program using ESRI software, some of the
standard naming conventions specified by the FAA need to change to accommodate ESRI file naming
constraints. This limitation is described by ESRI™ in their documentation as “A field's name must be no
more than 10 characters in length; additional characters will be truncated”. In most cases within the
specified FAA naming structure this is not a problem until the truncation results in duplicate names. In
order to solve this problem, data providers should use the following table to avoid the duplication of
names in the following feature classes. In all other cases the truncation at 10 characters of attribute names
should not have duplicates. A full listing of all FAA features and attributes with the truncated names, as
established within the FAA Airports-GIS, is provided in Appendix D for use in quality assurance of the
data before submission.

7
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Table 1-1. ESRI Attribute Name Truncation to avoid Duplication

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name

RunwayHelipadDesignSurface determination determinat

RunwayHelipadDesignSurface determinationDate detDate

RunwaySafetyAreaBoundary determinationDate detDate

NavaidEquipment downWindBarElevation downWindBa

NavaidEquipment downWindBarThreshold dWndBarThr

Obstacle heightAboveAirport heightAbov

Obstacle heightAboveRunway hAbovRwy

Obstacle heightAboveTouchdownZone hAbovTdz

1.5.6. Airport Layout Plan Data

Submit digital versions of airport data defined in this standard in one of the following formats.

 Autodesk™ DWG format (version 2002 or later) with attributes defined as object data.

 MicroStation™ DGN format (version 8 or later).

 ESRI™ Shape File format with attributes and metadata elements provided as attributes within
each shape file.

1.5.7. Raster Imagery

Raster data is a form of spatial data where rectangular cells each carrying a value are organized into rows
and columns. One of the most common forms of raster data is digital imagery in which each cell or pixel
of the image carries a grayscale value in the case of black-and-white photographs or red/green/blue values
in the case of color photographs. Images taken from aerial or satellite platforms must be orthorectified,
meaning that the cells or pixels of the image are positioned to represent their true position on the face of
the earth (i.e. removing distortions caused by camera angle, terrain, etc.). Figure 1-5 provides an example
of an orthorectified raster image of an airport. Imagery requirements are specified in AC 150/5300-17,
General Guidance and Specifications for Aeronautical Survey Airport Imagery Acquisition and
Submission to the National Geodetic Survey.

8
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Figure 1-5. Example of Raster Imagery

9
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Intentionally left blank.

10
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CHAPTER 2. SURVEY SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

2.1. OVERVIEW OF THE PROCESS

Airports have surveys conducted for many different reasons. However, all survey types require the
collection, classification and reporting of accurate data about the project. All surveying completed on the
airport will provide the information outlined in Chapter 5 within the stated accuracies. The methodology
selected to gather the information is up to the professional surveyor’s judgment. Some features require
observation through ground field methods, while others lend themselves to collection via remote sensing
technologies. Since each element of the National Airspace System (NAS) ties to a single reference
framework, it is important for every survey conducted on the airport to tie in some way to the NSRS.
When the project uses an engineering grid rather than a national grid, tie the local grid to the NSRS to
ensure accurate relativity to other NAS elements. In order to tie an engineering grid to the NSRS, the
surveyor is required to identify and use positions common to both reference systems to ensure the project
remains tied to the other elements of the NAS. This chapter breaks down the different elements of typical
airport surveys and provides guidance on completing those tasks. Chapter 5 provides the information on
the proper collection, classification and reporting of many airport features.

2.2. INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION AND VALIDATION OF AIRPORT SAFETY DATA.

Due to the critical nature of some airport features, the FAA requires their independent verification and
validation by the Aeronautical Survey Program of the National Geodetic Survey or a designated
representative. Typically, these features are those associated with the airport’s movement areas,
navigational systems or those affecting navigable flight such as objects surrounding the airport. Once the
independent verification, validation and quality assurance of the safety critical data is completed, the
government technical representatives will provide a complete final written analysis of their findings
including approval or disapproval of the data. They will identify and list any discrepancies discovered
relating to these specifications and decide on the usability of the data.

2.2.1. Verification

In this guidance, “verification” is defined as the confirmation by examination and provision of objective
evidence that the specified requirements are fulfilled. Verification is necessary to ensure the data set
accurately represents the specifications and is uncorrupted. The verification process proves the data was
properly collected. The following verification techniques comprise the government verification of the
safety critical data.

 Comparison of a sample of the data set points with samples from an independent measurement
system.

 Typically, the government uses photogrammetric analysis along with the provided ground
observational data to resample the data set. The more samples checked, the higher the level of
confidence in the quality of the data set.

 Comparison of the data set with other existing data sets. For this verification method, the
verification must account for the vertical and horizontal reference datums for the data sets and the
data sets should be independent. Typically, the government uses this technique when there is an
existing good available data set to compare the submitted data against.

11
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

 Reasonability checks to ensure the data set does not violate known properties (such as obstacles
must have positive orthometric heights).

2.2.2. Validation

In this guidance, “validation” differs from “verification” in scale. The validation process identifies the
aeronautical information submission was correctly developed as an input to the system. Validation is the
confirmation by examination and provisions of objective evidence showing the data set meets the
particular requirements of the intended use. The purpose of the validation process is to demonstrate the
data set has sufficient overall integrity to satisfy the requirements for its intended application. Validation
answers the questions “is the data reasonable when compared against known data” and “does it meet the
identified need.” Validation does not typically compare the data against photogrammetric analysis or
review of the observational data.

2.3. ACCURACY REQUIREMENTS

The data about airports is critical to the operation and safety of the NAS. Collect this data through a
combination of remotely sensed and field survey methods. When determining the best method of
collection, consider the required accuracy and efficiency of operations. Remote sensing techniques do not
currently meet the accuracy requirements of some airport and aeronautical features requiring their
collection through field survey. Typically, linear features, some objects within the object identification
surfaces, and visual navigational aids are good candidates for collection by remote sensing techniques.
The geographic coordinate accuracies of this data must meet or exceed the requirements in this AC and in
the following:

2.3.1. Geodetic Control

The survey monuments established in the airport vicinity must meet all accuracy requirements and other
criteria specified in AC 150/5300-16, General Guidance and Specifications for Aeronautical Surveys:
Establishment of Geodetic Control and Submission to the National Geodetic Survey. These monuments
and their accurate connection to the NSRS assure accurate relativity between all surveyed points on an
airport and the NAS, including navigation satellites.

2.3.2. Imagery

The geo-referenced imagery of the survey area must meet the accuracy requirements specified in AC
150/5300-17, General Guidance and Specifications for Aeronautical Survey Airport Imagery Acquisition
and Submission to the National Geodetic Survey.

2.3.3. Remotely Sensed Surveys

Due to the critical nature of airport and aeronautical data, it is important to position and attribute features
accurately. Ensure the spatial resolution and vertex spacing provides an accurate representation of
features without compromising the accuracy of the data. With respect to imagery, this document defines
the word “resolution” as the smallest spacing between two display elements, expressed as dots per inch,
pixels per line, or lines per millimeter. Also consider the attribute accuracy. Collecting and identifying
attributes from imagery requires skill and knowledge of interpreting airport and aeronautical features.
The user must be familiar with the feature classes, attributes, and valid record entries used to identify
spatial features contained within this AC.

12
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Features extracted using remote sensing technologies must have spatial accuracies reported in ground
distances at the 95-percent confidence level. Use Root-Mean-Square Error (RMSE) to estimate spatial
accuracies. Testing is the preferred method of reporting accuracy. Accomplish this by computing RMSE
using the square root of the average of the set of squared differences between twenty or more checkpoint
coordinate values and the coordinate values from an independent source of higher accuracy. However, if
less than twenty checkpoints are available for testing, then report the accuracy as a deductive estimate
based on knowledge of errors in each production step. Indicate in the metadata the methods used in the
deductive method including complete calibration tests and describe assumptions about error propagation.

2.3.4. Feature Accuracy Requirements

The accuracy for geospatial vector airport features (taxiway, aprons, ramps, buildings, etc.) is typically
mapping grade accuracy, nominally within 3 feet horizontally and 5 feet vertically (Refer to Chapter 5
Feature Descriptions for complete accuracy requirements). Specific runway, stopway and navigational
aid data accuracies are nominally within 1 foot horizontal and 0.25 feet vertically. Accuracy
requirements for geospatial features used for geographic orientation (major highways and roads, lakes,
rivers, coastline, and other items of landmark value) are usually 20 feet horizontally and 10 feet vertically
relative to the NSRS. Derived elevations must be within 10 feet vertically.

2.3.5. Field Surveys

Many airport features have accuracies greater than are achievable using remotely sensed methods and
require field survey methods be used. These features, specifically the data for the runway(s) and some
navigational aids, are nominally within 1 foot horizontally and 0.25 feet vertically. Chapter 5 lists the
features and their required accuracies and unique requirements. Refer to the appropriate section in this
chapter for specific guidance on the different types of surveys typically performed on or near an airport.

2.4. RESERVED

2.5. FEATURE ATTRIBUTION

As airports move toward a more data centric environment, more information about the objects on and
around the airport is required. Each of the features in Chapter 5 has a list of attributes or information
about the feature. Each of these attributes should be completed. Realizing this will be an iterative
process, there are some business rules which apply to all submissions.

Generally, the surveyor or consultant hired to collect the data will gather some of this information in the
field. Other values can and should be derived from the field measurements. While other values will
require information from other sources such a record drawings or interviews. Each attribute for each
feature should be submitted with the data. Sponsors should expect surveyors or consultants to complete
these attributes based on the purpose of the survey or data collection effort. Typically any attribute that
can be measured or computed should be completed as part of the statement of work. Depending on the
airport's staff ability and workload other attributes can and should be completed by them. Base the
requirement for which attributes the consultant should complete on the intent of the statement of work. If
the consultant is hired is to collect data for an airport analysis survey then all attributes relating to those
features should be completed.

The more complete the attribution the more complete and useful the data set will be to both the FAA and
the airport sponsor in the future. Sponsors should also plan for the maintenance of this information. If a
previously submitted features attribution changes it should be updated as soon as possible. Chapter 4
provides more information on the maintenance of data.

13
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.6. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

2.6.1. General Reporting Requirements

Thorough reporting is required. Prior to beginning any fieldwork, submit a survey and quality control
plan to the airport sponsor/proponent, the local FAA airports office and FAA Airport Surveying–GIS
Program Manager. On project completion, provide to the airport sponsor/proponent, the local FAA
airports office and the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program manager a final project report compliant
with paragraph 2.6.4. Include the prime contractor’s firm name on all reports. Submit all reports
electronically to the FAA using the reporting tools provided by the Airports GIS web site https://airports-
gis.faa.gov.

2.6.2. Survey and Quality Control Plan

2.6.2.1. General Requirements. Develop and submit survey work and quality control plans for
airport sponsor/proponent and FAA approval before beginning any fieldwork. The FAA Airport
Surveying–GIS Program manager or designated representative will review and approve the survey work
and quality control plans. In these plans, detail the methodologies for data collection, data safeguarding
and quality assurance. Provide insight into how you will completely check all data to ensure it is
complete, reliable, and accurate. Identify data safeguards used to protect this sensitive and safety critical
data. Utilize a checklist based quality control process with definable and repeatable standards for each
element ensuring consistency of work between different personnel within an organization. Submit the
plan in a non-editable format such as Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF)™ using the reporting
functions of the Airports GIS web site https://airports-gis.faa.gov. A sample survey and quality control
plan is available on the FAA Airports GIS website (https://airports-gis.faa.gov).

2.6.2.2. Remote Sensing and Field Survey. The use of remote sensing and ground survey
techniques to accomplish the survey is highly recommended. The plans must include a description on the
combinations of methods used and discuss the comparison of the results. The plan should detail the
processes used to resolve discrepancies between the remote sensing survey and ground survey. The
contractor will amend the original plans to identify any deviation to the Airport Authority or to the FAA
Airport Surveying–GIS Program Manager immediately. The plan must address each of the following
areas but is not specifically limited to these areas:

 Project Observation (Execution) Plan: Detail how you expect to execute the project including
how you will make GPS observations to achieve two distinct data sets to determine positional
data.

 Geo-referencing: Describe in detail the plan for utilizing geo-referenced (aero-triangulated)

imagery with acceptable accuracies. Refer to AC 150/5300-17, General Guidance and
Specifications for Aeronautical Survey Airport Imagery Acquisition and Submission to the
National Geodetic Survey, for additional guidance and requirements.

 Feature Extraction: Detail methodologies for collecting airport features, such as airport
buildings, the aircraft movement areas, landmark features, and obstructing area limits (3D), with
the required horizontal and vertical accuracies as specified in Chapter 5. Identify any deviations
from the data capture rules provided within this guidance.

 Obstruction Analysis: Provide a detailed description of the remote sensing and field survey
methods used to identify, locate, and observe the required obstacles relative to the specified

14
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

obstruction identification surfaces provided in this guidance. The contractor needs to describe the
data collection methods and the associated horizontal and vertical accuracies expected.

 Prior Survey Data: Describe the procedure to use previous airport survey data if available and
identify the source of the previous data. If the source of the data is not known or available, then
the consultant should verify and document the data set as accurate using the techniques described
in Chapter 4.

 Field Survey Methods: Identify the methods for data collection and processing used for
observing required features. Include a description of the methods of analysis in the report.

 Geodetic Control: Describe in detail the plan for connecting to and verifying all existing airport
control planned for use during the survey. Use of the established Primary Airport Control Station
(PACS) and Secondary Airport Control Stations (SACS) is required.

 Runway Data: Describe in detail the methods for the ground survey and data collection used in
identifying, locating, and observing all required runway data.

 Navigational Aid Data: Describe in detail the survey techniques and procedures used to
identify, locate, and observe the required navigational aids associated with the airport. Provide
details if you will collect the navigational aids individually or grouped by the type of navigational
aid (electronic or visual).

 Airport Feature Data: Provide a detailed description of the procedures and methods used for
identifying, locating, and observing the required airport feature data associated with the airport.
If you plan to use existing data, describe its source, collection data and the techniques used to
merge the data sets into a single comprehensive airport data set.

 Equipment Listing: Provide a complete listing of the equipment planned for use in the survey,
including model and serial numbers, calibration reports, and equipment maintenance reports.
This will include field survey and remote sensing hardware and software.

 Quality Assurance Process: Describe in detail what quality assurance methods you will use to
ensure the quality and protection of the data from the time and point of collection to the time of
submission.

2.6.2.3. Quality Control. The Survey and Quality Control Plan must include the quality control
(including error analysis) procedures and practices followed during data collection and provide
traceability and adherence to the requirements of this guidance. At a minimum, the plan will include the
following:

 Summarize what methods you will use to ensure high-quality data.

 Describe the quality control measures used to ensure all data is checked, complete, reliable, and
meets the accuracy requirements in this AC.

 Provide evidence of the methods used to collect the various types of features to meet the desired
accuracies.

 Describe the data backup and archive procedures and methods used to ensure the integrity of the
original data.

15
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

 Explain the methods used to check all file formats and provide a summary of the file-naming
convention for all electronic files.

2.6.3. Project Status Report

Submit a project status report via email to the airport sponsor/proponent and FAA Airport Surveying–GIS
Program Manager every Monday by 2:00 P.M. Eastern Time, from the date of the task order until the
work is completed. Include in the reports the percentage complete for each of the major portions of the
work with the estimated completion date or completion date. Provide the status of ongoing work (with
expected completion dates) and any unusual circumstances and/or deviations from this guidance. Status
reports should be brief and contain the current information in the text of the email. Submit all reports
using the Add Note function of the Airports GIS web site. This allows all project stakeholders access to
the reports in a single location tied directly to the project file. The following is an example Project Status
report for an airspace analysis project:

Anyplace Field/Anywhere International Airport

AIP X-XX-XXXX-XXX-20XX
Survey progress update #1
July XX to July XX
Eagle Eye Surveying completed a second week of ground surveying. The first week verified PACS and
SACS control, collected runway centerline, and primary surface topographic information.
To date we have surveyed for Runway 12-30:
Airport Control (PACS, SACS, ANY B540) 100%
Runway and Stopway Ends 100%
NAVAIDS (VOR, NDB, Airport Beacon, VASI, PAPI, and REILs) 100%
Runway and Stopway Obstructions (Primary surface, approaches, transitional surfaces) 100%
Aircraft Movement and apron areas 75%
Prominent airport buildings / potential close-in obstructions 42%
This week we will be analyzing the collected obstruction survey data relative to the object identification
surfaces. We will check both the required points for each obstruction zone and the navigational aids, and
generate the appropriate field documentation. We completed subcontract negotiations with aerial
photography sub consultant SkyCamera, Inc. and are submitting the proposed flight map with ground
reference points for review and approval before completing our final week of field surveying. This week
we will be setting aerial targets and surveying in the targets and PhotoID points, and collecting final
outlying obstruction data. Aerial photography is promised to us 2 to 4 days after our targets are in place.
Sincerely,
Any Surveyor, P.S.
Eagle Eye Surveying

2.6.4. Final Project Report

The Final Project Report is a compilation of documentation supporting the survey project providing a
standardized delivery of field notes, raw survey data and project summary to facilitate the independent

16
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

verification, validation, and quality assurance of the safety critical data. In the final project report,
address each of the following areas.

2.6.4.1. Project Identification Data. List each of the following items on the first page of the
document.

 Official name of airport and FAA assigned location identifier

 Airport Address (Street, City, State, Zip)

 Client Name

 Project, Contract, or Grant Number assigned

 FAA Region

 Start and end dates of project (From contract signing to delivery of data)

 Contractor point of contact (including name, company name, address, telephone number, email)

2.6.4.2. Project Summary. Provide a written overview of the project details and conclusions. In the
summary, describe the scope of the survey identifying the key elements for collection (i.e. runway,
obstruction, mapping and NAVAID collection). Provide background information on the source(s) of
existing airport geospatial data (FAA, airport engineering, etc.) used in the project. Describe any
conditions affecting the survey such as, any equipment failures, weather, scope of project, site
accessibility, reconnaissance, and/or any other problems experienced.

2.6.4.3. Survey Data Conclusions. Provide your conclusions regarding the following subjects as
they relate to this project.

2.6.4.3.1. Control Network Survey Results/Conclusions. Provide a description of the control

network utilized as the basis of the survey completed. Include information on the source of the control
referenced, whether it was established or verified, and comments on the recovery and status of the control
monumentation. When utilizing an existing control network, provide verification computations and
results between control points. Also provide information on the data collection methods used, and the
third party software vendor used in data reduction.

2.6.4.3.2. Survey Data Collection Conclusions. Provide written and, as necessary, pictorial
descriptions of significant findings from the survey results to ensure the information being provided is
clear to the reader. Include information on the data collection methods used, and identify the
hardware/software used during the survey. Examples of typical information to report are (but not limited
to):

 Output information and published data comparison for runway end, stopway and displaced
threshold positions.

 Significant objects of concern such as temporary or mobile objects.

 Comments on current or future planned construction at the airport that causes concern.

 Note conditions that affected the final solutions of the survey (vegetation, access, air traffic, etc.).

17
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

 Significant NAVAID situations (proposed locations, instruments/lighting removed, etc.).

 Boundary encroachments or significant misclosures.

 Utility system situations (significant utility systems found otherwise unknown, potentially
hazardous situations, etc.).

2.6.4.3.3. Data Processing/Adjustment Conclusions. Provide information on the software used to

reduce the data. Comment on issues or concerns discovered during the use or translation process of
existing data. Also provide comments on any issues or outliers found during the reduction process
considered important for the retracement of the survey by the validation team.

2.6.4.3.4. Recommendations/Additional Comments. Provide comments on the survey project

including suggestions to improve future work specifications or any information providing additional
explanation and understanding of survey project and results.

2.6.5. Field Note Information and Data

2.6.5.1. Geodetic Control Data. Provide the raw-data files collected containing the data used for
establishment or verification of the geodetic control, including any data used to plot temporary points
occupied. Typically, these files include the original raw GPS data files (in both the manufacture’s
download format and in RINEX II format), binary files containing ionosphere modeling information and
vector reduction and adjustment files. If the project required the establishment of new PACS or SACS,
this information is already available and does not require duplication here. Provide digital photographs,
sketches, and scans of the field book or log sheets supporting the geodetic control survey (including
temporary points occupied) as outlined in AC 150/5300-16, General Guidance and Specifications for
Aeronautical Surveys: Establishment of Geodetic Control and Submission to the National Geodetic
Survey.

2.6.5.2. Survey Information and Data: Providing the survey data allows the independent
verification and validation team to analyze the data. Provide the instrument or data collector raw
measurement data files used to compute final positional data. Provide the independent verification and
validation team the same information you provide for office computation/compilation. The internal and
external quality assurance teams use this information to verify and validate the survey. Provide digital
photographs taken during the survey to document or provide clarification of the survey data submitted.
This includes photos of stations occupied, obstructions to visibility or any other information you wish to
convey to the FAA and the independent verification and validation team regarding the survey. Scan and
include all pages of the field book, log sheets or sketches completed during the survey.

2.6.6. Deliverables Checklist

The tasks completed during the survey process require careful planning and execution to ensure the
geospatial data generated complies with the specifications in this AC. Provided below is a checklist
identifying specific details to assist in ensuring proper planning and execution of a successful survey
project. The FAA provides an appropriate checklist for the deliverables on the program website at
https://airports-gis.faa.gov.

 Survey and Quality Control Plan (completed before data collection begins)

 Weekly Project Status reports provided to the sponsor

18
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

 Final Project Report (develop for all survey types)

 Digital Files to be delivered:

o Provide the documentation required for each feature as defined by the descriptions in Chapter
5, Airport Data Features. Documentation types include data such as digital photographs,
scans of field notes (log sheets, field sketches, field book pages, etc.), and field/office and
quality assurance checklists used.

o Provide the raw observational data collected from terrestrial and/or photogrammetric survey
operations in formats identified in paragraph 2.6.5, Field Note Information and Data.
Providing this data for all surveys allows the independent verification and validation team to
retrace the survey. The types of data files to be delivered (but not limited to) are:

 Data collector files

 GPS receiver files

 CORS data downloaded

 Photogrammetric observation files

 Other field measurement device’s digital raw data (range finder, scanner, etc.)

o Provide the final processing, adjustment or reduction files used to produce the final data.
This includes the results of independent software files produced during the reduction of the
final data. The intent is to provide the data necessary to recreate the data delivered if
required.

o Provide an airport point of contact list for use by the independent verification and validation
team.

o Copies of the transmittal letters for all deliveries posted to the sponsor or FAA.

2.6.7. Pre-Survey Preparation Activities

2.6.7.1. Contact with Airport Authorities. Close communication with airport management is
critical throughout the entire survey process. Make appointments with airport management well in
advance to ensure a qualified airport representative is available to discuss the survey. Obtain proper
clearances to work in the aircraft operations areas prior to performing any work at an airport. A security
and safety briefing may be required before field crews access the airfield. Follow standard safety
procedures and equip all vehicles with flashing yellow lights and radios capable of receiving Air Traffic
Control ground and aircraft frequencies. Contact with the airport traffic control tower is mandatory while
during surveys at controlled airports. If vehicles are not properly equipped, an escort is required. Be sure
to inquire about off airport navigational aids and the process for accessing them. Ensure approval to work
on or near these sites is received not only from the airport authorities but also the FAA maintenance
personnel and any private landowners whose land is adjacent or near the site. When approaching
landowners regarding access, be sure to fully document their name, contact information and details about
the discussions or copies of any correspondence sent or received from the landowners regarding access to
their land.

19
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.6.7.2. Interviews. During the interviews, ask specific questions based on the interview checklists
located on the FAA Airports GIS website (https://airports-gis.faa.gov). In addition, discuss with airport
authorities the runway/stopway data published in the latest editions of the Airport/Facility Directory
(A/FD) and U.S. Terminal Procedures (TPP), both U.S. Government Flight Information Publications
(http://www.naco.faa.gov). During the survey, additional meetings may be required to discuss unusual
circumstances, problems, or changes to published or given data. Include in the final report a summary of
all such meetings. Upon completion of the survey, the airport authorities may require a final meeting.
Turn in any badges, passes, or keys; discuss any significant and/or unusual findings with the data
collection effort; and notify the airport authorities of your departure. Avoid discussing specific problems
since the data is unverified. Especially avoid any statements about approaches being “clear,” because the
requirements for the use of the data are different based on the needs of the organizations within the FAA.
Smaller airports might not have persons in all of these areas of expertise or they may not be located at the
airport. Complete interviews with the following personnel if possible.

2.6.7.2.1. Airport Manager/operations. The airport manager/operations is the key individual on the
airport. It is important for the contractor to contact the airport management prior to visiting the site. This
allows the contractor to introduce themselves, their company and their purpose before arriving at the
airport. It also allows the airport manager to prepare other airport staff members and schedules for the
field team visit and to gather information the field team may require during their visit. In this interview,
obtain permission to enter the airfield for the survey. Use this interview to gather valuable information
about recent, ongoing, and future construction; obstruction changes; clearing; and operational
considerations (scheduled runway closures or special events, high-security areas on the field, etc.).
Include the contact information of the airport manager/operations person interviewed on the checklist.

2.6.7.2.2. Airport Engineering. This interview will only be necessary or helpful at larger airports.
The engineering department can provide specific information about runway dimensions, construction
projects, and control stations. They can be helpful in scheduling runway work. Include the engineering
department point of contact in the Final Project Report in case questions arise after the survey.

2.6.7.2.3. Air Traffic Control. If an Airport Traffic Control Tower (ATCT) is operational during
the time of survey, discuss the survey with the Chief Control Tower Operator or their designated
representative. This interview can provide information on operational factors and facilitate the working
relationship between the contractor and the controllers. Include contact information in the final report.

2.6.7.2.4. FAA Airway Facilities. An interview with FAA Airway Facilities personnel is necessary
on any airport with FAA owned and maintained navigational facilities. In some cases, the personnel who
maintain the facilities for the airport may be located at another site. Complete these portions of the
interviews by telephone. The first purpose of the interview is to determine all pertinent facilities and
changes to navigational aids within 10 nautical miles surrounding the airport. It might also be necessary
to schedule a technician to accompany the contractor to certain facilities to let them through a gate or
monitor an alarm while survey personnel are within critical areas of the site. Include the contact
information for the assigned FAA Airway Facilities Point of Contact (POC) in the final report in case
questions arise after the survey.

2.6.8. Field Survey Operations

2.6.8.1. Data. The project will include accurate positions and elevations of points, lines, or polygons
based on the type of survey required (see Table 2-1 Survey Requirements Matrix). For airport airspace
analysis surveys, specific points along runways, runway vertical profiles, positions and elevations of
navigational aids, positions and elevations of obstructions, analysis of obstructing areas, and positions and
elevations of certain non-obstructing obstacles are required. For other survey types, data portraying

20
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

aircraft movement and apron areas, prominent airport buildings, selected roads and other traverse ways,
cultural and natural features of landmark value, topography, other miscellaneous features, and special
request items could be required. The accuracy of this data must meet the standards published in this
guidance.

2.6.8.2. Preparation. Carefully evaluate the requirements in the statement of work from the airport
sponsor or proponent. A careful review of all available data enables the team to begin the survey work in
an efficient way and to conduct all necessary preparations and communications. The unique source data
requirements of each survey requires the team to identify potential sources, research the necessary data,
and review the requirements of the survey thoroughly. The following list provides information the survey
team should review to prepare for the survey. Generally, addressing each item listed below will prepare
the survey team to begin the survey:

 Ensure a thorough understanding of the specifications and requirements for the type of survey
required. If you are unsure of a requirement, ask.

 Review imagery and USGS quadrangles of the airport (a terrain analysis tool).

 Prepare an imagery acquisition plan that ensures sufficient coverage of the entire survey area.

 Determine areas of private or government property and arrange for access.

 Prepare a list of questions to discuss with the airport sponsor or proponent about the survey.

 Review the descriptions for control stations identified for use in the project.

 Acquire and review an accurate airport diagram for use on the airport.

 Review FAA Form 5010, Airport Master Record, at http://www.gcr1.com/5010web/.

 Coordinate with airport authorities.

 Produce and deliver a Survey Plan and Quality Control Plan.

2.6.9. Determining the Survey Requirements.

The following matrix identifies the requirements for the different survey types typically encountered at an
airport.

21
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Intentionally left blank.

22
 Table 2-1. Survey Requirements Matrix

05/21/2009
This table is designed for use in two ways. First, it defines in a general fashion the task required to meet a specific objective. Each task listed is generalized and the process to complete it many contain many other pieces. Users should refer to the text of the referenced
AC to ensure that all the required subtasks are completed. The second way to use this matrix is as a checklist to ensure all the required data is collected either before leaving the field or submitting the data to the FAA.
Intended End Use of the Data  AC Reference Category Navigational Aid Siting Airport Layout Airport Construction Instrument Pavement Airport
II or III Plan (ALP) Obstruction Procedure Design, Construction, Mapping
Required Tasks  Operations Non- Precision Visual Chart Airside Landside Development Rehabilitation or Database
Precision Roughness
Provide a Survey and Quality Control Plan 150/5300-16/17/18           
Establish or validate Airport Geodetic Control 150/5300-16         
Perform, document and report the tie to National Spatial 150/5300-16        
Reference System (NSRS)
Survey runway end(s)/threshold(s) 150/5300-18      1   
Monument runway end(s)/threshold(s) 150/5300-18      1  
Document runway end(s)/threshold location(s) 150/5300-18      1 1 1
Identify and survey any displaced threshold(s) 150/5300-18      1   
Monument displaced threshold(s) 150/5300-18    1 1 1 
Document displaced threshold(s) location 150/5300-18      1   
Determine or validate runway length 150/5300-18    1   
Determine or validate runway width 150/5300-18    1   
Determine runway profile using 50 foot stations 150/5300-18 2 2 2 1  2
Determine runway profile using 10 foot stations 150/5300-18  2 2 2 1  2 2
Determine the touchdown zone elevation (TDZE) 150/5300-18      
Determine and document the intersection point of all specially 150/5300-18    
prepared hard surface (SPHS) runways
Determine and document the horizontal extents of any 150/5300-18     
Stopways
Determine any Stopway profiles 150/5300-18     
Determine if the runway has an associated clearway 150/5300-18   
Survey clearway to determine objects penetrating the slope 150/5300-18     
Determine and document the taxiway intersection to threshold 150/5300-18 
distance
Determine runway true azimuth 150/5300-18      
Determine or validate and document the position of 150/5300-18       
navigational aids
Determine or validate and document the position of runway 150/5300-18     
abeam points of navigational aids
Determine potential navigational aid screening objects 150/5300-18   
Collect and document VOR receiver checkpoint location and 150/5300-18  
associated data
Perform or validate and document an airport airspace analysis 150/5300-18       1 
Collect and document helicopter touchdown lift off area 150/5300-18       
(TLOF)

AC 150/5300-18B
Collect and document helicopter final approach and takeoff 150/5300-18       
area (FATO)
Collect or validate and document airport planimetric data 150/5300-18     
Determine or validate the elevation of the Air Traffic Control 150/5300-18      
Tower Cab Floor (if one is on the airport)

1
Only when runway construction is involved.
2
23

All 14 CFR Part 139 airports require 10 foot stations. At all other airports the distance between stations is between 10 and 50 feet to meet local requirements
 Intended End Use of the Data  AC Reference Category Navigational Aid Siting Airport Layout Airport Construction Instrument Pavement Airport
24

II or III Plan (ALP) Obstruction Procedure Design, Construction, Mapping

Required Tasks  Operations Non- Precision Visual Chart Airside Landside Development Rehabilitation or Database

AC 150/5300-18B
Precision Roughness
Perform or validate a topographic survey 150/5300-18 3      4
Collect and document runway and taxiway lighting 150/5300-18   
Collect and document parking stand coordinates 150/5300-18 
Collect cultural and natural features of landmark value 150/5300-18   
Determine elevation of roadways at the intersecting point of the 150/5300-18  
Runway Protection Zone (RPZ) or the runway centerline
extended
Determine all Land Use to 65 DNL contour 150/5300-18 
Document features requiring digital photographs 150/5300-18       
Document features requiring sketches 150/5300-18        
Collect position and type of runway markings 150/5300-18   
Collect position and type taxiway markings 150/5300-18 
Locate, collect, and document photo ID points 150/5300-17 
Identify collect, and document wetlands or environmentally 150/5300-18 
sensitive areas
Collect imagery 150/5300-17     
Provide a final Project Report 150/5300-16/18           

05/21/2009
3
Only required for the identified Category II and III special topographic survey
4
For Cat II and III radar altimeter area or if specifically requested
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

2.6.10. Types of Airport Survey Projects

2.6.10.1. Airport Geodetic Control. Recover (if existing) the Primary Airport Control Station
(PACS) and the associated Secondary Airport Control Stations (SACS) at the airport. These marks are
typically set at commercial service airports and some high activity general aviation airports. A listing of
airports with PACS and SACS and the dates of observation is available from the NGS website
http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/cgi-bin/airports.prl?TYPE=PACSAC. PACS are set to meet high-stability
standards and positioned to meet high-accuracy standards. SACS have slightly less stringent stability and
positioning specifications. Refer to AC 150/5300-16, General Guidance and Specifications for
Aeronautical Surveys: Establishment of Geodetic Control and Submission to the National Geodetic
Survey for full PACS and SACS requirements. Use the established PACS and SACS as starting control
for all airside surveys at the airport. When a local control grid is established for engineering purposes,
make direct ties to existing control stations with published NSRS coordinates. Existing control should
consist of monumented points such as the PACS, SACS, runway ends, displaced thresholds, other
published NSRS monuments etc. Incorporate at least two existing recoverable control stations into the
local control network to maintain the airport relative to the NAS. If the PACS and/or either of the SACS
are not found, are destroyed, are damaged, or are not usable for some other reason, contact the FAA
Airport Surveying–GIS Program Manager immediately. The FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program will
review the situation and may advise the airport proponent, Airports District Office, or Airports Regional
Office to reschedule the work at the airport.

2.6.10.1.1. Verification of Survey Marks. Before use, verify the unmoved position and elevation of
the PACS and SACS. The verification of each control station includes:

 Physically visiting each control station to determine its usability and checking its identity;

 Ascertaining its unmoved position;

 Determining its condition, stability, visibility; and

 The submission of recovery information to NGS.

Make two independent GPS sessions, each at least 10 minutes long with a 5-second collection interval,
between the PACS and each SACS, or measure the distance between the PACS and each SACS using
calibrated electronic distance meter instrument (EDMI), and compare the results to a computed inverse
distance. Compute the inverse using either the NGS program INVERS3D (available on the NGS website
at http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/TOOLS/) or a comparable commercial product. Compare the newly
measured distances or inverse distances (from new observations) against the distances determined from
the published positions. Provide the results or the comparisons as part of the observational data in the
final report. Obtain elevation checks either from GPS observations or from spirit levels. The distances
must agree within 3 cm; the difference in ellipsoidal height must agree to 4 cm, and the difference in
orthometric height must agree to 5 cm or the data must be recollected.

Submit a recovery report for the PACS and SACS to the NGS at:

http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/FORMS_PROCESSING-cgi-bin/recvy_entry_www.prl

Verification is not required if the contractor performing the survey also established the monuments by
satisfying the requirements of AC 150/5300-16, General Guidance and Specifications for Aeronautical

25
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Surveys: Establishment of Geodetic Control and Submission to the National Geodetic Survey, for the
same airport as part of the same contract.

2.6.10.2. Runway Data. This section provides field surveyors with guidelines for properly identifying
the precise survey point for runway ends, displaced thresholds, and stopway ends. It highlights the
importance of resolving runway/stopway discrepancies with airport authorities and official U.S.
Government aeronautical publications. Accurate runway data is critical to aircraft safety. Inaccurate data
can result in unnecessary operational limitations or dangerous misassumptions. The positions and
elevations of runway/stopway/displaced threshold points are elements used to determine airport design
and operation information such as runway length, Accelerate Stop Distance Available (ASDA), Takeoff
Distance Available (TODA), Takeoff Run Available (TORA), Landing Distance Available (LDA),
runway gradient, and runway azimuth, among other data elements. In many cases, the location of these
points is not intuitively obvious and the precise survey point selection may not be consistent among
surveyors.

The FAA has issued a series of advisory circulars establishing standards for construction, markings
(painting), lighting, signage, and other items pertaining to runways/stopways. Airports certified under 14
CFR 139 and those federally obligated must comply with the published standards; however, complicating
this are situations where the repainting of markings based on runway/stopway changes is delayed, leaving
inappropriate painting in place at the time of the survey. Other situations occur when the airport intends
to comply with the AC, but the marking standard is misinterpreted or applied incorrectly. An example of
misinterpreted criteria is, where the threshold bar is painted on a blast pad adjacent to a runway end rather
than on the runway. These guidelines should help surveyors correctly identify runway/stopway survey
points, not only when standard markings exist, but also in the many cases where a nonstandard situation is
encountered.

2.6.10.2.1. Runway and Stopway Points. The location and orientation of the runway(s) are
paramount to the safety, efficiency, economics, and environmental impact of the airport. This section
provides guidance on the collection of data regarding the specific features and attributes about the
runway, stopway, clearway and displaced threshold (if any). See Figure 2-1. Additionally, it provides
guidance on the accurate collection of profile points along the runway, used in many different areas of
airport planning and design as well as other initiatives within the FAA. Typically, the runway end,
stopway, and displaced threshold positions are typically collected using GPS or ground based methods.
Since the points are fairly high accuracy points and are used to establish the approach and departure
characteristics for the runway, collection using remote sensing technologies is not acceptable. Provide the
runway/stopway data required for a runways and stopways using the Runway, RunwayEnd, Stopway, and
AirportControlPoint (for displaced thresholds and stopway ends) features in Chapter 5 for all runways
and stopways with a specially prepared hard surface (SPHS) existing at the time of the field survey.
Provide the data for non-specially prepared hard surface (non-SPHS) runways/stopways required existing
at the time of the field survey and depicted in the current version of the U.S. Government flight
information publication U.S. Terminal Procedures. Provide Stopway data (using the feature StopwayEnd
or Stopway) and Clearway data using the RunwayProtectArea feature if it is requested by appropriate
authorities (FAA, Airport sponsor, State Aviation authority).

Surveyors should refer to and document runways using the number painted on the runway at the time of
the field survey. Use the runway number published in U.S. Terminal Procedures (version current at the
time of the field survey) if a number is not painted on the runway. Use the FAA Runway Data Sheet form
to document published data and collected data. Download the form from the FAA Airports GIS website
at https://airports-gis.faa.gov.

26
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

233.1 STOPWAY END

237.4 SUPPLEMENTAL PROFILE POINT

235.8 RUNWAY END

OFFSET NAVAID 235.2 POINT ABEAM OF AN OFFSET NAVAID

231.2 SUPPLEMENTAL PROFILE POINT

236.3 INTERSECTION OF SPECIALLY PREPARED

HARD SURFACED RUNWAYS

DISPLACED THRESHOLD
234.1
236.3 AIRPORT ELEVATION

236.0 RUNWAY END

PROVIDE POSITIONS AND/OR ELEVATIONS

Figure 2-1. Depicts some of the required points and elements of a runway or stopway.

In order to be a stopway, the area must be officially designated, appropriately marked, and approved as a
stopway by the airport and FAA authorities. The following points about stopways are important for the
surveyor to keep in mind:

 A stopway is an area beyond the runway, with sufficient strength to support a decelerating aircraft
in all weather conditions. It is not a runway safety area.

 A stopway must be designated as such. This means the airport owner/operator determines that a
stopway exists and commits to maintaining the area as a stopway, including the appropriate
marking and lighting (see Figure 2-2). The existence of a stopway means the runway has a
declared accelerate/stop distance, even though it may not be published. Unless otherwise stated,
all runway, stopway, and clearway points must be on the runway, stopway, or clearway (as
appropriate) centerline.

27
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

RUNWAY EDGE IS STANDARD RUNWAY

PAVEMENT EDGE MARKINGS
AT OUT BOARD EDGE
OF THRESHOLD BAR
3 [0.9] MIN

5 [1.5] 100 [30] 50 [15]

MAX
5 [1.5] 100 [30] 50 [15]
MAX

NOTES:

1. 50 FOOT [15M] SPACING MAY BE USED WHEN LENGTH OF AREA IS LESS THAN 250 FEET [75M] IN WHICH
CASE THE FIRST FULL CHEVRON STARTS AT THE INDEX POINT (INTERSECTION OF RUNWAY CENTERLINE
AND RUNWAY THRESHOLD).

2. CHEVRONS ARE YELLOW AND AT AN ANGLE OF 45° TO THE RUNWAY CENTERLINE.

3. CHEVRON SPACING MAY BE DOUBLED IF LENGTH OF AREA EXCEEDS 1000 FEET [300M]

4. DIMENSIONS ARE IN: FEET [METERS].

Figure 2-2. An example of the proper marking for a blast pad or stopway.

2.6.10.2.2. Determining the Runway Length and Width. The runway length does not include blast
pads or stopway surfaces located at one or both ends of a runway; however, the displaced threshold (if
there is one) is included in the physical length of the runway. Runway lengths are determined from the
positions of the runway ends. Determine the runway end positions using the guidance provided in the
RunwayEnd feature in Chapter 5. Measure the runway width from the outer edge of the runway,
excluding shoulders (see Figure 2-3) and stopways. The runway width is the physical width extending

28
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

over the entire length of the rectangle, or the area within the runway side stripes if the full pavement
width is not available as a runway. Measure and record runway widths to the nearest tenth of a foot (0.1
ft) and include the dimension on the runway end sketch. If the determined dimensions of the runway,
displaced threshold, stopway, or blast pad dimensions do not agree with the information published for the
airport, discuss the discrepancies with the airport manager or designated representative and resolve any
discrepancies in the values before departing the site. If the discrepancy cannot be resolved, note the
discrepancy and document the discussions with the airport officials in the final report for review by NGS
and resolution by the FAA with the airport.

Determine and provide the runway true azimuth reckoned from North to the nearest thousandth of a
degree as the azimuth between the physical runway ends. The runway true azimuth is documented as an
attribute in the RunwayEnd feature. Each runway end will have a different runway true azimuth
specified. SHOULDER

SHOULDER
RUNWAY
45°

45°

3 [.09]

100 [30]
RUNWAY MIDPOINT

100 [30]
100 [30]

1. DIMENSIONS ARE IN: FEET [METERS].

5 [1.5]

100 [30]

NOTES:
45°

45°

50 [15]
RUNWAY THRESHOLD

5 [1.5]

Figure 2-3. Standards for marking of runway shoulders.

29
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.6.10.2.3. Displaced Thresholds. On some runways, the threshold is displaced due to other
requirements such as objects in the approach area penetrating the siting surface or where the airport is
constrained to meet runway safety area length. When a displaced threshold is encountered it must be
identified (see Figure 2-4), classified, and documented (see paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3 for documentation
requirements) similarly to a runway end. In the FAA Airports GIS a displaced threshold is modeled using
the AirportControlPoint feature in Chapter 5.
W = RUNAY WIDTH) RUNWAY EDGE

STD RUNWAY MKG

SPACING TO

10 [3M] WIDE WHITE

THRESHOLD BAR
W/8

W/6

W/4

5 [1.5M]

HEAD
20 [6M]
5 [1.5M]
SPACING BETWEEN
ARROWHEADS

W/4

W/3

W/2

45 [13.5M]
100 [30]

3 [1M]

3 [1M] EDGE TO EDGE

ARROWHEADS
NUMBER OF

RUNWAY THRESHOLD
80 [24M]
4

120 [36]

15 [4.5M]

TAIL
100 [30M]

100 [30M]
RUNWAY

60 [32M]
WIDTH

5 [1.5M]
80 [24M]
200 [65M]

INCLUDING THOSE IN THE

DISPLACED THRESHOLD
1. RUNWAY SIDE STRIPES,

RUNWAY, EXTEND INTO

THE DISPLACED AREA.

POSITION MARKINGS)

3. DIMENSIONS ARE IN:

WHEN USED ON THE

2. RUNWAY MARKINGS
(EXCEPT HOLDING

FEET [METERS]
ARE WHITE.
NOTES:

Figure 2-4. Illustrates the proper marking of a displaced threshold.

30
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

2.6.10.2.4. Establishing the Runway End Point. Use existing

FAA or airport provided runway end point data to assist in
locating the points identifying the ends (physical and displaced) of
the runway. Proper identification of these points is in the data
standard descriptions for the RunwayEnd, and AirportControlPoint
(Displaced Threshold and stopway end) features in Chapter 5 of
this AC, with further clarifying guidance provided in Appendix C.
Recover, verify or establish and document (see paragraphs 1.5.2
and 1.5.3 for documentation requirements) the following points
using the appropriate feature in Chapter 5.
 Runway end points
 Displaced threshold points
 Clearway end points
 Stopway end points

2.6.10.2.5. Location of Specific Survey

Points. The locations of the following
runway/stopway survey points are defined by the
intersection of the runway/stopway centerline and
one of the indicated survey point locators as
detailed in the feature descriptions in Chapter 5.
When the survey point is determined, the selection of the point is solidified through the use of various
supporting features. Occasionally, a supporting feature will conflict with the selected survey point or
another supporting feature. If this occurs, resolve the conflicts before leaving the airport. For example, a
runway number may be located near the end of the pavement, but threshold lights and a threshold bar are
located down the runway at an apparent displaced threshold. Discuss the conflict with airport authorities
and, if necessary, contact the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program Manager for assistance. In the
feature descriptions (see Chapter 5), reference is made to inboard or outboard threshold and runway end
lights. These terms are defined in Appendix A. If light units or
day markers are used to construct the trim line defining a survey
point, as in the case of a runway end with an aligned taxiway, use
the two units nearest to the runway (one light on each side of the
runway). Always define the trim line perpendicular to the runway
centerline. If a line connecting the lights (or markers if the runway
is unlighted) is not perpendicular to the runway centerline, then the
trim line must be best fit to the defining lights or markers.

2.6.10.2.6. Runway and Stopway Profiles. The runway

profile provides information about the runway gradient,
establishes the airport elevation and the touchdown zone
elevation(s), and supports runway pavement roughness studies. Collect runway profile data along the
runway centerline at 50-foot stations. Additionally, at 14 CFR 139 airports collect runway centerline
profiles at 10-foot stations and two (2) additional profiles offset 10 feet on either side of the centerline.
Collect the runway or stopway profiles beginning and ending on the runway ends. Each point collected in
the profile should be accurate to within 0.5 inches relative to its adjacent points and modeled using the
AirportControlPoint feature in Chapter 5. Use the actual date the profile was collected as the
dateRecovered attribute. Specify the monumentType attribute as spot from the enumeration table
codeMonumentType. Specify the pointType attribute as a CenterlinePoint from the enumeration table
codePointType.

31
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.6.10.2.7. Preliminary Computations and Data Discrepancies. The runway end or displaced
threshold position establish the starting and end point of the runway. Use these positions to compute the
runway length, length of any threshold displacement and stopway length. Before leaving the airport,
compute these safety critical distances and compare them to the known data provided by the FAA or
airport authority. Determine these lengths using a three dimensional geodetic inverse computation
between the end points. Using a three dimensional computation corrects for the elevation of the points
and difference in elevation between points. The official runway, stopway, or displaced threshold length is
the straight-line distance between end points. This line does not account for surface undulations between
points.

Computed lengths seldom match published lengths exactly. Discrepancies are most likely caused by
interpretation of runway/stopway survey point location, remarking of thresholds, or comparison with less
accurate published data. As the magnitude of discrepancies increases, the probability also increases that
physical changes have occurred to the runways/stopways or that the thresholds have been moved.
Differences with published data should be considered as an alert that there may be a problem in the
survey. However, published lengths are often not as accurate as the new surveyed lengths and are
occasionally obsolete or otherwise grossly erroneous. Therefore, the validity of the published data must
always be questioned when comparing it with the new survey data, especially if the survey points are
selected correctly.

Even though published data is often incorrect or obsolete, new survey data should be carefully
reexamined when discrepancies between published and surveyed data occur. The reasons for small
discrepancies are often difficult or impossible to identify. As discrepancies become larger, the reasons
typically become more apparent. Even though the source of the discrepancy may not be identified, the
reexamination should be conducted to provide the highest level of confidence that accurate runway data
has been provided. Fully document and report the situation in the final report for examination by the
independent verification and validation team.

Stopway discrepancies pose a special problem. Before an area is officially declared a stopway and
published in official U.S. Government documents, airport authorities must file the request for a stopway
through appropriate FAA offices. Discrepancies in the reported value for a stopway are generally harder
to determine. If the apparent stopway dimensions on the ground differ by more than 10 percent from the
stopway dimensions as published by the FAA or given by the airport authority, contact the FAA Airport
Surveying–GIS Program Manager for assistance. If a published stopway does not appear to meet the
definition of a stopway, including the requirement to support an aircraft during an aborted takeoff,
without causing structural damage to the aircraft, fully document (including taking digital photos of the
area in question) for resolution by the FAA with the airport authority. If the airport authorities request an
area be surveyed as a stopway but the stopway is not published in the current FAA publications or the
airport authorities request a change to or do not concur with the published stopway data or data resulting
from the new survey, complete the survey as requested and completely document the request and the data
in the final report for resolution by the FAA.

Because of the importance of runway/stopway data, always discuss the location of runway, stopway and
displaced thresholds with the appropriate airport authorities. Discrepancies occurring between the
judgment of the surveyor and the opinions, understandings, or intentions of the airport authorities should
be resolved. It may be necessary to revisit the field with airport personnel and explain the survey and
survey point selection. If a discrepancy in the location of a position cannot be resolved, assistance should
be sought from the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program Manager. In some cases, final resolution may
ultimately require a FAA field visit.

32
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

2.6.10.2.8. Comparison With Critical Runway Length. Runway lengths that are whole thousands of
feet (5,000, 8,000, etc.) or whole thousands of feet plus 500 feet (5,500, 8,500, etc.) often have special
operational significance. For purposes of this document, these lengths are called critical lengths. Many
aircraft operations require a minimum runway length, which is often a critical length, and many runways
are built to these lengths. If a runway is incorrectly published shorter than a critical length, certain
operations could be unnecessarily restricted. In addition to imposing unnecessary operational limitations,
incorrectly surveyed runways may not be retrieved during a computer search. This situation is especially
likely to occur with critical length runways. In some cases, this failure could have safety implications.
While all runway/stopway lengths should be accurate, even small errors in critical length could have
significant and far-reaching ramifications. Runway lengths determined to be less than, but within 20 feet
of, a critical length should be carefully reexamined to provide the highest level of confidence that the
survey is correct. This reexamination should include an inspection of the runway end survey points to
ensure the longest runway length possible was provided.

2.6.10.3. Navigational Aid (NAVAID) Surveys.

2.6.10.3.1. Navigational Aids. Navigational aids are vital elements of the NAS. The FAA
Pilot/Controller Glossary defines a navigational aid as “any visual or electronic device, airborne or on the
surface, providing point-to-point guidance information or position data to aircraft in flight”. The FAA
operates over 4,000 ground-based electronic navigational aids, each broadcasting navigation signals
within a limited area. The FAA and airports also provide a variety of approach lighting systems to assist
the pilot in transitioning from instrument reference to visual reference for landing (see Figure 2-5). The
navigational aid survey is the process of determining the position and/or elevation of one or more
navigational aids and associated points on the airport or along the runway centerline(s) extended. Where
a centerline abeam position (perpendicular to) the navigational aid is required it is detailed in Chapter 5.
A navigational aid survey is normally completed as part of the total airport survey, airport layout plan
update or accomplished entirely independently depending on the needs of the airport sponsor/proponent.

Figure 2-5. This photo illustrates how lights used at airports assist the landing pilot.

2.6.10.3.2. Determining the NAVAID Horizontal and Vertical Survey Position. Determine the
horizontal survey point (HSP) by either field survey or remotely sensed means. The HSP may be the
center of the navigational aid or, when the navigational aid is composed of more than one unit, the center

33
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

of the array. If the DME and azimuth functions of VORTAC or VOR/DME facilities are located within
10 feet consider them collocated and report them as a single navigational aid. Be sure to include a note
identifying the method used to determine the identification of collocation. Survey the navigational aid
position if the navigational aid is associated with the airport surveyed. If the navigational aid penetrates a
surface, also identify it in the airport airspace analysis evaluation with the associated object requirements
and accuracies applying.

The data standards in Chapter 5 provide the data capture rules, horizontal and vertical survey points,
accuracy requirements and necessary documentation for NAVAID observations. If you encounter a
navigational aid not listed, contact the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program Manager for guidance.

In addition, survey Airport Surveillance Radar (ASR) and Air Route Surveillance Radar (ARSR) located
within the limits of the Airport Airspace Analysis Area for the airport, but not located on a military
airport.

2.6.10.3.3. Electronic Navigational Aids. Determine the position (and sometimes the elevation,
depending on the navigational aid) for electronic signal generating navigational aids associated with the
airport. Chapter 5 identifies the accuracy requirements for electronic navigational aids. Each
navigational aid feature lists the HSP and VSP, and in many cases provides photos or sketches identifying
the proper survey point, accuracy requirements, documentation and monumentation requirements and
coordinate resolution for the electronic navigational aids typically found on and around airports.
Table 2-2. List of typical Electronic NAVAIDs associated with an Airport

Air Route Surveillance Radar (ARSR) Outer Marker (OM)

Airport Surface Detection Equipment (ASDE) Back Course Marker (BCM)
Airport Surveillance Radar (ASR) Localizer Type Directional Aid (LDA)
Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) MLS Azimuth Antenna (MLSAZ)
Fan Marker (FM) MLS Elevation Antenna (MLSEL)
Localizer (LOC) Non-directional Beacon (NDB)
Glide Slope (GS) Simplified Directional Facility (SDF)
End Fire Type (GS) Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN)
Inner Marker (IM) VHF Omni Directional Range (VOR)
Middle Marker (MM) VOR/TACAN (VORTAC)

2.6.10.3.4. Visual Navigational Aids. To enhance visual information to the pilot during the day,
when visibility is poor, and at night, airports provide visual aids to pilots. These aids provide visual clues
to the pilot about the aircraft’s alignment or height in relation to the airport or runway. Visual
navigational aids consist of a variety of lighting and marking aids used to guide the pilot both in the air
and on the ground. Determine the position of the HSP for the visual aids located on the airport. The
position of the HSP may be the center of the navigational aid or, when composed of more than one unit,
the HSP is typically the center of the unit array. For approach lighting systems capture and report only
the first and last lights.

34
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

The HSP, VSP, accuracy and resolution requirements for the visual navigational aids typically found on
and around airports are provided with each navigational aid in Chapter 5. Chapter 5 provides sample
images of most typical navigational aids depicting the horizontal and VSPs for each.
Table 2-3. List of Typical Visual Navigational Aids on an Airport
Airport Beacon (APBN) Visual Glide Slope Indicators (VGSI)
Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL) Approach Light System (ALS)

NOTE: Visual navigational aids are associated with the runway end they serve; the Airport Beacon is
an exception.

2.6.10.3.5. Reference Measurements. For any navigational aid, provide reference measurements to
other features, which could affect the system performance or separation from runways or taxiways. For
all navigational aids provide at least two reference measurements to other prominent features (runway
centerline, taxiway centerline, aircraft parking areas, detailing the navigational aid and its compound
(area) and the point surveyed. Document these dimensions using the Navigational Aid Facility or
Runway End Sketch form from the FAA Airports GIS website (https://airports-gis.faa.gov).

2.6.10.3.5.1. Navigational Aid Screening and Interference Reference Measurements. In addition to the
reference measurements above provide the following reference measurements. All measurements are
derived from the horizontal survey point. Document these measurements on the FAA Navigational Aid
Screening and Interference Measurement Sketch.

 The distance and azimuth from the navigational aid to any structure located with 1,000 feet.

 The distance and azimuth from the navigational aid to any metal structure beyond 100 feet and
above a 1.2° angle from the antenna base or proposed location.

 The distance and azimuth from the navigational aid to all non-metal structures greater than 1,000
feet from the navigational aid and penetrating a 2.5° plane from the antenna base or proposed
location.

 The distance and azimuth to any metal fence within 500 feet of the navigational aid antenna or
proposed location and any overhead powerline within 1,200 feet of the antenna or proposed
location.

 The distance and azimuth to any trees within 1,000 feet of the antenna or proposed location,
however, a single tree is acceptable as long as it is greater than 500 feet from the antenna or
proposed location.

 The distance and azimuth to any tree(s) greater than 1,000 feet from the antenna penetrating a
2.0° plane from the antenna base or proposed location.

 The distance and azimuth to any building(s) or other objects with the potential to cause signal
interference with an ASR antenna within 1,500 of the antenna and identify any other electronic
equipment within 2500 feet of the ASR antenna or proposed location.

35
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.7. AIRPORT AIRSPACE ANALYSIS SURVEYS

When required, use the following specifications and associated figures to identify, collect, and analyze
objects on, and surrounding airports. These specifications require extensive field/remote sensing
operations, providing data to support a wide range of NAS activities. This section details the
requirements for completing an Airport Airspace Analysis Survey to support the planning and design
activities of airports and ancillary tasks such as instrument flight procedure design. This section is
complementary to other sections on the collection of runway, navigational aid, and other airport data.
Complete the analysis based on the highest runway designation. For example, if one end of the runway is
designated as a precision runway and the other end non-precision use the Runways with Vertical
Guidance analysis criteria for both ends. When both ends of the runway are or plan to be used for non-
vertically guided or visual operations, complete the analysis using the Non-vertically Guided criteria.

2.7.1. Airport Airspace Survey Surfaces and Analysis

2.7.1.1. Runways with Vertical Guidance. These specifications support the airport’s planning and
design activities for the development of vertically guided instrument approaches such as ILS, PAR, MLS,
LPV, TLS, RNP and Baro VNAV. These surfaces assist in the identification of possible hazards to air
navigation and critical approach/departure obstructions within the vicinity of the airport. All surfaces
identified below must be completed for both ends of a runway. Evaluate each surface independently of
other surfaces. Design all appropriate airport surfaces in reference to the runway ends and not displaced
thresholds.

2.7.1.1.1. Vertically Guided Runway Primary Surface (VGRPS). A 1,000-foot wide rectangular
surface (500 feet either side of runway centerline) longitudinally centered on the runway centerline. The
VGRPS also extends 200 feet beyond each runway end. The surface elevation of any point within the
VGRPS is the same as the runway centerline elevation beam at the selected point (follows the runway
centerline contour). The elevation of any point within the 200 foot VGRPS extension areas are equal to
the runway end elevation on the side to which the extension applies.

2.7.1.1.2. Vertically Guided Primary Connection Surface (VGPCS). The VGPCS is a set of 500
foot wide lateral extensions of the VGRPS surface (one on each side of the runway) and is used to
connect the VGRPS with the Vertically Guided Approach Transitional Surface (VGATS). The VGPCS
starts along the outer edges of the VGRPS surface, and extends out laterally 500 feet. The VGPCS also
extends 200 feet beyond each runway end. The surface elevation of any point within the VGPCS is the
same as the runway centerline elevation abeam the selected point (follows the runway centerline contour).
The elevation of any point within the 200 foot VGPCS extension areas is equal to the runway end
elevation on the side to which the extension applies.

2.7.1.1.3. Vertically Guided Approach Surface (VGAS). The VGAS is a 40:1 (2.5%) sloping
surface that is longitudinally centered on the extended runway centerline. It begins at the runway end,
and extends outward towards the final approach course for a total horizontal distance of 20,200 feet. The
surface is 2,000 feet wide (1000 feet either side of centerline) at the runway end, and expands to a width
of 8,000 feet at 10,200 feet from runway end. From 10,200 to 20,200 feet from the runway end, the
surface is 8,000 feet wide (4,000 feet either side) and parallel to the runway centerline extended. The
surface begins at the runway end elevation and rises towards the final approach course for a total of 505
feet. This surface overlaps the VGRPS and VGPCS surfaces for 200 feet.

2.7.1.1.4. Vertically Guided Protection Surface (VGPS). The VGPS is a 62.5:1 sloping surface
longitudinally centered on the runway centerline extended. The surface begins at the runway end and
extends outward towards the final approach course for a distance of 6,000 feet. The surface is 400 feet

36
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

wide at the runway end (200 feet either side of centerline) and expands to a final width of 1217.6 feet
(608.8 feet either side of centerline). The surface begins at the runway end elevation and rises towards
the final approach course for a total rise of 96 feet. This surface overlaps the VGRPS for 200 feet.

2.7.1.1.5. Vertically Guided Approach Transitional Surface (VGATS). The VGATS is a 3,000 foot
wide, 20:1 (5%) sloping surface that extends outward from the outer edges of the VGPCS (from runway
end to runway end) and along the VGAS tapered boundary, to a point 4,000 feet abeam the runway
centerline (see Figure 2-6). The VGATS surface starts at the airport elevation along the VGPCS/VGATS
edge (or imaginary extended edge for tapered area), and rises 150 feet above airport elevation abeam the
runway centerline.

15
0'
AB
OV
E AIR
PO
RT
EL
EV
AT
IO
N

Figure 2-6. Illustrates the dimensional criteria associated with the VGATS and the connection to
the VGPCS.

2.7.1.1.6. Vertically Guided Horizontal Surface (VGHS). Is a horizontal plane established 150 feet
above the established airport elevation; construct the perimeter of the VGHS by scribing 10,000-foot arcs
from the center of each end of the VGRPS. Use tangential lines to connect the arcs and complete the
identification area.

2.7.1.1.7. Vertically Guided Conical Surface (VGCS). The VGCS is a sloping surface, extending
upward and outward from the outer limits of the VGHS for a horizontal distance of 7,000 feet. The slope
of the VGCS is 20:1 (5%) measured in the vertical plane. At the outer edge of the surface, the elevation
of the VGCS is 500 feet above the airport elevation.

37
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

VGATS AREA (20:1) VGPS END WIDTH COMPUTATION (62.5:1)

MAXIMUM OBSTACLE HEIGHT = AIRPORT ELEVATION + (0.068133D) + 200
(150 - (DISTANCE FROM OUTER EDGE /20)) (0.68133 X 6000) + 200
(408.798) + 200
608.798 OR 608.8 FEET

DETAIL OF IMMEDIATE RUNWAY VICINITY

Figure 2-7. Illustrates the areas, dimensions, and slopes of the Vertically Guided Approach Survey
and Analysis Specification required to support instrument procedure development.

38
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

2.7.1.2. Analysis of Runways with Vertically Guided Operations. Analyze the surfaces according
to the following criteria for each runway end. Where an object meets multiple requirements (highest and
most penetrating, highest and highest manmade etc.) the point only needs to be identified once. In this
guidance the word “object” includes but is not limited to above ground structures, navigational aids,
people, equipment, aircraft (parked or taxiing), equipment, vehicles, natural growth, and terrain. Where
multiple runways are surveyed, perform and report the analysis for each runway separately. When an
object is determined to be within one or more surfaces, identify the penetration value for each surface.
Provide the penetration value (positive or negative) for the most adverse surface (closest to centerline or
runway end) in the attribute field penValSpecified and provide the penetration amount (positive or
negative) of the secondary surface in the attribute penValSupplemental.

2.7.1.2.1. Divide the VGRPS into three equal length zones each representing one third of the total
length of the runway. Analyze all objects within the lateral confines (see Figure 2-8) of the surface to
identify, classify, and report the following representative objects using either feature type Obstacle or
ObstructionArea in Chapter 5 as appropriate:

 The highest object outward from the runway end to 200 feet from the end of the runway within
the lateral limits of the VGRPS.

 The highest object, highest manmade object, and the highest natural (terrain or vegetation) object
in each one-third (1/3) of runway length section of the VGRPS on each side (left and right) of the
runway.

 When meteorological apparatus (see Figure 2-10) are located within the surface area, do not
analyze this equipment against the surfaces as objects because their location is fixed by function
and they are frangibly mounted. Instead, determine and report the distance from threshold,
distance from all runway/taxiway centerline(s), the MSL elevation, the above ground height and
distance from the edge of any apron or aircraft parking area. Use the FAA form Navigational Aid
Facility or Runway End Sketch to document the information on meteorological apparatus.

9,000 FEET

6,000 FEET

3,000 FEET

GROUND A GROUND B
WIND SOCK B, C GROUND C BUSH B
WIND SOCK GROUND
133 C 143 126 129 135 A 122
131
27
9

BUSH OL ON BLDG GROUND GS ANT GROUND A GROUND

GROUND B 156
A C 133 158 B,C 127 B C 125
133 122

NOTE:

THE OBSTACLE REPRESENTATION IN THE OBSTACLE SURVEY PRIMARY SURFACE AREA (BLUE
RECTANGLE) MUST INCLUDE THE:

A - HIGHEST OBJECT OUTWARD FROM THE RUNWAY END

B - HIGHEST OBJECT IN EACH 1/3 SECTION OF RUNWAY LENGTH

C - HIGHEST NON-MANMADE OBJECT IN EACH 1/3 SECTION OF RUNWAY LENGTH

Figure 2-8. Object Representation in the VGRPS Area.

39
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.7.1.2.2. Divide the VGPCS into three equal length zones each representing one third of the total
length of the runway. Analyze all objects within the lateral confines (see Figure 2-9) of the surface to
identify, classify, and report the following representative objects using feature type Obstacle or
ObstructionArea as appropriate:

 The highest object outward from the runway end to 200 feet from the end of the runway within
the lateral limits of the VGPCS.

 The highest object, highest manmade object, and the highest natural object in each one-third (1/3)
of runway length section of the VGPCS on each side (left and right, as viewed from the high
numbered runway end) of the runway.

 When meteorological apparatus (see Figure 2-10) are located within the surface area, do not
analyze this equipment against the surfaces as objects because their location is fixed by function
and they are frangibly mounted. Instead, determine and report (as a sketch) the distance from
threshold, distance from all runway/taxiway centerline(s), the MSL elevation, the above ground
height and distance from the edge of any apron or aircraft parking area.

EXCEPTION: If the representative object(s) selected in the VGRPS sections are higher than the adjacent
VGPCS sections, then selection and representation of an object in the VGPCS section is not required.

9,000 FEET

6,000 FEET

3,000 FEET

C TREE BUSH BUSH

VGPCS C
140 131 127 ? NOT REPORTED

GROUND A GROUND WIND SOCK B, C GROUND C BUSH WIND SOCK GROUND

C B VGRPS B A 122
133 131 143 126 129 135

27
9

BUSH OL ON BLDG GROUND GS ANT GROUND A GROUND

GROUND B VGRPS
A C 133 158 B,C 127 B 156 C 125 122
133
NOT REPORTED ? BUSH C BUSH OL ON BLDG VGPCS
131 133 B
158

NOTE:

THE OBSTACLE REPRESENTATION IN THE VGPCS AREA (RED RECTANGLE) MUST INCLUDE THE:

A - HIGHEST OBJECT OUTWARD FROM THE RUNWAY END

B - HIGHEST OBJECT IN EACH 1/3 SECTION OF RUNWAY LENGTH

C - HIGHEST NON-MANMADE OBJECT IN EACH 1/3 SECTION OF RUNWAY LENGTH

Figure 2-9. Illustrates the VGRPS and VGPCS object representations.

40
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Figure 2-10. SAWS, AWOS and ASOS Station Installations.

2.7.1.2.3. In the Vertically Guided Approach Surface (VGAS) identify, classify and report all
significant objects of landmark value underlying the VGAS using the respective feature type in Chapter 5
(i.e. Building, ForestStandArea, Fence, etc.) even if the objects(s) do not penetrate the surface.

In this guidance, objects of significant landmark value are geographic features located in the vicinity of an
airport aiding in geographic orientation. These features include but are not limited to objects such as
roads, railroads, fences, utility lines, shorelines, levees, quarries and nearby airports underlying the airport
airspace analysis surfaces.

Identify, classify, and report the following representative objects using the feature type Obstacle or
ObstructionArea according to the following criteria. For analysis as penetrating the VGAS, the VGAS
area excludes VGPS area as illustrated in Figure 2-11 in blue.

 The five most penetrating objects within the VGAS.

 The highest manmade and natural objects in the first 10,200 feet of the VGAS on each side of the
runway centerline extended.

 The highest manmade and natural objects in the area between the 10,200-foot point and the end
of the VGAS on each side of the runway centerline extended.

 The overall highest object in the VGAS.

41
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

20200' 10200' 10000'

VGPS
62.5:1
VGPCS
1000'
VGATS
40:1 OSAS VGAS

40:1
40:1 40:1 4000'
VGATS VGRPS

Figure 2-11. The area outlined in blue illustrates the lateral limits of the VGAS.

2.7.1.2.4. In the VGPS, identify, classify and report all significant objects of landmark value (for a
definition refer to paragraph 2.7.1.2.3) underlying the surface using the respective feature type in Chapter
5 (i.e. Building, ForestStandArea, Fence, etc.) even if the objects(s) do not penetrate the surface.

Also, identify, classify, and report the following representative objects using the feature type Obstacle or
ObstructionArea according to the following criteria.

In the VGPS, analyze all objects to identify, classify, and report the following representative objects.

 All objects penetrating the VGPS.

 The highest manmade and natural object on each side of the runway centerline extended within
the lateral limits of the surface.

2.7.1.2.5. Divide the VGATS into four sections by drawing a line perpendicular to the runway
centerline as illustrated in Figure 2-12 on each side of the centerline. Analyze the sections beginning with
the northeasternmost section and analyze subsequent sections in a counterclockwise direction. Define left
and right as viewed from the high numbered runway end.

 In the VGATS, identify, classify, and report the following representative objects using feature
type Obstacle or ObstructionArea as appropriate: the highest manmade, highest natural, and the
most penetrating object in each section of the VGATS.

VGPS
62.5:1 VGPCS

1000'
VGATS
VGAS 500'
VGAS

40:1
40:1 4000'
VGATS VGRPS

6000'

Figure 2-12. Illustrates the VGATS divided into four (4) sections for analysis.

42
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

2.7.1.2.6. Divide the VGHS into quadrants (as depicted by the red lines in Figure 2-13) centered on
the meridian and parallel, intersecting the Airport Reference Point (ARP). Analyze all objects to identify,
classify and report (using feature type Obstacle or ObstructionArea as appropriate) the two highest and
the most penetrating object in each quadrant. Analyze the sections beginning with the northeastern most
section and analyze subsequent sections in a counterclockwise direction.
VGATS AREA (20:1)
MAXIMUM OBJECT HEIGHT = AIRPORT ELEVATION +
(150 - (DISTANCE FROM OUTER EDGE /20))

VGCS
20:1

20200' VGHS
10000'
VGPS 150 FEET ABOVE
62.5:1 VGPCS AIRPORT ELEVATION

VGATS
40:1 VGAS 500' 4000'
VGAS
40:1

40:1
40:1 40:1 40:1 4000'
VGATS VGRPS

200'

6000' VGHS

R 10000'

R 17000'
VGCS
20:1

FEET
0 5000 10000 15000 20000

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

METER

Figure 2-13. Illustrates dividing the VGHS into quadrants through the ARP.

2.7.1.2.7. Divide the VGCS into quadrants (as depicted by the red lines in Figure 2-13), extended to
the outer edge of the VGCS, centered on the meridian and parallel intersecting the ARP. Analyze all
objects to identify, classify, and report (using the feature type Obstacle or ObstructionArea as appropriate)
the highest object and the most penetrating object in each quadrant. Analyze the sections beginning with
the northeastern most section and analyze subsequent sections in a counterclockwise direction.

43
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.7.1.3. Runways without Vertical Guidance. These specifications and associated figures supports
airport planning and design obstacle identification activities for runways designed for visual maneuvers,
non-vertically guided (NVG) operations (Lateral Navigation (LNAV), Localizer Performance (LP), VOR,
NDB, Localizer, Localizer Directional Aid (LDA), etc.) and instrument departure procedures. These
surfaces assist in the identification of possible hazards to air navigation on, and within the vicinity of, the
airport. Evaluate each surface independently of all other surfaces.

2.7.1.3.1. NVG Primary Surface (NVGPS). A 1,000-foot wide rectangular surface (500 feet either
side of runway centerline) longitudinally centered on the runway centerline and extending from runway
end to runway end. For runways that have, or plan to have, a Specially Prepared Hard Surface (SPHS),
the NVGPS expands outward 200 feet beyond each runway end. The surface elevation of any point
within the NVGPS is the same as the runway centerline elevation abeam the selected point (follows the
runway centerline contour). The elevation of any point within the 200 foot SPHS runway type extension
areas are equal to the runway end elevation on the side to which the extension applies.

2.7.1.3.2. NVG Approach Surface (NVGAS). (Must be completed for both ends of the runway)
The NVGAS is a 20:1 (5.0%) sloping surface that is longitudinally centered on the extended runway
centerline. It begins at the NVGPS and extends outward towards the final approach course. Runway
ends that have the same elevation as the airfield elevation will have a standard NVGAS length of 10,000
feet from the NVGPS. Runway ends with elevations lower than the airfield elevation will have NVGAS
length longer than 10,000 feet. The length of the NVGAS must be determined by subtracting the runway
end elevation from the airfield elevation, adding 500 feet to the difference, then divide the total by .05
(20:1) as shown in the following formula:

(( Airport Elevation  Runway End Elevation )  500 feet )

NVGAS Length ( Ft ) 
0.05

The NVGAS surface is 1,000 feet wide (500 feet either side of runway centerline) at the NVGPS and
expands to a width of 4,000 feet (2,000 feet either side of runway centerline) at a point 10,000 feet from
the NVGPS. For NVGAS lengths longer than 10,000 feet, the NVGAS continues to expand laterally
beyond the 10,000 foot point (to the distance calculated above) at the same rate as the initial portion of the
NVGAS. The surface height begins at the runway end elevation and rises towards the final approach
course at 20:1 (5.0%) until reaching 500’ above the airport elevation (End Elevation = Airport Elevation
+ 500 feet).

2.7.1.3.3. NVG Transitional Surface (NVGTS). The NVGTS is a series of 20:1 (5.0%) sloping
surfaces extending upward and outward from the edge of the NVGPS and the edge of the NVGAS (at
right angles to the runway centerline/centerline extended) until reaching 500 feet above the airport
elevation. The shape of each transitional surface varies based on location, runway type, runway end
elevations, and airfield elevation. There are 3-types of transitional surfaces for runways with a SPHS
(Type 1, Type 2, Type 3), and 2-types for runways without a SPHS (Type 1, Type 3 only).

NVGTS Type 1: A muli-sloped polygonal surface located directly between and abeam the runway end
points. This surface starts at the edge of the NVGPS (at the straight line elevation slope created when
joining runway end to runway end) and slopes upward and outward from the NVGPS at a 20:1 (5.0%)
slope until reaching 500 feet above the airport elevation. Use the following formula to calculate the
distance from the outer edge of the NVGPS abeam each runway end to the outer edge of the transitional
surface:

44
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Formula:

Distance NVGPS to Outer Edge = ([Airport Elevation – Runway End Elevation] + 500 feet) ÷ 0.05

NOTE: Separate calculations must be made for each runway end. Always use real numbers when
completing calculations. Always round numbers containing decimals down to their associated real
numbers when making surface calculations.

NVGTS Type 2 (For SPHS Runways Only): A single-sloped rectangular surface created to fill in the
transitional area gap abeam the 200 foot runway end extension areas. This surface starts abeam the
NVGPS surface between the runway end and the end of the 200 foot extension at the runway end
elevation to which the extension applies. The surface rises upward and outward from the NVGPS at a
20:1 (5.0%) slope to a distance equal to the NVGAS length on the runway end to which the extension
applies. The end height of the surface must be 500 feet above the airport elevation.

Figure 2-14. NVGPS, NVGAS, and NVGTS Types 1/2/3 for Non-Vertically Guided (NVG) Airport
Surfaces

NVGTS Type 3: A single-sloped triangular surface that connects either the NVGTS Type 1 surface (for
non-SPHS runways) or the NVGTS Type 2 (for SPHS runways) surface to the NVGAS. The slope of this
surface is measured from the edge of the NVGAS perpendicular to the runway centerline extended. To
complete this surface, draw a line connecting the outer corner of the NVGTS Type 1 or Type 2 surface
(whichever surface applies) to the closest NVGAS outer corner. The low corner of this surface is located

45
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

at the meeting point of the NVGPS, NVGAS, and NVGTS surfaces. The two outer corners must be 500
feet above the airport elevation.

2.7.1.3.4. NVG Horizontal Surface (NVGHS). A horizontal plane established 500 feet above the
airport elevation extending outward from the edges of the NVGAS and NVGTS. The outer boundary of
this area is constructed by scribing 20,000-foot arcs centered on the midpoint of the line that joins the
NVGPS and the NVGAS for both runways. Tangential lines then connect the arcs to complete the
surface.

Figure 2-15. Horizontal Surface (NVGHS) for Non-Vertically Guided (NVG) Airport Surfaces

2.7.1.4. Analysis of Runways Non-Vertically Guided Operations. Perform an analysis of the NVG
surfaces according to the following criteria for each runway end. Where multiple runways are surveyed,
accomplish and report the analysis for each runway separately. When an object is determined to be
within one or more surfaces, identify the penetration value for each surface. Provide the penetration value
(positive or negative) for the most adverse surface (closest to centerline or runway end) in the attribute
field penValSpecified and provide the penetration amount (positive or negative) of the secondary surface
in the attribute penValSupplemental.

46
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

2.7.1.4.1. Divide the NVG Primary Surface (NVGPS) into three equal length zones each
representing one third of the total length of the runway (see Figure 2-16). Analyze all objects within the
lateral confines of the surface to identify, classify, and report the following representative objects using
feature type Obstacle or ObstructionArea (as appropriate), the highest manmade and the highest natural
obstacle in each one-third of runway length section of the primary surface on each side (left and right, as
viewed from the high numbered runway end) of the runway.

Additionally identify, classify, and report the following representative object (using feature type Obstacle
or ObstructionArea):

 The highest object outward from the runway end to 200 feet from the end of the runway, within
the lateral limits of the NVGPS.

9,000 FEET

6,000 FEET

3,000 FEET

BUSH A LIGHT POLE TREE GROUND BUSH BUSH

C B B B, C A 122
120 158 140 118 129

27
9

BUSH OL ON BLDG GROUND BUSH GS ANT

B C B
128 134 121 B 132 C 156

NOTE:

THE OBSTACLE REPRESENTATION IN THE OBSTACLE SURVEY PRIMARY SURFACE AREA (GREEN
RECTANGLE) MUST INCLUDE THE:

A - HIGHEST OBJECT OUTWARD FROM THE RUNWAY END

B - HIGHEST NATURAL OBJECT IN EACH 1/3 SECTION OF RUNWAY LENGTH

C - HIGHEST MANMADE OBJECT IN EACH 1/3 SECTION OF RUNWAY LENGTH

Figure 2-16. Object Representation in the non-vertically guided operations primary surface area.

2.7.1.4.2. In the NVG Approach Surface (NVGAS), identify, classify and report all significant
objects of landmark value (for a definition refer to paragraph 2.7.1.2.3) underlying the NVGAS using the
respective feature type in Chapter 5 (i.e. Building, ForestStandArea, Fence, etc.) even if the objects(s) do
not penetrate the surface.

In this guidance, objects of significant landmark value are geographic features located in the vicinity of an
airport aiding in geographic orientation. These features include but are not limited to objects such as
roads, railroads, fences, utility lines, shorelines, levees, quarries and nearby airports underlying the airport
airspace analysis surfaces.

Additionally identify, classify, and report the following representative objects using the feature type
Obstacle or ObstructionArea according to the following criteria:

 The most penetrating object within the approach surface on each side of the centerline.

47
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

 The two highest manmade and natural objects on each side of the runway centerline extended and
the overall highest object within the approach surface.

2.7.1.4.3. Transitional Surface(s). Divide the transitional surface into three sections (as illustrated
in Figure 2-12 on each side of the runway). Analyze all objects within the lateral confines of the surface
to identify, classify, and report the following representative objects using the feature type Obstacle or
ObstructionArea (as appropriate), the highest manmade, natural, and the most penetrating object in each
sub-section of the transitional surface(s). Analyze the sections beginning with the northeasternmost
section and continue in a clockwise manner.

2.7.1.4.4. Horizontal Surface. In the NVG horizontal surface analyze all objects to, identify,
classify and report using feature type Obstacle or ObstructionArea (as appropriate) all manmade and
natural objects exceeding 500 feet above the established airport elevation

2.7.1.5. Airport Airspace Analysis Special Cases and Exemptions:

Area Limit Object Requirements – When a large area of objects such as buildings, terrain or vegetation
penetrate a surface, identify the limits of the area using a bounding polygon within the lateral limits of the
surface. Overlay the area lateral limits with a grid established parallel and perpendicular to the extended
runway centerline of the surface (see Figure 2-17). Establish the grid beginning at the runway end using
the appropriate spacing until reaching the obstructing area. Within 10,200 feet of the runway threshold,
use 200-foot grid spacing; outside 10,200 feet from the threshold, use a grid spacing of 500 feet.
Analyze, identify and report the highest manmade or natural object penetrating the surface within each
grid sector. Additionally, report the highest manmade or natural object within the area limits (see Figure
2-17). If two objects with the exact same MSL elevation are within a grid sector, choose the sector object
by first selecting the object closer to the centerline, then if required, by the object closer to the runway.

C
TREE
1489

A OBSTRUCTING SURFACE
TREE
1303

B
PRIMARY SURFACE TREE
1373 APPROAC
H SURFAC
E
CE
TRANSIT ION SURFA

NOTES:

1. THIS GRAPHIC EXPLAINS OR CLARIFIES CERTAIN DATA REQUIREMENTS.

2. SEE TEXT WHEN OBJECT CONGESTION OCCURS.

3. DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING.

Figure 2-17. Reporting highest object(s) within ObstructionArea limits.

48
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Catenaries – In most cases, the position and

elevation of supporting towers will adequately
represent catenaries. Treat these towers as any
other object. However, if one or both towers
are outside the limits of the obstruction
identification surface (OIS), the catenary itself
may become a significant object (see Figure
2-18). In these cases, provide a position and
elevation on the imaginary straight line
connecting the tops of the two adjacent catenary
support towers at the highest point within the
OIS. Designate the elevation of this point as an
estimated maximum elevation (EME).
Figure 2-18. This picture illustrates the
Guyed Structures – The guys of a 2,000-foot
importance of appropriately identifying
skeletal tower are anchored 1,600 feet from the
catenaries.
base of the structure. This places a portion of
the guys 1,500 feet from the tower at a height of
between 125 feet to 500 feet AGL. When surveying guyed structures, capture any guys penetrating a
surface separately from the structure itself. Where the guys of any structure penetrate a surface at a
distance greater than 100 feet from the actual structure, identify it as a separate point object where it
penetrates the surface.

Vehicular Traverse Ways – Treat a vehicular traverse way as any other object, except include an
appropriate vehicle height allowance in the elevation. Measure the clearance for roads and highways
from the crown and edges of the road. Make measurements for railroads from the top of the rail. Make
measurements for vehicle parking areas from the grade near the highest point. Use the following
tolerances for vehicle height.

Non-interstate roads 15 feet

Interstate roads 17 feet

Railroads 23 feet

Mobile Objects – Determine the travel limits of mobile representative objects within a defined area
(except vehicles on roads and railroads, and vessels, which treated under separate headings). Furnish an
estimated maximum elevation (EME) for each of these mobile object areas penetrating the OIS (see
Figure 2-19). If a non-penetrating mobile object is outward from the runway end, is the highest object in
the VGRPS or VGPS, and is higher than the runway end, provide an EME point nearest to the runway
centerline end, however the travel limits need not be determined. Include the word "MOBILE" which
will always imply an EME, in the object name, such as, "MOBILE CRANE".

49
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

VGATS

Possible penetrating
vessel area, contact
local authorities for
VGPS and VGPCS LY
Penetrating Mobile Crane Area NN vessel information
EME 210 RI
VE
R
VGAS
VGATS

NOT TO SCALE DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET

Figure 2-19. Illustrates the collection of penetrating vessel and mobile object areas.

Objects Under Construction – Identify representative objects under construction as, “BUILDING
UNDER CONSTRUCTION”. Determine the elevation of the object at the time of the survey. However,
if a construction crane extends above the feature under construction, it is necessary and sufficient to
determine the elevation and position of the crane. Identify, classify and report using the
ConstructionArea feature and associated accuracies and collection requirements.

“Manmade” Objects –Measure the height from the highest point of ground in contact with either the
object or the structure on which the object rests:

 Within the boundaries of the airport, determine the AGL elevation for all manmade objects.

NOTE: If any part of the RPZ falls outside of the airport boundary, also determine the AGL
elevation of all manmade objects within this area.

 Outside the boundaries of the airport, determine the AGL elevation for all manmade objects that
are:

o Determined as a representative object during the Airport Airspace Analysis Surveys, VG

or NVG.

o Have a height equal to or greater than 200 feet AGL.

Exemptions – The measurement and consideration of the following objects is not required.

 When vegetation exceeds the surface by less than three feet and has a maximum cross sectional
diameter no greater than one-half inch where transected by a surface.

 Annual vegetation, such as annual weeds, corn, millet, and sugar cane.

50
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

 Roads with restricted public access intended for airport/facility maintenance only. This
exemption does not apply to airport service roads associated with other airport operations, such
as, food, fuel, and freight transportation.

 Construction equipment and debris, including dirt piles and batch plants, which are:

o Temporary in nature

o Under the control of airport authorities

o Located on airport property

 Vessels, if possibly penetrating a surface, make an entry with the feature cautioning that vessels
may penetrate certain surfaces at certain times and further investigation, travel limits, and
frequency of passage is advised. This exemption does not apply to permanently moored vessels.

2.7.1.6. OBJECT DENSITY SELECTION CRITERIA. In some cases, strict adherence to the
obstacle selection criteria listed above might result in congestion or inadequate obstruction representation.
To minimize these situations, the following guidelines must be followed in obstacle selection:

 If obstacles that are required in the primary area or first 10,000 feet of an approach area are
located within 100 feet of each other, the lower obstacle may be omitted.

 If obstacles that are required outside the primary or first 10,000 of an approach area are located
within 500 feet of each other, the lower obstacle may be omitted. (Note: Required primary or
approach obstacles must not be omitted because of the close proximity of higher obstacles outside
of the primary or approach areas).

 When a required obstacle is omitted because of congestion, a replacement obstacle/obstacles must

be selected, if possible, that meets the spacing criteria.

 Occasionally, additional obstruction information may be useful in representing certain obstructing

conditions. While a rigorous selection criterion is not practical, information useful to obstruction
clearing activities should be considered in the selection..

2.8. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE (OEI) ANALYSIS SURVEY REQUIREMENTS

AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design, describes the object evaluation area (OEA) and requirements for
analyzing one engine inoperative (OEI) operations. This paragraph provides information about how to
analyze the area and identify penetrations to the area. The OEI surface is an identification surface it does
not require clearing of any penetrations of the surface. For analysis purposes, the evaluation area is
subdivided into four areas. The extended runway centerline divides the first two areas on either side of
the center section. These areas begin at the departure end of the runway or clearway and extend to 50,000
feet from the point of beginning. Define the third and fourth areas by constructing a line splaying 7°
inside the outer area boundary and extending this line from the point of beginning to the point it intersects
the outer boundaries of the OEA (40,000 feet). Further subdivide the entire OEA by constructing a series
of lines perpendicular to the runway centerline extending to the edges of the OEA outer boundaries (see
Figure 2-20). Within the first 21,000 feet of the surface, construct these lines every 300 feet. For the last
29,000 feet of the OEA construct these lines every 1,000 feet.

51
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

21000.0000 19000.0000 10000.0000

7°
AREA 4

AREA 2
6000.0000

AREA 1
±300.0000
AREA 3

Figure 2-20. Illustrates the OEI object evaluation area and dimensions.

Analyze each polygon within the boundaries of the OEA and identify, classify and report all penetrations
to the surface using the feature type Obstacle. If no object penetrates the surface in a specific polygon, no
further representation is required in that polygon. When a group of objects (terrain, buildings, vegetations
etc.) penetrates the surface, define it using a bounding polygon around the perimeter of the objects and
identify, classify and report the object(s) using the ObstructingArea feature type. Use the Area limit
Object requirements (see paragraph 2.7.1.5) grid method to analyze any ObstructionArea.

2.9. TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEYING

Complete topographic surveys to determine the shape and slope of the project area allowing the user to
visualize the rise and fall of the land. Topographic surveys include the collection of natural and manmade
features. Typically, airport topographic surveys provide landform data for planning studies, engineering
designs, navigational aid installation and support instrument flight operations. At locations where there is
(or plans to be) a Category II or III Instrument Landing System (ILS), the topography is important for
operation of the navigational aid and in the design of the instrument procedure. Tie airport airside
topographic surveys to the National Spatial Reference System. This tie ensures the data regarding airside
operations is set to the same horizontal and vertical datum as the rest of the airport and the NAS. Create
these ties directly to the established PACS or SACS at the airport. It is the responsibility of the surveyor
to determine the equipment and methodologies used to meet the required accuracy. Planning projects
typically require contours be established at two to ten-foot intervals yielding a map scale of in the range
of 1” = 200 or 1” = 400 feet. Use the feature ElevationCountour in the Geospatial feature group to
classify topographic surveys. When performing topographic surveys of the airside, ensure the collection
and modeling of these following manmade features:

 Document the location of permanent structures including bridges, piers, culverts and docks using
the Bridge feature in the Surface Transportation feature group.

 Document the location of street or road paving entrance drives, openings, and sidewalks using
features from the Surface Transportation feature group.

 Classify the elevations on the top of curbs, gutters and sidewalks using features from the Surface
Transportation feature group.

52
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

 Provide spot elevations covering the entire survey limits showing high points, low points, and
grade changes. This should be done at sufficient intervals to represent the general character of
the terrain using the AirportControlPoint feature in the Geospacial feature group.

 Location and elevation of lakes, rivers, streams or drainage courses on or near the airport or
design area using the Shoreline feature in the Environmental feature group.

 Location, diameter, and species of all trees over a 6-inch diameter using features from the
Environmental feature group.

 Outline the perimeter outline of thickly wooded areas unless otherwise directed using features
from the Environmental feature group.

 Electric utilities – the location of power poles, guy wires, anchors, vaults, etc. using features from
the Utilities feature group.

As with other aspects of airport surveys, the positional accuracy of the topographic survey ensures the
data collected meets the needs of the FAA. The following relative (with respect to the established PACS,
SACS, or temporary control stations occupied on the airport) positional accuracies are provided as a
general guide for topographic surveys and are specified at the 95% confidence level.

Table 2-4. Topographic Survey Accuracy Requirements

Vertical Positional Accuracy Horizontal Positional
Contour Interval (in feet) Accuracy (in feet)
1 foot ±0.50 ±1.0
2 feet ±1.30 ±2.0
4 feet ±2.60 ±4.0
5 feet ±3.20 ±4.0
10 feet ±6.50 ±8.0
Spot ground elevations ±0.20 ±2.0
Spot paving elevations ±0.05 ±1.0
Well defined planimetric features ±0.10 ±1.0

53
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Table 2-5. Federal Geodetic Data Committee spatial data accuracy standards (ASPRS Class II
Mapping Accuracy for large scale maps)
Map Accuracies as a Function of Photo/Map Scale
Map Scale Photo Scale Min Contour Accuracy XY Accuracy Z
1"= -ft 1"= -ft Interval, ft RMSE ft RMSE ft
20 200 0.5 0.4 0.33
40 320 1.0 0.8 0.66
50 400 1.0 1.0 0.66
100 800 2.0 2.0 1.32
200 1600 4.0 4.0 2.64
250 2000 5.0 5.0 3.30
400 3200 8.0 8.0 5.28
500 4000 10.0 10.0 6.60
800 6400 16.0 16.0 10.56
1000 8000 20.0 20.0 13.20
1667 12800 32.0 33.3 21.12

Collect and provide the location and elevation of water and gas components extending more than 3 inches
above the surface. These components include items such as water or gas valves, standpipes, meters,
regulators, fire hydrants, etc. Locate, classify, and determine the elevation (MSL) of other utility
components such as telephone or light poles, manholes, boxes, etc., visible on the airport. Classify these
features using the appropriate feature types in the Utility feature group in Chapter 5.

Determine and classify, according to the standards in Chapter 5, the location and dimensions of any
existing buildings, tanks, fences, miscellaneous structures, driveways, or other objects on the airport.
When required by the appropriate personnel, determine the location, classification (according to Chapter
5) and elevation of swamps; or wetland limits.

2.9.1. Category II and III Operation Area Topographic Survey.

This is a special topographic survey completed to provide specific information for the installation,
maintenance and development of instrument procedures for Category II and III operations. The purpose
of this area is to define the terrain within the area, which could provide for false radar altimeter readings.
The collection of this information meets the requirements of the International Civil Aviation Organization
(ICAO), Annex 15 regarding Area 4.

The area of consideration is an area 3000 feet long by 400 feet wide centered on the runway centerline
extended (see Figure 2-21). In this area provide only terrain data to the accuracy requirements in Table
2-6. Classify the terrain using the Contour feature type in Chapter 5.

Table 2-6. Cat II and III Operation Area Accuracy Requirements

Area Attributes Accuracy Requirement
Horizontal Accuracy 4.0 ft.
Vertical Accuracy 2.6 ft.
Vertical Resolution 0.1 ft.
Confidence Level 95%
Post Spacing 0.3 arc seconds (approximately 30 feet)

54
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

BOR
116.9 TWY CAT II/III
E RUNWAY

TWY
E

TWY
D
TWY
H

ARP HANGARS

TOWER

TERMINAL TWY
AND C
AIS AIRPORT
CUSTOMS MET BEACON

TWY
TWY F TWY
G A

TWY G
UC

TWY
TWY B
F BOR
116.9

TWY
A

Figure 2-21. Terrain data collection surface – Area 4.

55
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.10. AIRPORT MAPPING DATABASE SURVEYS

Traditionally, pilots have relied on visual aids such as airfield markings (e.g. painted centerlines), signs
and lighting in conjunction with a paper chart (see Figure 2-22) of the airport to navigate from point to
point on the surface. Through radio communications, air traffic control (ATC) provides directions to
pilots on the route to follow while on the surface. As a rule, the ground controller will issue route
instructions to pilots using explicit instructions and strict protocol (phraseology) so that there is no
misunderstanding. These instructions are sometimes very complex requiring the pilot to memorize it,
write it down and repeat it to ATC to ensure comprehension. The pilot then needs to follow those
instructions (typically without further assistance from ATC) following the surface markings and signs
(see Figure 2-23) to the destination while avoiding other surface traffic (airplanes or on-airport vehicles).

Figure 2-22. Paper chart.

Figure 2-23. The development of highly accurate digital representations of the airport environment
will enhance the operational safety systems at the airport.

56
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

In extremely adverse weather, aircraft follow a designated route to ensure they avoid other traffic. The
airport information used for airport mapping databases consists of airport features and associated
information in the form of geometry, attribute, and attribute coding. This information is linked to data via
a relational database schema or equivalent method. This information, when combined with other airport
features such as the runways, taxiways, parking areas etc., forms a digital map of the airport for display in
the aircraft flight deck.

Figure 2-24. Highly accurate digital representations of the airport environment.

There are two areas of consideration: the collection and classification of vertical objects and the
collection and classification of the movement area markings.

Collect and classify all runway markings using the feature marking line or marking area in Chapter 5.
Delineate each feature further using the attribute enumerations for Color and Marking feature type.

Collect and classify all vertical objects exceeding 1.5 feet above the nearest movement area surface within
165 feet of the edge of the movement area, excluding the runways. For all runways, analyze, identify,
classify (according to the features in Chapter 5) and report all vertical objects exceeding 1.5 feet above
the elevation of the nearest runway surface surrounding the runway. The lateral area of consideration
begins at the edge of the runway and extends until it is 300 feet from the centerline.

Use the greater of the accuracy defined in this specification for a feature (Chapter 5) or a horizontal and
vertical accuracy of 1.5 feet with a resolution 0.25 feet. The confidence level of the data collected in this
survey type is 95%. The collection of data under this section meets the requirements of the International
Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), Annex 15 requirements for Area 3.

57
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

TWY F

TWY E

TW
TWY H

Y
D
ARP HANGAR

Figure 2-25. Areas of collection for vertical objects surrounding the movement areas.

SURFACE MOVEMENT AREA RUNWAY CL

LEGEND:

VERTICAL OBJECTS TO CAPTURE

VERTICAL OBJECTS NOT TO CAPTURE

Figure 2-26. Airport Mapping Database Collection of Vertical objects meeting the requirements of
ICAO Area 3.

58
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

2.11. ENGINEERING (CONSTRUCTION) SURVEYS

The typical engineering surveys encountered for an airport relate to the planning and construction of
runways and taxiways. Tie all Airport Operating Area (AOA) planning and construction to the NSRS
through inclusion of the PACS and SACS located on the airport. When used, engineering grids or
coordinate systems must include these monuments as part of the survey control scheme. This tie to the
NSRS ensures the relative connection of all AOA features to the entire NAS. In planning for or
proceeding with construction on the airport, especially airside, it is essential to survey and document each
element of construction according to the standards in this AC. This ensures that the airport authority and
the FAA have the information regarding the construction to make the appropriate operational and safety
decisions required. Through appropriate identification and classification of the proposed construction
area and activities, the airport and the FAA can ensure the continuity of service and safety of operations
during construction. This feature classification and identification ensures the data concerning the
construction activity is available for other FAA offices to begin or plan their work such as Non-
RuleMaking Airport (NRA) studies, navigational aid relocation, or flight procedure revision or
establishment. For further information regarding safety during construction on airports refer to AC
150/5370-2, Operational Safety During Construction on Airports.

Engineering Surveys are those surveys associated with the engineering design (topographic, layout and
as-built) and often require geodetic computations beyond normal civil engineering practices. AOA
construction activities generally require two types of survey activities design and construction. Design
data surveys require collecting the data needed for the planning and design of a project. In most cases,
this involves a simple topographic survey but may require more detailed surveys especially when
environmental considerations must be accounted for in the design. Construction surveys are typically
further divided into layout, stake-out or As-Built surveys. Most airports require a record (drawings) of all
construction projects at the airport. Layout or stake-out surveys are the translation of construction plans
into physical points on the ground used as a basis for the actual construction. As-Built surveys include
making measurements to verify or identify the location and dimensions of structures or objects.

The following is a checklist of features required on a typical As-Built survey. Define each of these
elements according to the features in this guidance.

 The identification of the boundary lines of the project tract using the features in the Man Made
Structures group.

 Show lines of original lot boundaries using features from the Cadastral group.

 The collection of all existing roads, alleys and easements with their widths and platted using the
features in the Surface Transportation group.

 The collection of sufficient spot elevations defining the surface drainage on the project site and
within 50 feet outside the boundary using the features of the Geotechnical group.

 Identification of control Benchmark(s) through use of Geotechnical group features.

 Locate and classify all visible evidence of utilities and storm water drainage features on or within
50 feet of the project boundary to include water lines, valves, backflow devices, meters and fire
hydrants. This information uses features from the Utilities group.

 Sanitary sewer, manholes with invert and top elevation, pipe sizes through manholes with
direction of flow indicated. Irrigation lines, catch basins, storm sewer pipes, junction boxes with

59
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

inverts, type of inlet, pipe sizes, pipe types and direction of flow. Swales, curbs, gutters with spot
elevations and direction of flow can all be modeled with features from the Utilities group.

 Sidewalk, street parking, loading areas, driveway width(s) along with the edge(s) of existing
paved areas using the SurfaceTransportation feature group.

 Power poles, guy wires, overhead power lines are classified using the Utilities features group.

 Trees, tree groupings and shrubs using the Environmental feature.

 Model existing building structures, fences or walls on site and within 50 feet of the property line
using features within the Man Made Structures group.

 Show existing contours on 0.50 foot intervals if existing site elevations vary by greater than 1.5
feet using features from the Geotechnical group.

 Existing natural features such as high points, water courses, depressions, ponds, marshes,
swamps, wooded areas and flood elevations (if available) are modeled using the features in the
Environmental group.

 Location of any protected species habitat or environmentally sensitive lands or vegetation, as well
as any known historical or archaeological resources using the Environmental and Man Made
Structures feature groups.

2.12. AIRPORT PAVEMENTS

2.12.1. Construction/Roughness

Complete a pavement evaluation survey to determine airport pavement condition indexing through visual
surveys of paved surfaces using the Pavement Condition Index (PCI) method of quantifying pavement
condition. These pavement evaluations will include porous friction courses and plain or reinforced
jointed Portland cement concrete pavements.

Most airports use the ASTM D5340 Standard Test Method for Airport Pavement Condition Index
Surveys developed by the US Army Corps of Engineers through the funding provided by the US Air
Force and the FAA.

By developing an airport pavement history an airport can predict the rate of deterioration of a runway or
taxiway.

2.12.2. Airport Pavement Inventory

Airport pavement inventories are commonly broken into “networks”, “branches” and “sections”. A
network is a group of pavements managed together – typically as a budget line item. For example, state
aviation agencies manage multiple general aviation (GA) airports.

Consequently, each GA airport is a separate network within the state’s pavement management database.
Commercial and military airports often break airside and landside pavements into separate networks. A
branch is an area of pavement that shares a common use. For example, a specific runway is defined as a
branch.

60
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

A “Section” is defined as a pavement area within a branch sharing similar structural characteristics and
loading conditions. Of equal importance, however, is the fact that a section can be considered a
management unit – meaning that condition analysis and work planning is performed at the section level
and then rolled-up to the branch and network levels. There is often a one to one relationship between
facilities and sections at GA airports. Commercial and military airports typically have multiple sections
within a branch due primarily to the size of the facilities and the growth that occurs at larger airports
which results in section extensions and structural improvements.

Using “user-defined-fields” available in most pavement management software at the network, branch, and
section levels of the hierarchy an airport can further subdivide their pavement network. This capability
can allow a state aviation department to store the county road network for an airport at the network level
using county road standards and to store data on funding sources for pavement work at the section level.
Additionally, new branch uses and pavement surface types can be defined as required. Assign new
branch uses as either airside or landside, and define new surface types as either asphalt or concrete. These
definitions are necessary for determining which PCI standard and set of distresses to use with the new
surface type.

Enter information about pavement condition into the pavement management software as linear station
offsets of the runway or feature collected with an offset left or right to give a field location of the
pavement issue being measured and reported. Rotate the linear stations and offsets with the runway and
convert to the correct NAD83 survey adjusted coordinates.

For further information on PCI, refer to the following Airport Circulars:

 AC 150/5380-6, Guidelines and Procedures for Maintenance of Airport Pavements, provides

FAA recommended guidelines and procedures for maintenance of rigid and flexible airport
pavements. NOTE: AC is not available on-line, but may be purchased from Superintendent of
Documents.

 AC 150/5380-7, Pavement Management System, presents concepts of a Pavement Management

System, discusses the essential components of such a system, and outlines how to use it in
making cost-effective decisions regarding pavement maintenance and rehabilitation.

2.13. SUB-SURFACE UTILITIES ENGINEERING (SUE)

Perform sub-surface utility engineering (SUE) surveys to:

 reduce conflicts with utilities;

 reduce delays in construction schedules because of unforeseen conflicts with utilities that have
been eliminated;

 and added construction costs because of unexpected utility adjustments that are no longer needed.

Additionally, fewer contractor claims based on utility delays can be anticipated and the chance of
severing a utility line can be greatly reduced, therefore increasing the safety level.

The strength of the geodetic control has a direct bearing on the quality of the mapping and utility surveys,
which may require additional supplemental control stations in strategic locations. Reference all SUE
work to the PACS and SACS established at the airport.

61
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Reference the datum for X and Y coordinates to NAD 1983 for the airport. Record the datum for Z
values in NAVD 88 datum with US Survey Feet being the unit of measure.

Although considerable time and effort goes into a utility investigation and mapping project, the locations
of some utility lines can be somewhat obscure. This is due to the lack of clear source information and/or
surface features. In many cases, the surveyor must make professional judgments regarding the validity
and location of the utility alignments. As a result, some of these vagaries can impede the development of
new projects for the improvement or expansion of the airport.

The American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) developed standard guidelines for the collection and
depiction of existing subsurface utility information, Standard Guidelines for the Collection and Depiction
of Existing Subsurface Utility Data (ASCE/C-I 38-02), by the civil engineering profession, the FHWA,
ASCE, AGC, and other national organizations.

The guideline breaks down utility collection into four separate levels of confidence. The initial field
collection and mapping for most airports is Quality Level (QL) D. These four separate levels of
confidence are as follows:

 Quality Level "D" - Existing Records: Results from review of available records. It gives
overall "feel" for congestion of utilities, but is highly limited in terms of comprehensiveness and
accuracy. For projects where route selection is an option, this Quality Level is useful when
combined with cost estimates for utility relocations following applicable "clear zone" and other
accommodation policies.

 Quality Level "C" - Surface Visible Feature Survey: QL "D" information for existing records
is augmented using surface visible feature survey and digitizing data into Computer-Aided
Drafting and Design (CADD) drawings. The danger here is that much of the data is "digitized
fiction." There may be as much as a 15-30% error and omission rate in QL "C" information.

 Quality Level "B" - Designating: Two-dimensional horizontal mapping. Obtain this

information through surface geophysical methods. It is highly useful for design basis information
for conceptual design and for proceeding prudently to QL "A". Do not use this level for design
basis vertical information or where exacting horizontal tolerances are expected.

 Quality Level "A" - Locating: Three-dimensional horizontal and vertical mapping. Collect this
information through vacuum excavation of test holes at points of conflict. This is the highest
level of accuracy of subsurface utility engineering data. It provides horizontal and vertical design
basis information for engineering, construction, maintenance, remediation, condition assessment,
and related efforts.

Put forth a concerted effort with maintenance personnel, engineers, planners, and GIS personnel to
determine what features and attributes to collect in the field. It is more efficient to spend the time
planning before entering the field to decide what data is needed. Data collection efforts can be costly and
time consuming if it becomes necessary to survey features twice because of an overlooked, undetermined,
or deemed unimportant attribute.

2.13.1. Utility Research

Prior to beginning the designation work, the contractor should contact the utility owners known to be
within the project limits. Gather this information from a multitude of utility agencies including, the
Airport representatives operating and maintaining facilities within the airport grounds, other utility

62
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

owners, the one-call lists of utilities and past project contact lists. The contractor should ask for all record
information within the project limits and specifically ask to speak to the engineering/planning
departments to identify utility projects completed but not depicted in the utility owners’ records section.
Prepare a utility record log, and maintain records for future reference. Review the record information for
the following:

 Material type joining procedures that will influence equipment selection.

 Amount of utilities to be expected, which will influence number and phasing of personnel
assigned to the project.

 Local geology/soil conditions if data is available, which may influence equipment selection.

 Number and type of access points, such as manholes, etc., which will influence safety procedures.

 Expected depth of utilities, which will influence equipment selection.

 Presence of rebar or other paving characteristics, affecting the methods/procedures/equipment.

2.13.2. Utility Designation

Once the project control surveys, aerial photography and aerial mapping are completed, the appropriate
surface geophysical locating equipment and methods (combined with existing utility records and field
observations), the marks that designate the utility on the surface of the ground can be preformed. If the
utility changes horizontal direction, but has no physical aperture at that point, every standard of care of
the subsurface utility engineering profession will be taken to designate the point at which the utility
‘bends’ or changes direction.

The temporary utility paint marks on the ground will follow the Utility Location and Coordination
Council Uniform Color Codes as shown in Figure 2-27:

RED – Electric power lines, cables,

conduit and Lighting cables
YELLOW – Gas, Oil, Steam, Petroleum
or Gaseous Materials
ORANGE – Communications, Alarm or
Signal lines, cables or conduits
BLUE – Potable Water
PURPLE – Reclaimed Water, Irrigation,
or Slurry lines
GREEN – Sewers and Drain lines

PINK – Temporary Survey Markings

Figure 2-27. Uniform Color Codes.

63
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Divide the airport project area into appropriately sized grids and “sweep” for unknown/non-recorded
utilities. Because not all utilities run parallel with, or perpendicular to buildings or hard surfaces such as
roadways and sidewalks, sweeping will include multiple equipment orientations. If found, mark these
utility locations in pink and recorded as an ‘unknown’ utility line.

2.13.3. Utility Field Collection

While the utility designating is taking place, the survey crew will simultaneously be collecting data for
the utility features and the temporary paint marks over the utility line.

2.13.4. Optional SUE Quality Level A Testholes

If the Airport Authority determines specific utilities need additional information such as vertical
depths/elevations and condition assessments, complete Quality Level A testhole services. Digitally
photograph the testhole sites before and after the testhole operations. For Quality Level A data, provide a
certification form in addition to the plotted position of the utility with additional information. This
information includes:

 horizontal and vertical location of top and/or bottom of utility referenced to project datum,

 elevation of existing grade over utility at test hole referenced to project datum,

 outside diameter of utility and configuration of non-encased, multi-conduit systems,

 utility structure material composition, when reasonably ascertainable,

 benchmarks and/or project control used to determine elevations,

 paving thickness and type, where applicable,

 general soil type and site conditions, and

 other pertinent information as is reasonably ascertainable from each test hole site.

References to the
used or established with the base mapping deliverables and horizontal tolerances to applicable surveying
standards.

2.14. Boundary Surveying/Land Use

This section discusses the general guidelines for airport Boundary surveys; each state has various
regulations and requirements. These guidelines are the basis for all surveys relating to the retracing of
property boundaries at an airport. Where local or other prescribed regulations are more restrictive than
these rules, the survey will conform to all local and state regulatory standards. When a client desires only
a portion of his property surveyed, and this portion can be clearly isolated from the remainder of the
property without affecting the interests of adjoining owners, these rules will apply to the survey of only
the desired portion.

64
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

2.14.1. Research and Investigation.

When the deed description of the subject property and the deed descriptions of adjoining properties do not
resolve the unique locations of the corners and lines of the property, identify and consult other sources of
information to assemble the best possible written evidence of every corner and line of the property. These
sources include, but are not limited to: records of previous surveys, deed descriptions of adjacent
properties, records of adjacent highways, railroads and public utility lines; subdivision plats, tax maps,
topographic maps, aerial photographs, and other sources as may be appropriate.

After analysis of the necessary written documents, the survey is based on a field investigation of the
property. The surveyor will make a thorough search for physical monuments, analyze evidence of
occupation and confer with the owner(s) of the property. In addition, the surveyor will, when necessary,
confer with the owner(s) of the adjoining property and take statements.

2.14.2. Monumentation.

When necessary, the surveyor will set boundary monuments in accordance with the accepted surveying
practice and legal requirements so that, upon completion of the survey, each corner of the property and
each referenced control stations will be physically monumented.

When it is impossible or impracticable to set a boundary monument on a corner, the surveyor will set a
reference monument, similar in character to the boundary monument and preferably along one of the
property lines intersecting at the corner. When a reference monument is used, clearly identify it as a
reference monument on the plat of the property and in any new deed description, written for the property.

Every boundary monument and/or reference monument set by the surveyor will, when practicable:

 Be composed of a durable material.

 Have a minimum length of thirty inches.

 Have a minimum cross-section area of material of 0.2 square inches.

 Be identified with a durable marker bearing the surveyor's registration number and/or name or
company name.

 Be detectable with conventional instruments for finding ferrous or magnetic objects.

When a case arises due to physical obstructions where a boundary or reference monument cannot be
conveniently or practically set in accordance with paragraph (C) of this rule, then alternative
monumentation will be established for the particular situation. This alternative monumentation must be
durable and identifiable (e.g. chiseled "X" in concrete, drillhole, etc.).

65
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

2.14.3. Measurement specifications.

Make all measurements in accordance with the following specifications:

 The surveyor will keep his equipment in such repair and adjustment as to conform to the
requirements stipulated by the local State agency code. The specifications, tolerances, and
regulations published in the National Bureau of Standards Handbook 44 will be the
specifications, tolerances and regulations for commercial weighing and measuring devices of the
state.

 Make every measurement of distance either directly or indirectly so the linear error in the
distance between any two points (not necessarily adjacent points) does not exceed the reported
distance divided by five thousand (allowable linear error = reported distance ÷ five thousand).
Make every angular measurement so the allowable (directional) error, in radians, does not exceed
the allowable linear error divided by the reported distance (allowable (directional) error =
allowable linear error ÷ reported distance). When the reported distance is less than one hundred
feet, the linear error will not exceed 0.02 feet. The reported distance is the distance established
by the survey.

 In all new deed descriptions and plats of survey, specify the length and direction of the lines so
the mathematical error in closure of the property boundary does not exceed 0.02 feet in latitudes
and 0.02 feet in departure.

2.14.4. Plat of survey.

The surveyor will prepare a scale drawing of every survey in which he retraces previously established
property lines or establishes new boundaries. The features for this type of survey will be placed on
feature types found in the Cadastral feature group.

Provide a copy of this drawing to the client. When required, file a copy with the proper state agency.

As a general guideline, include the following details:

 A title identifying the general location

 Provide a north arrow depicting a clear reference to the basis direction used.

 Identify the control station(s) or line cited in the deed description and the relationship of the
property to this control.

 Provide a notation at each corner of the property stating the boundary monument type as found or
set. In addition, there will be a statement describing the material, size, position and condition of
every monument found or set.

 A general notation describing the evidence of occupation expected along every boundary line
and/or occupation line.

 The length and direction of each line as specified in the deed description of the property or as
determined in the actual survey if this differs from what is in the deed description by more than
the tolerance specified in state regulations.

66
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

 A citation of pertinent documents and sources of data used as a basis for carrying out the work.

 The written and graphical scale of the drawing.

 The date of the survey.

 The surveyor's printed name and local state survey registration number, signature and seal (in a
form, which may clearly reproduce on any copies, which may be made of the original drawing).

67
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Intentionally left blank.

68
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CHAPTER 3. GEOSPATIAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

Geospatial data collected with remotely sensed or field survey methods consists of airport features such as
navigational aids, taxiways, and aprons as well as potential obstacle features and features of landmark
value used for general orientation, including shorelines, roads, and railroads. The collection of the
features must adhere to cartographic rules to ensure topological integrity. These geospatial data features,
when entered into the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program database, provide a foundation for GIS
analysis and provide content to create various aeronautical charts.

3.1. INTEGRATING GIS AND ENGINEERING DATA

Engineering data, usually in the form of record drawings are the source of most GIS data. The basis for
the FAA GIS standards is the National CADD Standards and the Aeronautical Information Conceptual
Model (AICM). For a single system to remain compatible with two standards is a daunting task but, with
appropriate management of the data, it is possible. The National CADD Standards form part of the
Master Specifications used for engineering contract procurement. The AICM defines the modeling and
exchange of aeronautical features worldwide. The adoption of these standards allow the uninhibited flow
of data from the source or design phase to uploading of information to the FAA. This AC provides the
information to connect the CADD data to the GIS elements allowing the data to move in a geospatial data
format.

3.2. ADVANTAGES OF DATA COMPLIANCE

Complying with standards provides the airport sponsor or data provider the opportunity to “clean house”
and properly classify the data they maintain. These specifications provide the framework for developing
and maintaining the data about the airport so it can be shared with the FAA and other users. Complying
with these specifications provides the following benefits to the sponsor or data provider:

 Uniform data distribution procedure complying with FAA requirements

 Clear digital distribution methods for airport staff to consistently use

 Flexibility to meet changing expectations and technical requirements of end-users

 Creating documentation and data-quality information for the data sets

 Automate distribution methods to the greatest extent possible so the data can be delivered on
demand

 Available “raw” data can be quickly implemented into other projects and used appropriately (i.e.
documentation)

3.3. RELATIONSHIP OF GIS FEATURES TO CADD LAYERS

3.3.1. Layering of Feature Types

Each Feature Type in Chapter 5 corresponds to a single GIS layer and one or more CADD layers in this
standard. GIS and CADD software superimpose layers on top of one another to form a map or drawing,
as shown in Figure 3-1. Because layers are a fundamental element of GIS and CADD software, layers are
often associated with tables containing attributes (e.g., width, material type, condition, etc.), metadata
(e.g., accuracy, source, date of relevance, etc.), and properties (i.e. color, line type, etc.). To maintain

69
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

compatibility with both standards, specific drawing and layer naming conventions apply. These are
covered, respectively, in more detail in the following sections.

LAYERS MAP / DRAWING

Runways
10

28
Roads
=A
=B
Buildings =C

Figure 3-1. Portrays the layering of feature types to form a map or drawing.

3.3.2. Feature Type Layering in GIS Software

GIS software provides a great deal of flexibility when distinguishing, rendering, and annotating different
types of features (i.e. feature instances) within a single layer (i.e. feature type) of a map. Because of this
flexibility, features having the same properties and attributes but with only minor differences, such as
type and status, allows us to group them onto a single layer and display them differently. The result is
fewer layers used to represent more real world situations.

3.3.3. Relationship of GIS and CADD Layers

Because we use many more CADD layers to represent the same features represented on far fewer GIS
layers, there is a natural many-to-one relationship in the matching of CADD to GIS layers. In order to
manage all of the CADD drawings and associated layers effectively, data producers should establish and
follow a drawing management hierarchy. This hierarchy should establish each drawing into a cascading
flow of data from the overall airport view down to the minutest detail of a feature. At the highest level of
the cascading system is the master airport drawing. Name this drawing using the full name of the airport
or its ICAO identifier (i.e. KBOS, for Boston Logan International). Referenced into this master drawing
are drawings representing each of the major feature groups (Airspace, Airfield, Cadastral, etc.).
Referenced inside each of the major feature group drawings are drawings representing each of the airport
features. The final level is the individual layers making up each of the feature drawings. Name these
layers according to the National CADD layering specifications.

 Master Drawing - named using full airport name, ICAO identifier, or other meaningful method as
desired by the airport sponsor.

o Reference each feature group-drawing file to the master airport drawing.

 Airfield Feature Group

 Airspace Feature Group

 Cadastral Feature Group

70
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

 Environmental Feature Group

 Geotechnical Feature Group

 Man Made Structure Feature Group

 Navigational Aids Feature Group

 Seaplane Feature Group

 Security Feature Group

 Surface Transportation Feature Group

 Utilities Feature Group

o Reference each individual feature to its parent group.

The final level of the hierarchy is the naming of the individual layers of each feature drawing. It is
important these layer names use the following convention to remain complaint with the National CADD
Standards.

C-AIRF-AIDS-CRIT
Optional
Minor
Major
Discipline

Figure 3-2. Format of CADD Layer Names.

3.3.4. Feature Type Layering in CADD Software

The use of these layers is a means to structure the data defined by this standard in CADD software. Each
CADD layer is consistent with the layer name format used in the National CADD Standard,
recommended by the American Institute of Architects CAD Layer Guidelines (AIA 2001). Please refer to
Chapter 5 for more information about CADD layers associated with the Feature Types defined in this
standard.

Assign each CADD layer a name made up of five (5) parts, each separated by a dash (-). The first part of
the layer name is a single character indicating the discipline of the data contained on that layer. The
disciplines used in this standard and the associated one-character codes are provided in the following list:

A Architectural
C Civil
E Electrical
G General
H Hazardous Materials
L Landscape

71
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

M Mechanical
P Plumbing
S Structural
T Telecommunications
V Surveying/Mapping

The second part of the layer name is a four-character code for the major group. Major groups in this
standard include:

AERI – Aerial Imagery GRAD – Grading ROAD – Road

AIRF – Airfield related GRID – Gridlines RUNW – Runway
features HELI – Heliport/pad SEAP – Seaplane
AIRS – Airspace related INDW – Industrial Waste SITE – Site
features IRRG – Irrigation SPCL – Special
ANNO – Annotations LITE – Lighting SSWR – Sanitary Sewer
APRN – Apron related OBST – Obstacle related STOR – Storage
features features STRM – Storm
BCNS – Beacons OVRN – Overrun SURV – Survey
BLDG – Building related PLNT – Plants TANK – Tank
features POLE – Pole TAXI – Taxiway or Taxilane
BRDG – Bridges PROP – Property TOPO – Topographic
COMM – Communications PVMT – pavement TRAF – Traffic
FUEL – Fuel related features RAIL – Railroad

The third part of the layer name is a four (4)-character code for the minor group. Minor groupings further
distinguish layers, some examples are.

ACPK – Aircraft Parking FAAR – FAA Region PLTS – Plants

AIDS – Navigational Aids FENC – Fencing PROP – Property
AIRS – Airspace FLZN – Flood Zone SAFT – Safety Areas
AXIS – Axis HAZM – Hazardous SAMP – Sampling station
ANOM – Area Non- Materials SECR – Security
movement IDEN – Markings SHLD – Shoulder
AUZN – Auditory Zone LINE – Line SHOR - Shoreline
BLST – Blast Pad LNDM – Landmark SIGN – Signs
BNDY – Boundary LUSE – Land Use SPEC – Special
CLRW – Clearway LEAS – Leased STAT – State
CNTY – County MAJR – Major TLOF – Helipad Takeoff and
DEIC – Deicing MUNI – Municipality Landing
DISP – Displaced Threshold OTLN – Outline TOWR – Tower
DIST – Distance OBSC – Obstruction WETL – Wetland(s)
DSRF – Design Surfaces Identification Surface VEGE – Vegetation
EDGE – Edge markings OBST – Obstructions ZONG - Zoning
ENDP – Endpoint PART – 14 CFR Part 77
ESMT – Easement Surfaces

The fourth part of the layer name is similar to the third but it is optional and used to further distinguish
features. An example is the breakdown of COMM for communications, WTHR for weather and ILS_ for
instrument landing system navigational aids within the Major group AIRF and the minor group AIDS.

72
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

The fifth and last part of the layer name is an optional character established solely by the user, typically
indicating the status of the data contained on the layer. Figure 3-2 provides an example of a CADD layer
name for a NAVAID critical area.

3.4. GEOMETRIC REQUIREMENTS

3.4.1. Feature Types

These specifications focus on the definition of geographic features required to depict an airport and its
surrounding environment. These include features unique to airports, such as runways and taxiways, as
well as features of a more general nature such as roads and buildings. Each of these types of geographic
features refers to a Feature Type. A specific instance of a Feature Type is referred to as a Feature
Instance. For example, Runways is a Feature Type, but Runway 15R/33L at Boston’s Logan
International Airport is a Feature Instance. For simplicity in data development and transfer, this standard
associates a single geometry with each feature type. This standard uses the UpperCamelCase convention
in feature type naming.

3.4.2. Geometry

For the purposes of these specifications, points, lines, and polygons describe geometry. Refer to Chapter
5 for specific requirements for each feature type.

3.4.2.1. A “point” is the smallest unit of geometry and has no spatial extent (see Figure 3-3).
Describe points in three-dimensional (3D) coordinates. Collect all point feature types except the ARP in
3D coordinates.

Figure 3-3. Typical depiction of a series of points.

3.4.2.2. A “line” or polyline consists of a connected sequence of points. Start and end points of a line
are referred to as start and end nodes (see Figure 3-4). A vertex is the name for the connecting points in
between start and end nodes and define the line structure, curvature, or shape. A start-node and an end-
node define a line’s directionality. A line can only change direction at vertices and only direction in 2D
or a single plane. Provide an orthometric elevation for each vertex in a line.

Figure 3-4. Illustrates examples of a line.

3.4.2.3. A “polygon” is a closed figure, or surface, bounded by lines (i.e. a series of lines whose start-
node is coincident with another’s end-node). These lines form the outer edge of the surfaces (see Figure
3-5). Provide all polygon vertices with 3D coordinates.

73
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Figure 3-5. Depicts some typical polygon examples.

3.4.2.4. Complex Geometry Types, such as arcs, circles, donuts, and ellipses, are not included in this
standard. This standard’s intended use is to facilitate data exchange between software handling these
complex data types differently. If, in a CADD drawing for example, arcs are used, they must first be
broken into a line with vertices placed at intervals sufficient to maintain the accuracy requirements
described in paragraph 3.4.3.

3.4.3. Topological Integrity

The placement of geometric elements (i.e. feature instances) in correlation to one another (i.e. next to,
connected to, and on top of) is referred to as topology. Topology rules establish requirements for the
placement of instances of a feature type in relation to one another and in relation to instances of other
feature types. Follow these guidelines to ensure topological integrity:

3.4.3.1. Lines:

 Start-nodes and end-nodes of adjacent line segments belonging to a single feature type must be
identical (collocated).

 Define the intersections of lines of the same feature type by a vertex/node shared by the
intersecting lines.

 Eliminate all unintentional dangles (line segments extending beyond the intended end) and gaps
(spaces between line segments intended to connect) between lines.

 Lines should contain one or more line segments with vertices placed at intervals required so the
line feature does not stray from the actual feature by more than the half accuracy limit defined in
Chapter 5 for the feature type, as shown in Figure 3-7.

 For lines not naturally joined by physical features (e.g., marking lines), place beginning and
ending nodes where an attribute or other property change occurs.

74
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

LINE 1 LINE 1

JUNCTION BOX COLLOCATED VERTICES

LINE 2 LINE 2

Figure 3-6. Depicts the topology rules for line segments.

VERTICES

ACTUAL LINE

= 21 ACCURACY LIMIT

DRAWN FEATURE

Figure 3-7. Depicting the placement of vertices along a curve.

3.4.3.2. Polygons:

 Geospatial locations of the start-node and end-node of any line forming the edge of a polygon
must be identical (coincident) as in Figure 3-8.

75
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

SHARED EDGES
P1/P2

SHARED VERTICES
P1/P2
Figure 3-8. Illustrates the shared edges and shared vertices topological rule.

 Polygons sharing an edge (see Figures Figure 3-8 and Figure 3-9) must share all vertices along
this edge. This rule applies to features of the same type and for features of different feature types.

MISPLACED VERTEX

MISSING VERTEX

Figure 3-9. Depicts an example of the placement of vertices of adjacent polygons with misplaced
vertices.

 No polygon will overlap, intersect or fall within another polygon of the same type (see Figure
3-10), except for the Runway feature type, whose polygons can overlap.

76
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

ON TOP OF

WITHIN

OVERLAPPING

Figure 3-10. Illustrates the topological rule of overlapping polygons of the same feature type.

 Close all polygons (see Figure 3-11). Closed polygons, meaning each pair of adjacent line
segments form the edges of the polygon as shown in Figure 3-9, must share all vertices.

CLOSED NOT CLOSED

Figure 3-11. Illustrates the difference between closed and unclosed polygons.

3.5. ATTRIBUTES

Attributes add alphanumeric descriptors to the geometry of a feature. Attributes typically contain
information such as the name, type, or condition of a feature. For example, the attributes of a runway
include its designator (e.g., 15R/33L), material type (e.g., concrete) and length (e.g., 6,500 feet). In this
standard attributes are typed in lowerCamelCase letters. Figure 3-12 shows a typical list of attributes
associated with a feature type. Airport sponsors should work with the consultants to completely attribute
each feature submitted to the FAA.

77
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

RUNWAY Table Name

runwayId Primary Key ID
meta_Id Foreign Key Link to Other Tables
length
width Descriptor Attributes
runwayNumber
status (Enumeration:
codeStatus) Attribute with a Domain

Figure 3-12. Sample Attribute Table for a Feature Type.

3.5.1. Domain Values

Sometimes it is necessary to limit the range of values for an attribute. This AC uses the domain for an
attribute to list the acceptable values. Range domains limit the attribute values to a range of numeric or
date values. List domains limit values to a selection of choices. A code list allows users to add values to
a list of acceptable values and still be compliant with the standard. An enumeration is a list users cannot
add to. In this standard, most of the list domains are enumerations. For each such attribute, there is an
associated table in Chapter 5 listing the acceptable values and their definitions.

3.5.2. Primary Key Identifiers

Primary keys are unique attributes the system uses to identify each record (i.e. feature instances). Primary
key values are globally unique, meaning there is no other record in the FAA Airports GIS system or any
other system exchanging data with the FAA Airports GIS system having the same identifier. Maintaining
this uniqueness is critical to ensuring long-term data integrity of the system. To help establish
uniqueness, a numeric ID containing the FAA region, airport location ID, feature type, date, and a
timestamp is used.

This key is is illustrative in nature. These values are assigned by the system and cannot be changed by
the user.

1212341231234567812345678
Timestamp (milliseconds past midnight)
Date (YYYYMMDD)
Feature Type (from featType)
Airport Location ID (from faaLoclD)
FAA Region (from faaRegion)

Figure 3-13. Format for globally unique primary keys.

3.5.3. Foreign Key Identifiers

Attributes containing primary key values of related records in other feature type tables are called foreign
key identifiers. Foreign key identifiers provide a link between different types of features with logical
relationships. For example, a taxiway leading to a runway might carry a foreign key to the runway table
populated with the primary key value for that runway.

78
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

3.6. METADATA

Metadata is information about the data itself, such as its source, accuracy, and the dates during which it is
valid. Metadata values take the form of alphanumeric descriptors of the data and in this way are very
similar to attributes. For clarity and because they are stored separately, metadata descriptors are referred
to in this standard as metadata elements and not as attributes.

Metadata elements can be applied at various levels of data aggregation. They can describe a collection of
data submitted at one time. A collection may comprise one or more drawings containing several layers,
such as those making up an Airport Layout Plan; several individual shape files each representing a layer;
a single layer stored in a drawing or shape file; or any other combination of allowable data sets. Metadata
elements can also describe all geometry and attributes on a given layer or feature type, as is the case with
traditional FGDC-compliant metadata. This level of metadata applies if different layers within a
collection have different metadata. Next, metadata elements can describe a given feature instance. This
level applies when individual features or groups of features within a layer have different metadata.
Finally, they can describe the geometry and each attribute of a given feature instance separately.

For this standard, metadata is required at the collection level (see Figure 3-14) when data is submitted.
The standard also accommodates metadata elements at the feature type, feature instance, and attribute
levels. More detailed metadata increases the usefulness of the data provided. Accordingly, data providers
are encouraged to submit metadata at the most detailed level possible.

Upload to FAA
Airports GIS
Metadata at the Collection level
Applies to everything submitted in a single
data exchange
(e.g. data submitted, provider, etc.)

Buildings Metadata at the Feature Type level

Taxiways Applies to all features of a given type at a
Runways given airport
Runway 1 (e.g. accuracy, coordinate system, etc.)
Runway 2
Runway 3
Runway 4 Metadata at the Feature Instance level
Runway 5
Runway 6
Refers to a specific instance of a feature at
Runway 7 a given airport
Runway 8 (e.g. accuracy, coordinate system, etc.)
…

Figure 3-14. MetaData elements have different levels of aggregation.

79
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

This standard uses metadata elements defined by International Standards Organization’s (ISO)
Geographic Information–Metadata Standard (ISO 19115). Of the 409 elements defined in ISO 19115,
only 29 are used by this standard because many of the elements defined in ISO are classified as optional
or conditional and do not apply to this standard. Furthermore, some of the mandatory elements in the ISO
standard are redundant with the specifications of this standard and are therefore not necessary for data
exchange. For example, the security classification code is a mandatory ISO element, but since this
standard sets the classification code based on the feature type, it is not necessary to convey the security
classification code in metadata. Table 3-1 lists each metadata element used in this standard along with the
level of applicability. Chapter 5 provides further details about these metadata elements.

Table 3-1. List of MetaData elements

Collection Set Feature
Overview
Abstract X X X
Status X X X
GeometricObjectCount X X
Scope
Dataset X
Features X X
Attributes X
Usage
SpecificUsage X X X
BegusageDateTime X X X
EndUsageDateTime X X X
Source
Statement X
IndividualName X
OrganizationName X
PositionName X
DeliveryPoint X
City X
AdministrativeArea X
PostalCode X
ElectronicMailAddress X
VoicePhoneLine X
Coordinate System
Projection X X
HorizontalDatum X X
VerticalDatum X X
Code X X
Data Quality
HorizontalAccuracy X X X
VerticalAccuracy X X X
EvaluationMethodName X X X
EvaluationMethodDescription X X X
Pass X X X
GroundSampleDistance X X X

80
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

3.6.1. Temporal Relevance

One of the most critical metadata elements to the aviation industry is time. With changes in technology, it
is possible for data to become outdated. Accordingly, spatial data needs to carry an indication of the time
period for which it is valid. An aircraft’s location along a flight path might only be valid for a moment,
whereas the existence of a runway might be valid from when it was authorized for use until further notice.
This standard defines the beginning and ending date and the time for which each feature instance is valid.
All features must carry a beginning date (i.e. data is valid until further notice), an ending date (i.e. the data
expires at a specified time) or both (i.e. the data is valid only during the period specified). These values
are held in the begUsageDateTime and endUsageDateTime defined in Chapter 4. Dates and times should
be recorded based on Aeronautical Information Regulation and Control (AIRAC) requirements defined in
ICAO Annex 15–Aeronautical Information Services (AIS).

3.6.2. Accuracy

One metadata element particularly important to airport GIS applications is accuracy. “Accuracy” is
broadly defined as the quality of nearness to the true value. For the exchange of data as specified in this
standard, it is important to be more specific. This standard, therefore, provides limits for the absolute
horizontal positional accuracy of each feature type. These limits are described as a maximum number of
feet (or metric equivalent) between a feature’s actual position and the position indicated in the data
provided. The actual position is defined as the feature’s true location on the specified datum or ellipsoid.
Furthermore, the difference between a feature’s true and recorded positions is required at a 95 percent
confidence level. This means that statistically, 95 percent or more of the features provided fall within the
required accuracy limit.

For some features types, vertical accuracy limits are also provided. These accuracies are expressed as the
maximum number of feet a feature’s recorded elevation can differ from its actual elevation. Since the
earth’s surface has many variations, it is approximated by what is referred to as a GEOID, with the actual
elevation measured from the GEOID elevation at that location. Elevations are also provided at a 95
percent confidence level.

The driving factor in accuracy requirements relates to how the data is used. The location of an airport on
a map used for aircraft navigation must be much more accurate than its location on a national map of
airports intended for informational purposes. This standard provides accuracy guidelines for maps used
for many airport and aeronautical functions. The accuracy guidelines provided in this standard are
derived from several sources and compiled here for standardization. Further information on accuracy
definitions and methods to assess the accuracy of existing data can be found in FGDC’s Geospatial
Positioning Accuracy Standards, Part 3: National Standard for Spatial Data Accuracy (FGDC-STD-
007.3-1998).

3.6.3. Security Sensitivity Levels

Another important metadata element is sensitivity level. Because spatial data can be used for nefarious
purposes, it is important to protect it from unauthorized users. The Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations,
Part 1520, defines Sensitive Security Information (SSI) and how it should be protected. Based on this
definition, many forms of spatial data are considered SSI. Protecting sensitive spatial data is therefore not
just good practice - it is the law. However, being too protective of data can unnecessarily limit its
usefulness. The challenge is to restrict data to users having an operational need to know and whose
credentials the data provider has qualified. With spatial data this challenge is particularly complex
because there is such a wide variety of data users and ways in which they need to use the data. One of the
more efficient ways of restricting access to spatial data is to apply specific restrictions at the feature type

81
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

level. This standard applies one of the following sensitivity levels to each feature type. These are based
on classifications listed in the MD_ClassificationCode list in ISO 19115.

 Unclassified data is available for general disclosure.

 Restricted data is not available for general disclosure.

 Confidential data is available to persons who can be entrusted with the information.

 Secret data is to be kept private, unknown, or hidden from all but a select group of people.

 Top Secret data is of the highest secrecy restricting access to only those requiring access to
perform their jobs.

Since sensitivity levels are established for each feature type by this standard (see Chapter 5), it is not
necessary to carry this information (i.e. a classification code in ISO terminology) in the metadata itself.

3.7. COORDINATE SYSTEMS

With the ability to provide spatial data in a variety of coordinate systems, datums, and units of measure, it
is critical these elements are appropriately defined. For the purposes of data exchange, any combination
of the following alternatives is acceptable.

3.7.1. Acceptable Coordinate Systems

Submit spatial data in either a latitude/longitude (i.e. unprojected) or a projected grid based coordinate
system such as state plane or UTM.

3.7.1.1. Provide latitude/longitude data in decimal degrees with positive latitude values in the
Northern hemisphere and negative longitude values in the Western hemisphere.

3.7.1.2. Provide state plane data in U.S. survey feet as defined by any of the accepted U.S. State Plane
Coordinate System definitions. It is acceptable to provide data in another unit of measure if required by
state law. Data providers should identify this requirement in survey plan.

3.7.2. Acceptable Datum

With regard to spatial data, a datum is a reference to an approximation of the earth’s surface or a Datum.
Use the following Datums for spatial data submitted in compliance with this standard:

3.7.2.1. All horizontal data must be submitted referenced to the North American Datum of 1983
(NAD83).

3.7.2.2. All vertical data must be referenced to the North American Vertical Datum of 1988
(NAVD88).

82
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CHAPTER 4. DATA TRANSLATION AND USE OF EXISTING DATA

4.1. USE OF EXISTING DATA

Many airports have developed and collected data over the years through different projects or planning
efforts. This data exists in many forms from drawings in a CADD system, to individual records in
databases or through a hardcopy management system. Since the 1980’s the form of the data has evolved
from a totally paper-based product to where many airports have some if not all the data available
electronically. As the tools and technology changed from linen to Mylar and finally to digital CADD and
GIS formats, only a few airports made the effort to ensure the quality of the data set. In some cases, the
user performed data transformations from one datum to another without regard to the actual accuracy of
the data. With the availability of more digital data and its associated detail, the expectations of those
charged with maintaining this information also increased. However, no real effort or process related the
data values to the true value and associated data accuracy by tracing the data back to its source. When
considering the reuse of this data in a current or future project, the quality of the data is the first and most
important factor determining its usability. The International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) defines
data quality as, “A degree or level of confidence that the data provided meets the requirements of the data
user in terms of accuracy, resolution and integrity”5. One of the first steps in determining the quality of a
data set is determining its origin. What is the data source, and is it traceable to the time and point of
collection? If the data is not traceable to the source, then the data provider should implement a defined
and repeatable process to determine the spatial accuracy and reliability of the data before the data is used.

Today’s aviation system requires us to build and maintain seamless aviation data sets reflecting the real
world such as airport mapping databases. To accomplish this we must determine how the current data we
have meets that vision. To provide “real world” airport data, it is required that the airport updates and
integrates all of their legacy information and has all this information tied to a single consistent data
standard and the same horizontal and vertical datums. These datum ties ensure the data accurately
connects the different parts of the NAS together forming a seamless integrated system of navigational and
airport data.

4.1.1. Maintenance of Data

Adherence to this guidance ensures the data quality remains at an acceptable level. Terrain and obstacle
databases require updating to account for uncovered errors as well as to change appropriate data (e.g. due
to construction activities or vegetation growth). Make updates to obstacle data as changes occur with
sufficient lead-time to ensure the information is available when required to meet the AIRAC cycle
amendment schedule. There is no update cycle specification for terrain data. Update terrain databases as
required and in accordance with their intended use. Whenever a change affects safety critical data,
immediately update it through the Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) process. Provide follow up information
through the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program.

4.1.2. Data Set Maintenance and Update

The increasing use, sharing and interchange of geographic data sets in dynamic environments require both
accuracy and temporal relevance. Airport and aeronautical data changes frequently while the base

5
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), Annex 15 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation ,
Aeronautical Information Services, Twelfth Edition, Amendment 33, 24 November 2004

83
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

mapping data, such as terrain, changes infrequently. The data provider is responsible for updating the
data set at appropriate intervals to ensure its accuracy. The appropriate management of a data set is an
indicator of its reliability to meet the requirements for use. The purpose of describing the maintenance
and update criteria of airport and aeronautical geographic data is to facilitate the selection of the data set
best suited to the needs or requirements. Complete confidence in the maintenance and temporal quality of
a data set encourages the sharing, interchange, and use of appropriate geographic databases. Continuous
maintenance and timely updates of geographic databases are vital to the aeronautical users of such
databases. Three principal conditions typically affect a geographical data set:

1. When any quantity of data is deleted from, modified in, or added to a data set
2. When there is a modification to the data set’s specification(s)
3. When the actual geography changes

The first condition, a modification to a data set, may occur quite frequently since many data sets in an
existing database are not static. As there is an increase in the interchange of information, there is a
corresponding increase in the use of data sets for multiple purposes and the accompanying update and
refinement of data sets to meet multiple purposes. If a database is likely to change with modifications to
the elements of the encompassed data sets, assess the quality of the overall database and the data updated
when changes occur. Using and updating the metadata provides the user with knowledge of the data
quality. The only metadata element remaining static is the “usage” element provided as part of the data
set creation. There is a reliance on data users to report uses of a database differing from its intended
purpose. In these cases, make continual updates to particular data elements to reflect unforeseen uses that
occur using the temporality functions of the system. The second condition, updates to this AC, will occur
as needed to meet changing requirements based on the actual need. When this type of change occurs, the
quality of the current data set also changes. The quality information for a data set should always reflect
the current data set given its current product specification. The third condition, a change in the actual
geography, occurs continuously. These changes can be caused by natural phenomena such as, movement
in the earth’s crust or erosion, but are most often a result of human activity. Changes are often very rapid
and dramatic. For this reason, the date of data collection is important when judging the quality of a data
set. In some cases, when known, even the rate of change is of interest. Throughout this document, the
various identified data elements represent the minimum necessary for the development and interchange of
accurate geographical airport and aeronautical information used for aeronautical purposes.

The following tables identify the safety critical and non-safety critical features:

Table 4-1. Airport-Related Safety Critical Data

The values published in these tables are the publication resolutions. The data should be collected to one
decimal place more than required for publication for use in computations and to eliminate rounding
errors in the final value.
Item Publication Resolution Integrity
(Unit of Measurement) Classification
Airport Control Area (Airspace) 1 arc second in latitude 1 × 10–5
and longitude
NAVAIDs located at the airport/heliport 1/10 arc second in 1 × 10–5
latitude and longitude
Obstacles in the circling area and at the airport/heliport 1/10 arc second in 1 × 10–5
latitude and longitude

84
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Item Publication Resolution Integrity

(Unit of Measurement) Classification
Significant obstacles in the approach and departure 1/10 arc second in 1 × 10–5
area latitude and longitude
Runway threshold 1/100 arc second in 1 × 10–8
latitude and longitude
Runway end (flight path alignment point) 1/100 arc second in 1 × 10–8
latitude and longitude
Taxiway center line points 1/100 arc second in 1 × 10–5
latitude and longitude
Geometric center of a Touchdown Lift Off Area (TLOF) 1/100 arc second in 1 × 10–8
or the Final Approach and Takeoff Area (FATO) latitude and longitude
thresholds, heliports
Airport/heliport elevation 1 ft (0.3 m) 1 × 10–5
NAD-83 geoid undulation at airport/heliport elevation 1 ft (0.3 m) 1 × 10–5
position
Runway or FATO threshold elevation, non-precision 1 ft (0.3 m) 1 × 10–5
runway
NAD-83 geoid undulation at runway or FATO threshold, 1 ft (0.3 m) 1 × 10–5
TLOF geometric center, non-precision runway
Runway or FATO threshold elevation, precision runway 0.1 ft. (0.03 m) 1 × 10–8
NAD-83 geoid undulation at runway or FATO threshold, 0.1 ft. (0.03 m) 1 × 10–8
TLOF geometric center, precision runway
Threshold crossing height, precision runway 0.1 ft. (0.03 m) 1 × 10–8
Obstacles in the approach and departure areas 3 ft (1 m) 1 × 10–5
Obstacles in the circling areas and at the airport 3 ft (1 m) 1 × 10–5
Distance measuring equipment associated with a 1/100 arc second in 1 × 10–5
NAVAID providing precision approach guidance latitude and longitude
(DME/P)
Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) associated with 1/100 arc second in 1 × 10–5
a NAVAID providing non-precision approach guidance latitude and longitude
VHF (Very High Frequency) Omni-directional Radio- ±1 degree 1 × 10–5
range (VOR) Checkpoint alignment
Airport/heliport magnetic variation ±1 degree 1 × 10–5
Instrument Landing System (ILS) localizer antenna ±1 degree 1 × 10–5
magnetic variation
Microwave Landing System (MLS) azimuth antenna ±1 degree 1 × 10–5
magnetic variation
ILS localizer azimuth 1/100 degree 1 × 10–5
(referenced to True
North)

85
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Item Publication Resolution Integrity

(Unit of Measurement) Classification
MLS zero azimuth alignment 1/100 degree 1 × 10–5
(referenced to True
North)
Runway and FATO length, TLOF dimensions 1 ft (0.3 m) 1 × 10–8
Stopway length 1 ft (0.3 m) 1 × 10–8
Landing distance available 1 ft (0.3 m) 1 × 10–8
ILS markers-threshold distance 10 ft (3.0 m) 1 × 10–5
ILS DME antenna-threshold, distance along centerline 10 ft (3.0 m) 1 × 10–5
MLS DME/P antenna-threshold, distance along 10 ft (3.0 m) 1 × 10–5
centerline
Touchdown Zone Elevation 1 ft (0.3 m) 1 × 10–8
Displaced threshold data 1 ft (0.3 m) 1 × 10–8

Table 4-2. Airport-Related Non-Safety Critical Data

The values published in these tables are the publication resolutions. The data should be collected to one
decimal place more than required for publication for use in computations and to eliminate rounding
errors in the final value.
Publication Resolution Integrity
Item
(Unit of Measurement) Classification
1 arc second in latitude
Obstacles outside Circling, Approach, Departure areas 1 × 10–3
and longitude
Obstacles outside Circling, Approach, Departure areas 10 ft (3 m) 1 × 10–3
1 arc second in latitude
Airport/heliport reference point 1 × 10–3
and longitude
Aircraft parking positions (stand points) or Inertial 1/100 arc second in
1 × 10–3
Navigation System (INS) checkpoints latitude and longitude
Non-Directional Beacon (NDB) NAVAID magnetic
±1 degree 1 × 10–3
variation
1/100 degree (referenced
Runway and FATO bearing 1 × 10–3
to True North)
ILS localizer antenna-runway end, distance 1ft. (0.3 m) 1 × 10–3
ILS glide slope antenna-threshold, distance along
1ft. (0.3 m) 1 × 10–3
centerline
MLS azimuth antenna-runway end, distance 10 ft (3.0 m) 1 × 10–3
MLS elevation antenna-threshold, distance
10 ft (3.0 m) 1 × 10–3
along centerline

86
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

4.1.3. Establishing a Common Data Reference Framework

Establishing a common reference framework is the process of making sure the information (data) about
the airport truly represents the airport as it is built. In other words, is it current and accurate? One of the
most important tasks associated with integrating existing data and newly collected data is to reference all
the data to the same horizontal and vertical datum.

If an overlay of information, depicting runway ends, is in relation to an accurate base map of some known
standard (such as NAD27, State Plane), the conversion to the NSRS reference framework using
commercially available coordinate conversion tools is a relatively straightforward process. A more
difficult situation arises when an overlay map is drawn in relation to an inaccurate base map. When these
data sources are merged and updated to a new standard and/or overlaid with a new base map or a rectified
orthophotography, the errors and distortions should be obvious.

From field verification of various points around the airport, a comparison can be done to the same
measured points in your CADD or base-mapping file to verify the positional accuracy as defined for each
feature in Chapter 5. The choice of field measured points must coincide with known points in the CADD
files and the known points on the orthophotographs. The choice of where the field verifications points
should be taken represent a fairly even distribution of points around and across the airport property.

By comparing the field measured values to the CADD and orthophotography values, a determination of
whether the data falls inside the acceptable accuracy for the features can be determined. All data to be
submitted must meet the accuracies for the appropriate feature; otherwise additional transformation steps
may be required.

The number of required field verification points is dependent on the size and complexity (volume of air
traffic) of each airport, and is further described in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3. Required Field Validation Points based on Annual Aircraft Operations and Airport
Area
Acres Operations per year
<10,000 <25,000 <50,000 <100,000 <200,000 <300,000 <500,000 <750,000 >750,000
<2,500 20 20 20 40 80 80 80 80 80
<5,000 20 20 40 80 120 120 120 120 120
<7,500 20 40 80 120 120 120 120 150 150
<10,000 40 80 120 120 150 150 180 180 180
<12,500 40 80 120 150 150 180 200 200 200
<15,000 40 80 120 150 180 180 200 200 200
>15,000 40 80 120 150 180 200 200 200 200

Using Table 4-4 in conjunction with the acreage and operations information available within an airport’s
5010 form, intersect the columns and rows to establish the number of field verification points (see Table
4-4) required to quality control the legacy datasets for an airport.

87
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Table 4-4. Examples of Field Verification Points required of various airports

Value Operations Value
Sample Operations From Sample per year in From
Airport per year Acres Chart Airport 1,000’s Acres Chart
1 211,000 830 80 9 340,000 2500 80
2 121,000 4200 120 10 83,000 700 40
3 980,000 4700 120 11 651,000 3500 80
4 699,000 18,076 200 12 139,000 2800 5
5 71,000 2000 40 13 411,000 5200 120
6 972,000 7280 180 14 405,000 680 120
7 384,000 3300 120 15 409,000 2384 80
8 310,000 1380 120 16 352,000 5207 20

If the field verification process reveals a distortion in the base mapping, further analyze the data and the
base map. As airports enter data into the system, they become the first level of independent verification
and validation. The airports assume this role by offering the data they use to manage the airport into the
aeronautical information “public domain” as source data. Regardless of the eventual use of the data,
integrating new data with existing data requires the data provider (airport) to validate the usability of the
combined data prior to using it for their own purposes. The data provider uses the combined and
validated data to update the official aeronautical data sources at the State or FAA.

From reviewing similar types of features, an analysis of the errors can show when there are systematic
errors that can be corrected or random errors that require data be verified or recollected to meet the
accuracies required in Chapter 5.

In the sample plot (see Figure 4-1), above the circle is the field verified location with the direction of the
arrows indicating the direction and magnitude of the error associated with features in either the vector file
(red arrow) or orthophotography file (green arrow).

Arrows indicating the same direction and magnitude of error indicate a systematic type error which can be
corrected using various transformation techniques. Arrows pointing in multiple directions and having
multiple magnitudes indicate random type errors that are more difficult and perhaps even impossible to
correct. Additional field checks may be required at this point in order to further isolate the error source(s)
in the legacy datasets.

88
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Figure 4-1. Sample Plot showing ranges of Error for Vector and Ortho-photography Mapping to
field Verified Position.

4.1.4. Data Distortion Handling Strategy

Existing or legacy data regardless of the source, typically suffers from the following conditions:
 Shifts and translations occur when the data is in the correct relationship to one another, but this
relationship is not maintained when compared against newer or more accurate sources or against
a new reference framework (i.e. NAD27 vs. NAD83). Correct shifts and translations by field
verifying a select group of points of the shifted and rotated data and moving to its true location.
 Linear Shifts or Stretching occurs when the data distorts in a single direction producing long or
short data when compared to a higher accuracy source. To correct these errors use field verified
points matched to the CADD data and processed to readjust the base mapping to fit the existing
true positions.

89
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

 Multiple directional shifts occur when at least three validation coordinate pairs are located in
close proximity but misplaced in very different directions. This kind of distortion is hard to
repair, and may not allow the data to meet data accuracies required for data submission. Each
data element identified in Chapter 5 has minimum data accuracies; the accuracy for each element
in a data set must meet these minimum required accuracies prior to submission to the FAA.

When the quality of the source data is suspect, the data producer should apply one or more of the
following strategies for handling the distortion error prior to submitting the data to the FAA.
 Convert the faulty data if error falls within allowable accuracies for the feature as stated in
Chapter 5.
 Drop the faulty data when not required for submission to the FAA.
 Fix the source data and re-compare to field verified points.

Although working with legacy data (particularly converting it to meet new standards or specifications),
can be a difficult and time-consuming task, dividing the problem into each individual data type usually
makes the task more manageable. Working through data-oriented efforts in an iterative and incremental
process is recommended.

4.1.5. Legacy Data Elements Standards Compliance

The FAA developed and provided to industry a Data Migration Tool (DMT) to assist in converting legacy
data to the FAA standards. The DMT helps identify compliant and non-compliant data elements and aids
in the changing of layer names from airport specific to FAA compliant names for submission to the FAA
Airport Surveying–GIS System. Data submitted to the FAA Airport Surveying–GIS Program is a
generalized or rolled up aggregation of features used at an airport. Additionally, by tying each drawing
and its associated elements to a common coordinate reference frame (the NSRS, using the airport PACS
and SACS) the data’s accuracy is maintained relative to the entire NAS.

To submit data to the FAA, organize your CADD layers into drawings that represent themes (i.e. a
drawing containing all the man made data where the drawing name would be ‘ManmadeStructures.dwg’
or .dgn). Inside each of the drawings would be the layer names as outlined in the National CADD
Standard and AIA standard and the features have the correct attribute data attached using products such as
Autodesk’s Map™ or Civil 3D™ software. Files organized by theme and National CADD standards
with attributes will allow for the data migration process to be initiated. Without this basic framework in
place, the DMT cannot be used effectively.

4.2. PREPARING YOUR DATA FOR SUBMISSION TO THE FAA

Archive existing data before beginning any data organization or translation process. Now is also the time
to organize your data into a more manageable form which will result in less time spent in the translation
process. The translation process will not be done by converting all layers at one time. It will be an
iterative process involving finding layers with all compliant objects, converting those layers, identifying
layers with non-compliant objects and converting those objects to make them compliant, converting those
layers, and transferring attribute data to describe the airport objects.

This is also a good time to clean up your data by eliminating dangles, ensuring all polygons are closed,
extra layers or elements are deleted, etc. as this will yield time savings and promote an easier translation.
Remember, the FAA is looking to aggregate data you have broken down into small details, so several
features and layers may end up in the same feature class. All features in the file need to be primary

90
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

objects (points, lines and polygons). The FAA system does not support other object types like text,
solids, hatches, blocks etc. If you have features created as unsupported object types, you must change
them to compliant types or delete them if not required. The DMT will identify any noncompliant objects
and will allow the processing of the drawings with both compliant and non-compliant types in the layer,
leaving the non-compliant types on the existing layer, while converting the compliant types to the new
FAA compliant layer.

Metadata and attributes are required for the data conversion. The metadata standard does not specify how
to organize the dataset in a computer system or in data transfer. The metadata standard provides the
structure and content to describe the characteristics of the dataset allowing other users to know the
origination, accuracy, and usage of the dataset. In moving to a system where the information is stored in
a database, many of the clarifying elements such as text become a part of the feature as attributes. The
data about a runway end is a good example. Typically, CADD systems provided clarifying data such as
latitude, longitude, elevation, etc. as text. However, in a database or GIS these elements are attributes of
the runway end feature. If the text in a drawing is critical to the understanding of the feature or an
element or describe special information about the feature, move it to a text field in the feature’s attributes.
The attribute “userFlag” is associated with every feature and provides a place for this type of clarifying
information. Chapter 5 provides recommended layer naming conventions according to the National
CADD Standards and American Institute of Architects (AIA) and how the layers are aggregated to the
features. These recommendations follow the drawing hierarchy discussed in paragraph 3.3.3. Data
providers should complete each attribute about a feature before submission. Some of the features can be
completed by the consultant(s) for the airport while others will require the input from the airport sponsor.

4.3. DATA MIGRATION TOOL (DMT)

The FAA Airports GIS website (https://airports-gis.faa.gov) has a link to download the FAA
recommended DMT to assist the data provider in translating their data to comply with the standards
established in this AC. The DMT requires Autodesk Civil 3D 2008™ to run. Versions of the DMT for
use with other CADD and GIS software will be made available when they are developed and tested.

When using any other supported file format than Autodesk DWG files, your first step is running the DMT
as outlined in paragraph 4.3.3, Run Data Migration Tool (DMT). After running the DMT, use the DMT
to import your files see paragraph 4.3.3.1, Importing non-Autodesk files for conversion.

The flow chart in Figure 4-2 describes the process of using the DMT, with figures to follow that explain
each step.

91
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

RUN DMT
Import AutoDESK
DWG file For Non Autodesk Files
4.3.3.1

X-Reference and Nest All Legacy

Drawings (*) Import NGS EXG Import Import
4.3.1 file MicroStation MciroStation
4.3.3.1.1 PreV-8 DGN file Post V-8 DGN file
4.3.3.1.2 4.3.3.1.3

“Bind” All Legacy Drawings (*)

4.3.2

1. Explode Feature Groups (*)

2. Explode Feature Classes (*)

4.3.2.1

RUN DMT
4.3.3

Run “Drawing Clean-up Feature”

4.3.3.2

(*) denotes AutoCAD Command

Assign attributes (**) denotes Interactive AutoCAD

to FAA Compliant Objects (*) / and DMT Commands
Identify and Translate Transfer existing object data
Non-Compliant Objects (**) information into FAA compliant types (***) does not apply to AutoCAD
4.3.4 4.3.6 drawing

Layer Conversion from Legacy to FAA Run “Final Purge” Routine on

Standards Compliant Database and Save
4.3.5 4.3.7

FAA Compliant No
Layers & Finish
Objects Without Attributes

Yes

Figure 4-2. DMT Process.

92
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

4.3.1. External-reference and Nest all Legacy Drawings for Autodesk DWG format only

In order for the DMT to successfully translate legacy data to FAA standards, a hierarchy of AutoCAD
drawings must be established. Once established, create the feature group drawings by “referencing” (use
AutoCAD Xref command) all of the proper feature class drawings into the correct feature group. (For
details on how to organize the files, see paragraph 3.3.3) The next step is to reference all feature group
drawings to one master drawing identified generically (i.e. AIRPORT.dwg). The drawing now contains
the airport data needed for the FAA submittal.

The way the files are structured, the AIRPORT.dwg is organized in such a way that it is updated
automatically as you update your base feature class drawings. If you use your original file for conversion
to the FAA standard you will have to bind your reference files which would mean your drawing will not
update on its own. By doing a Save As from your AIRPORT.dwg and renaming it to 'Airport-FAA
Submittal'.dwg, you now have a file that can be created from your base updated airport legacy files and
converted at any time by executing the DMT.

4.3.2. Bind all Legacy Drawings

Once you have your Airport-FAA submittal.dwg, the ref files must have the Bind command run on the
file. To bind the drawing, go into the ref box, press the shift key and select all reference drawings. Right-
click and click on bind as shown in Figure 4-3.

Figure 4-3. Binding Multiple Legacy Files.

93
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Another box will come up asking whether to Bind or Insert, the difference between the two, is that Bind
keeps the x-referenced drawing’s name in front of the layer, whereas Insert only keeps the layer’s name.

NOTE: After binding this data, it is no longer x-referenced and has no link to the original file. If
changes are made to a feature class drawing, you must go back into the AIRPORT.dwg (which contains
your x-references unbound) and rerun a Save As to an ‘AIRPORT-FAA Submittal.dwg’.

After binding, the objects are now blocks inside of your drawing. You need to use the Explode command
twice. First Explode the feature group type, then Explode the feature classes. All objects are now
physically in this drawing, and layer conversion can be performed.

4.3.3. Run Data Migration Tool (DMT)

When using any of the other supported file types, running the DMT is your first step in the conversion
process.

Ensure that Autodesk Civil 3D 2008™ has been loaded along with the latest service pack upgrade from
Autodesk. Download the latest executable for the FAA DMT from the FAA Airports GIS website
(https://airports-gis.faa.gov). With Autodesk Civil 3D 2008™ closed, run the FAA DMT installation
executable. A shortcut to the readme file will be placed on the desktop, and it is recommended that you
review it prior to using the DMT for the first time. (NOTE: If a previous version of the DMT already
exists on your computer, you must remove it by using the Add/Remove Programs feature in Windows
before installing the new version.)

After installation, open Autodesk Civil 3D 2008™. It should show the Toolspace box open on the left
part of the screen. If the Toolspace box is not there, type the command Showts in the command line and
hit enter; the application should then look like Figure 4-4.

Figure 4-4. Toolbox Tab.

94
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Ensure that all four tabs (“Prospector,” “Settings,” “Survey,” and “Toolbox”) are displayed as shown in
Figure 4-4. If you are missing the “Toolbox” tab go to the menu “General” and click on “Toolbox.” If
everything is properly installed, the software should now show all four tabs.

The “Convert Layers to FAA Standards” and the “Convert Object Data to FAA Standards” tools should
be shown on the bottom of the Toolbox menu under the “FAA Airports Data Migration Tools” toolbox.
(Expand the three tool groups to access the specific tools.) When these two objects are shown, you have
now successfully loaded the FAA DMT.

4.3.3.1. Importing non-Autodesk files for conversion. The FAA DMT provides tools to import
ESRI shapefiles, or MicroStation V7 (Pre-V8 DGN Files) or V8 DGN files. To load a new set of data for
these files types to convert with the DMT, go the Toolbox Tab on the Toolspace box as shown in Figure
4-4. All three of these tools are available within the DMT Toolbox under the “Existing Data Migration
Tools” category. For converting native AutoCAD .dwg or .dxf files, open the file using core AutoCAD
Civil 3D 2008™ functionality.

When working with supported file types other than Autodesk DWG files, importing the file through the
DMT import tool is the first step. Importing these file formats through the DMT assists with the
conversion process. To run any of these import tools, right-click on the tool in the toolbox and select
“Execute…” as in Figure 4-5. Each tool works in a slightly different manner, as explained in the
following paragraphs:

Figure 4-5. Import non-Autodesk file formats.

95
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

4.3.3.1.1. Importing ESRI Shapefiles. Existing airport data in ESRI shapefiles format can easily be
migrated to the FAA standards using the existing tools in the DMT. It is recommended that you organize
all of the shapefiles that you want to convert into a separate folder on your system. The DMT “Import
ESRI Shapefiles” tool (see Figure 4-6) will read in the available shapefiles from the selected folder and
allow you to select which files you want to import. (Hint: double-click on the “SHP File” column to
select/unselect all files in the dialog). When you select “Convert File(s),” the tool will create a layer in
your .dwg for each shapefile (with the same name) and will attach a default object data table to the layer
from the shapefile’s attributes. Then you can run the “Convert Layers to FAA Standards” and “Convert
Object Data to FAA Standards” tools to continue the migration process. Shapefiles are a good starting
point for converting GIS attribute data to the FAA standards.

Figure 4-6. Import ESRI Shapefiles.

96
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

4.3.3.1.2. Importing MicroStation (pre-V8) DGN files. To import MicroStation™ (pre-V8) DGN
files for migration, use the “Import Pre-V8 DGN Files” tool from the DMT toolbox (see Figure 4-7).
This tool works in a similar manner to the ESRI™ Shapefile import, allowing you to select DGN files to
import from a folder on your computer. When you select “Convert File(s),” the DGN layers are imported
into your Autodesk DWG file. NOTE: There is no option to import attribute data using pre-V8
MicroStation™ DGN files, as this is not supported in this file type. Object data can be entered manually
using the process described in 4.3.6 after running the “Convert Layers to FAA Standards” tool.

Figure 4-7. Import MicroStation™ (pre-V8) DGN files.

97
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

4.3.3.1.3. Importing MicroStation™ V8 DGN files. Using the import tool from the DMT, import
the MicroStation™ V8 file. During the import process a dialog box will open as shown is Figure 4-8.

Figure 4-8. Translate Reference files.

When importing the MicroStation™ V8 design file, the system will ask if you want to translate references
to DWG. The user will want to translate references by selecting the ‘Translate references to DWG’
option in the DMT. If you do not follow this process, you will have to run a similar process as in the
Autodesk workflow of reattaching the references files in Autodesk.

4.3.4. Identify and Translate Non-Compliant Objects

The DMT provides you with a report showing the number of compliant objects and non-compliant objects
on each of the CADD layers as shown in Figure 4-11. When you initially run the “Convert Layers to
FAA Standards” tool, these values are based on all allowable object types (points, lines, polylines, and
lightweight polylines) that can be converted to the FAA required simple geometry types of point, line, and

98
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

polygon. It may be useful to run this on your data without completing the layer conversion (as described
in paragraph 4.3.5) in order to get a feel for the distribution of valid/invalid objects on your layers. You
may want to correct each layer so there are no non-compliant objects in the layer. The file will translate if
there are non-compliant objects in the layer, but the non-compliant objects will not be moved to the new
FAA Layer during the translation process. Instead, they will remain on the non-compliant layer, which
can later be removed from the drawing using the “Final Purge and Save” tool.

Compliant and non-compliant object counts may change as you select potential FAA layers to convert to.
This is because the valid/invalid status of the objects on the layer is being updated to meet the more
stringent requirements of the specific geometry allowed for the feature class as defined in Chapter 5 of
this AC. For example, if you have an airport specific layer that contains open lines that you want to
convert to the APRON layer, those objects will change status to invalid when APRON is selected from
the drop down menu. If you escape from the tool and clean up the open lines on the APRON layer by
closing the lines and then rerun the tool, these objects will now be considered valid for the APRON
polygon layer and will be converted.

The DMT also provides you with some viewing options so that you can see FAA objects (objects
compliant and already converted) and Non-Converted objects. These tools are all run with the right-click
“Execute” command. Figure 4-9 shows how to access these tools in the DMT.

Figure 4-9. Tools to View Converted and non-converted data.

99
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

By working with each layer on its own to correct the invalid objects, they can be reorganized for
translation. As shown in Figure 4-10, standard AutoCAD tools such as Show Properties can be used to
identify non-compliant objects such as arcs, circles, blocks, etc. By using standard AutoCAD
manipulation tools, these arcs can be moved to the correct layers and modified to a compliant object type
and moved back or deleted, whichever is the correct action to make the file compliant.

Figure 4-10. Isolated layer containing non-compliant data with Show Properties AutoCAD
function.

4.3.5. Layer Conversion from Legacy to FAA Standards

Using standard AutoCAD tools, open the DWG file for conversion to the FAA Standard. The drawing
will open and display in the main drawing panel (window). (Alternatively, you can also import other
valid file formats into a new AutoCAD DWG using the DMT tools as described in paragraph 4.3.3.1.)

In the toolbox tab, right-click on the “Convert Layers to FAA Standards” and left-click on “Execute.”
The DMT will run and generate a report as shown in Figure 4-11. The table created shows the existing
drawing layers on the left. On the right are the FAA layers on the pull down Tab with the existing layer
name. To change the name to compliant FAA named layers, select the pull down tab and all compliant
FAA feature classes are listed.

Select the correct FAA layer name for the data set you are converting and put a check mark in the DMT
column “Convert Layer Name”. (NOTE: you can turn all of the layers on/off by double-clicking this

100
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

column header.) Only those layers that are checked and have been assigned a FAA compliant layer name
will be converted. NOTE: the DMT will highlight each layer in blue to indicate that the layer will be
converted.

When you initially run the “Convert Layers to FAA Standards” tool, these values are based on all
allowable object types (points, lines, polylines, and lightweight polylines) that can be converted to the
FAA required geometry types of point, line, polygon. You may want to correct each layer so there are no
non-compliant objects in the layer. The file will translate if there are non-compliant objects in the layer,
but the non-compliant objects will not be moved to the new FAA Layer during the translation process.
Instead, they will remain on the non-compliant layer, which can later be removed from the drawing using
the “Final Purge and Save” tool.

Compliant and non-compliant object counts may change as you select potential FAA layers to convert to.
This is because the valid/invalid status of the objects on the layer is being updated to meet the more
stringent requirements of the specific geometry allowed for the feature class chosen. Each feature may
have more than one object type that is allowed for a feature. The number or count of objects is specific to
a feature and its allowable geometry type depending upon the definition in Chapter 5 of this AC. For
example, if you have an airport specific layer that contains open lines that you want to convert to the
APRON layer, those objects will change status to invalid when APRON is selected from the drop down
menu. The layer conversion tool can be viewed in Figure 4-11.

Figure 4-11. Layer mapping dialog box from DMT.

101
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

DMT also has a set of View tools that allowing you to quickly see layers with objects that have been
converted to FAA standards (“View FAA Objects Only”) and those that still need to be converted (“View
Non-Converted Objects Only”). These tools are all run with the right-click “Execute” command.

To complete the conversion, select the “Convert” button. Prior to converting, it is recommended that you
save your mapping. The DMT was designed to allow the user to create the translation mapping and save
it as a template for re-use in the future, as shown in Figure 4-12. This will also provide supporting
evidence for the conversion process that was performed if audited. NOTE: clicking the “Done” button
quits the tool but does not perform the conversion.

Figure 4-12. Saving the translation mapping template.

102
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

4.3.6. Assign Attributes to FAA Compliant Objects

Once the layer conversion is done, the “show properties” box is used for assigning object data. Since
each layer has its own attribute requirements (as described in Chapter 5), the DMT automatically assigns
an empty FAA compliant object data table to objects when doing the layer conversion. Figure 4-13
shows the object data table information in the bottom half of the show properties box. Using this box,
you can fill in the correct attribute data required for each object.

Figure 4-13. Assigning Object Data.

Some tips to keep in mind while assigning attributes:

 ESRI, MicroStation or AutoCAD files that initially had attribute tables attached during
conversion are accessible and shown when filling in the attribute fields. In this scenario, it is

103
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

recommended that you run the “Convert Object Data to FAA Standards” tool to map them to the
FAA compliant object data tables (as described below).

 If there are multiple objects in a layer that have the same value for an attribute, try selecting them
at the same time and then editing the attribute value in the Properties dialog. This will be more
time efficient.

 Refer to the feature tables in Chapter 5 for acceptable values for attributes that have an
enumeration datatype.

When you have object data tables attached to your original drawing, the DMT contains a tool “Convert
Object Data to FAA Standards” that allows you to map your existing attributes to the required FAA
attributes in the FAA compliant object data table. This tool also allows you to create an enumeration
mapping from existing values to the FAA compliant enumeration values. NOTE: the layer conversion
must be done before the Convert Object Data Tool will process the information. See Figure 4-14 to see
how the Convert Object Data tool works.

Similar to the layer conversion tool, the object data conversion tool allows you to create and save your
object data mapping to use again. It is highly recommended that you save your mapping configurations
prior to completing the conversion.

Figure 4-14. Convert Object Data to FAA screen.

104
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

4.3.7. Run “Final Purge” Routine on Compliant Database and Save

Once all layers and objects have become FAA compliant, the DMT has a “Final Purge and Save of FAA
Compliant Map” command. Right-click on this command and then left-click to execute. A dialog will
then come up on the screen asking you to save your drawing in an AutoCAD 2000 format. Before
executing this command, be sure that everything is compliant, otherwise any non-compliant layer names
and/or objects will be deleted from your drawing. Figure 4-15 shows the steps for the “Final Purge”.
This resulting .dwg should now be in a compliant format that can be uploaded by the data provider to the
FAA Airports GIS website (https://airports-gis.faa.gov).

Figure 4-15. Final Purge.

105
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Intentionally left blank.

106
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CHAPTER 5. AIRPORT DATA FEATURES

The following paragraphs list the airport feature descriptions defining the specifications for each feature
group and class. Utilize the specifications defined to ensure the data delivered is accurate and meets
standards. Each feature is described by geometry type, feature group, information assurance level,
requirements, positional accuracy, data capture rule, and the attributes required to provide the data to the
FAA.

5.1. FEATURE DOCUMENTATION MINIMUMS

In addition to the general feature documentation outlined in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3, certain features
require additional or expanded documentation. Where required for a feature, the additional requirements
are identified in the Documentation and Submission section of the feature description.

5.2. MULTIPLE INSTANCES OF FEATURES

5.3. FEATURE CLASS DESCRIPTION LEGEND

The following table identifies how each feature description is setup and provides information on what is
contained within the section.

5.3.1. Paragraph Number and FeatureClassName

Definition: Definition of feature.
Feature Group The Feature Group of the element.
Feature Class Name The proper name of the Feature Class.
Feature Type The compliant geometry of element.
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
Compliant layer name. Compliant layer description. [Siting]
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
Color code Line weight
AutoDesk Standards
AutoCAD Line type AutoCAD Symbol type is
Color code required Line weight user defined
MicroStation Standards
MicroStation MicroStation
Information Assurance
Security level credential
Level
AIXM AIXM equivalent of feature.
Equivalent Standards FGDC FGDC equivalent of feature.
SDSFIE SDSFIE equivalent of feature.
The required documentation for feature class elements. Minimum
Documentation and
requirements are defined in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3. Additional or
Submission Requirements
expanded documentation requirements are located here.
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Description of proper collection limits and requirements for feature class
element.
Monumentation Monumentation requirements.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location Description of specific HSP Description of specific VSP
location. location.

107
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Vertical
Horizontal
Accuracy Requirements (in Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet) Accuracy Accuracy
Accuracy requirement
requirement requirement
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution Coordinate resolution Coordinate resolution
requirement requirement
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
Name of attribute field Description of attribute specifications

5.4. Group: AIRFIELD

5.4.1. Aircraft Gate Stand

Definition: Geographic position of painted stand positions on the stand guidance line usually marked
by a yellow crossbar according to aircraft type (e.g., for B-747, A-340).
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name AircraftGateStand
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-APRN-ACPK Aircraft gate/stand parking area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM ApronElement Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC AircraftGateStand
SDSFIE airfield_surface_site
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements

108
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the aircraft gate stand as individual points with a separate feature for
each defined location. If a generic location is defined, ensure the length and wingspan attributes cover
all the appropriate aircraft expected to use the location.

Aircraft
Gate Stand

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature.
gateStandType The type of aircraft gate/stand.
(Enumeration: codeGateStandType)
Status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
wingspan (Number) The quantity representing the maximum wingspan which can
be accommodated at the aircraft gate stand.
length (Number) The overall length of the aircraft gate stand.
width (Number) The overall width of the aircraft gate stand.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
pavementClassificationNumber A number which expresses the relative load carrying capacity
of a pavement in terms of a standard single wheel load.
[Source: AC 150/5335-5]

109
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

jetwayAvailability (boolean) Indicates if a jetway or passenger loading bridge is available

for use at the designated location.
towingAvailability (boolean) Indicates if towing is available at the designated location.
dockingAvailability (boolean) Indicates if docking light system is available at the designated
location.
groundPowerAvailability (boolean) Indicates the availability of ground power at the designated
location.
surfaceType (Enumeration: A classification of airfield pavement surfaces for Airport
codeSurfaceType) Obstruction Charts [Source: NGS]
surfaceCondition (Enumeration: A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:
codeSurfaceCondition) NFDC]
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.2. Aircraft Non Movement Area

Definition: Taxiways and apron (ramp) areas not under the control of air traffic.

Feature Group Airfield

Feature Class Name AircraftNonMovementArea
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-APRN-ANOM- Aircraft non-movement area
C-AIRF-DSRF-NMOV Aircraft non-movement area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 7 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 0
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM NonMovementArea Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC AircraftNonMovementArea
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements

110
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: The non-movement area is an area where aircraft are not under the direct
control of Air Traffic Control and are responsible for their own separation from aircraft, vehicles and
objects. Two parallel yellow lines located side by side delineate the area. One line is dashed and the
other is solid. The dashed side is the movement area and the solid side is the non-movement area.
Compile this line as a single line drawn mid-way between the solid and dashed lines. If using
symbolized line note direction of line in data capture to ensure solid side of line is on Non-movement
area.

Figure B-8. Non-movement Area Boundary

Aircraft non-movement
Markingarea boundary line.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.3. Air Operations Area

Definition: Air Operations Area is where security measures are enforced as specified in the airport
security program. This area includes aircraft movement areas, aircraft parking areas, loading ramps,
and safety areas and any adjacent areas (such as general aviation areas) not separated by adequate
security systems, measures, or procedures. [Source: 49 CFR Part 1542, Airport Security]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name AirOperationsArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRF-AHOA- Air Operations Area

111
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol

AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM AirOperationsArea Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC AirOperationsArea
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon to the greatest horizontal extents as defined by the
airport security plan.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.4. Airfield Light

Definition: Any lighting located within or near an airport boundary that provides guidance for airborne
and ground maneuvering of aircraft [Source: AIM, AC 150/5345 Series of ACs]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name AirfieldLight
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description Layer/Level Description
E-LITE-APPR- Approach lights V-LITE-RUNW- Runway lights
Distance and arresting
E-LITE-DIST- gear markers and lights V-LITE-TAXI- Taxiway lights
Hoverlane, taxilane,
E-LITE-LANE- and helipad lights V-LITE-THRS- Threshold lights
V-LITE-RUNW- Runway Touchdown
E-LITE-OBST- Obstruction lights TDZN Zone lights

112
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

V-LITE-RUNW- Runway Centerline

E-LITE-RUNW-EDGE Runway edge lights CNTL lights
E-LITE-RUNW- Runway Touchdown
E-LITE-SIGN- Taxiway guidance signs TDZN Zone lights
Taxiway centerline E-LITE-RUNW- Runway Centerline
E-LITE-TAXI-CNTL lights CNTR lights
E-LITE-RUNW- Runway Distance to go
E-LITE-THRS- Threshold lights DTGS1 lights
V-LITE-APPR- Approach lights E-LITE-TAXI-EDGE Taxiway edge lights
Hoverlane, taxilane, E-LITE-RNWY-
V-LITE-LANE- and helipad lights GARD Runway guard lights
V-LITE-OBST- Obstruction lights
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Point User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM LightElementExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC AirfieldLight Extension
SDSFIE airfield_light_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a point in the center of the object at the highest point. Other lights on
the airfield such as apron lights, roof mounted lights etc. used for general illumination should be
captured using the feature type UtilityPoint and delineated using the attribute codeUtilityType.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Use this attribute to identify the use of the light such as Runway
Edge Light, Taxiway Edge Light, Taxiway Centerline Light,
etc.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
lightingType A description of the lighting system. Lighting system
(Enumeration: classifications are Approach; Airport; Runway; Taxiway; and
codeLightingConfigurationType) Obstruction
color The color of the airfield light.
(Enumeration: codeColor)
luminescence (Integer) The luminescence of the airfield light specified in candellas
(cd).

113
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

pilotControlFrequency (Real) The radio frequency used by pilots to control various airport
lighting systems
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.5. ArrestingGear

Definition: Location of the arresting gear cable across the runway [Source: RTCA DO-272]

Feature Group Airfield

Feature Class Name ArrestingGear
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-ARST- Runway Arresting Gear Location
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM ArrestingGear Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC ArrestingGear
SDSFIE airfield_linear_safety_feature_line
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the arresting gear location as individual line objects, connecting the
two fixed points of the arresting gear cable on each side of the runway.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
airportFacilityType Type of airfield.
(Enumeration: codeOperationsType)

114
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
owner (Enumeration: codeOwner) Owner of the facility.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.6. Frequency Area

Definition: Area specifying the designated part of the surface movement area where a specific
frequency is required by ATC or ground control. If there is only one frequency area for the airport, the
polygon must cover the total air operations area. [Source: RTCA DO-272]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name FrequencyArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRF-FREQ- Frequency Area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM Frequency Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC FrequencyArea
SDSFIE communications_groundwave_polygon_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon to its greatest extents.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
station (String 30) Service or Station assigned to primary frequency (e.g., ATC
Tower, Ground Control) [Source: RTCA DO-272]
frequency (Real) Primary frequency used on frequency area (in MHZ). [Source:
RTCA DO-272]

115
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.7. Passenger Loading Bridge

Definition: A bridge for loading/unloading access to airplanes for passengers and crew.
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name PassengerLoadingBridge
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRF-JETB- Airport Jetbridge
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM PassengerLoadingBridge Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC PassengerLoadingBridge
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Outline of the boarding Bridge with the vertical on the top of the bridge.

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A

116
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name, code or identifier used to identify the loading bridge.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
loadingBridgeType (Enumeration: Code indicating the type of loading bridge.
CodeLoadingBridgeType)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.8. Runway Centerline

Definition: Continuous line along the painted centerline of a runway connecting the middle-points of
the two outermost thresholds. Centerline is composed of many centerline points (see
RunwayControlPoint). It is used to calculate grade and line-of-sight criteria. [Source: AC 150/5300-
13]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RunwayCenterline
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-CNTR- Runway Centerline
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 7 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM RunwayMarking Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayCenterline
SDSFIE airfield_surface_centerline
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Determine the runway centerline as a continuous line along the centerline of
the runway connecting the two runway end points.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A

117
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Thousandth of arc second Nearest tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Designator of the runway based on the magnetic bearing and
position in relation to parallel runways (e.g. 33R/15L) [Source:
AC 150/5340-1]
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
isDerived (Boolean) Indicates whether the centerline is derived or photo determined.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.9. Runway Helipad Design Surface

Definition: A three-dimensional surface used in runway or heliport/helipad design [Source: AC
150/5300-13]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RunwayHelipadDesignSurface
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRF-DSRF-BLDR- Building Restriction Line
C-AIRF-DSRF-RSA- Runway Safety Area
C-AIRF-DSRF-RPZ- Runway Protection Zone
C-AIRF-DSRF-OFA- Object Free Area
C-AIRF-DSRF-OFZ- Object Free Zone
C-AIRF-DSRF-POFA- Precision Object Free Area
C-AIRF-DSRF-KEYH- Key holes
C-RUNW-CLRW- Runway clearway
C-HELI-DSRF- Helipad design surface
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM RunwayFATODesignSurface Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayHelipadDesignSurface Extension
SDSFIE airfield_imaginary_surface_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features

118
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Data Capture Rules: N/A

Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
N/A N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature. [Source: SDSFIE Feature Table]
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
designSurfaceType A description of the design surface
(Enumeration:
codeDesignSurfaceType)
zoneUse (String 50) A description of the use of the zone.
determination (String 255) A formal declaration of the runway/helipad/heliport safety
area condition with respect to standards and any requirement
improvements [Source: FAA Order 5200.8 and AC 150/5390-
2]
determinationDate (Date) The date the safety area determination was approved [Source:
FAA Order 5200.8 and AC 150/5390-2B]
zoneInnerWidth (Real) The width of the narrow end of a trapezoidal shaped
DesignSurface feature. This is normally the end that is closest
to the landing surface [Source: AC 150/5300-13 and
150/5390-2B]
zoneOuterWidth (Real) The width of the wide end of a trapezoidal shaped
DesignSurface feature. This is normally the end that is furthest
from the landing surface.
zoneLength (Real) The length of a trapezoidal shaped DesignSurface feature.
slope (Real) The low to high gradient within the airspace.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.10. Runway Intersection

Definition: The area of intersection between two or more runways [Source: RTCA DO-272]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RunwayIntersection
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-INTS Runway intersection

119
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol

AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM RunwayElement Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayElement
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: When two or more runways intersect, collect the area of overlap as an
individual runway intersection polygon attached to the corresponding runway polygon(s) by way of
shared lines. Define the polygon by the outer edge of the white runway edge marking or surface edge
if no marking is present.

STOPWAY RUNWAY INTERSECTION

THRESHOLD BAR

RUNWAY LABEL

RUNWAY
INTERSECTION

RUNWAY
CENTERLINE
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of a foot

120
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
runwayDesignator1 (String 7) Designator of the 1st intersecting runway based on the magnetic
bearing and position in relation to parallel runways (e.g.
33R/15L).
runwayDesignator2 (String 7) Designator of the 2nd intersecting runway based on the
magnetic bearing and position in relation to parallel runways
(e.g. 33R/15L).
runwayDesignator3 (String 7) Designator of the 3rd intersecting runway based on the
magnetic bearing and position in relation to parallel runways
(e.g. 33R/15L).
pavementClassificationNumber A number which expresses the relative load carrying capacity
of a pavement in terms of a standard single wheel load.
[Source: AC 150/5335-5]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.11. Runway LAHSO

Definition: Markings installed on a runway where an aircraft is to stop when the runway is normally
used as a taxiway or used for Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) as identified in a letter of
agreement with the Air Traffic Control Tower (ATCT). A runway should be considered as normally
used for taxiing if there is no parallel taxiway and no ATCT. Otherwise, seek input from ATCT.
[Source: Order 7110.118]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RunwayLAHSO
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-LAHS- Runway land and hold short area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM RunwayMarking Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayLAHSO
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features

121
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Data Capture Rules: Collect the LAHSO line as individual line objects delineated by the outer edge
of the second painted line farthest from the intersecting runway.

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
protectedRunwayDesignator (String Unique runway identifier for the airport of the runway, if any,
7) being protected by the LAHSO (when the LAHSO precedes a
runway intersection). Example 17L/35R.
markingFeatureType The type of the marking
(Enumeration:
codeMarkingFeatureType)
color The color of the marking
(Enumeration: codeColor)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.12. Runway Element

Definition: A section of the runway surface. The runway surface can be defined by a set of non-
overlapping RunwaySegment polygons for pavement management purposes. RunwayElements may
overlap Runway and RunwayIntersection features. Use RunwayElement to model the physical
runway pavement in terms of surface, material, strength and condition in greater detail than just as a
single piece of pavement. [Source: AC 150/5335-5, AC 150/5320-12, AC 150/5320-17, AC 150/5320-
6]
Feature Group Airfield

122
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Feature Class Name RunwayElement

Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-SEGM- Runway Element
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
None
Level
AIXM RunwayElementExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayElement Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect runway elements as individual polygon objects. Where two or more
runways intersect, identify, classify and report runway elements in the intersecting area only once.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Specify runway designator.
surfaceType A classification of airfield pavement surfaces for Airport
(Enumeration: codeSurfaceType) Obstruction Charts [Source: NGS]
surfaceMaterial A code indicating the composition of the related surface
(Enumeration: CodeSurfaceMaterial) [Source: NFDC]
pavementClassificationNumber A number which expresses the relative load carrying capacity
of a pavement in terms of a standard single wheel load.
[Source: AC 150/5335-5]
surfaceCondition A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:
(Enumeration: NFDC]
codeSurfaceCondition)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal
together into a version.

123
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.4.13. Stopway
Definition: An area beyond the takeoff runway, no less wide than the runway and centered upon the
extended centerline of the runway, able to support the airplane during an aborted takeoff without
causing structural damage to the airplane. It is designated by the airport authorities for use in
decelerating the airplane during an aborted takeoff.
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name Stopway
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-STWY- Runway stopway markings
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 Continuous 1 MM User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM Stopway Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Stopway Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon encompassing the entire area designated as stopway
and connect it to associated runway by means of a shared line. Stopways do not have shoulders and
can be wider than the associated runway. Pay special attention to the guidance on Runway end,
Stopway end, and Displaced Threshold Identification for proper location of the Stopway.

STOPWAY RUNWAY INTERSECTION

THRESHOLD BAR

RUNWAY LABEL

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A

124
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
length (Real) The length of the designated stopway from the end of the
runway
width (Real) The overall width of the feature
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Specify runwayEnd designator to identify which runway end the
Stopway is on.
surfaceType A classification of airfield pavement surfaces for Airport
(Enumeration: codeSurfaceType) Obstruction Charts [Source: NGS]
surfaceMaterial A code indicating the composition of the related surface
(Enumeration: [Source: NFDC]
codeSurfaceMaterial)
surfaceCondition A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:
(Enumeration: NFDC]
codeSurfaceCondition)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.14. Taxiway Holding Position

Definition: A designated position at which taxiing aircraft and vehicles will stop and hold position,
unless otherwise authorized by the airport control tower [Source: RTCA DO-272]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name TaxiwayHoldingPosition
Feature Type line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TAXI-HOLD-- Holding Lines
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM TaxiHoldingPosition Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC TaxiwayHoldingPosition
SDSFIE None

125
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: The painted markings extend across the taxiway and may consist of one of the
following:
 Runway holding position markings are a set of four yellow lines and three spaces.
 The side with the two solid lines is the holding side.

Runway Holding Position Marking.

ILS/MLS holding positions are marked using a set of two parallel yellow lines spaced four feet apart,
in between these two lines and perpendicular to them there are sets of two parallel yellow lines.

I
ILS/MLS Holding Position Marking.
Collect taxiway holding position line as a line at the outer edge of the painted marking (stop bar)
farthest away from the corresponding runway.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) A description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
runwayDesignator (String 7) The designator for the approaching runway.
taxiwayDesignator (String 4) The designator for the taxiway.
lowVisibilityCategroy Code describing the Low visibility operation category of the
(Enumeration: TaxiwayHoldingPosition.
codeLowVisibilityCategory)

126
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.15. Airport Sign

Definition: Signs at an airport other than surface painted signs. [Source: AC 150/5340-18]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name AirportSign
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/ Level Description
A-ELEV-SIGN- Signage
A-FLOR-SIGN- Signage
C-PVMT-SIGN- Other signs
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 3
Layer/ Level Description
C-NGAS-SIGN- Surface markers/signs
V-LITE-DIST- Distance and arresting gear markers
V-STRM-SIGN- Surface markers/signs
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2
Layer/ Level Description
C-SSWR-SIGN- Surface markers/signs
C-APRN-SIGN- Airfield signs on the apron
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 7
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 0
Layer/ Level Description
C-STRM-SIGN- Surface markers/signs
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7
Layer/ Level Description
V-LITE-SIGN- Taxiway guidance signs
Airfield signs on the taxiway such as taxiway designator, hold short
C-TAXI-SIGN-
and directional signs
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1
Layer/ Level Description
E-SPCL-TRAF- Traffic signal system
V-NGAS-SIGN- Surface markers/signs
V-SPCL-TRAF- Traffic signal system

127
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

V-SSWR-SIGN- Surface markers/signs

Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 3
Layer/ Level Description
C-RUNW-SIGN- Airfield signs on the runway such as distance remaining signs
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 8
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 9
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM AirportSign Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC AirportSign Extension
SDSFIE general_improvement_feature_point
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect point at the highest point on the center of the sign structure. When
completing the feature attribution or signs containing both location and direction information. Provide
the data for the sign with the location information. If necessary or desired to provide the directional
information also, provide as a separate feature.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
Center of sign structure Top of sign structure at center
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) A description of the improvement feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
signType (Enumeration: The type of sign.
codeSignTypeCode)
height (Real) The overall height of the feature.
message (String 254) The text message that appears on the sign.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.16. Apron
Definition: A defined area on an airport or heliport, paved or unpaved, intended to accommodate
aircraft for purposes of loading or unloading passengers or cargo, refueling, parking, or maintenance.

128
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Feature Group Airfield

Feature Class Name Apron
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-APRN-OTLN Apron outline
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 3
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM ApronElementExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Apron Extension
SDSFIE airfield_surface_type
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon to its greatest horizontal extents, encompassing apron
areas.

APRON

TAXIWAY
VERTICAL POLYGON OBJECT
SEGMENT

TAXIWAY GUIDANCE
LINE

APRON
Illustrates the collection of the airport apron.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of foot

129
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
apronType A classification of the typical use for the apron
(Enumeration: CodeApronType)
numberOfTiedowns (Integer) The approximate number of tiedowns in the surface.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
surfaceType A classification of airfield pavement surfaces for Airport
(Enumeration: codeSurfaceType) Obstruction Charts [Source: NGS]
surfaceMaterial A code indicating the composition of the related surface
(Enumeration: [Source: NFDC]
codeSurfaceMaterial)
pavementClassificationNumber A number that expresses the relative load-carrying capacity of a
pavement in terms of a standard single wheel load [Source: AC
150/5335-5]
surfaceCondition A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:
(Enumeration: NFDC]
codeSurfaceCondition)
fuel (Enumeration: codeFuel) Code indicating the types of fuel available at the apron or
delverable to the apron.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.17. Deicing Area

Definition: An aircraft deicing facility is a facility where: (1) frost, ice, or snow is removed (deicing)
from the aircraft in order to provide clean surfaces and/or (2) clean surfaces of the aircraft receive
protection (anti-icing) against the formation of frost or ice and accumulation of snow or slush for a
limited period of time [Source: AC 150/5300-13].
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name DeicingArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-APRN-DEIC Aircraft Deicing Area
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 7 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 0 1
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM DeicingArea Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC DeicingArea
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements

130
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Deicing areas may consist of a single or multiple polygons, capture the outer
edges of area(s). Deicing areas can be remote sites from the terminal buildings or in the terminal area.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) The name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) A brief description of the area and any special characteristics.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used
to store the subject item's data.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal
together into a version.

5.4.18. Touch Down Lift Off

Definition: A load-bearing, generally paved area, normally centered in the Final Approach and
Takeoff Area (FATO), on which a helicopter lands or takes off. The Touchdown and Lift-off Area
(TLOF) is frequently called a helipad or helideck.
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name TouchDownLiftOff
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-HELI-TLOF Helipad take off and landing area
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM TouchDownLiftOff Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC TouchDownLiftOff
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements

131
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon in the center of the white paint stripes along the outer
edges of the TLOF as a solid line and labeled “HELIPAD.” Collect the outer edges of the TLOF
pavement when there are no outer paint stripes. Collect all TLOFs located on the aircraft movement
areas at compiler’s discretion.

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft  0.20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) The name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) A brief description of the area and any special characteristics.
length (Real) The overall length of the TLOF.
width (Real) The overall width of the TLOF.
userFlag An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
surfaceType A classification of airfield pavement surfaces for Airport
(Enumeration: codeSurfaceType) Obstruction Charts [Source: NGS]
surfaceMaterial A code indicating the composition of the related surface
(Enumeration: [Source: NFDC]
CodeSurfaceMaterial)
surfaceCondition A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:
(Enumeration: NFDC]
codeSurfaceCondition)

132
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

designHelicopter (String20) A generic helicopter that reflects the maximum weight,

maximum contact load/minimum contact area, overall length,
rotor diameter, etc. of all helicopters expected to operate at the
heliport. [Source: AC 150/5390-2]
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
gradient (real) The gradient of the TLOF surface designed to provide positive
drainage.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.19. Marking Area

Definition: Markings used on runway and taxiway surfaces to identify a specific runway, a runway
threshold, a centerline, a hold line, etc. An element of marking whose geometry is a polygon. [Source:
AC 150/5340-1 and RTCA DO-272]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name MarkingArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-HELI-IDEN- Heliport numbers and letters
C-RUNW-DIST- Fixed distance markings
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
Layer/Level Description
C-HELI-TDZM- Touchdown zone markers
C-RUNW-NUMB- Runway numbers and letters
C-RUNW-TDZM- Touchdown zone markers
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM
Equivalent Standards FGDC
SDSFIE airfield_surface_marking_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements

133
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the runway markings as closed polygons to encompass and delineate the
individual markings.

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location NA NA
NA NA
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 2 ft  3 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) A description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
markingFeatureType The type of the marking
(Enumeration:
codeMarkingFeatureType)
color (Enumeration: codeColor) The color of the marking
userflag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.20. Marking Line

Definition: Markings used on runway and taxiway surfaces to identify a specific runway, a runway
threshold, a centerline, a hold line, etc. An element of marking whose geometry is a line. [Source: AC
150/5340-1 and RTCA DO-272]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name MarkingLine
Feature Type 3D Line

134
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description Layer/Level Description
C-APRN-CNTR- Centerlines C-PADS-OTLN- Pad - outlines
C-APRN-HOLD- Holding position C-RUNW-CNTR- Centerline markings
markings MARK
C-APRN-MRKG- Apron markings C-RUNW-SHLD- Shoulder markings
C-APRN-SECU- Security zone C-RUNW-SHLD- Runway Shoulder
markings
C-APRN-SHLD- Shoulder stripes C-RUNW-SIDE- Side stripes
C-HELI-BLST- Helipad blast pad and C-TAXI-CNTR-MARK Centerline markings
stopway markings
C-HELI-CNTR- Centerline markings C-TAXI-EDGE- Edge markings
MARK
C-HELI-DIST- Fixed distance C-TAXI-SHLD- Shoulder transverse
markings stripes
C-HELI-SIDE- Side stripes V-PVMT-MRKG- Pavement markings
C-OVRN-CNTR- Centerlines C-PVMT-MRKG- Roadway markings
WHIT (white)
C-OVRN-SHLD- Shoulder markings C-PVMT-MRKG- Roadway markings
YELO (yellow)
C-PADS-CNTR- Centerlines
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM MarkingElement Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC Marking
SDSFIE airfield_surface_marking_line
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a line through the middle of the paint line.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 2 ft  3 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) A description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
markingFeatureType The type of the marking
(Enumeration:
codeMarkingFeatureType)

135
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

color The color of the marking

(Enumeration: codeColor)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.21. Movement Area

Definition: Runways, taxiways, and other areas of an airport used for taxiing or hover taxiing, air
taxiing, takeoff, and landing of aircraft, exclusive of loading ramps and aircraft parking areas [Source:
14 CFR Part 139]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name MovementArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-SECR-SECA Airfield security area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM
Equivalent Standards FGDC
SDSFIE airfield_surface_marking_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect each portion of the movement area as a closed polygon to its greatest
horizontal extents. Multiple non-overlapping polygons may be used to adequately model the areas.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location NA NA
NA NA
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2(255)) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.

136
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.22. Runway
Definition: A defined rectangular area on an airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft.
[AC 150/5300-13]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name Runway
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-EDGE- Airfield runway edges
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 3
Information Assurance Level Resticted
AIXM Runway Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC Runway
SDSFIE airfield_surface_site
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: In addition to the requirements for runway end collection, capture the runway
as a closed polygon limited by the outer edge of the runway edge paint (shoulder side), excluding
runway shoulders or stopways. If there are no painted runway edge markings, capture and report the
runway as a polygon at its narrowest dimension based on the existing pavement.

STOPWAY RUNWAY INTERSECTION

THRESHOLD BAR

RUNWAY LABEL

The red lines encompassing the runway illustrate the collection of the runways at an airport.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A

137
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Designator of the runway based on the magnetic bearing and
position in relation to parallel runways (e.g. 33R/15L) [Source:
AC 150/5340-1]
width (Real) A perpendicular line to the surface centerline, extending to the
edge of the runway pavement on both sides of the runway,
through a runway end-point. If the runway width is less than
100 feet, the width is rounded up to the nearest 5 feet. If the
runway width is more than 100 feet, the width is rounded to the
nearest 10 feet. If the rounded width is different from the
published width, NGS should be contacted for further advice.
[Source: NGS]
length (Real) The straight line distance between runway end points. This line
does not account for surface undulations between points.
Official runway lengths are normally computed from runway
end coordinates and elevations.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
surfaceType A classification of airfield pavement surfaces for Airport
(Enumeration: codeSurfaceType) Obstruction Charts [Source: NGS]
surfaceMaterial A code indicating the composition of the related surface
(Enumeration: [Source: NFDC]
CodeSurfaceMaterial)
pavementClassificationNumber A number that expresses the relative load carrying capacity of a
pavement in terms of a standard single wheel load [Source: AC
150/5335-5]
surfaceCondition A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:
(Enumeration: NFDC]
codeSurfaceCondition)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.23. Restricted Access Boundary

Definition: A restricted area boundary identifies areas strictly reserved for use by authorized personnel
only.
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RestrictedAccessBoundary
Feature Type Line

138
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description
C-AIRF-SECR-RSTR Restricted access boundary
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM SecurityElement Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RestrictedAccessBoundary Extension
SDSFIE Military_restricted_access_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a line through the center of each marking to its greatest extents.
Restricted access paint lines are either dashed white lines or alternating white/red/white solid lines.

RESTRICTED
AREA
APRON

TAXIWAY RESTRICTED ACCESS

SEGMENT
BOUNDARY

Illustrates the collection of a restricted area boundary.

Monumentation No monumentation required
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
NA NA
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) A common name for the restricted area.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) A description of the restricted area.

139
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the

feature. This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal
together into a version.

5.4.24. Runway Arresting Area

Definition: Any FAA-approved high energy absorbing material of a specific strength that will reliably
and predictably bring an aircraft to a stop without imposing loads that exceed the aircraft’s design
limits, cause major structural damage, or impose excessive force on its occupants. [Source: AC
150/5220-22].
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RunwayArrestingArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-ARSTC-RUNW-
ARST-AIDS-CRIT
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM ArrestingGear Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayArrestingArea
SDSFIE airfield_linear_safety_feature_line
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements

140
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon limited by the chevron markings identifying the area.
RUNWAY SAFETY AREA LENGTH

SET BACK
(VARIES) BASE
RUNWAY

ENGINEERED MATERIAL ARRESTING SYSTEM

RUNWAY WIDTH
(EMAS) BED

RUNWAY END LEAD-IN RAMP EMAS BED SIDE SLOPES/STEPS FOR

ARFF ACCESS AND
PASSENGER EGRESS

BASE

Illustrates the collection of the Runway Arresting Area.

Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoid
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) A common name for the arresting area.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) A description of the arresting area.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
length (Real) The overall length of the feature.
width (Real) The overall width of the feature.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used
to store the subject item's data.
surfaceMaterial (Enumeration: A code indicating the composition of the related surface
codeSurfaceMaterial) [Source: NFDC]

141
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

surfaceCondition A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:

(Enumeration: NFDC]
codeSurfaceCondition)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal
together into a version.
setback The distance the EMAS begins beyond the end of the runway.

5.4.25. Runway Blast Pad

Definition: A specially prepared surface placed adjacent to the end of a runway to eliminate the erosive
effect of the high wind forces produced by airplanes at the beginning of their takeoff rolls.
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RunwayBlastPad
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-BLST Runway blast pad
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 3
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM RunwayBlastPad Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayBlastPad
SDSFIE airfield_linear_safety_feature_line
Documentation and
No additional documentation is required.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon to the extents of the chevrons marking the area.
BLASTPAD RUNWAY

Illustrates the collection of a blast pad.

Monumentation No monumentation is required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 2 ft  3 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot

142
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
length (Integer) The length of clearway as measured. Compare the measure
value to the value reported in the government flight information
publications.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
pavementClassificationNumber A number that expresses the relative load carrying capacity of a
pavement in terms of a standard single wheel load [Source: AC
150/5335-5]
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Specify runwayEnd designator to identify which runway end the
Blast Pad is on.
surfaceCondition A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:
(Enumeration: NFDC]
codeSurfaceCondition)
surfaceMaterial A code indicating the composition of the related surface
(Enumeration: [Source:
codeSurfaceMaterial) NFDC]
surfaceType A classification of airfield pavement surfaces for Airport
(Enumeration: Obstruction Charts [Source: NGS]
codeSurfaceType)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.26. Runway End

Definition: The end of the runway surface suitable for landing or takeoff runs of aircraft. Runway
Ends describe the approach and departure procedure characteristics of a runway threshold. The
Runway End is the same as the runway threshold when the threshold is not displaced.
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RunwayEnd
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-ENDP- Runway endpoint
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM RunwayDirectionExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayEnd
SDSFIE Airfield_surface_site
Documentation and In addition to the requirements of paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3,
Submission Requirements document the selected location using four digital photographs:

143
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Photograph Type #2
(Approach).
Photograph Type #1 Photo showing tripod over the
(Eye Level). mark in foreground and approach
Photo taken from above the mark, in the background.
showing an area around the mark
about 1 meter in diameter.

Photograph Type #3
(Across Runway). Photograph Type #4
Photo taken from the side of the (Close-in).
runway looking across the end of Close-up photo depicting nail,
the runway, with a tripod or arrow washer and markings.
indicating the end point; include
any features used to identify the
runway end.
Related Features
Data Capture Rule: Establish the runway end on the runway centerline at the physical end, or
specified location based on other supporting features. The area between the runway end and the
displaced threshold should be marked with white arrows.
When the ends of the runway surface have been determined, mark the
positions using a nail and washer with the setting company’s name and
Monumentation
year inscribed, chisel square, or paint if possible with a distinctive
inscription to ensure future identification.
Concrete Runway and No Aligned Taxiway
Survey Point Locator is the limit of construction or the trim line at the
first good pavement, unless these lines are located on the approach side
of runway end lights. Supporting features include:
Survey Point Location  Runway end lights near runway end
 Threshold bar near runway end (usually present only if non-
runway pavement is aligned with runway)
 Threshold lights near runway end and usually in same fixture as
runway end lights (if threshold not displaced)

144
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

 Runway number near runway end (if threshold not displaced)

 Runway edge lights (white or amber) extending to runway end

Comments: The limit of construction usually defines the survey point

for the ends of concrete runways. A surface discontinuity defines the
limit of construction. Do not confuse the runway end with the end of a
blast pad, stopway, or other non-runway surface. Refer to the figure
below for an example of this scenario.

TRIM LINE AT FIRST

GOOD PAVEMENT
INDEFINITE
EDGE

RUNWAY END SURVEY POINT

Paved/Non-concrete Runway and No Aligned Taxiway

Survey Point Locator is the limit of construction or the trim line at first
good pavement, unless these lines are located on approach side of
runway end lights. Supporting features include:
 Runway end lights near runway end
 Threshold bar near runway end (usually present only if non-
runway pavement is aligned with runway)
 Threshold lights near runway end and usually in same fixture as
runway end lights (if threshold not displaced)
 Runway number near runway end (if threshold not displaced)
 Runway edge lights (white or amber) extending to runway end

145
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Comments: While the limit of construction is the first choice, a trim

line at first good pavement is usually required to define the ends of
paved, non-concrete runways since the ends of these surfaces are
almost always crumbling and/or not orthogonal to the runway
centerline to some degree. Refer to the figures above and below as
examples.
TRIM LINE AT FIRST
GOOD PAVEMENT

INDEFINITE
EDGE
RUNWAY END SURVEY POINT

Unpaved Runway and No Aligned Taxiway

Survey Point Locator is the trim line 10 feet on touchdown side of
inboard runway end lights, a trim line connecting outboard runway end
lights, a trim line 10 feet on touchdown side of inboard runway end day
markers, or a trim line connecting outboard runway end day markers.
Supporting features are threshold lights near threshold (if runway
lighted and threshold not displaced)

Comments: If no lights or markers exist, the existence of a runway is in

question since by FAA definition, a runway is a defined area. Not all
areas used for takeoff/landings are runways.

146
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Paved Runway and Aligned Taxiway

Survey Point Locator is the approach side of threshold bar unless this
line is on the approach side of runway end lights and threshold is not
displaced. Additionally, use the trim line connecting outboard runway
end lights or the runway side of yellow demarcation bar provided this
line is not located on approach side of runway end lights. The yellow
demarcation bar usually occurs only if a displaced threshold and an
aligned taxiway or stopway both exist.)

Supporting features include:

 Threshold lights near runway end and usually in same fixture as

147
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

runway end lights (if threshold not displaced)

 Runway number near runway end (if threshold not displaced)
 Yellow aligned taxiway painting on approach side of threshold bar
 Taxiway edge lights between runway end and taxiway end
 Absence of runway side stripes between runway end and end of
pavement on Precision Instrument Runways

Comments: Use caution, especially on smaller, poorly marked airports,

not to confuse a displaced threshold and a runway end for a runway
with an aligned taxiway.

TAXIWAY CENTERLINE MARKING

SURVEY POINT LOCATOR

(TRIM LINE ALIGNED
WITH OUTBOARD RUNWAY
END LIGHTS) THRESHOLD MARKINGS

RUNWAY
EDGE LIGHTS

TAXIWAY EDGE RUNWAY END SURVEY POINT

LIGHTS
THRESHOLD BAR

THRESHOLD LIGHTS RUNWAY END LIGHTS

NOTES:

1. THIS GRAPHIC IS NOT TO SCALE. FEATURES ARE SYMBOLIZED AND INTENDED

ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY.

2. RUNWAY/STOPWAY SURVEYS SHOULD BE DISCUSSED WITH APPROPRIATE

AIRPORT AUTHORITIES.

3. SURVEY POINT LOCATOR:

TRIM LINE ALIGNED WITH OUTBOARD RUNWAY END LIGHTS IF NO THRESHOLD
BAR OR IF APPROACH SIDE OF THRESHOLD BAR IS IN APPROACH SIDE OF RUNWAY
END LIGHTS.

4. SUPPORTING FEATURES
RUNWAY END LIGHTS NEAR THRESHOLD BAR
THRESHOLD MARKINGS NEAR RUNWAY END LIGHTS
RUNWAY NUMBER NEAR RUNWAY END LIGHTS
TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHTS BETWEEN RUNWAY
END AND END OF PAVEMENT

5. COMMENTS:
NONSTANDARD MARKINGS FOR RUNWAY WITH ALIGNED TAXIWAY.
THRESHOLD BAR EXTENDS TO APPROACH SIDE OF RUNWAY END LIGHTS
RUNWAY CANNOT EXTEND TO APPROACH SIDE OF RUNWAY END LIGHTS

148
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Unpaved Runway and Aligned Taxiway

Survey Point Locator is the trim line connecting outboard runway end
lights or the trim line connecting outboard runway end day markers.
Supporting features include threshold lights near threshold (if threshold
not displaced) or runway/taxiway edge lights (if runway is lighted).

Comments: Unpaved runways with aligned taxiways are unusual. If

this situation is suspected, verify any area immediately adjacent to, and
aligned with, the runway is used for taxi onto the runway and is
marked appropriately for this purpose.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1.00 ft  0.25 ft  0.20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) Description of the feature
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Also
called the geodetic height. [Source: NGS]
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
approachCategory (Enumeration: A grouping of aircraft based on 1.3 times their stall speed in the
codeApproachCategory) landing configuration at the certificated maximum flap setting
and maximum landing weight at standard atmospheric
conditions [Source: AC 150/5300-13]
approachGuidance (Enumeration: The type of approach guidance in use for the runway end.
codeApproachGuidance)
accelerateStopDistanceAvail The runway plus stopway length declared available and suitable
(Integer) for the acceleration and deceleration of an airplane aborting a
takeoff [Source: AC 150/5300-13]
magneticBearing (Real) Magnetic runway bearing corresponding to threshold location
valid at the day of data generation [Source: RTCA DO-272]
trueBearing (Real) True bearing corresponding to the landing direction [Source:
ICAO Annex 14]
designGroup (Enumeration: A grouping of airplanes based on wingspan and or tailheight,
codeDesignGroup) whichever is greatest. [Source: AC 150/5300-13]
displacedDistance (Integer) The distance from the runway end to the landing threshold.
When the thresholdType is normal, displacedDist = 0.
landingDistanceAvailable (Integer) The runway length declared available and suitable for a landing
airplane.
runwayEndDesignator The designator for the runway end (i.e. 32L)
runwaySlope (Real) Runway slope corresponding to landing direction [Source:
RTCA DO-272]
takeOffDistanceAvailable The takeoff run available plus the length of any remaining
runway clearway beyond the far end of the takeoff run
available. [Source: AC 150/5300-13]

149
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

takeOffRunwayAvailable The runway length declared available and suitable for the
ground run of an airplane taking off [Source: AC 150/5300-13]
touchdownZoneSlope The longitudinal slope of the first 3000 feet of the runway
beginning at the threshold.
touchdownZoneElevation The highest elevation in the Touchdown Zone. The Touchdown
Zone is the first 3,000 feet of the runway beginning at the
threshold. [Source: FAA Order 8260.3]
thresholdType (enumeration: A description of the landing threshold: either normal or
codeThresholdType) displaced.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.27. Runway Label

Definition: The bottom center position of the runway designation marking
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RunwayLabel
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-IDEN-MARK Runway numbers and letters
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM RunwayMarking Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayLabel
SDSFIE airfield_buffer_zone_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the runway label as an individual point object.
Monumentation No monumentation required.

150
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Horizontal and Vertical

Capture the point located at the base of each painted runway number
on the runway centerline. If a runway number is not painted on the
runway, identify and collect a point approximately 100 feet from the
threshold as the runway label position.
THRESHOLD BAR

Survey Point Location

RUNWAY LABEL RUNWAY DESIGNATION

Illustrates the collection of the runway label.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) The designator of the associated runway
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.28. Runway Safety Area Boundary

Definition: The boundary of the Runway Safety Area (RSA).
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name RunwaySafetyAreaBoundary
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-SAFT- Runway Safety Area

151
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Color Line type Line Weight Symbol

AutoDesk Standards 5 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM RunwaySafetyAreaBoundary Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwaySafetyAreaBoundary Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect as a closed polygon to its greatest horizontal extents.
Monumentation No monumentation required
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
NA NA
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Specify runwayEnd designator
determinationDate (Date) The date the RSA determination was approved
determination (VARCHAR2 (255)) A formal declaration of the RSA condition with respect to
standards and any requirement improvements
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.29. Shoulder
Definition: An area adjacent to the edge of paved runways, taxiways, or aprons providing a transition
between the pavement and the adjacent surface; support for aircraft running off the pavement, enhance
drainage, and blast protection. [Source: AC 150/5300-13]
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name Shoulder
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-HELI-SHLD- Shoulder
C-PADS-SHLD- Shoulders with annotation

152
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol

AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM RunwayElement Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayElement
SDSFIE Airfield_surface_site
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect non-intersecting shoulders as individual polygons. Collect intersecting
shoulders as multiple polygons when intersected by taxiways, intersecting runway, or
stopway/clearway.

RUNWAY

50' [15 M] MAXIMUM

ON CURVES BETWEEN
CURVE TANGENTS
PAVEMENT EDGE

3' [1M] WIDE

100' [30 M] MAXIMUM

ON STRAIGHT SECTIONS
STRIPES ARE EXTENDED TO 5 FT [1.5 M] FROM THE
EDGE OF THE STABILIZED AREA OR TO 25 FT [7.5 M]
IN LENGTH, WHICHEVER IS LESS

TAXIWAY EDGE MARKINGS

Monumentation No monumentation required

153
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Horizontal and Vertical

Survey Point Location

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature
shoulderType (Enumeration: Code for whether this is a runway shoulder or taxiway shoulder.
codeShoulderType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
length (Real) The overall length of the airfield surface.
width (Real) The overall width of the airfield surface.
restricted (Boolean) An indicator as to whether access to the feature is restricted
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
surfaceMaterial A code indicating the composition of the related surface
(Enumeration: [Source: NFDC]
CodeSurfaceMaterial)
sequence (String 5) Sequential number of the element.
surfaceCondition A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:
(Enumeration NFDC]
codeSurfaceCondition)
surfaceType A classification of airfield pavement surfaces for Airport
(Enumeration: Obstruction Charts [Source: NGS]
codeSurfaceType)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

154
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.4.30. Taxiway Intersection

Definition: The junction of two or more taxiways (Source: ICAO Annex 14, Volume 1, Aerodromes,
Chapter 1, page 5).
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name TaxiwayIntersection
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TAXI-INTS Taxiway intersection
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 0 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM TaxiwayElement Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC TaxiwayIntersection
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Capture a polygon establishing the intersection of two or more taxiways.

Taxiway Guidance Line

Taxiway Intersection

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal and Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot

155
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.4.31. Taxiway Element

Definition: Defined paths on an airport established for the taxiing of aircraft (excluding apron
taxilanes) and intended to provide a link between one part of the airport and another.
Feature Group Airfield
Feature Class Name TaxiwayElement
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TAXI-OTLN Taxiway - outlines
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM TaxiwayElement Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC TaxiwayElement
SDSFIE airfield_surface_site
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect all taxiway elements as individual polygon objects. Collect taxiway at
the outer edge of pavement or defined paint line (excluding shoulder). Each taxiway will typically be
comprised of more than one element. When multiple elements make up a taxiway, identify the taxiway
elements as beginning, intersection and end in the name attribute. Be sure to comply with the no
overlappping polygon rule.

156
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

TAXIWAY
ELEMENT

TAXIWAY GUIDANCE
LINE
Illustrates the collection of a taxiway element.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 255) Description of the feature
taxiwayId (VarChar2(50)) Taxiway element name. The name should be identical to the
corresponding taxiway name. Multiple taxiway elements can
have the same name. If two or more taxiways intersect the
taxiway element intersection will be named after the
predominant taxiway. If two taxiways on the same level
intersect, the element can be named arbitrarily after one of the
taxiways.
taxiwayType The type of taxiway
(Enumeration: CodeTaxiwayType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
surfaceMaterial A code indicating the composition of the related surface
(Enumeration: [Source: NFDC]
CodeSurfaceMaterial)

157
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

pavementClassificationNumber A number that expresses the relative load-carrying capacity of a

pavement in terms of a standard single wheel load [Source: AC
150/5335-5]
surfaceCondition A description of the serviceability of the pavement [Source:
(Enumeration NFDC]
codeSurfaceCondition)
directionality Code used to define the directionality of traffic on the element.
(Enumeration: CodeDirectionality)
sequence Sequential number of the taxiway element.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.
surfaceType (Enumeration: Type of different materials used to construct the surface.
codeSurfaceType)
designGroup (Enumeration: Identifies the design group used in the design of the taxiway
codeDesignGroup)
length (Real) Provides the length of the taxiwayElement polygon as measured
along the centerline
width (Real) Width of the taxiway
maximumSpeed (Real) Identifies the maximum speed for the taxiwayElement
wingspan (Real) Identifies the maximum aircraft wingspan which can traverse
the taxiwayElement

158
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.5. Group: AIRSPACE

5.5.1. Landmark Segment

Definition: Features providing geographic orientation near the airport vicinity. The features may or
may not have obstruction value. Collect geographic features of landmark value aiding in geographic
orientation as individual polyline objects. These features include, but are not limited to, the following:

(1). A selection of roads (i.e. major highways, primary roads, etc.) and railroads, especially in
the airport vicinity, to assist the user in geographic orientation.
(2). Shoreline (i.e. coastlines, lakes, rivers, etc.) of landmark value that aid in geographic
orientation.
(3). Utility lines (i.e. transmission lines), levees, fence lines, or other linear features having
obstruction or landmark value.
(4). Buildings or other features of landmark value that aid in geographic orientation.
(5). Runways with specially prepared hard surfaces that are not located on the airport being
surveyed, but fall within the survey limits.
(6). Closed runways if they are sufficiently prominent to be of value to a pilot in airport
identification.
Feature Group Airspace
Feature Class Name LandmarkSegment
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRS-LNDM Landmark segment
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Level
AIXM LandmarkSegment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC LandmarkSegment Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Be sure that the attribute field for “CodeLandmarkType” correctly identifies the
linear object being drawn. Each landmark type feature has its own data capture rule, collect each
feature as defined in individual feature data capture rule (RoadSegment, UtilityLine, Shoreline, etc.).
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot

159
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
landmarkType Type of landmark feature
(Enumeration:
CodeLandmarkType)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.5.2. Obstacle
Definition: All fixed (whether temporary or permanent) and mobile objects, or parts thereof, located
on an area intended for the surface movement of aircraft, penetrating an Obstruction Identification
Surface (OIS), or selected as a representative object. Use this feature for modeling linear objects as
obstacles.
Feature Group Airspace
Feature Class Name Obstacle
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRS-OBST-LINE Airspace obstruction - Line
C-AIRS-OBST-PPNT Airfield obstruction
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance Level Confidential
AIXM Obstacle Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Obstacle Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and Submission
No documentation is required for this feature.
Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Use the Obstacle feature type for point or line features penetrating an
Obstruction Identification Surface (OIS) or selected as a representative object. Model line features as
points representing the vertices of the line.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
Center of the object Highest point

160
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Accuracy Requirements
(in feet relative to the nearest PACS, SACS, HRP or TSM)
Runways Supporting Vertically Guided Operations
Vertical
Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoid AGL
Vertically Guided Runway Primary Surface
 20 3 3  10
(VGRPS)
Vertically Guided Primary Connection
 20 3 3  10
Surface (VGPCS)
Vertically Guided Protection Surface
 20 3 3  10
(VGPS)
Vertically Guided Approach Transition
 20 3 3  10
Surface (VGATS)
Vertically Guided Approach Surface
 20 3 3  10
(VGAS)
Vertically Guided Horizontal Surface
 20  10  10  10
(VGHS)
Vertically Guided Conical Surface (VGCS)  20  10  10  10
Runways Supporting Non-Vertically Guided Operations
Vertical
Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoid AGL
Non-vertically guided primary surface  20 3 3 3
Non-vertically guided approach surface  20  10  10  10
Non-vertically guided transitional surface  20  10  10  10
Non-vertically guided horizontal surface  50  20  20  10
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
obstacleType The type of object.
(Enumeration: CodeObstacleType)
obstacleSource (Enumeration: Identify how or where the object was identified.
CodeObstacleSource)
aboveGroundLevel (Real) The vertical distance from the ground to the highest point of the
object.
distanceFromDisplacedThreshold Distance measured along runway centerline or centerline
(Real) extended from a Displaced Threshold to point abeam the object.
A negative distance indicates that the object is on the
touchdown side of the runway approach end. This data is not
provided for objects penetrating the horizontal, conical and
runway transitional surfaces.

161
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

distanceFromRunwayCenterline Shortest distance from the runway centerline or centerline

(Real) extended to the object. "L" (LEFT) or "R" (RIGHT) is relative
to an observer facing forward in a landing aircraft. This data is
not provided for objects penetrating the horizontal, conical and
runway transitional surfaces.
distanceFromRunwayEnd (Real) Distance measured along runway centerline or centerline
extended from the physical end to point abeam the object. A
negative distance indicates that the object is on the touchdown
side of the runway approach end. This data is not provided for
objects penetrating the horizontal, conical and transitional
(HCT) surfaces.
groupCode (String 75) A text code indicating that the object consists of a group of
objects of the same type. For example, a group of trees, a group
of buildings, a group of antennas, etc [Source: AIXM]
heightAboveAirport (Integer) Height above airport the official airport elevation point
[Source: NGS]
heightAboveRunway (Real) Height above runway physical end for objects located
underneath the approach surface.
heightAboveTouchdownZone Height above touchdown zone elevation for objects located
(Real) underneath the approach surface.
lightCode (Boolean) A code indicating that the obstacle is lighted [Source: AIXM]
markingFeatureType (Enumeration: The type of the marking
codeMarkingFeatureType)
penValSpecified (Integer) The elevation difference between the height of the object and
the specified surface. Used to identify the amount of
penetration of the main OIS.
penValSupplemental (Integer) The elevation difference between the height of the object and
the supplemental surface. Used to identify the amount of
penetration to a secondary OIS.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.
obstructionNumber Provide the Aeronautical Study Number assigned by the FAA in
(VARCHAR2(30)) the appropriate format (if known). The appropriate format is
YYYY-XXX-NNNNN-TTT, EXAMPLE: 2008- ASW-1234-
OE where YYYY is the year, XXX is the FAA responsible
region (ASW, AAL, AGL, AEA, etc. ) or WTE for Wind
Turbine cases in the eastern U.S. or WTW for wind turbine
cases in the western U.S., NNNNN is the sequential number
assigned to the case for the year, and TTT is either OE, NR or
NRA as appropriate. The dashes in the format are important
and if the information is not known leave this blank.
disposition (String 16) The disposition of the airspace obstruction.
oisSurfaceCondition (Enumeration: The Obstruction Identification Surface that the obstacle
is CodeOisSurfaceCondition) represents.

162
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

frangible (Boolean) A Boolean indicating whether the object is frangible.

faaCoordinationCode (Boolean) A Boolean indicating whether the obstruction has received FAA
coordination or review.

5.5.3. Obstruction Area

Definition: Polygon features penetrating the plane of the obstruction identification surface (OIS) or
selected as representative objects. Determine the type of obstructing area by the predominant feature
within the grouped area. Penetrating groups of trees, ground, buildings, urban areas, mobile cranes, and
agricultural area are the most common types of obstruction areas found within the surfaces of an
Airport Airspace Analysis survey.
Feature Group Airspace
Feature Class Name ObstructionArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRS-OBST-POLY Airspace obstruction
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 0 7
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM ObstructionArea Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC ObstructionArea
SDSFIE airspace_obstruction_navaid_point
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements

163
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Use the ObstructionArea feature type to model features penetrating an OIS or is
selected as a representative object using a bounding polygon encompassing the greatest extents of the
area and the height of the highest point within the feature.

Area Limit Object Requirements – When a large area of objects such as buildings, terrain or vegetation
penetrate a surface, identify the limits of the area using a bounding polygon within the lateral limits of
the surface. Overlay the area lateral limits with a grid established parallel and perpendicular to the
extended runway centerline of the surface (see figure below). Establish the grid beginning at the
runway end using the appropriate spacing until reaching the obstructing area. Within 10,200 feet of the
runway threshold, use 200-foot grid spacing; outside 10,200 feet from the threshold, use a grid spacing
of 500 feet. Analyze, identify and report the highest manmade or natural object penetrating the surface
within each grid sector. Additionally, report the highest manmade or natural object within the area
limits (see Figure 2-18). If two objects with the exact same MSL elevation are within a grid sector,
choose the sector object by first selecting the object closer to the centerline, then if required, by the
object closer to the runway.

C
TREE
1489

A OBSTRUCTING SURFACE
TREE
1303

B
PRIMARY SURFACE TREE
1373 APPROAC
H SURFAC
E
E
N SURFAC
TRANSITIO

NOTES:

1. THIS GRAPHIC EXPLAINS OR CLARIFIES CERTAIN DATA REQUIREMENTS.

2. SEE TEXT WHEN OBJECT CONGESTION OCCURS.

3. DIMENSIONS ARE IN FEET. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING.

Reporting highest object(s) within ObstructionArea limits.

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Accuracy Requirements (in feet relative to the nearest PACS, SACS, HRP or TSM)
Runways Supporting Vertically Guided Operations
Vertical
Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoid AGL
Vertically Guided Runway
 20 3 3  10
Primary Surface (VGRPS)
Vertically Guided Primary
 20 3 3  10
Connection Surface (VGPCS)

164
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Vertically Guided Protection

 20 3 3  10
Surface (VGPS)
Vertically Guided Approach
 20 3 3  10
Transition Surface (VGATS)
Vertically Guided Approach
 20 3 3  10
Surface (VGAS)
Vertically Guided Horizontal
 20  10  10  10
Surface (VGHS)
Vertically Guided Conical
 20  10  10  10
Surface (VGCS)
Runways Supporting Non-Vertically Guided Operations
Vertical
Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoid AGL
Non-vertically guided primary surface  20 3 3 3
Non-vertically guided approach surface  20  10  10  10
Non-vertically guided transitional surface  20  10  10  10
Non-vertically guided horizontal surface  50  20  20  10
Distances and
Resolution Geographic Coordinates
Elevations
Hundredths of arc second Tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
obstacleType The type of object.
(Enumeration: CodeObstacleType)
obstacleSource Identify how or where the object was identified.
(Enumeration:
CodeObstacleSource)
aboveGroundLevel (Real) The vertical distance from the ground to the highest point of the
object.
distanceFromDisplacedThreshold Distance measured along runway centerline or centerline
(Real) extended from a Displaced Threshold to point abeam the object.
A negative distance indicates that the object is on the
touchdown side of the runway approach end. This data is not
provided for objects penetrating the horizontal, conical and
runway transitional surfaces.
distanceFromRunwayCenterline Shortest distance from the runway centerline or centerline
(Real) extended to the object. "L" (LEFT) or "R" (RIGHT) is relative
to an observer facing forward in a landing aircraft. This data is
not provided for objects penetrating the horizontal, conical and
runway transitional surfaces.

165
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

distanceFromRunwayEnd (Real) Distance measured along runway centerline or centerline

extended from the physical end to point abeam the object. A
negative distance indicates that the object is on the touchdown
side of the runway approach end. This data is not provided for
objects penetrating the horizontal, conical and transitional
(HCT) surfaces.
groupCode (String 75) A text code indicating that the object consists of a group of
objects of the same type. For example, a group of trees, a group
of buildings, a group of antennas, etc [Source: AIXM]
heightAboveAirport (Integer) Height above airport the official airport elevation point
[Source: NGS]
heightAboveRunway (Real) Height above runway physical end for objects located
underneath the approach surface.
heightAboveTouchdownZone Height above touchdown zone elevation for objects located
(Real) underneath the approach surface [Source: NGS]
lightCode (Boolean) A code indicating that the obstacle is lighted [Source: AIXM]
markingFeatureType (Enumeration: The type of the marking
codeMarkingFeatureType)
penValSpecified (Integer) The elevation difference between the height of the object and
the specified surface. Used to identify the amount of
penetration of the main OIS.
penValSupplemental (Integer) The elevation difference between the height of the object and
the supplemental surface. Used when to identify the amount of
penetration to a secondary OIS.
obstructionNumber Provide the Aeronautical Study Number assigned by the FAA in
(VARCHAR2(30)) the appropriate format (if known). The appropriate format is
YYYY-XXX-NNNNN-TTT, EXAMPLE: 2008- ASW-1234-
OE where YYYY is the year, XXX is the FAA responsible
region (ASW, AAL, AGL, AEA, etc. ) or WTE for Wind
Turbine cases in the eastern U.S. or WTW for wind turbine
cases in the western U.S., NNNNN is the sequential number
assigned to the case for the year, and TTT is either OE, NR or
NRA as appropriate. The dashes in the format are important and
if the information is not known leave this blank.
obstructionAreaType Type of obstructing area.
(Enumeration:
CodeObstructionAreaType)
disposition (VARCHAR2(255)) The disposition of the airspace obstruction.
oisSurfaceCondition The Obstruction Identification Surface that Obstructing Area
(Enumeration: represents
CodeOisSurfaceCondition)
length (Real) The overall length of the obstruction.
width (Real) The overall width of the obstruction.
frangible (Boolean) A Boolean indicating whether the object is frangible.
faaCoordinationCode (Boolean) A Boolean indicating whether the obstruction has received FAA
coordination or review.
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question.

166
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.5.4. Obstruction Identification Surface

Definition: A derived imaginary surface defined by FAA.
Feature Group Airspace
Feature Class Name ObstructionIdSurface
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRS-OTHR Other airspace surfaces
C-AIRS-PART-PRIM 14 CFR Part 77 - Primary Surface
C-AIRS-PART-HORZ 14 CFR Part 77 - Horizontal Surface
C-AIRS-PART-CONL 14 CFR Part 77 - Conical Surface
C-AIRS-PART-TRNS 14 CFR Part 77 - Transitional Surfaces
C-AIRS-PART-APRC 14 CFR Part 77 - Approach Surfaces
C-AIRS-AAAS-PRIM Airport Airspace Analysis Survey - Primary Surfaces
C-AIRS-AAAS-HORZ Airport Airspace Analysis Survey - Horizontal Surface
C-AIRS-AAAS-CONL Airport Airspace Analysis Survey - Conical Surface
C-AIRS-AAAS-TRNS Airport Airspace Analysis Survey - Transitional Surfaces
C-AIRS-AAAS-APRC Airport Airspace Analysis Survey - Approach Surfaces
Airport Airspace Analysis Survey - Vertical Guidance Protection
C-AIRS-AAAS-VERT
Surface
C-AIRS-TERP TERPS Surfaces
C-AIRS-TERP-DEPT Departure Analysis
C-AIRS-OEIA One Engine Inoperative Analysis
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 1 (all) 1 MM (all)
Continuous (all) User Defined
MicroStation Standards 0 (all) 7 (all)
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM ObstructionAssessmentArea Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC ObstructionIdentificationSurface
SDSFIE airfield_imaginary_surface_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Identify the obstruction identification surface (OIS) required by the utilization
type for the runway. Depict the horizontal limits of the appropriate obstruction imaginary surface.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
N/A N/A N/A

167
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations

Resolution
N/A N/A
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) A commonly used name for the zone.
description (VARCHAR2 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Specify runway designator for the Vertically Guided Runway
Primary Surface (VGRPS), for the Vertically Guided Primary
Connection Surface (VGPCS), and for the Vertically Guided
Approach Transitional Surface (VGATS).
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Specify runwayEnd designator for the Vertically Guided
Approach Surface (VGAS) and for the Vertically Guided
Protection Surface (VGPS).
oisSurfaceType Surface Type refers to the general type of surface used to
(Enumeration: analyze features. Surfaces of the same type usually are similar
CodeOisSurfaceType) in nature with respect to certain aspects of the surface definition
or may merely be representative of different programs within
the airport charting community.
oisZoneType Specifies zones within Obstruction Identification Surfaces (OIS)
(Enumeration: CodeOisZoneType)
oisSurfaceCondition The Obstruction Identification Surface that Obstructing Area
(Enumeration: represents
CodeOisSurfaceCondition)
safetyRegulation (String 20) An identifier for the safety regulations in effect within the zone.
zoneUse (String 50) A description of the use of the zone.
approachGuidance Defines the type of approach guidances the OIS is meant to
(Enumeration: protect.
CodeApproachGuidance)
slope (Real) The low to high gradient within the airspace expressed as a ratio
x:1, where X is the slope value. For example 40:1 for
departures.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.5.5. Runway Protect Area

Definition: An area beyond the takeoff runway under control of airport authorities within which terrain
or fixed obstacles may not extend above specified limits. These areas may be required for certain
turbine-powered operations, and the size and upward slope of the clearway will differ depending on
when the aircraft was certificated.
Feature Group Airspace
Feature Class Name RunwayProtectArea
Feature Type Polygon

168
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-CLRW Runway Clearway
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous
MicroStation Standards 7 3
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM RunwayProtectAreaExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RunwayProtectArea Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: N/A
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
N/A N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) The name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2(255)) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
length (Integer) The length of clearway as reported by the FAA Airport/Facility
Directory and the Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP)
for international airports
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
type (Enumeration: Code indicating the type of runway protection area being
CodeRunwayProtectionAreaType) classified.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

169
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.6. Group: CADASTRAL

5.6.1. Airport Boundary

Definition: A polygon, or a set of polygons, encompassing all property owned or controlled by the
airport for aviation purposes. [Source: Order 5190.6A, Section 5]
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name AirportBoundary
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-PROP-PROP- Airport property
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1
Continuous
MicroStation Standards 4 3
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM AirportHeliport Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC AirportBoundary
SDSFIE Airfield_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Airport property information is usually obtainable from the county or local
government.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) The name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
faaSiteNumber (String 8) This is a number that contains a one-letter suffix. The number
is assigned to the airport in ascending order, depending on the
state and the associated city. If you do not know or have
access to the appropriate site number contact your airports
district/region airports office or state aviation authorities for
assistance. [Source: FAA AC 150/5200-35]
faaLocationId (String 4) The location identifier assigned to the feature by FAA
iataCode (String 4) The location identifier assigned to the feature by International
Air Transport Association (IATA)
icaoCode (String 4) The location identifier assigned to the airport by the ICAO

170
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

airportFacilityType (Enumeration The type of airfield

CodeAirportFacilityType)
operationsType The type of operations permitted on the airfield
(Enumeration: CodeOperationsType)
owner The type of owner of the airfield
(Enumeration: CodeOwner)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.6.2. Airport Parcel

Definition: A tract of land within the airport boundary acquired from surplus property, Federal funds,
local funds, etc. Include easement interests in areas outside the fee property line as an airport parcel.
[Source FAA Order 5190.6, Chapter 5]
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name AirportParcel
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-PROP-AIRF-LINE- Property lines (Existing recorded plats)
V-PROP-QTRS- Quarter lines
V-PROP-SECT- Section lines
V-PROP-SXTS- Sixteenth lines (40 lines)
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 3
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM AirportParcel Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC AirportParcel Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect and reduce in accordance with state/local requirements.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Horizontal
Accuracy Requirements (in Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet) As required by state/local
N/A N/A
requirements.
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of a foot

171
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (String 255) Description of the feature
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
authority (String 75) The owner of the airport parcel
acquisitionType (Enumeration: The type of acquisition used to acquire the parcel
codeAcquisitionType)
costToAcquire (Real) The amount paid to the owner in U.S. dollars for the parcel
dateAcquired (Date) The date the parcel was acquired. Format for date is
YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
grantProjectNumber (String 30) The grant number if Federal funds were used to acquire the
parcel
howAcquired (Enumeration: The manner in which the parcel was acquired
codeHowAcquired)
marketValue (Real) The assessed market value of the parcel in U.S. dollars when it
was acquired
yearAssessed (Number 4) The year in which the market value assessment was made
yearBuilt (Number 4) The year in which the most recent structure(s) were built on the
parcel
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.
acquisitionPurpose (String 50) Acquisition purpose
area (Real) The size of the area, zone, or polygon in square units.
assessedValue (Real) The most recent assessed value of the airport parcel.
deedReference (String 30) Reference to where the deed to the airport parcel is recorded in
such information as Plat Book and Page.
legalDescription (String 240) The complete legal description of the property as it appears in
the deed.
parcelNumber (String 12) Any locally used number to identify the parcel.
passengerChargeNumber (String Passenger Facility Charge Number
30)
previousOwner (String 75) Previous owner of the airport parcel
useOfParcel (String 16) The current primary use of the airport parcel.

5.6.3. County
Definition: Boundary line of the land and water under the right, power, or authority of the county
government.
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name County
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-PROP-CNTY- County Boundary

172
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Color Line type Line Weight Symbol

AutoDesk Standards 2 DASHED_SPA 1 MM
User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 CED 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM GovernmentalUnit Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC GovernmentalUnit Extension
SDSFIE political_jurisdiction_county_line
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: County boundary information is usually obtainable from the county engineer,
surveyor or auditor’s office.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
As provided. N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The description of the area.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
politicalName (String 30) The common name associated with the property area.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.6.4. Easements And Rights of Ways

Definition: A parcel of land for which formal or informal deed easement rights exist [Source: SDSFIE
(modified)]
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name EasementsAndRightsofWay
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-PROP-ESMT- Easements
C-PROP-RWAY- Right of ways
V-PROP-ESMT- Government easements/property lines
V-PROP-RWAY- Right of ways

173
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol

AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Layer/Level Description
V-PROP-RWAY- Right of ways
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM EasementsAndRightsofWay Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC EasementsAndRightsofWay Extension
SDSFIE easement_right_of_way_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Easement and right of way information is usually obtainable from county
engineer, surveyor, audit or recorder office.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
As provided. N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredths of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A brief description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) The status of the parcel. (Active, inactive, terminated)
purpose (String 30) Project purpose for which the easement was acquired.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.6.5. FAA Region Area

Definition: This feature depicts the FAA regions.
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name FAARegionArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRF-FAAR- FAA Region

174
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol

AutoDesk Standards 1 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 3 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM FaaRegionArea Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC FaaRegionArea Extension
SDSFIE faa_region_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect this information from official FAA sources.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
As provided. N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the FAA region.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the FAA region.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.6.6. Land Use

Definition: A description of the human use of land and water.
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name LandUse
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-PROP-LUSE- Land Use Area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1 MM
User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 Continuous 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM LandUse Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC LandUse Extension
SDSFIE land_use_area

175
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the land use information from state/county/local zoning or other
appropriate office.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
As provided. N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredths of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the land use area.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the land use area.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
useType (Enumeration: The way in which the land is being used.
CodeLandUseType)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.6.7. Lease Zone

Definition: A parcel of land leased by an individual, agency, or organization for their use.
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name LeaseZone
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-PROP-LEAS- Lease line (surveyed)
A-PROP-LEAS- Lease line (interior)
C-PROP-LEAS- Lease line (exterior / ground lease)
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 1 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 3 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM LeaseZone Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC LeaseZone Extension
SDSFIE lease_zone_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features

176
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Data Capture Rules: Leasing information is usually obtainable from the airport.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
As provided. N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredths of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A brief description of the feature.
tenantName (String 75) The current name of the tenant occupying the leased parcel.
permitUse (String 20) Permitted use of the leased parcel.
leasedArea (Real) Area accounted for in the lease for a parcel.
actualArea (Real) Actual measured area of the leased parcel.
expectedLeaseExpirationDate The date the lease is expected to expire. Format for date is
(Date) YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
legalDescription (String 240) The complete legal description of the property as it appears in
the deed.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) The status of the parcel. (Active, inactive, terminated)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.6.8. Municipality
Definition: Boundary line of the land and water under the right, power, or authority of the municipal
government.
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name Municipality
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-PROP-MUNI- Municipal Boundary
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 1 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 3 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM GovernmentalUnit Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC GovernmentalUnit Extension
SDSFIE political_jurisdiction_municipal_line
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements

177
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Municipality boundary limits are usually obtainable from county or local
government offices.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
As provided. N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) The common name associated with the property area.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The description of the area.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.6.9. Parcel
Definition: A single cadastral unit, which is the spatial extent of the past, present, and future rights and
interests in real property and the geographic framework to support the description of the spatial extent.
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name Parcel
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-PROP-LINE- Property lines (Existing recorded plats)
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM GeographicArea Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC GeographicArea Extension
SDSFIE parcel_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Parcel boundary information is usually obtainable from the county or local
government.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A

178
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
As provided. N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredths of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
area (Real) The size of the area, zone, or polygon in square units.
useOfParcel (String 16) The current primary use of the parcel.
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) The common name associated with the property area.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The description of the area.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
parcelNumber (String 12) Any locally used number to identify the parcel.
legalDescription (String 240) The complete legal description of the property as it appears in
the deed.
dateAcquired (Date) The date the parcel was acquired by the current owner. Format
for date is YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 =
19940915).
assessedValue (Real) The most recent assessed value of the parcel.
deedReference (String 30) Reference to where the deed to the parcel is recorded in such
information as Plat Book and Page.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.
authority (String 75) The owner of the parcel
previousOwner (String 75) Previous owner of the parcel
acquisitionType (Enumeration: The type of acquisition used to acquire the parcel
CodeAcquisitionType)
acquisitionPurpose (String 50) Acquisition purpose
costToAcquire (Real) The amount paid to the owner in U.S. dollars for the parcel
grantProjectNumber (String 30) The grant number if Federal funds were used to acquire the
parcel
howAcquired (enumeration: The manner in which the parcel was acquired
codeHowAcquired)
marketValue (Real) The assessed market value of the parcel in U.S. dollars when it
was acquired
yearAssessed (Number 4) The year in which the market value assessment was made
yearBuilt (Number 4) The year in which the most recent structure(s) were built on the
parcel

5.6.10. State
Definition: Boundary line of the land and water under the right, power, or authority of the state
government.
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name State

179
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Type Polygon

CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-PROP-STAT- State Boundary
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM GovernmentalUnit Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC GovernmentalUnit Extension
SDSFIE political_jurisdiction_state_line
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: The state boundary is usually obtainable from the state government.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
As provided. N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredths of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) The common name associated with the property area.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The description of the area.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject
item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.6.11. Zoning
Definition: A parcel of land zoned specifically for real estate and land management purposes; more
specifically for commercial, residential, or industrial use.
Feature Group Cadastral
Feature Class Name Zoning
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-PROP-ZONG- Zoning Areas

180
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol

AutoDesk Standards 8 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 9 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM Zoning Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Zoning Extension
SDSFIE zoning_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Zoning limits and information is usually obtainable from the local zoning office.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
As provided. N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of a second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A brief description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) The status of the parcel. (Active, inactive, terminated)
landOwnerRestriction (String 16) Codes determining the land owner restriction for the parcel.
zoningClassification (Enumeration: The zoning classification of the parcel.
CodeZoningClass)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

181
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.7. Group: ENVIRONMENTAL

5.7.1. Environmental Contamination Area

Definition: A facility or other locational entity, (as designated by the Environmental Protection
Agency) that is regulated or monitored because of environmental concerns.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name EnvironmentalContaminationArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
H-POLL-CONC- Polluted area of concern
H-POLL-POTN- Potential spill, emission, or release source
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM EnvironmentalContaminationArea Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC EnvironmentalContaminationArea Extension
SDSFIE environmental_regulated_facility_site
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon to its greatest horizontal extents.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) The name of a specific facility.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description of the source of the pollution.
environmentalHazardCategory Indicates the broad category or type of the most prevalent or
(String 16) serious environmental hazard present at the site.
pollutantReleaseType (String 16) A descriptor for the type of pollutant release experienced.
severity (String 16) A descriptor for the severity of the pollution.
remediationUrgency (String 16) A code indicating the urgency for accomplishing a site
remediation project.
toxicStatusOfPollutant (String 16) A descriptor for the toxic status of the pollution.
status (enumeration: codeStatus) The code indicating whether the facility status is Active or
Inactive.
dateFound (Date) The date the pollution was discovered. Format for date is
YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915)
cause (String 16) A code indicating the cause of the pollution.

182
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

pollutantSource (String 16) The actual or suspected source of the pollutant.

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.7.2. Fauna Hazard Area

Definition: An area where there are hazards due to wildlife activities. This includes bird aircraft strike
hazard (BASH) areas, and deer strike areas.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name FaunaHazardArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-TOPO-SPEC- Species Site
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM AirspaceExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC FaunaHazardArea Extension
SDSFIE fauna_hazard_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon to its greatest horizontal extents.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 240 characters.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
hazardType A descriptor of the type of the hazard.
(Enumeration: CodeHazardType)

183
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.7.3. Flood Zone

Definition: Areas subject to 100-year, 500-year and minimal flooding.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name Floodzone
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-FLZN- Flood Zone
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM FloodZone Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC FloodZone Extension
SDSFIE flood_zone_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon to its greatest horizontal extents.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
zoneType (Enumeration: The zoning classification of the area
CodeZoneType)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

184
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.7.4. Flora Species Site

Definition: The specific location where an individual flora species or an aggregate of flora species has
been identified
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name FloraSpeciesSite
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
L-PLNT-CTNR- Containers or planters
L-PLNT-PLTS- Planting plants (e.g., ornamental annuals and perennials)
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
L-PLNT-TREE- Trees (e.g., evergreen, deciduous, etc.)
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM FloraSpeciesSite Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC FloraSpeciesSite Extension
SDSFIE flora_species_site
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a point indicating the individual location or the center of a group.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Any brief description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
plantType (String 16) A descriptor of the type of flora.
plantHeight (Real) The average height of the flora species.
endangeredSpeciesActSite (String Defines if the habitat has been designated as a critical habitat
1) under (C) the Endangered species Act or has not been so
designated (N).

185
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.7.5. Forest Stand Area

Definition: A forest flora community with similar characteristics.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name ForestStandArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
L-DETL-GRAS- Grass, sod
L-PLNT-BEDS- Planting beds
L-PLNT-BUSH- Bushes and shrubs (e.g., evergreen, deciduous)
L-PLNT-BUSH-LINE Bush and shrub line
L-PLNT-GRND- Groundcover and vines
L-PLNT-MLCH- Mulches - organic and inorganic
L-PLNT-SPRG- Sprigs
L-PLNT-TREE-LINE Tree line
L-PLNT-TURF- Lawn areas (turfing limits)
V-SITE-VEGE- Existing treelines and vegetation
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM ForestStandArea Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC ForestStandArea Extension
SDSFIE flora_species_management_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: In capturing the limits of the tree outlines create the graphical line in a right
hand direction so patterning of the element will form the scallops on the correct side of the forest
outline.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.

186
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description of the flora species.

status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
habitatCategory (String 16) Discriminator - The designation or type of the special wildlife
habitat.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.7.6. Hazardous Material Storage Site

Definition: A defined or bounded geographical area designated and used for the storage of contained
hazardous materials.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name HazardousMaterialStorageSite
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
H-STOR-HAZM- Hazardous materials
H-STOR-HAZW- Hazardous waste
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM HazardousMaterialStorageSite Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC HazardousMaterialStorageSite Extension
SDSFIE Contained_hazwaste_storage_site
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect closed polygon to its greatest horizontal extents.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 240 characters.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.

187
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

storeHazardousMaterialCategory The general type or category of contained hazardous material

(Enumeration: stored.
CodeHazardCategory)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.7.7. Noise Contour

Definition: An area that describes the noise attributed to operations. For aircraft operations, the
Day/Night average sound level (Ldn) descriptor is typically used to categorize noise levels. [Source: 14
CFR 150]
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name NoiseContour
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-AUZN- Noise contour zone
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 Continuous 1 User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 Continuous 7 User Defined
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM NoiseContour Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NoiseContour Extension
SDSFIE Noise_contour_line
Documentation and
Noise contour map
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Acquire from the Integrated Noise Model (INM).
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
N/A N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
N/A N/A
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description for the noise zone.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
contourValue (Real) The decibel level of the contour line

188
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.7.8. Noise Incident

Definition: A formal complaint by an individual or group regarding excessive noise resulting from
airport operations.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name NoiseIncident
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-AUCO- Noise Complaint
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM NoiseIncident Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NoiseIncident Extension
SDSFIE noise_incident_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Place collection point at address of complaint.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 50 ft N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A general description of the complete incident, including any
reference material.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
reporter (String 50) The name of the individual or organization reporting the
incident.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.

189
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together

into a version.

5.7.9. Noise Monitoring Point

Definition: The location of noise sensing equipment or where a noise sample is taken.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name NoiseMonitoringPoint
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-AUST- Noise Monitoring Station
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 MM
Point User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM NoiseMonitoringPoint Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NoiseMonitoringPoint Extension
SDSFIE noise_monitoring_point
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect point at the center of monitoring station.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.7.10. Sample Collection Point

Definition: The physical location at which one or more environmental hazards field samples are
collected.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name SampleCollectionPoint

190
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Feature Type Point

CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
H-SAMP-AIRS- Air samples
C-TOPO-BORE- Boring locations
H-SAMP-BIOL- Biological samples
H-SAMP-GWTR- Ground water samples
H-SAMP-SEDI- Sediment samples
H-SAMP-SOIL- Soil samples
H-SAMP-SOLI- Solid material samples
H-SAMP-SWTR- Surface water samples
H-SAMP-WAST- Waste samples
V-TOPO-BORE- Boring locations
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM SampleCollectionPoint Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC SampleCollectionPoint Extension
SDSFIE field_sample_collection_location_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect point at center of sample location.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  1 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Descriptor providing any additional information to describe the
sampling location in text format (e.g., monitoring well located
10 feet northeast of building 624 within spill area). IRPIMS.
[Source: SDSFIE Feature Table]
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
collectionPointLocation Code describing the type of location which is undergoing
(Enumeration: sampling (e.g., bh= borehole, wl=well).
CodeSamplePointLocation)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.

191
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together

into a version.

5.7.11. Shoreline
Definition: The boundary where land meets the edge of a large body of fresh or salt water.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name Shoreline
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-DRED-OHWM- Ordinary high water marks
C-TOPO-SHOR- Shorelines, land features, and references
H-MNST-GWTR- Ground water
H-MNST-SWTR- Surface water
S-GRDL-WATR- Water surface
V-SITE-EWAT- Water features
V-SITE-WATR- Water features
V-TOPO-SHOR- Shorelines, land features, and references
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 1 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 3 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM GeoBorderExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Shoreline Extension
SDSFIE shoreline
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon at its greatest horizontal extents coincident with
land/water interface. Close the polygon at arbitrary points ensuring sufficient coverage of the water
body.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) A commonly used name for the shoreline.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A local description for the shoreline.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
shorelineType (Enumeration: Discriminator - A value indicating the type or kind of shoreline.
CodeShorelineType)

192
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.7.12. Wetland
Definition: Transitional lands between terrestrial and aquatic systems where the water table is usually
at or near the surface or the land is covered by shallow water. The soils are predominantly saturated
with water and the plants and animals that live there are specialized for this ecosystem.
Feature Group Environmental
Feature Class Name Wetland
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-TOPO-WETL Wetland
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM AirspaceExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Wetland Extension
SDSFIE Wetland_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon to establish the boundary between wetlands and
uplands (or non-wetlands). There are two delineation procedures developed at the federal level and
several states have their own wetland delineation procedures. Contact federal/state/local
environmental agency for assistance.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  10 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the wetland.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description of the wetland.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
featureType (String 16) A descriptor of how the wetland is depicted graphically.

193
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

194
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.8. Group: GEOSPATIAL

5.8.1. Airport Control Point – Runway Intersection Point

Definition: Use this feature for points on the airfield possessing significant geographic importance,
such as the Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations (PACS/SACS), Runway Intersections,
Airport Elevation, centerline perpendicular points for NAVAIDs, Stopway Ends, Profile Points, and
the Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE).
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name AirportControlPoint
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-RNYE- Runway centerline elevation point
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM SurveyControlPointExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC AirportControlPoint
SDSFIE Control_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the point where the centerlines of two, or more, runways intersect.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  0.25 ft  0.20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
permanentId (String 6) Permanent point identifier assigned by NGS to PACS and
SACS [Source: NGS]
pointType (Enumeration: Contains the allowable values of a point type used by the
CodePointType) ControlPoint feature. The point types may be supplementally
provided as subtypes of ControlPoints for ease of use and
clarification.
name (VARCHAR2(50)) Any commonly used name for the control point.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Not applicable to this point type
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Not applicable to this point type
monumentType (Enumeration: The type of monument as defined by the Corps of Engineers
CodeMonumentType) EM 110-1-1002.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The monument description.

195
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Also
called the geodetic height. [Source: NGS]
yearOfSurvey (Number 4) The year of the most recent runway end survey used to compute
the ARP
dateRecovered (Date) The date the monument was last field recovered. Format for
date is YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
recoveredCondition The condition and type of the marker (witness post) used to
(Enumeration: identify the location of the monument.
CodeRecoveredCondition)
fieldBook (String 254) The field book.
globalPositionSystemSuitable A Boolean indicating GPS suitability.
(Boolean)
coordinateZone (Enumeration: The State Plane Coordinate System Code for where the airport
CodeCoordinateZone) is primarily located.
stampedDesignation (String 50) The designation stamped onto the monument.
epoch (String 10) Survey epoch used to establish the control point.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.8.2. Airport Control Point – Airport Elevation

Definition: Use this feature for points on the airfield possessing significant geographic importance,
such as the Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations (PACS/SACS), Runway Intersections,
Airport Elevation, centerline perpendicular points for NAVAIDs, Stopway Ends, Profile Points, and
the Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE).
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name AirportControlPoint
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-RNYE- Runway centerline elevation point
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM AirportControlPoint
Equivalent Standards FGDC SurveyControlPointExtension (Extension)
SDSFIE Control_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Calculate the Airport Elevation using the runway profile data. The Airport
Elevation is the highest point along all usable runways.

196
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Monumentation Filled in by survey group only

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft  0.20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
permanentId (String 6) Permanent point identifier assigned by NGS to PACS and
SACS [Source: NGS]
pointType (Enumeration: Contains the allowable values of a point type used by the
CodePointType) ControlPoint feature. The point types may be supplementally
provided as subtypes of ControlPoints for ease of use and
clarification.
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the control point.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Specify Runway Designator
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Not applicable to this point type
monumentType (Enumeration: The type of monument as defined by the Corps of Engineers
CodeMonumentType) EM 110-1-1002.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The monument description.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Also
called the geodetic height. [Source: NGS]
yearOfSurvey (Number 4) The year of the most recent runway end survey used to compute
the ARP
dateRecovered (Date) The date the monument was last field recovered. Format for
date is YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
recoveredCondition The condition and type of the marker (witness post) used to
(Enumeration: identify the location of the monument.
CodeRecoveredCondition)
fieldBook (String 254) The field book.
globalPositionSystemSuitable A Boolean indicating GPS suitability.
(Boolean)
coordinateZone (Enumeration: The State Plane Coordinate System Code for where the airport
CodeCoordinateZone) is primarily located.
stampedDesignation (String 50) The designation stamped onto the monument.
epoch (String 10) Survey epoch used to establish the control point.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

197
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.8.3. Airport Control Point – Centerline Perpendicular Points

Definition: Use this feature for points on the airfield possessing significant geographic importance,
such as the Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations (PACS/SACS), Runway Intersections,
Airport Elevation, centerline perpendicular points for NAVAIDs, Stopway Ends, Profile Points, and
the Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE).
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name AirportControlPoint
Feature Type 3D Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-RNYE- Runway centerline elevation point
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM
Equivalent Standards FGDC
SDSFIE Control_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collected point along runway centerline perpendicular to the location of
required NAVAIDs. ILS, MLS, PAR, TLS, and VGSI NAVAIDs systems require this measurement refer
to the appropriate feature class description for the NAVAID.
Monumentation Filled in by survey group only
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25ft  0.25 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
permanentId (String 6) Permanent point identifier assigned by NGS to PACS and
SACS [Source: NGS]
pointType (Enumeration: Contains the allowable values of a point type used by the
CodePointType) ControlPoint feature. The point types may be supplementally
provided as subtypes of ControlPoints for ease of use and
clarification.
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the control point.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Not applicable to this point type
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Not applicable to this point type
monumentType (Enumeration: The type of monument as defined by the Corps of Engineers
CodeMonumentType) EM 110-1-1002.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The monument description.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.

198
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Also
called the geodetic height. [Source: NGS]
yearOfSurvey (Number 4) The year of the most recent runway end survey used to compute
the ARP
dateRecovered (Date) The date the monument was last field recovered. Format for
date is YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
recoveredCondition The condition and type of the marker (witness post) used to
(Enumeration: identify the location of the monument.
CodeRecoveredCondition)
fieldBook (String 254) The field book.
globalPositionSystemSuitable A Boolean indicating GPS suitability.
(Boolean)
coordinateZone (Enumeration: The State Plane Coordinate System Code for where the airport
CodeCoordinateZone) is primarily located.
stampedDesignation (String 50) The designation stamped onto the monument.
epoch (String 10) Survey epoch used to establish the control point.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.8.4. Airport Control Point – Displaced Threshold Point

Definition: Use this feature for points on the airfield possessing significant geographic importance,
such as the Displaced Threshold, Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations (PACS/SACS),
Runway Intersections, Airport Elevation, centerline perpendicular points for NAVAIDs, Stopway
Ends, Profile Points, and the Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE).
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name AirportControlPoint
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RUNW-DISP- Runway centerline elevation point
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM
Equivalent Standards FGDC
SDSFIE Control_point
Documentation and In addition to the requirements of paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3,
Submission Requirements document the selected location using four digital photographs.

199
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Photograph Type #1 (Eye Photograph Type #2 (Approach).

Level). Photo showing tripod over the mark
Photo taken from above the in foreground and approach in the
mark, showing an area around background.
the mark about 1 meter in
diameter.

Photograph Type #3 (Across Photograph Type #4 (Close-in).

Runway). Close-up photo depicting nail,
Photo taken from the side of washer and markings.
the runway looking across the
end of the runway, with a
tripod or arrow indicating the
end point; include any features
used to identify the runway
end.

200
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Related Features
Data Capture Rule: Establish the displaced threshold on the runway centerline a specified distance
from the runway end. The area between the runway end and the displaced threshold should be marked
with white arrows.

When the ends of the runway surface have been determined, mark the
positions using a nail and washer with the setting company’s name
Monumentation
and year inscribed, chisel square, or paint if possible with a distinctive
inscription to ensure future identification.
Paved Runway
Survey Point Locator is the approach side of threshold bar or trim line
connecting outboard threshold lights. Supporting features include:
 Threshold lights near threshold
 Runway end lights sited at another location on approach side of
threshold lights
 White or amber runway edge lights, not blue taxiway lights,
Survey Point Location between threshold and end of runway
 Runway number near threshold
 White displaced threshold markings on approach side of threshold
bar
 Runway side stripe on Precision Instrument Runways
Comments: Use caution, especially on smaller, poorly marked
airports, not to confuse a displaced threshold with the end of a runway
with an aligned taxiway.

201
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

TAXIWAY CENTERLINE MARKING

TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHTS THRESHOLD BAR

THRESHOLD MARKINGS
SURVEY POINT
LOCATOR RUNWAY
(APCH SIDE EDGE LIGHTS
OF THLD BAR)

RUNWAY END DISPLACED THRESHOLD SURVEY POINT

LIGHTS

THRESHOLD LIGHTS

NOTES:

1. THIS GRAPHIC IS NOT TO SCALE. FEATURES ARE SYMBOLIZED AND INTENDED

ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY.

2. RUNWAY/STOPWAY SURVEYS SHOULD BE DISCUSSED WITH APPROPRIATE

AIRPORT AUTHORITIES.

3. SURVEY POINT LOCATOR:

APPROACH SIDE OF THRESHOLD BAR

4. SUPPORTING FEATURES
RUNWAY END LIGHTS NEAR END OF PAVEMENT
THRESHOLD LIGHTS NEAR THRESHOLD BAR
RUNWAY NUMBER AND THRESHOLD MARKINGS NEAR THRESHOLD BAR
RUNWAY EDGE LIGHTS BETWEEN THRESHOLD AND END OF PAVEMENT

5. COMMENTS:
NONSTANDARD MARKINGS FOR DISPLACED THRESHOLD
THRESHOLD LIGHTS MAY NOT BE PRECISELY ALIGNED WITH APPROACH
SIDE OF THRESHOLD BAR
DO NOT CONFUSE THIS SITUTION WITH A RUNWAY END AND ALIGNED
TAXIWAY

Unpaved Runway
Survey Point Locator is the trim line connecting outboard threshold
lights or the trim Line connecting outboard threshold day markers.
Supporting features include
 The runway end lights sited at another location on approach side
of threshold lights (if runway lighted)
 The runway end day markers located at another location on
approach side of threshold (if runway unlighted)
Comments: Displaced thresholds on unpaved runways are unusual. If
this situation is suspected, verify that the runway end is identifiable at
another location on the approach side of the threshold.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft  0.20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of a foot

202
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
permanentId (String 6) Permanent point identifier assigned by NGS to PACS and
SACS [Source: NGS]
pointType (Enumeration: Contains the allowable values of a point type used by the
CodePointType) ControlPoint feature. The point types may be supplementally
provided as subtypes of ControlPoints for ease of use and
clarification.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Not applicable to this point type
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Specify RunwayEnd Designator
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the control point.
monumentType (Enumeration: The type of monument as defined by the Corps of Engineers
CodeMonumentType) EM 110-1-1002.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The monument description.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Also
called the geodetic height. [Source: NGS]
yearOfSurvey (Number 4) The year of the most recent runway end survey used to compute
the ARP
dateRecovered (Date) The date the monument was last field recovered. Format for
date is YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
recoveredCondition The condition and type of the marker (witness post) used to
(Enumeration: identify the location of the monument.
CodeRecoveredCondition)
fieldBook (String 254) The field book.
globalPositionSystemSuitable A Boolean indicating GPS suitability.
(Boolean)
coordinateZone (Enumeration: The State Plane Coordinate System Code for where the airport
CodeCoordinateZone) is primarily located.
stampedDesignation (String 50) The designation stamped onto the monument.
epoch (String 10) Survey epoch used to establish the control point.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.8.5. Airport Control Point – Stopway Ends

Definition: Use this feature for points on the airfield possessing significant geographic importance,
such as the Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations (PACS/SACS), Runway Intersections,
Airport Elevation, centerline perpendicular points for NAVAIDs, Stopway Ends, Profile Points, and
the Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE).
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name AirportControlPoint
Feature Type Point

203
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-RNYE- Runway centerline elevation point
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM
Equivalent Standards FGDC
SDSFIE Control_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect point at physical end of stopway along extended centerline of runway.

Displays the standard marking a stopway or blast pad.

204
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

The selected survey point must be marked and documented for

verification by NGS and inclusion in the Airports GIS database. When
the ends of the runway surface have been determined, mark the
Monumentation positions using a nail and washer, chisel square, or paint if possible
with a distinctive inscription to ensure future identification. Mark the
survey point with a nail and washer inscribed with the setting
company’s name and year.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Locator is the limit of construction or
the trim line. Supporting Features include stopway
Concrete
chevrons. The stopway end survey point must be on
Stopway
the runway centerline extended. Stopways must be
at least as wide as the runway but may be wider.
Survey Point Locator is the limit of construction or
the trim line at first good pavement. Supporting
Survey Point Location
Paved/Non- Features are the stopway chevrons. The stopway
concrete end survey point must be on the runway centerline
extended. Stopways must be at least as wide as the
runway but may be wider.
Survey Point Locator is the trim line at an apparent
runway/stopway surface end. The stopway end
Unpaved
survey points must be on the runway centerline
extended.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft  0.20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
permanentId (String 6) Permanent point identifier assigned by NGS to PACS and
SACS [Source: NGS]
pointType (Enumeration: Contains the allowable values of a point type used by the
CodePointType) ControlPoint feature. The point types may be supplementally
provided as subtypes of ControlPoints for ease of use and
clarification.
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the control point.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Not applicable to this point type
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Specify RunwayEnd Designator
monumentType (Enumeration: The type of monument as defined by the Corps of Engineers
CodeMonumentType) EM 110-1-1002.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The monument description.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Also
called the geodetic height. [Source: NGS]
yearOfSurvey (Number 4) The year of the most recent runway end survey used to compute
the ARP

205
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

dateRecovered (Date) The date the monument was last field recovered. Format for
date is YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
recoveredCondition The condition and type of the marker (witness post) used to
(Enumeration: identify the location of the monument.
CodeRecoveredCondition)
fieldBook (String 254) The field book.
globalPositionSystemSuitable A Boolean indicating GPS suitability.
(Boolean)
coordinateZone (Enumeration: The State Plane Coordinate System Code for where the airport
CodeCoordinateZone) is primarily located.
stampedDesignation (String 50) The designation stamped onto the monument.
epoch (String 10) Survey epoch used to establish the control point.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.8.6. Airport Control Point – Profile Points

Definition: Use this feature for points on the airfield possessing significant geographic importance,
such as the Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations (PACS/SACS), Runway Intersections,
Airport Elevation, centerline perpendicular points for NAVAIDs, Stopway Ends, Profile Points, and
the Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE).
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name AirportControlPoint
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-RNYE- Runway centerline elevation point
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM
Equivalent Standards FGDC
SDSFIE Control_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect three-dimensional points along all usable runways centerlines.
Reduction of data must resolve to a profile with points at 10 foot intervals at certificated airports and
no more than 50 feet at all airports.
Monumentation None.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A

206
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft  0.20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
permanentId (String 6) Permanent point identifier assigned by NGS to PACS and
SACS [Source: NGS]
pointType (Enumeration: Contains the allowable values of a point type used by the
CodePointType) ControlPoint feature. The point types may be supplementally
provided as subtypes of ControlPoints for ease of use and
clarification.
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the control point.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Specify Runway Designator
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Not applicable to this point type
monumentType (Enumeration: The type of monument as defined by the Corps of Engineers
CodeMonumentType) EM 110-1-1002.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The monument description.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Also
called the geodetic height. [Source: NGS]
yearOfSurvey (Number 4) The year of the most recent runway end survey used to compute
the ARP
dateRecovered (Date) The date the monument was last field recovered. Format for
date is YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
recoveredCondition The condition and type of the marker (witness post) used to
(Enumeration: identify the location of the monument.
CodeRecoveredCondition)
fieldBook (String 254) The field book.
globalPositionSystemSuitable A Boolean indicating GPS suitability.
(Boolean)
coordinateZone (Enumeration: The State Plane Coordinate System Code for where the airport
CodeCoordinateZone) is primarily located.
stampedDesignation (String 50) The designation stamped onto the monument.
epoch (String 10) Survey epoch used to establish the control point.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.8.7. Airport Control Point – Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE)

Definition: Use this feature for points on the airfield possessing significant geographic importance,
such as the Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations (PACS/SACS), Runway Intersections,
Airport Elevation, centerline perpendicular points for NAVAIDs, Stopway Ends, Profile Points, and
the Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE).

207
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Group Geospatial

Feature Class Name AirportControlPoint
Feature Type 3D Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-RNYE- Runway centerline elevation point
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM
Equivalent Standards FGDC
SDSFIE Control_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: The TDZE is the highest elevation along the runway centerline within the first
3000 feet from the threshold and extracted from the centerline profile data.
Monumentation None.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft  0.20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest tenth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
permanentId (String 6) Permanent point identifier assigned by NGS to PACS and
SACS [Source: NGS]
pointType (Enumeration: Contains the allowable values of a point type used by the
CodePointType) ControlPoint feature. The point types may be supplementally
provided as subtypes of ControlPoints for ease of use and
clarification.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Not applicable to this point type
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Specify Runway End Designator
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the control point.
monumentType (Enumeration: The type of monument as defined by the Corps of Engineers
CodeMonumentType) EM 110-1-1002.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The monument description.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Also
called the geodetic height. [Source: NGS]
yearOfSurvey (Number 4) The year of the most recent runway end survey used to compute
the ARP

208
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

dateRecovered (Date) The date the monument was last field recovered. Format for
date is YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
recoveredCondition The condition and type of the marker (witness post) used to
(Enumeration: identify the location of the monument.
CodeRecoveredCondition)
fieldBook (String 254) The field book.
globalPositionSystemSuitable A Boolean indicating GPS suitability.
(Boolean)
coordinateZone (Enumeration: The State Plane Coordinate System Code for where the airport
CodeCoordinateZone) is primarily located.
stampedDesignation (String 50) The designation stamped onto the monument.
epoch (String 10) Survey epoch used to establish the control point.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.8.8. Airport Control Point – Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations (PACS/SACS)
Definition: Use this feature for points on the airfield possessing significant geographic importance,
such as the Primary and Secondary Airport Control Stations (PACS/SACS), Runway Intersections,
Airport Elevation, centerline perpendicular points for NAVAIDs, Stopway Ends, Profile Points, and
the Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE).
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name AirportControlPoint
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-SURV-DATA-CTPT- Survey data (benchmarks and horizontal control points or monuments)
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM
Equivalent Standards FGDC
SDSFIE Control_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Refer to AC 150/5300-16 for guidance on the airport control marks.
Monumentation None.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
Refer to AC 150/5300-16 for accuracy requirements.

209
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations

Resolution
Thousanth of arc second Nearest hundredth of a foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
permanentId (String 6) Permanent point identifier assigned by NGS to PACS and
SACS [Source: NGS]
pointType (Enumeration: Contains the allowable values of a point type used by the
CodePointType) ControlPoint feature. The point types may be supplementally
provided as subtypes of ControlPoints for ease of use and
clarification.
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the control point.
runwayDesignator (String 7) Not applicable to this point type
runwayEndDesignator (String 3) Not applicable to this point type
monumentType (Enumeration: The type of monument as defined by the Corps of Engineers
CodeMonumentType) EM 110-1-1002.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) The monument description.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
ellipsoidHeight (Real) The height above the reference ellipsoid, measured along the
ellipsoidal outer normal through the point in question. Also
called the geodetic height. [Source: NGS]
yearOfSurvey (Number 4) The year of the most recent runway end survey used to compute
the ARP
dateRecovered (Date) The date the monument was last field recovered. Format for
date is YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915).
recoveredCondition The condition and type of the marker (witness post) used to
(Enumeration: identify the location of the monument.
CodeRecoveredCondition)
fieldBook (String 254) The field book.
globalPositionSystemSuitable A Boolean indicating GPS suitability.
(Boolean)
coordinateZone (Enumeration: The State Plane Coordinate System Code for where the airport
CodeCoordinateZone) is primarily located.
stampedDesignation (String 50) The designation stamped onto the monument.
epoch (String 10) Survey epoch used to establish the control point.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.8.9. Coordinate Grid Area

Definition: A regular pattern of horizontal and vertical lines used to represent regular coordinate
intervals along the x and y axis. This grid line can be used to generate an arbitrary grid system which is
common on locator maps.
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name CoordinateGridArea
Feature Type Line

210
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description Layer/Level Description
Graphics, gridlines, Miscellaneous grid
C-DETL-GRPH- S-GRID-MSC3-
non-text items lines (Type 3)
Frame (bounding frame
Miscellaneous grid
C-GRID-FRAM- of an area referenced S-GRID-MSC4-
lines (Type 4)
by a grid)
Primary grid lines
C-GRID-MAJR- Major grid lines S-GRID-VERT-
(vertical)
C-GRID-MINR- Minor grid lines V-GRID-FRAM- Frame
Primary grid lines
S-GRID-HORZ- V-GRID-MAJR- Major grid lines
(horizontal)
Miscellaneous grid
S-GRID-MSC- V-GRID-MINR- Minor grid lines
lines (Type 1)
Miscellaneous grid
S-GRID-MSC2-
lines (Type 2)
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM CoordinateGridArea Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC CoordinateGridArea
SDSFIE Coordinate_grid_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: N/A
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
N/A N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
N/A N/A
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
The name, code or identifier used to refer to an individual grid
name (VARCHAR2 (50))
cell.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
userFlag (String 254)
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
gridType (Enumeration:
Code indicating the type of grid.
CodeGridType)

211
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together

into a version.

5.8.10. Elevation Contour

Definition: Connecting points on the surface of the earth of equal vertical elevation representing some
fixed elevation interval.
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name ElevationContour
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-TOPO-MAJR- Major contours
C-TOPO-MINR- Minor contours
V-TOPO-MAJR- Major contours
V-TOPO-MAJR-IDEN Major contours
V-TOPO-MINR- Minor contours
V-TOPO-MINR-IDEN Minor contours
C-TOPO-MINR-ONEF Minor contours
C-TOPO-MINR-TWOF Minor contours
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
N/A User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM ElevationContour Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC ElevationContour
SDSFIE elevation_contour_line
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: N/A
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Horizontal
Accuracy Requirements (in Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet) One-half
One-half contour interval N/A
contour interval
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Five tenths of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
length (Real) The overall length of the feature.

212
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject
item's data.
contourValue The elevation of the contour line.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.8.11. Image Area

Definition: The image footprint or coverage area.
Feature Group Geospatial
Feature Class Name ImageArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
V-AERI-BNDY- Aerial photograph boundaries
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 1 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 3 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM ImageArea Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC ImageArea
SDSFIE Image_area
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Boundary of aerial imagery.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
Accuracy of the imagery N/A N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
N/A N/A
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
frameId (String 20) Image identification number of the covered area.
photoDate (Date) Date the aerial photography was flown. Format for date is
YYYYMMDD (i.e. September 15, 1994 = 19940915)

213
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

214
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.9. Group: MAN MADE STRUCTURES

5.9.1. Building
Definition: A three-dimensional structure (i.e. hangars, terminals, etc.) modeled with a bounding
polygon.
Feature Group Manmade Structures
Feature Class Name Building
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
A-ELEV-OTLN- Building outlines
C-BLDG-OTLN- Buildings and other structures
G-PLAN-OTLN- Floor outline/perimeter/building footprint
H-BLDG-OTLN- Command posts, information centers
M-ELEV-OTLN- Building outlines
V-BLDG-OTLN- Buildings and other structures
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM Building Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Building Extension
SDSFIE structure_existing_site
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Determine the terminal building complex, hangars, maintenance facilities, and
other prominent buildings directly associated with aircraft operations and directly connected to the
apron as individual polygon objects. Collect by field survey methods recently constructed and/or
completed buildings not visible on imagery and meeting the above criteria. Extract the building outline
feature as the footprint of the building at ground level. Determine the height at the highest point of the
corresponding building. The AGL height of the polygon is determined as the difference between the
base elevation and top elevation on the roof.

NOTE: If the building penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally

identify, classify and document the building as an ObstructionArea and associated accuracy.

215
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

BUILDING
BUILDING BUILDING

APRON

TAXIWAY
SEGMENT BUILDING

TAXIWAY GUIDANCE
LINE

APRON
Illustrates the collection of airport buildings.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
buildingNumber (String 16) The code indicating the number of the building.
structureType The type of structure.
(Enumeration: CodeStructureType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) This value differentiates structure entities by operational status.
numberOfCurrentOccupants Number of persons currently occupying the structure
(Integer)
areaInside (Real) Total inside area of structure
structureHeight (Real) Maximum height of structure; i.e. AGL height
areaFloor (Real) Total inside floor area
lightingType A description of the lighting system.
(Enumeration:
codeLightingConfigurationType)
markingfeatureType The color of the marking(s)
(Enumeration:
codeMarkingFeatureType)

216
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

color The type of the marking(s)

(Enumeration: codeColor)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.9.2. Construction Area

Definition: A defined area that is under construction, not intended for active use until authorized by
the concerned authority. The area defines a boundary for personnel, material, and equipment engaged
in the construction activity.
Feature Group Manmade Structures
Feature Class Name ConstructionArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description Layer/Level Description
A-STAT-DEMO- Demolition L-STAT-FUTR- Future work
A-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 1 L-STAT-NEWW- New work
PHS1
A-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 2 L-STAT-TEMP- Temporary work
PHS2
A-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 3 M-STAT-DEMO- Demolition
PHS3
M-STAT-DEMO-
A-STAT-FUTR- Future work Demolition - phase 1
PHS1
M-STAT-DEMO-
A-STAT-NEWW- New work Demolition - phase 2
PHS2
M-STAT-DEMO-
A-STAT-TEMP- Temporary work Demolition - phase 3
PHS3
Construction
C-PROP-CONS- limits/controls, M-STAT-FUTR- Future work
staging area
C-STAT-DEMO- Demolition M-STAT-NEWW- New work
C-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 1 M-STAT-TEMP- Temporary work
PHS1
C-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 2 P-FUEL-NGAS- Natural gas piping
PHS2
C-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 3 P-STAT-DEMO- Demolition
PHS3
P-STAT-DEMO-
C-STAT-FUTR- Future work Demolition - phase 1
PHS1
P-STAT-DEMO-
C-STAT-NEWW- New work Demolition - phase 2
PHS2
P-STAT-DEMO-
C-STAT-TEMP- Temporary work Demolition - phase 3
PHS3
E-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 1 P-STAT-FUTR- Future work
PHS1

217
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

E-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 2 P-STAT-NEWW- New work
PHS2
E-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 3 P-STAT-TEMP- Temporary work
PHS3
Demolition (NOTE:
comprehensive
F-STAT-DEMO- demolition is handled S-STAT-DEMO- Demolition
in Model File Type:
Demolition Plan)
F-STAT-DEMO- S-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 1 Demolition - phase 1
PHS1 PHS1
F-STAT-DEMO- S-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 2 Demolition - phase 2
PHS2 PHS2
F-STAT-DEMO- S-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 3 Demolition - phase 3
PHS3 PHS3
F-STAT-FUTR- Future work S-STAT-FUTR- Future work
F-STAT-NEWW- New work S-STAT-NEWW- New work
F-STAT-TEMP- Temporary work S-STAT-TEMP- Temporary work
T-STAT-DEMO-
G-SITE-OTLN- Site plan - key map Demolition - phase 1
PHS1
H-STAT-DEMO- T-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 1 Demolition - phase 2
PHS1 PHS2
H-STAT-DEMO- T-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 2 Demolition - phase 3
PHS2 PHS3
Demolition (NOTE:
H-STAT-DEMO- comprehensive demolition
Demolition - phase 3 V-STAT-DEMO-
PHS3 is handled in Model File
Type: Demolition Plan)
Demolition (NOTE:
comprehensive
L-STAT-DEMO- demolition is handled V-STAT-FUTR- Future work
in Model File Type:
Demolition Plan)
L-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 1 V-STAT-NEWW- New work
PHS1
L-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 2 V-STAT-TEMP- Temporary work
PHS2
L-STAT-DEMO-
Demolition - phase 3
PHS3
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 161 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM ConstructionArea Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC ConstructionArea Extension
SDSFIE structure_existing_site
Documentation and
Submission None
Requirements

218
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Related Features
Data Capture Rule: Capture the outer edges of the area under construction. The limits could be a
combination of building lines, construction fence lines, or natural features such as streams or rivers.
CONSTRUCTION AREA

APRON

TAXIWAY
SEGMENT

CONSTRUCTION AREA TAXIWAY GUIDANCE

LINE

Illustrates the collection of an airport construction area.

Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
projectName (String 60) The name of the construction project
projectStatus The status of the construction project
(Enumeration: CodeProjectStatus)
coordinationContact (String 75) Airport, emergency, airline, tenant, and contractor personnel
who are responsible for coordinating on-airport construction
work
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.

219
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together

into a version.

5.9.3. Roof
Definition: Structure on top of buildings, garages and other similar structures.
Feature Group Manmade Structures
Feature Class Name Roof
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
A-ROOF-OTLN Roof outline
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM None
Equivalent Standards FGDC None
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the roof outline to represent the outer edge of the roof as well as the
break line or ridge lines of a sloped or multiple level roof. On flat roofs with elevator shafts or large
HVAC units on the roof collect these items at the top of the units and shown as a roof within a roof
feature.

NOTE: If the roof penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the roof as an ObstructionArea and associated accuracy.

Top Perimeter of Building Superimposed over Imagery

220
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
buildingNumber (String 16) The code indicating the number of the building
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.9.4. Fence
Definition: Any fencing (chain-link, razor wire, PVC, etc.) [Source: FAA]
Feature Group Manmade Structures
Feature Class Name Fence
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-DETL-FENC- Fencing
C-SITE-FENC- Fences and handrails
L-DETL-FENC- Fencing
L-SITE-FENC- Fencing
S-SAFE-FENC- Fencing
V-SITE-FENC- Fences and handrails
C-SECU-FENC- Security fencing
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 5 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 1 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM Fence Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Fence Extension
SDSFIE fence_line
Documentation and
No documentation is required.
Submission Requirements
Related Features

221
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Data Capture Rules: Collect line along fence line.

NOTE: If the fence penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the fence as an Obstacle and associated accuracy.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Resolution Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
type (String 16) Indicate the fencing material used.
height (Real) The overall distance from the surface of the ground to the top of
the fence.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.9.5. Gate
Definition: A gate is an opening in a fence or other type of barrier between areas.
Feature Group Manmade Structures
Feature Class Name Gate
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
L-DETL-GATE- Gate
L-SITE-GATE- Gate
C-SITE-GATE- Gates along fences or other barriers intended to restrict access
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 214 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM GateLine Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC GateLine Extension
SDSFIE gate_line
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements

222
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect center of gate from post-to-post.

NOTE: If the gate penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the gate as an Obstacle and associated accuracy.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name, code or identifier used to identify the gate.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 240 characters.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
type (VARCHAR2 (50)) The gate material and method of construction.
length (Real) The overall distance from one end of the gate to the other.
height (Real) The overall distance from the surface of the top of the gate.
attended (Boolean) A Boolean indicating whether the gate is tended by a guard or
other individual.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.9.6. Tower
Definition: A structure created, by man, to facilitate an activity at an elevated level above the ground.
Feature Group Manmade Structures
Feature Class Name Tower
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-STRC-TOWR- Tower
E-POLE-GUYS- Guy equipment
V-POLE-GUYS- Guy equipment
V-STRC-TOWR- Tower
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 7 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 0 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
Equivalent Standards AIXM VerticalStructure Extension

223
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

FGDC Tower Extension

SDSFIE tower_site
Documentation and
No documentation is required.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the point at the highest location of the tower. When surveying guyed
structures, capture any guys penetrating a surface separately from the structure itself. Determine and
document the point where the guy wires penetrate the OIS at a distance greater than 100 feet from the
actual structure, identify it as a separate point object.

NOTE: If the tower penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the tower as an Obstacle and associated accuracy.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
verticalStructureMaterial Classifies the predominant material of the vertical object
(Enumeration:
CodeVerticalStructureMaterial)
lightCode (Boolean) A code indicating that the tower is lighted [Source: AIXM]
lightingType A description of the lighting system. Lighting system
(Enumeration: classifications are Approach; Airport; Runway; Taxiway; and
codeLightingConfigurationType) Obstruction
markingFeatureType (Enumeration: The type of the marking(s)
codeMarkingFeatureType)
color The color of the marking(s)
(Enumeration: codeColor)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.
structureHeight (Real) Maximum height of structure; i.e. AGL height

224
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.10. Group: NAVIGATIONAL AIDS

All of the different navigational aids are represented using a single feature type. To assist the data
producer in identifying the different aids, each individual navigational aids is defined separately even
though they are all represented by the single feature type NavigationalAidEquipment. Accuracies differ
for many navigational aids. Be sure to collect the navigational aid within the accuracy stated in each
navigational aid table.

5.10.1. NAVAID Critical Area

Definition: A zone encompassing a specific ground area in the vicinity of a radiating antenna array
which must be protected from parking and unlimited movement of surface and air traffic. The
drawings included in this table are representative, be sure to refer to the official source to ensure the
appropriate area is protected. [Source: FAA Order 6750.16C]
Feature Group NavigationalAids
Feature Class Name NavaidCriticalArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRF-AIDS-CRIT Airfield Navigational Aid - Critical Area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM ObstacleAssessmentAreaExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavigationalAidCriticalArea Extension
SDSFIE airfield_buffer_zone_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon encompassing the greatest horizontal extents of the
critical area for the NAVAID. Critical areas are normally associated with the localizer, glideslope,
MLS azimuth, MLS elevation, and Precision Approach Radars. If necessary, identify the area using
multiple polygons. Adjacent polygons must have shared edges and vertices and must not overlap
polygons of the same feature.

225
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

50'

250' RADIUS TAXIWAY

HOLD LINE

45°
DIM Y
75'

75' ILS RUNWAY

45°

SEE NOTE 3

LOCALIZER DIM X
ANTENNA ARRAY

DIMENSIONS X AND Y VALUES (IN FEET) LEGEND

DIM X DIM Y

CATEGORY I (SEE NOTE 4) 2000 400 AREA A

CATEGORY II/III (SEE NOTE 5) 2000 400

CATEGORY II 4000 500

CATEGORY III 7000 500 AREA B

NOTES:

1. THE CRITICAL AREA IS INDICATED BY THE SHADED ZONES.

2. HOLD LINE/SIGNS INDICATE THE POSITION BEYOND WHICH AIRCRAFT/VEHICLES WILL

REQUIRE ATCT AUTHORIZATION BEFORE PROCEEDING ON OR ACROSS THE RUNWAY.

3. AREA B IS DELETED FROM THE CRITICAL AREA WHEN A UNIDIRECTIONAL LOCALIZER

ANTENNA IS INSTALLED. THE STANDARD LOG-PERIODIC DIPOLE ANTENNA ARRAY IS IN
THIS CATEGORY.

4. FOR 8-ELEMENT LOCALIZER ARRAYS WITH COURSE WIDTHS LESS THEN 4 DEGREES
AND RUNWAYS WHICH OPERATE B-747 SIZE OR LARGER AIRCRAFT, THE Y DIMENSION
SHALL BE 600 FEET.

5. THESE DIMENSIONS APPLY WHERE AIRCRAFT SIZE IS EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 135
FEET IN LENGTH OR 42 FEET IN HEIGHT(I.E.B-737).

6. CRITICAL AREAS FOR LDA, SDF, AND THE OFFSET LOCALIZER FACILITIES ARE THE SAME
AS CATEGORY I, BUT ARE CENTERED ABOUT THE COURSE LINE.

226
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

ILS RUNWAY
F
L E

200'
TO 50'
650' GS ANTENNA MAST

J 35°
DIM Y
K
H G

DIM X

NOTES:

1. THE CRITICAL AREA IS DEFINED BY THE PENTAGON "EFGHJ".

2. ALL AIRCRAFT MAY BE PARKED AS CLOSE AS 50' BEHIND A GLIDESLOPE MAST WITH
DIRECTIONAL ANTENNAS AS DEFINED BY LINE "KL".

3. FACILITY TYPE CATEGORY I CATEGORY II/III

DIM X DIM Y DIM X DIM Y

ALL IMAGE GLIDE SLOPES

SMALL AIRCRAFT 800 100 800 100

NULL REFERENCE
MEDIUM AIRCRAFT 2000 200 2500 200
LARGE AIRCRAFT 3100 200 3200 200

SIDEBAND AND CAPTURE EFFECT

MEDIUM AND LARGE AIRCRAFT / 1300 200 1300 200

ALL DISTANCES ARE IN FEET AND REPRESENT THE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE

DISTANCES FROM THE NEAREST POINT ON THE AIRCRAFT LONGITUDINAL
AXIS (LINE FROM NOSE TO TAIL) TO THE GLIDE SLOPE ANTENNA, AS
DEFINED IN FIGURE 1-3.

SMALL AIRCRAFT ARE DEFINED AS AIRCRAFT WITH DIMENSIONS LESS THAN

60' IN LENGTH AND 20' IN HEIGHT (I.E. KINGAIR). THIS INCLUDES ALL SURFACE
VEHICLES AND HELICOPTERS.

MEDIUM AIRCRAFT ARE DEFINED AS AIRCRAFT WITH DIMENSIONS LESS THAN

160' IN LENGTH AND 38' IN TAIL HEIGHT (I.E. B-737, MD-80).

LARGE AIRCRAFT ARE DEFINED AS AIRCRAFT GREATER THAN 160' IN LENGTH

OR GREATER THAN 38' IN TAIL HEIGHT.

THE SMALL, MEDIUM AND LARGE AIRCRAFT SIZES ARE BASED UPON THE
DIMENSIONS USED IN COMPUTER MODELING OF CRITICAL AREAS AND APPLY
TO THIS DOCUMENT ONLY.

227
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

A B

ILS RUNWAY

SEE NOTE 1
F

E
REAR SINGLE SEE NOTE 2
ANTENNA MONITOR
CLR
ANTENNAS
ANTENNA
PHASE FRONT
CENTER ANTENNA
50'
G
H 50' GS SHELTER
D C

TAXIWAY

1500 FT OR TO END OF RUNWAY WHICHEVER IS LESS

NOTES:

1. THIS DISTANCE IS APPROXIMATELY 200 FEET DEPENDING ON RUNWAY WIDTH. REFER

TO FAA DRAWINGS D-6226-1 AND D-6226-2 FOR INSTALLATION LAYOUT.

2. THIS DISTANCE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 25 FEET.

3. THE CRITICAL AREA IS DEFINED BY THE AREA "ABCD". UNRESTRICTED TAXIING OR

HOLDING AIRCRAFT IS PERMITTED IN UNSHAPED AREA.

4. SNOW REMOVAL AREA IS DEFINED AS "EFGH".

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Tenth of foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
dimensionX (Integer) The linear dimension of the critical area in the X axis.

228
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

dimensionY (Integer) The linear dimension of the critical area in the Y axis.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.2. Navaid Equipment – Airport Beacon (APBN)

Definition: A visual NAVAID operated at many airports. At civil airports, alternating white and green
flashes indicate the location of the airport. At military airports, the beacons flash alternately white and
green, but are differentiated from civil beacons by dual-peaked (two quick) white flashes between the
green flashes.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavigationalAidEquipment
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the horizontal and vertical positions of the NAVAID using the survey
point identified below. If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object,
additionally identify, classify and document the NAVAID using the OBSTACLE feature type and
associated accuracy. When identifying a NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire
structure as the top elevation including appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location
Center of cover or axis of rotation gravel, concrete pad, or other base
and plumb line through the HSP.

229
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  10 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix "I"
for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more than
one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an associated
location, these equipments will be identified with the letters A,
B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g., NQIB). The same
applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha codes must be the same
as those used to accomplish the daily flight log. For ARSR
facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of the controlling ARTCC
or military installation. Light systems will use the airport
identifier and runway number. [Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidEquipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System.
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.

230
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the physical
runway end. This should be the same distance as the antenna to
threshold distance unless the runway end the navigational aid
serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this distance to the
nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the navigational
(Enumeration: aid is offset from the runway. Determine the appropriate
CodeOffsetDirection) direction from the approach threshold down the runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS, and
PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.3. Navaid Equipment – Air Route Surveillance Radar (ARSR) or Airport Surveillance Radar
(ASR)
Definition: These radars are used to detect and display an aircraft´s position while operating in the
terminal area (ASR) and en route (ARSR) between terminal areas.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point

231
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the horizontal and vertical positions of the NAVAID using the survey
point identified below. If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object,
additionally identify, classify and document the NAVAID as using the OBSTACLE feature type and
associated accuracy. When identifying a NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire
structure as the top elevation including appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location Center of cover or axis of
gravel, concrete pad, or other base
rotation
and plumb line through the HSP.

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature

232
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the

subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix "I"
for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more than
one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an associated
location, these equipments will be identified with the letters A,
B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g., NQIB). The same
applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha codes must be the same
as those used to accomplish the daily flight log. For ARSR
facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of the controlling ARTCC
or military installation. Light systems will use the airport
identifier and runway number. [Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the physical
runway end. This should be the same distance as the antenna to
threshold distance unless the runway end the navigational aid
serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this distance to the
nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the navigational
(Enumeration: aid is offset from the runway. Determine the appropriate
CodeOffsetDirection) direction from the approach threshold down the runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS, and
PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.

233
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.4. Navaid Equipment – Approach Light System (ALS)

Definition: An airport lighting facility providing visual guidance to landing aircraft by radiating light
beams in a directional pattern the pilot uses to align the aircraft with the extended centerline of the
runway on final approach for landing. Some airports have Condenser-Discharge Sequential Flashing
Lights or Sequenced Flashing Lights in conjunction with the ALS.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the horizontal and vertical positions of the NAVAID using the survey
point identified below. If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object,
additionally identify, classify and document the NAVAID as using the OBSTACLE feature type and
associated accuracy. When identifying a NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire
structure as the top elevation including appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Horizontal center of the center The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location
light of the first and last lights gravel, concrete pad, or other base
rows and plumb line through the HSP.

234
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Pilot’s perspective of an
ALSF-2. Collecting the first light or Collecting the last light or center
center light of the first row. light of last row.
Types of Approach Light Systems are:
1. ALSF-1- Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights in ILS Cat-I configuration.
2. ALSF-2- Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights in ILS Cat-II configuration. The
ALSF-2 may operate as an SSALR when weather conditions permit.
3. SSALF- Simplified Short Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights.
4. SSALR- Simplified Short Approach Light System with Runway Alignment Indicator Lights.
5. MALSF- Medium Intensity Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights.
6. MALSR- Medium Intensity Approach Light System with Runway Alignment Indicator Lights.
7. LDIN- Lead-in-light system.
8. RAIL- Runway Alignment Indicator Lights- Sequenced Flashing Lights which are installed only in
combination with other light systems.
9. ODALS- Omnidirectional Approach Lighting System.

235
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

THRESHOLD

The ALSF-2 is a system of

light bars and barrettes in the
approach zone immediately

500'
ahead of the runway
threshold. The standard
length of an ALSF-2 is 3000
feet unless terrain or other

1000'
local conditions prevent a
full length installation. Then
the length may be shortened
to not less than 2400 feet.
The ALSF-2 consists of
centerline light barrettes,
sequence flashing lights,
1000-foot crossbar, 500-foot
crossbar, side row barrettes,
and threshold lights. A
barrette is three or more
lights closely spaced in a
transverse line so that from a
2400'

distance they appear as a

single short illuminated bar.
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
For the ALSF-2, the length
SYMBOLS LEGEND
of a barrette shall not exceed
STEADY BURNING RED LIGHTS
(ALIGNED WITH TOUCHDOWN ZONE ON RUNWAY)
SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS 15 feet and the center-to-
HIGH INTENSITY STEADY BURNING WHITE LIGHTS
THRESHOLD LIGHTS center spacing of the lights
shall not exceed 5 feet.
ALSF-2
HIGH INTENSITY APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM WITH
SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS (CAT II/CAT III)

236
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

THRESHOLD

200'
5000'
3000' TO
ANCE
The LDIN consists of one or

DIST
more series of flashing lights

ICAL
installed at or near ground

TYP
level that provides positive
visual guidance along an
approach path, either curving
or straight, where special
problems exist with
hazardous terrain,
obstructions, or noise
abatement procedures.

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

SYMBOLS LEGEND

THRESHOLD LIGHTS SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS

LDIN
LEAD-IN LIGHTS

237
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

THRESHOLD

200'
A MALSF is a subset of
MALSR. A MALSR has 45
lights, 5 flashers, and is 2400
ft in length. A MALSF has

1000'
45 lights, 3 flashers, and is
1400 ft in length. MALS has
45 lights, no flashers, and is
1400 ft in length.
1400'

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

SYMBOLS LEGEND

THRESHOLD LIGHTS SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS

MEDIUM INTENSITY STEADY BURNING WHITE LIGHTS

MALSF
MEDIUM INTENSITY APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM WITH
SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS

238
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

THRESHOLD

200'
The MALSR is a system that
supports Category I
instrument approaches. It is a

1000'
medium intensity light
system that identifies the
extended runway centerline

1400'
from threshold to 2,400 feet
before the threshold. The
MALSR supports Category I
instrument approaches and
presents to the pilot the
illusion of a ball of light
traveling from the outer end
RAIL
of the system to a point
approximately 1,400 feet
from the end of the runway.
2400'

A row of green lights marks

the threshold of the runway.
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

SYMBOLS LEGEND

THRESHOLD LIGHTS SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS

MEDIUM INTENSITY STEADY BURNING WHITE LIGHTS

MALSR
MEDIUM INTENSITY APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM WITH
RUNWAY ALIGNMENT INDICATOR LIGHTS (CAT I)

239
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

THRESHOLD

300'
The ODALS consists of
seven omnidirectional
flashing lights located in the
approach area of a
nonprecision runway. Five
lights are located on the
runway centerline extended
with the first light located
300 feet from the threshold
and extending at equal
intervals up to 1,500 feet
from the threshold. The other
two lights are located, one on
each side of the runway
threshold, at a lateral distance
of 40 feet from the runway
edge, or 75 feet from the
runway edge when installed
1500'

on a runway equipped with a

VASI.
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

SYMBOLS LEGEND

360° FLASHER

ODALS
OMNIDIRECTIONAL APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM

240
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

THRESHOLD

200'

2400'
A SSALR System is a high
intensity approach lighting
system that provides a visual
lighting path for landing
aircraft. It usually is a 2400-

1000'
foot-long array of lights but
can be longer or shorter
depending on local terrain

1400'
and requirements.

A typical SSALR system

consist of the following light
fixture components:

• 9 light bars each with 5

RAIL
steady burning white fixtures

• 5 sequence flashing white

2400'

fixtures

• Threshold bar of 18 steady

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

SYMBOLS LEGEND
burning green fixtures.
THRESHOLD LIGHTS SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS

HIGH INTENSITY STEADY BURNING WHITE LIGHTS

SSALR (PART OF ALSF-2)

SIMPLIFIED SHORT APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM
WITH RUNWAY ALIGNMENT INDICATOR LIGHTS

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.

241
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix "I"
for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more than
one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an associated
location, these equipments will be identified with the letters A,
B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g., NQIB). The same
applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha codes must be the same
as those used to accomplish the daily flight log. For ARSR
facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of the controlling ARTCC
or military installation. Light systems will use the airport
identifier and runway number. [Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
(Real) threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the physical
runway end. This should be the same distance as the antenna to
threshold distance unless the runway end the navigational aid
serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this distance to the
nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the navigational
(Enumeration: aid is offset from the runway. Determine the appropriate
CodeOffsetDirection) direction from the approach threshold down the runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each runway.
This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS, and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]

242
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above the
Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the elevation
is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.5. Navaid Equipment – Back Course Marker (BCM)

Definition: Provides runway alignment aircraft guidance on approach.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the horizontal and vertical positions of the NAVAID using the survey
point identified below. If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object,
additionally identify, classify and document the NAVAID as using the OBSTACLE feature type and
associated accuracy. When identifying a NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire
structure as the top elevation including appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location
Center of antenna array. gravel, concrete pad, or other base
and plumb line through the HSP.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot

243
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix "I"
for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more than
one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an associated
location, these equipments will be identified with the letters A,
B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g., NQIB). The same
applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha codes must be the same
as those used to accomplish the daily flight log. For ARSR
facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of the controlling ARTCC
or military installation. Light systems will use the airport
identifier and runway number. [Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the physical
runway end. This should be the same distance as the antenna to
threshold distance unless the runway end the navigational aid
serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this distance to the
nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the navigational
(Enumeration: aid is offset from the runway. Determine the appropriate
CodeOffsetDirection) direction from the approach threshold down the runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS, and
PAR.

244
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.6. Navaid Equipment – Distance Measuring Equipment (DME)

Definition: Provides distance (and in some systems groundspeed) information only from the ground
facility to aircraft.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Survey Point Location Horizontal Vertical
DME or DME paired with a
Center of antenna cover. Center of antenna cover.
LOC

245
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

The intersection of the ground, gravel,

DME frequency paired with
Center of antenna cover concrete pad, or other base and plumb
MLS azimuth, NDB or VOR
line through the HSP.

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  1 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System

246
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the physical
runway end. This should be the same distance as the antenna
to threshold distance unless the runway end the navigational
aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this distance to
the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

247
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.10.7. Navaid Equipment –Glide Slope – End Fire (GS)

Definition: Provides vertical guidance for aircraft during approach and landing.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
Phase center reference point. Phase center reference point.

248
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

250
OFFSET FROM RUNWAY CENTERLINE (FEET)

0 CL LANDING

MR MF M3
CLR M2
PHASE M1
CENTER 25 FT CRITICAL AREA
50 FT
-250
50 FT
1500 FT OR TO END OF RUNWAY WHICHEVER IS LESS
DETAIL "E"
CRITICAL AREA
-500
-1500 -1250 -1000 -750 -500 -250 0
DISTANCE FROM THRESHOLD (FEET)

ABBREVIATIONS USED ABOVE:

CLR: CLEARANCE SIGNAL TRANSMITTING ANTENNA

MR: REAR MAIN SIGNAL TRANSMITTING

MF: FRONT MAIN SIGNAL TRANSMITTING

M1, M2, M3: SIGNAL MONITOR ANTENNAS

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix "I"
for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more than
one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an associated
location, these equipments will be identified with the letters A,
B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g., NQIB). The same
applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha codes must be the
same as those used to accomplish the daily flight log. For
ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of the controlling
ARTCC or military installation. Light systems will use the
airport identifier and runway number. [Source:FAA Order
8250-42]

249
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID

(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System.
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the physical
runway end. This should be the same distance as the antenna to
threshold distance unless the runway end the navigational aid
serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this distance to the
nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the navigational
(Enumeration: aid is offset from the runway. Determine the appropriate
CodeOffsetDirection) direction from the approach threshold down the runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.

250
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.8. Navaid Equipment – Fan Marker (FM)

Definition: Electronic NAVAID that provides horizontal (alignment) guidance for aircraft on a final
approach.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location
Center of antenna array. gravel, concrete pad, or other base
and plumb line through the HSP.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 240 characters.

251
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.

252
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.9. Navaid Equipment – Glideslope (GS)

Definition: Provides vertical guidance for aircraft during approach and landing.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location Center of Antenna Supporting
gravel, concrete pad, or other base
Structure
and plumb line through the HSP.

253
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft  0.20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.

254
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the physical
runway end. This should be the same distance as the antenna
to threshold distance unless the runway end the navigational
aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this distance to
the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.10.Navaid Equipment – Ground Controlled Approach (GCA) Touchdown Reflectors

Definition: Electronic NAVAID equipment that provides precision approach information for incoming
aircraft.
Feature Group Navigational Aids

255
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment

Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of Antenna Array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.

256
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft  20 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)

257
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.11.Navaid Equipment – Inner Marker (IM)

Definition: Marker beacon used with an ILS (CAT II) precision approach located between the middle
marker and the end of the ILS runway, transmitting a radiation pattern keyed at six dots per second and
indicating to the pilot, both aurally and visually, that he/she is at the designated decision height (DH),
normally 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation, on the ILS CAT II approach. It also marks
progress during a CAT III approach.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- - Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements

258
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of Antenna Array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]

259
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID

(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.

260
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.12.Navaid Equipment – Localizer (LOC)

Definition: The component of an ILS that provides course guidance to the runway.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Submission Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Mark and document the selected survey point for validation by NGS and
inclusion in the Airports GIS database. When the ends of the runway
surface have been determined, mark the positions using a nail and
Monumentation
washer, chisel square, or paint if possible with a distinctive inscription to
ensure future identification. Mark the survey point with a nail and washer
inscribed with the setting company’s name and year.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location Center of Antenna Supporting
gravel, concrete pad, or other base
Structure
and plumb line through the HSP.

261
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Determining the HSP and Vertical Point #1 of a Localizer

A localizer (LOC) antenna array is normally located beyond the departure end of the runway it serves
(localizer 17 is on the south end of the runway) and generally consists of several pairs of directional
antennas. The localizer operates as a component of the Instrument Landing System or ILS; however, it
can be operated by itself. Since the localizer is made up of a set of arrays (antenna’s) it provides a
unique challenge in determining the center of the antenna unit. In the figure below, there are 14
antenna elements. The proper method of determining the HSP is to find the center of the supporting
structure at the center of the antenna array. In this figure, this is the center of the center of structures
supporting the seventh antenna element from each side.

Illustration of a localizer antenna array depicting each of the elements and the selection of the
HSP and Vertical Point #1.
In order to locate the center of the supporting structure the surveyor, is required to first locate the
center of the array and then the center of the supporting structure. In order to locate the center of the
supporting structure in the figure above, the surveyor would locate the center of the space between the
seventh element from each end. It is recommended the surveyor use tape measures or string to form a
“X” and then use a plumb bob to locate the point at the base of the antenna. Another method of the
same technique is to draw lines in between the bolts supporting the elements and forming an “X” to
locate the center. If the antenna array has an odd number of elements such as 15, then the center of the
supporting structure would be the center of the eighth element.

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot

262
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix "I"
for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more than
one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an associated
location, these equipments will be identified with the letters A,
B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g., NQIB). The same
applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha codes must be the
same as those used to accomplish the daily flight log. For
ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of the controlling
ARTCC or military installation. Light systems will use the
airport identifier and runway number. [Source:FAA Order
8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the physical
runway end. This should be the same distance as the antenna to
threshold distance unless the runway end the navigational aid
serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this distance to the
nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the navigational
(Enumeration: aid is offset from the runway. Determine the appropriate
CodeOffsetDirection) direction from the approach threshold down the runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility

263
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.13.Navaid Equipment – Localizer Type Directional Aid (LDA)

Definition: A NAVAID used for nonprecision instrument approaches with utility and accuracy
comparable to a localizer but which is not a part of a complete ILS and is not aligned with the runway.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.

264
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location Center of Antenna Supporting gravel, concrete pad, or other
Structure base and plumb line through the
HSP.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  1 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.

265
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the

(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.14.Navaid Equipment – Middle Marker (MM)

Definition: A marker beacon that defines a point along the glideslope of an ILS normally located at or
near the point of decision height (ILS Category I). It is keyed to transmit alternate dots and dashes,
with the alternate dots and dashes keyed at the rate of 95 dot/dash combinations per minute on a 1300
Hz tone, which is received aurally and visually by compatible airborne equipment.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7

266
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground, gravel,
Survey Point Location Center of Antenna
concrete pad, or other base and plumb line
Array
through the HSP.

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.

267
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.

268
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.15.Navaid Equipment – MLS Azimuth Antenna (MLSAZ)

Definition: Antenna in a Microwave Landing System (MLS) providing horizontal guidance for
incoming aircraft. MLS is precision instrument approach system operating in the microwave spectrum
which normally consists of an Azimuth Station, an Elevation Station and Precision Distance Measuring
Equipment.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
Phase Center Reference Point Phase Center Reference Point

269
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  1 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.

270
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the

physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.16.Navaid Equipment – MLS Elevation Antenna (MLSEZ)

Definition: Antenna in a Microwave Landing System (MLS) providing vertical guidance for incoming
aircraft. MLS is precision instrument approach system operating in the microwave spectrum which
normally consists of an Azimuth Station, an Elevation Station and Precision Distance Measuring
Equipment.
Feature Group Navigational Aids

271
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment

Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and Submission
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
Phase Center Reference Point Phase Center Reference Point

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  0.25 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature

272
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the

subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together
CodeNavaidSystemType) make up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS
Azimuth and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing
System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.

273
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used
to store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.17.Navaid Equipment – Non-Directional Beacon (NDB)

Definition: An L/MF or UHF radio beacon transmitting nondirectional signals whereby the pilot of an
aircraft equipped with direction finding equipment can determine his/her bearing to or from the radio
beacon and "home" on or track to or from the station. When the radio beacon is installed in conjunction
with the Instrument Landing System marker, it is normally called a Compass Locator.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.

274
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of Antenna Array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.
The following photograph displays an NDB of the single frame type:

The following photography displays a NDB of the dual frame type:

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A

275
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations

Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility

276
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.18.Navaid Equipment – Outer Marker (OM)

Definition: A marker beacon at or near the glideslope intercept altitude of an ILS approach. It is keyed
to transmit two dashes per second on a 400 Hz tone, which is received aurally and visually by
compatible airborne equipment. The OM is normally located four to seven miles from the runway
threshold on the extended centerline of the runway.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements

277
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of Antenna Array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]

278
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID

(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.

279
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.19.Navaid Equipment – Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) System

Definition: An airport lighting facility, similar to VASI, providing vertical approach slope guidance to
aircraft during approach to landing. PAPIs consist of a single row of either two or four lights, normally
installed on the left side of the runway, and have an effective visual range of about 5 miles during the
day and up to 20 miles at night. PAPIs radiate a directional pattern of high intensity red and white
focused light beams which indicate that the pilot is "on path" if the pilot sees an equal number of white
lights and red lights, with white to the left of the red; "above path" if the pilot sees more white than red
lights; and "below path" if the pilot sees more red than white lights.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.

280
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

The PAPI is a simple visual

aid to assist pilots during
their approach to landing in
Visual Flight Rules (VFR)
conditions. It enables pilots
to acquire the correct glide
slope and subsequently to
maintain their position on it,
thus ensuring an accurate
approach and landing. The
PAPI system consists of four
sharp transition projector
units located at the side of
1000'

the runway spaced laterally

±30 foot intervals. A second
complementary set is
THRESHOLD sometimes provided on the
opposite side of the runway.
The setting angles of the
red/white interfaces of the
four units are graded; the
differences in angle between
the units being typically 20
minutes of arc. The nominal
glide slope is midway
between the angular settings
of the center pair of units and
the on-glide-slope signal and
is thus two red and two white
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
lights in the bar. If the
SYMBOLS LEGEND
aircraft goes below the glide
slope, the pilot will see a
RED AND WHITE PAPI LIGHTS
progressively increasing
PAPI number of red lights.
PRECISION APPROACH PATH INDICATOR LIGHTS Conversely, if the aircraft
goes above the glide slope,
the number of white lights
seen is increased.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of light array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.

281
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  10 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together
CodeNavaidSystemType) make up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS
Azimuth and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing
System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.

282
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.20.Navaid Equipment – Precision Approach Radar (PAR) Touchdown Reflectors

Definition: Radar equipment in some ATC facilities operated by the FAA and/or the military services
at joint-use civil/military locations and separate military installations to detect and display azimuth,
elevation, and range of aircraft on the final approach course to a runway.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -

283
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol

AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  10 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)

284
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall

(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.

285
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together

into a version.

5.10.21.Navaid Equipment – Pulse Light Approach Slope Indicator (PLASI) System

Definition: Pulse Light Approach Slope Indicator (PLASI) systems are a visual approach aid for use in
visual flight conditions.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of light array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  10 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.

286
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.

287
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.22.Navaid Equipment – Pulsating Visual Approach Slope Indicator (PVASI)

Definition: The Visual Approach Slope Indicator (VASI) is a system of lights on the side of an airport
runway that provides visual descent guidance information during the approach to a runway.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of light array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.

288
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 5 ft  10 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.

289
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the

physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.23.Navaid Equipment – Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL)

Definition: Two synchronized flashing lights, one on each side of the runway threshold, which provide
rapid and positive identification of the approach end of a particular runway.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point

290
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.

291
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

THRESHOLD

15° 15°
10° 10°

The REIL is an airport

lighting system consisting of
two flashing, white, high
intensity lights located at
each approach end corner of
a runway. The REILs are
directed towards the
approach zone to enable
pilots to identify the end of
the runway.

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

SYMBOLS LEGEND

THRESHOLD LIGHTS SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS

REIL
RUNWAY END INDENTIFICATION LIGHTS

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location
Center of Light gravel, concrete pad, or other base
and plumb line through the HSP.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 3 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.

292
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.

293
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.24.Navaid Equipment – Simplified Directional Facility (SDF)

Definition: NAVAID used for nonprecision instrument approaches. The final approach course is
similar to that of an ILS localizer except that the SDF course may be offset from the runway, generally
not more than 3 degrees, and the course may be wider than the localizer, resulting in a lower degree of
accuracy.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.

294
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location Center of Antenna Supporting gravel, concrete pad, or other
Structure base and plumb line through the
HSP.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 1 ft  1 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.

295
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the

(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.25.Navaid Equipment – Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN)

Definition: An ultra-high frequency electronic rho-theta air navigation aid which provides suitably
equipped aircraft a continuous indication of bearing and distance to the TACAN station.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
Equivalent Standards AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension

296
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension

SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of Antenna Cover
base and plumb line through the
HSP.

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.

297
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.

298
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.26.Navaid Equipment – Tricolor Visual Approach Slope Indicator System (TRCV)

Definition: Tri-color visual approach slope indicators normally consist of a single light unit projecting
a three-color visual approach path into the final approach area of the runway upon which the indicator
is installed.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of light array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.

299
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  10 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.

300
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the

physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.27.Navaid Equipment – “T” Visual Approach Slope Indicator System (T-VASI)

Definition: T-VASI system provides approach slope guidance by means of illuminated symbols like
the PAPI.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point

301
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of light array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  10 ft  10 ft
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter
the identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the
prefix "I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where
more than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at
an associated location, these equipments will be identified
with the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)

302
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall

(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together
CodeNavaidSystemType) make up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS
Azimuth and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing
System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: CodeOffsetDirection) navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision
approach aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for
each runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS,
TLS, and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used
to store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.

303
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal

together into a version.

5.10.28.Navaid Equipment – VHF Omni Directional Range (VOR)

Definition: A ground-based electronic navigation aid transmitting very high frequency navigation
signals, 360 degrees in azimuth, oriented from magnetic north. Used as the basis for navigation in the
NAS. The VOR periodically identifies itself by Morse Code and may have an additional voice
identification feature. Voice features may be used by ATC or FSS for transmitting
instructions/information to pilots.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavigationalAidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location
Center of Antenna Cover gravel, concrete pad, or other base
and plumb line through the HSP.

304
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Standalone VOR VOR coupled with DME

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.

305
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the

physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.29.Navaid Equipment – Visual Approach Slope Indicator System (VASI)

Definition: An airport lighting facility providing vertical visual approach slope guidance to aircraft
during approach to landing by radiating a directional pattern of high intensity red and white focused
light beams which indicate to the pilot that he/she is "on path" if he/she sees red/white, "above path" if
white/white, and "below path" if red/red. Some airports serving large aircraft have three-bar VASIs
which provide two visual glide paths to the same runway.

306
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Feature Group Navigational Aids

Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of Light Array
base and plumb line through the
HSP.

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  10 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.

307
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the
physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.

308
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.30.Navaid Equipment – VOR/TACAN (VORTAC)

Definition: A navigation aid providing VOR azimuth, TACAN azimuth, and TACAN distance
measuring equipment (DME) at one site.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NavaidEquipment
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-AIDS- Airfield Navigational Aid -
Color Line Type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 User
Continuous
MicroStation Standards 7 7 Defined
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM NavaidEquipment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavaidEquipmentExtension Extension
SDSFIE navigational_aid_point
Documentation and
Document this feature as described in paragraphs 1.5.2 and 1.5.3.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the position of the NAVAID using the HSP and the elevation at the VSP.
If the NAVAID penetrates an OIS or is selected as a representative object, additionally identify,
classify and document the NAVAID as an Obstacle and associated accuracy. When identifying a
NAVAID as an obstacle, survey the highest point on the entire structure as the top elevation including
appurtenances.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
The intersection of the ground,
Survey Point Location gravel, concrete pad, or other
Center of Antenna Cover
base and plumb line through
the HSP.

309
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 10 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters.
faaFacilityId (String 4) Enter the identifier. When reporting on a glide slope, enter the
identifier of the associated localizer. Do not enter the prefix
"I" for ILS or "M" used with the MLS systems. Where more
than one ASR is in operation at the same location or at an
associated location, these equipments will be identified with
the letters A, B, C, etc., following the identification (e.g.,
NQIB). The same applies to PAR identifiers. These alpha
codes must be the same as those used to accomplish the daily
flight log. For ARSR facilities, use “Z” plus the identifier of
the controlling ARTCC or military installation. Light systems
will use the airport identifier and runway number.
[Source:FAA Order 8250-42]
navaidEquipmentType Specifies the type of NAVAID
(Enumeration:
CodeNavaidequipmentType)
navigationalAidSystemType Identifes the navigational aid equipment as part of an overall
(Enumeration: system. For example the localizer and glideslope together make
CodeNavaidSystemType) up the Instrument landing system (ILS) or the MLS Azimuth
and MLS Elevation make up a Microwave Landing System
useCode (Enumeration: The code that represents the airspace structure in which the
CodeUseCode) aeronautical navigational aid is utilized.
antennaToThresholdDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the antenna is from the runway
threshold. Provide the distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.

310
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

centerlineDistance (Real) Distance from the centerline perpendicular point to the

physical runway end. This should be the same distance as the
antenna to threshold distance unless the runway end the
navigational aid serves has a displaced threshold. Provide this
distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
stopEndDistance (Real) Provide the distance distance the from the antenna along the
centerline to the stop end of the runway.
offsetDistance (Real) The distance in feet that the feature is offset from the runway
centerline. Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot.
offsetDirection Enter the direction (right, left, or on centerline) the
(Enumeration: navigational aid is offset from the runway. Determine the
CodeOffsetDirection) appropriate direction from the approach threshold down the
runway.
lightingType The type of Visual navigational aid system (use only when
(Enumeration: CodeNavaidEquipmentType is set to “visual”)
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (String 75) The owner of the facility
runwayEndId (String 3) Identify the primary instrument runway served by the facility.
When more than one runway is served by a precision approach
aid (such as a PAR), provide a separate feature for each
runway. This attribute is only required for ILS, MLS, TLS,
and PAR.
referencePointEllipsoidHeight Provide the height above the ellipsoid (HAE) for the
referencePoint.
referencePointThreshold (Real) Distance from the runway reference point to the threshold.
Provide this distance to the nearest tenth of a foot. [Source:
FAA AAS-100]
thresholdCrossingHeight (Real) The designated crossing height of the flight path angle above
the Landing Threshold Point (or Fictitious Threshold Point).
highAngle (Real) Maximum approach light vertical angle [Source: FAA AAS-
100]
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
ellipsoidElevation (Real) The Base Elevation for most NAVAIDs. For ILS DME, the
elevation is the center of the antenna cover. For MLSAZ,
MLSEL, and End Fire Type Glide Slope Antennas, the
elevation is the phase center of the reference point.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.10.31.NAVAID Site
Definition: The parcel, lease, or right-of-way boundary for a NAVAID or facility that is located off
airport property.
Feature Group Navigational Aids
Feature Class Name NAVAIDSite
Feature Type Polygon

311
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description
C-AIRF-AIDS-SITE Airfield Navigational Aid - Site
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 1 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 3 7
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM NavaidSite Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavigationalAidSite Extension
SDSFIE Airfield_facility_surface_site
Documentation and Submission
No documentation required.
Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a closed polygon to its greatest horizontal extent.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  10 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Hundredth of arc second Nearest one foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A brief description of the facility and any special characteristics.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
faaFacilityId (String 4) The location identifier assigned to the feature by FAA
facilityType (String 16) The type of facility or feature related to airfield operations.
propertyCustodian (String 50) The regional property management office responsible for
ownership of the site
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

312
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.11. Group: SEAPLANE

5.11.1. Water Operating Area

Definition: An area designated and marked for the takeoff and landing of aircraft. This is equivalent to
the Airport Operating Area of a land based airport.
Feature Group SeaPlane
Feature Class Name WaterOperatingArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SEAP-WTOA- Seaplane dock
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM None
Equivalent Standards FGDC None
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the WaterOperatingArea using a bounding polygon to capture the area
at its greatest extents.

313
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

N
INDUSTRIAL AREA

T
CURREN
SEAPLANE FACILITY

YACHT HARBOR

RESIDENTIAL
DISTRICT

L
CHANNE
TRAFFIC PATTERN

HIPPING
RIVER S
OCK
ATING D

BOAT BASIN
N E F LO

PARK
S E A P LA

SEAPLANE FLOATING DOCK

R LANE
CL WATE
IND
ILING W
PREVA

ER
N WAT
OPE

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A

314
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations

Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature water body (river/lake).
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
surfaceMaterial Code used to indicate the type of water the water operating area
(Enumeration: CodeSurfaceMaterial is on or planned to use.
length (Integer) Specify the overall length of the WaterOperatingArea to the
nearest 5 feet
width (Integer) Specify the overall width of the waterOperatingArea to the
nearest 5 feet
currentFlowRate (Integer) Measure and specify the rate of the current flow in the
WaterOperatingArea in miles per hour
compassLocation Specify the magnetic bearing of the current flow direction
(Enumeration:
CodeCompassLocation)
tidalRange (Integer) Specify (in feet) the height difference in height from mean low
mean high tide
coordinatedUseType Specify the primary coordinated use of the waterway. If no
(Enumeration: single activity comprises the majority of the coordinated use
CodeCoordinatedUseType) then specify multiple.
coordinatedUseActivityLevel Provide the amount of activity based on percentage of daily use
(Integer) of the primary coordinated use type. If coordinated use type is
multiple provide the largest activity level of the single most
expected activity.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.11.2. Water Lane End

Definition: The end of the water lane (typically located at the furthest end of a turning basin) suitable
for landing or takeoff runs of aircraft. WaterLaneEnds define the water lane and describe the
approach/departure procedure characteristics of a water lane.
Feature Group SeaPlane
Feature Class Name WaterLaneEnd
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SEAP-LNDA- Seaplane landing area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level

315
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

AIXM None
Equivalent Standards FGDC None
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect a point on the turning basin boundary identifying the point where
aeronautical activity is expected to occur. Typically, markers or buoys define the area, locate the
WaterLaneEnd at least 10 feet inside the markers or buoys.

TO TOWN
ON-SHORE FACILITY

TAXI CHANNEL
TURNING BASIN

WATER LANE

TURNING BASIN APPROACH ZONE

OBSTRUCTION PREVAILING WIND

LIGHT ON POLE

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
magneticBearing Compute and specify the magnetic bearing of the primary water
lane to the nearest degree based on the location of the reciprocal
WaterLaneEnd points. This is similar to the runway magnetic
bearing for a land based airport.

316
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

compassLocation Code indicating the cardinal compass location of the turning

(Enumeration: basin from centroid of the WaterLaneEnd. This feature is
CodeCompassLocation) similar to the land based airport RunwayEnd.
restriction (String 240) Any restrictions or cautions associated with the sea plane
landing area.
airMarker (Boolean) Code specifying if a standard air maker is used to indicate if a
standard air marker is in use at the location.
type (Boolean) Identifies the WaterLaneEnd as the primary or alternate.
Primary = Y, alternate=N
color The color of the air marker at the location (if any)
(Enumeration: CodeColor)
lightingType Type of lighting available at the location (if any)
(Enumeration:
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
approachGuidance Identifies the type of approach guidance in use or planned for
(Enumeration: the water operating area.
CodeApproachGuidance)
Length (Number 10) Specify the overall length of the primary water lane
width (Number 10) Specify the overall width of the primary water lane
depth (Number 10) Specify the depth of the primary water lane with respect to
mean lowest low tide
centroid The geographic location of the primary water centroid, used to
determine the primary and alternate water lanes within the water
operating area.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) Describes the operational status of the feature.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.11.3. Taxi Channel

Definition: A water channel used for the movement of aircraft between on shore facilities and the
water lane. [Source AC 150/5395-1]
Feature Group SeaPlane
Feature Class Name TaxiChannel
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SEAP-TAXI- Seaplane landing area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM None
Equivalent Standards FGDC None
SDSFIE None

317
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the taxi channel at its greatest horizontal extents. Existing markers or
buoys may define the width. In the instance the taxi channel is not marked for width, refer to width
published by FAA in the U.S. Terminal Procedures.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name associated with the taxi channel.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
restriction (String 240) Any restrictions or cautions associated with the taxi channel
length (Number 10) Specify the overall length of the taxi channel
width (Number 10) Specify the overall width of the taxi channel
depth (Number 10) Specify the depth of the taxi channel with respect to mean
lowest low tide
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.11.4. Turning Basin

Definition: A water area used for the maneuvering of aircraft where the use of water surface is
restricted. Turning basins should be located adjacent to shoreline facilities and at each end of the water
operating area.[Source AC 150/5395-1]
Feature Group SeaPlane
Feature Class Name TurningBasin
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SEAP-TBSN- Seaplane landing area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level

318
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

AIXM None
Equivalent Standards FGDC None
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the turning basin at its greatest horizontal extents. Existing markers or
buoys may define the boundary; if so collect the boundary inside the buoys.

TO TOWN
ON-SHORE FACILITY

TAXI CHANNEL
TURNING BASIN

WATER LANE

TURNING BASIN APPROACH ZONE

OBSTRUCTION PREVAILING WIND

LIGHT ON POLE

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) A commonly used name for the turning basin
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
restriction (String 240) Any restrictions or cautions associated with the turning basin
length (Number 10) Specify the overall length of the turning basin to the nearest 5
feet.
width (Number 10) Specify the overall width of the turning basin to the nearest 5
feet

319
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

depth (Number 10) Specify the depth of the turning basin with respect to mean
lowest low tide to the nearest 0.5 foot.
diameter (Number 10) The diameter of the turning basin available for use by aircraft to
the nearest 5 feet.
compassLocation Code indicating the cardinal compass location of the turning
(Enumeration: basin from centroid of the WaterLaneEnd
CodeCompassLocation)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.11.5. Navigation Buoy

Definition: A floating marker which is moored to the bottom at a specific known location, which is
used as an aid to navigation or for other special purpose.
Feature Group SeaPlane
Feature Class Name NavigationBuoy
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SEAP-BUOY- Seaplane navigation buoy
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM NavigationBuoy Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC NavigationBuoy
SDSFIE marine_navigation_buoy_point
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect at the center and highest point on the buoy regardless of water level at
time of data collection.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name associated with the buoy.

320
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the buoy
limited to 255 characters. Use this to describe navigational
requirements or warnings.
designator (String 20) The official number of the buoy.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
type (Enumeration: Discriminator - The type of the buoy or marker.
CodeBuoyType)
lightingType Type of lighting available at the location (if any)
(Enumeration:
CodeLightingConfigurationType)
color Code used to indicate the navigational color of the buoy.
(Enumeration:CodeColor)
owner Code indicating the owner of the navigation buoy.
(Enumeration: CodeOwner)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.11.6. Seaplane Ramp Centerline

Definition: The centerline of ramps specifically designed to transit seaplanes to or from land or water
Feature Group SeaPlane
Feature Class Name SeaplaneRampCenterline
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SEAP-RAMP-CNTR Seaplane ramp centerline
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM SeaplaneRampSite Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC SeaplaneRampCenterline
SDSFIE sea_plane_ramp_centerline
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect centerline of ramp from edge of pavements or other surface type utilized
for entering and exiting water. Line extends from edge of water to apron or taxiway.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A

321
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations

Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
length (Integer) Specify the length of the seaplane ramp centerline from the
water to the shoreline
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.11.7. Seaplane Ramp Site

Definition: Ramps specifically designed to transit seaplanes to or from land to water.
Feature Group SeaPlane
Feature Class Name SeaplaneRampSite
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SEAP-RAMP- Seaplane ramp site
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM SeaplaneRampSite Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC SeaplaneRampSite
SDSFIE sea_plane_ramp_site
Documentation and
No documentation is required for this feature.
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the ramp width at its greatest horizontal limits.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.

322
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
width (Integer) Identify the width of the seaplane ramp site
slope (integer) The slope of the ramp specified as an integer value.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by the
operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect the
subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store the
subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.11.8. Docking Area

Definition: A defined area on a seaplane base either fixed or floating, intended to accommodate
aircraft for purposes of loading or unloading passengers or cargo, refueling, parking, or maintenance.
Feature Group SeaPlane
Feature Class Name DockArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SEAP-DOCK- Seaplane dock
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance Level Unclassified
AIXM FloatingDockSite Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC FloatingDockSite
SDSFIE floating_dock_site
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements

323
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the dockArea at its greatest horizontal extents.

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A

324
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
pier (Boolean) Specify if a pier is available in the dockArea
pierLength (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the pier
pierWidth (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the pier
pierMaterial (Enumeration: Specify the materials used in the construction of the pier.
CodeVerticalStructureMaterial))
hoistingCapability (Integer) Specify the hoisting capability in pounds
marineRailwayPlatformLength Specify the length of the marine railway platform
(Integer)
marineRailwayPlatformWidth Specify the width of the marine railway platform
(Integer)
marineRailwayPlatformCapacity Specify the capacity of the marine railway platform in pounds
(Integer)
gangway (Boolean) Specify if a gangway is available
gangwayLength (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the gangway
gangwayWidth (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the gangway
floatingDock (Boolean) Specify if a floating dock is available
gangwayMaterial (Enumeration: Specify the material used to construct the gangway
CodeVerticalStructureMaterial)
floatingDockLength (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the floating dock
floatingDockWidth (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the floating dock
floatingDockMaterial Specify the material used in constructing the dockArea
(Enumeration:
CodeVerticalStructureMaterial)
floatingBarge (Boolean) Specify if a floating barge is available
floatingBargeLength (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the floating barge
floatingBargeWidth (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the floating barge
floatingBargeMaterial Enumeration: Specify the material used in constructing the floatingBarge
CodeVerticalStructureMaterial)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.11.9. Anchorage Area

Definition: An area designated specifically for the parking of seaplanes.
Feature Group SeaPlane

325
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Feature Class Name AnchorageArea

Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SEAP-ANCH- Seaplane dock
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 3 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 2 7
Information Assurance
Unclassified
Level
AIXM None
Equivalent Standards FGDC None
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements

326
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the anchorage area at its greatest horizontal extents.

TO TOWN
ON-SHORE FACILITY

ANCHOR LINE "A" ANCHOR SPACING "B"

MOORING BUOY ANCHOR MOORING BUOY

SWING AREA

OPERATING AREA

N
PREVAILING WIND

Monumentation No monumentation required.

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  20 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.

327
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by the
operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect the
subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store the
subject item's data.
mooringLocations (Integer) Specify the number of mooring locations provided in the
AnchorageArea.
length (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the AnchorageArea
width (Integer) Specify the overall length available for the floating dock
depth (Integer) Specify the depth of the turning basin with respect to mean
lowest low tide to the nearest 0.5 foot.
bottomConditions (String 240) Specify the type of bottom conditions in the AnchorageArea.
restriction (String 240) Any restrictions or cautions associated with the AnchorageArea
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

328
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.12. Group: SECURITY

5.12.1. Security Area

Definition: An area of the airport in which security measures required by 49 CFR 1542.201 must be
carried out [Source: 49 CFR 1542]
Feature Group Security
Feature Class Name SecurityArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
An area of the airport in which security measures required by 49 CFR
C- SECR-SECA
1542.201
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Secret
Level
AIXM SecurityElement Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC SecurityArea Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect outline of security area at its greatest horizontal extents. Extents can be
defined by fences, paint lines, or specific limits defined by airport authorities.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredths of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

329
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.12.2. Security Identification Display Area

Definition: Portions of an airport, specified in the airport security program, in which security measures
required by regulation must be, carried out. This area includes the security area and may include other
areas of the airport. [Source: DHS]
Feature Group Security
Feature Class Name SecurityIdDisplayArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-AIRF-SECR-SIDA Security Identification Display Area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Secret
Level
AIXM SecurityElement Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC SecurityIdentificationDisplayArea Extension
SDSFIE none
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect outline of security area at its greatest horizontal extents. Extents can be
defined by fences, paint lines, or specific limits defined by airport authorities.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.12.3. Security Perimeter Line

Definition: Any type of perimeter, such as barbed wire, high fences, motion detectors and armed
guards at gates, that ensure no unauthorized visitors can gain entry.
Feature Group Security
Feature Class Name SecurityPerimeterLine

330
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Feature Type Polygon

CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-DETL-FENC-SECU Security Fencing
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 MM
None User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM SecurityElement Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC SecurityPerimeterLine Extension
SDSFIE security_perimeter_line
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect outline of security area at its greatest horizontal extents. Extents can be
defined by fences, paint lines, or specific limits defined by airport authorities.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters. [Source: SDSFIE
Attribute Table]
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.12.4. Sterile Area

Definition: Portions of an airport defined in the airport security program that provide passengers
access to boarding aircraft and to which the access is generally controlled by TSA, an aircraft operator,
or a foreign air carrier. [Source: DHS]
Feature Group Security
Feature Class Name SterileArea
Feature Type Polygon

331
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description
C-AFLD-SECR-STER Airfield sterile area
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Secret
Level
AIXM SecurityElement Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC SterileArea Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect outline of security area at its greatest horizontal extents. Extents can be
defined by fences, paint lines, or specific limits defined by airport authorities.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

332
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.13. Group: SURFACE TRANSPORTATION

5.13.1. Bridge
Definition: A structure used by vehicles that allows passage over or under an obstacle such as a river,
chasm, mountain, road or railroad.
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name Bridge
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-STRC-OTLN- Bridges, piers, breakwaters, docks, floats, etc. - outlines
L-SITE-BRDG- Bridges
M-MATL-CRAN- Bridge cranes, jib cranes, and monorails
V-SITE-STRC- Structures (bridges, sheds, foundation pads, footings, etc.)
V-STRC-OTLN- Bridges, piers, breakwaters, docks, floats, etc. – outlines
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 (all) Continuous 1 (all)
User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 (all) (all) 7 (all)
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM Bridge Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Bridge Extension
SDSFIE road_bridge_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Capture the outline of bridge at its greatest horizontal extents.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
surfaceMaterial (Enumeration: The material used as a surface for the bridge.
CodeSurfaceMaterial)

333
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

bridgeType
(Enumeration: CodeBridgeType)
verticalStructureMaterial
Enumeration:
CodeVerticalStructureMaterial)
directionality Code indicating the traffic flow of the bridge being classified.
(Enumeration: CodeDirectionality)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.13.2. Driveway Area

Definition: An access to a building or other vehicle parking lot or storage area.
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name DrivewayArea
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-ROAD-DRIV- Driveway edge of pavement
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM DrivewayArea Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC DrivewayArea Extension
SDSFIE driveway_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Capture the outline of driveway at its greatest horizontal extents.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by the
operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect the
subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store the
subject item's data.

334
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

surfaceMaterial (enumeration: The material used as a surface for the driveway.

CodeSurfaceMaterial)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.13.3. Driveway Centerline

Definition: The center of the driveway as measured from the edge of the paved surface. The segments
of a driveway centerline will coincide with the road segments in order to provide network connectivity.
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name DrivewayCenterline
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-ROAD-DRIV-CNTR Driveway centerline
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM DrivewayCenterline Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC DrivewayCenterline Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect in the horizontal plane at the center of driveway, and to intersect with
centerline of road/drive/ramp.
Monumentation No monumentation required.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

335
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.13.4. Parking Lot

Definition: An area of an airport used for parking of automobiles, buses, etc.
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name ParkingLot
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-PKNG-ISLD- Parking islands
C-PKNG-OTLN- Parking lots
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 84 (all) Dashed-Spaced 1 mm (all)
User Defined
MicroStation Standards 256 (all) (all) 7 (all)
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM ParkingLot Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC ParkingLot Extension
SDSFIE vehicle_parking_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect outline of parking lot at its greatest horizontal extents.
Monumentation None
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the parking area.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description of the parking lot.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
parkingLotUse (String 16) The primary use of the parking area.
totalNumberSpaces (Integer) The total parking spaces available in the area including
handicapped or reserved spaces.
numberHandicapSpaces (Integer) The total number of spaces marked as being handicapped
parking.
owner The owner of the parking lot
(Enumeration: CodeOwner)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
surfaceType (Enumeration: Type of different materials used to construct the surface.
codeSurfaceType)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

336
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.13.5. Railroad Centerline

Definition: Represents the centerline of each pair of rails [Source: ANSI: Data Content Standards For
Transportation Networks: Roads]
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name RailroadCenterline
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RAIL-CNTR- Centerlines
C-RAIL-TRAK- Railroads
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 91 (all) 1 (all)
Continuous (all) User Defined
MicroStation Standards 106 (all) 7 (all)
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM RailroadCenterline Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RailroadCenterline Extension
SDSFIE railroad_centerline
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: In the horizontal plane, collect a line along the centerline of each pair of rails.
In the vertical plane, collect the height at the top of highest rail.
Monumentation None
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the railroad.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Any narrative remarks concerning the railroad.
Status (Enumeration codeStatus) The current status as to whether the railroad segment is being
used.
numberOfTracks (Integer) The number of tracks present
owner The owner of the rail track
(Enumeration: CodeOwner)
isBridge (Boolean) Indicates given railroad segment is bridge (Y- a is bridge, N- is
not a bridge).
istunnel (Boolean) Indicates given railroad segment is tunnel (Y- is a tunnel, N- is
not a tunnel).
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.

337
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

directionality Code indicating the traffic flow of the railroad segment being
(Enumeration: CodeDirectionality) classified.
segmentType Code indication the sequence or position of the segment being
(Enumeration: CodeSegmentType) classified by the feature.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.13.6. Railroad Yard

Definition: Represents a railroad yard [Source: ANSI: Data Content Standards For Transportation
Networks: Roads]
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name RailroadYard
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-RAIL-YARD- Railroad Yard
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM RailroadYard Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RailroadYard Extension
SDSFIE railroad_yard_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect outline of the yard area its greatest horizontal extents. Represented by
fences, road or change in ground surfaces.
Monumentation None
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) A name that represent the railroad yard.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Any brief description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
owner (Enumeration: CodeOwner) The owner of the rail track
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.

338
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together

into a version.

5.13.7. Road Centerline

Definition: The center of the roadway as measured from the edge of the paved surface. The segments
of a road centerline will coincide with the road segments in order to have similar characteristics.
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name RoadCenterline
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-ROAD-CNTR- Centerlines
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 1
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM RoadCenterline Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RoadCenterline Extension
SDSFIE road_centerline
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the centerline of road by splitting the edge of pavement or painted
centerline, which ever is better defined.
Monumentation None
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Any commonly used name for the road centerline.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
Color (Enumeration: CodeColor) The color of the centerline marking.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

339
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.13.8. Road Point

Definition: A point along the roadway system which has some special significance either for starting
or ending a road segment or for representing a significant position along the roadway system such as
the start or center of a bridge or the center of an intersection [Source: ANSI: Data Content Standards
For Transportation Networks: Roads]
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name RoadPoint
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-ROAD-POIN- Road Point
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 2 1 mm
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 4 7
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM RoadPoint Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RoadPoint Extension
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect point at desired location using the technique necessary to achieve
accuracy
Monumentation None
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

340
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.13.9. Road Segment

Definition: Represents a linear section of the physical road system designed for, or the result of,
human or vehicular movement; must be continuous (no gaps) and cannot branch; no mandates are
provided on how to segment the road system except that data providers adopt a consistent method
[Source: ANSI: Data Content Standards For Transportation Networks: Roads]
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name RoadSegment
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-PROF-ROAD- Roads
C-ROAD-CURB- Curbs
C-ROAD-OTLN- Roads
V-PROF-ROAD- Roads
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 1 (all) 1 mm (all)
Continuous (all) User Defined
MicroStation Standards 3 (all) 7 (all)
Information Assurance
Confidential
Level
AIXM RoadSegment Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC RoadSegment Extension
SDSFIE road_site
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect all road segments as individual polygon objects. Where two or more
roadway segments intersect, collect as separate polygons depicting beginning, intersection and end.
Collect roadway at the outer edge of pavement or defined paint line (excluding shoulder).
Monumentation None
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
(in feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) A common name or street name used to refer to the stretch of
road.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A general description of the road.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
alternateName (String 30) The alternate name or second name for the road.
route1Name (String 30) The route number or other identifier that is affiliated with the
first route type
route1Type (Enumeration: The first route type for the road (Interstate, US, State, etc.)
CodeRouteType)

341
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

route2Name (String 30) The route number or other identifier that is affiliated with the
second route type
route2Type (Enumeration: The second route type for the road (Interstate, US, State, etc.)
CodeRouteType)
route3Name (String 30) The number or other identifier that is affiliated with the third
route type
route3Type (Enumeration: The third route type for the road (Interstate, US, State, etc.)
CodeRouteType)
numberOfLanes (Integer) The total number of lanes of traffic, counting both directions,
not including turning lanes. [Source: SDSFIE Feature Table]
length (Real) The length of the road segment measured at the centerline.
[Source: SDSFIE Feature Table]
width (Real) The average width of the road segment. [Source: SDSFIE
Feature Table]
isBridge (Boolean) Indicates given road segment is bridge (Y- a is bridge, N- is not
a bridge). [Source: SDSFIE Feature Table]
isTunnel (Boolean) Indicates given road segment is tunnel (Y- is a tunnel, Nis not a
tunnel). [Source: SDSFIE Feature Table]
directionality Code indicating the traffic flow on the road segment.
(Enumeration: CodeDirectionality)
segmentType Code indicating the type of segment being classified.
(Enumeration: CodeSegmentType)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
surfaceType Type of material used to construct the surface.
(Enumeration: codeSurfaceType)
surfaceMaterial Material used to construct the surface of the road.
(Enumeration:
CodeSurfaceMaterial)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.13.10.Sidewalk
Definition: A paved or concrete pad used as a pedestrian walkway. Usually is composed of one or
more SideWalkSegments.
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name Sidewalk
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SITE-WALK- Walks, trails and bicycle paths
L-SITE-WALK- Walks and steps
V-SITE-WALK- Walks, trails, and bicycle paths
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 8 (all) 1 mm (all)
Continuous (all) User Defined
MicroStation Standards 9 (all) 7 (all)
Information Assurance Level Restricted

342
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

AIXM Sidewalk Extension

Equivalent Standards FGDC Sidewalk Extension
SDSFIE pedestrian_sidewalk_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect all sidewalks as individual polygon objects. Where two or more
sidewalks intersect, collect as separate polygons depicting beginning, intersection and end. Collect
sidewalk at the outer edge of pavement.
Monumentation None
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A brief description of any special characteristics of the
sidewalk.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
walkUse (String 26) A short description of the primary use of the sidewalk.
AmericanDisabilitiesAct (Boolean) Boolean indicating whether or not the walkway is in compliance
with the American Disabilities Act.
length (Real) The overall length of the sidewalk section.
width (Real) The mean width of the sidewalk section.
surfaceMaterial Primary material used in the sidewalk and/or trail.
(Enumeration:
CodeSurfaceMaterial)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
segmentType Code indicating the type of segment being classified.
(Enumeration: CodeSegmentType)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.13.11.Tunnel
Definition: The area of a transportation passage, open at both ends, used to provide access through or
under a natural obstacle.
Feature Group Surface Transportation
Feature Class Name Tunnel
Feature Type Polygon

343
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

CADD Standard Requirements

Layer/Level Description
L-SITE-TUNL- Tunnels
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 7 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 0 7
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM Tunnel Extension
Equivalent Standards FGDC Tunnel Extension
SDSFIE tunnel_area
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the tunnel extending between the entrance points with a width defined
by edge of pavement at either entrance.
Monumentation None
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
 5 ft  5 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
type (String 16) The code that represents the type of tunnel
verticalClearance (Real) Indicates the actual vertical clearance to the top of the tunnel
imposed by any restrictions.
averageHeight (Real) The average height of the tunnel.
averageWidth (Real) The average width of the tunnel.
length (Real) The length of the tunnel.
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not affect
the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to store
the subject item's data.
directionality
(Enumeration:CodeDirectionality)
segmentType Code indicating the type of segment being classified.
(Enumeration: CodeSegmentType)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

344
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.14. Group: UTILITIES

5.14.1. Tank Site

Definition: An above or below grade receptacle or chamber for holding anything (e.g., fuels, water,
waste, etc.) on a temporary basis prior to transfer, use, or disposal. Tanks are typically located on
TankSites.
Feature Group Utilities
Feature Class Name TankSite
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
L-DETL-TKST- Tank Site
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 4 1 MM
Continuous User Defined
MicroStation Standards 7 7
Information Assurance Level Confidential
AIXM VerticalStructure Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC TankSite
SDSFIE undefined_tank_site
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Outer limits of tank outline.
Monumentation As required by local, State, or national standards for this type of data.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Accuracy Requirements (in Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
feet)
+/- 3 ft +/- 3 ft N/A
Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
Resolution
Five hundredths of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) A description or other unique information concerning the
subject item, limited to 255 characters. [Source: SDSFIE
Feature Table]
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
tankType (String 40) A brief description of the tpye of tank.
topElevation (Real) The dimension indicating the elevation of exterior top surface of
the tank's lid, hatch, rim, or roof in feet (English units) or meters
(SI units) above some datum, if it is known. [Source: SDSFIE
Feature Table]
lightCode (Boolean) A code indicating that the obstacle is lighted [Source: AIXM]
verticalStructureMaterial Classifies the predominant material of the vertical object
(Enumeration:
CodeVerticalStructureMaterial)

345
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

lightingType (Enumeration: A description of the lighting system. Lighting system

codeLightingConfigurationType) classifications are Approach; Airport; Runway; Taxiway; and
Obstruction
markingFeatureType The type of the marking(s)
(Enumeration:
codeMarkingFeatureType)
color (Enumeration: codeColor) The color of the marking(s)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.14.2. Utility Line

Definition: Any utility feature typically represented as a line.
Feature Group Utilities
Feature Class Name UtilityLine
Feature Type Line
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description Layer/Level Description
Main low temperature
C-FUEL-ABND- Abandoned piping M-HTCW-LTPL-
piping
Low temperature
C-FUEL-DEFL- Defueling piping M-HTCW-LTPS-
service piping
C-FUEL-MAIN- Main fuel piping M-HTCW-STML- Main steam piping
C-FUEL-SERV- Service piping M-HTCW-STMS- Steam service piping
C-FUEL-TRCH- Fuel line trench M-HVAC-RETN- Return ductwork
C-NGAS-ABND- Abandoned piping M-HVAC-SUPP- Supply ductwork
Hydraulic system
C-NGAS-MAIN- Main natural gas piping M-HYDR-PIPE-
piping
C-NGAS-SERV- Service piping M-INSL-PIPE- Insulating oil piping
C-PROF-PIPE- Piping M-LUBE-PIPE- Lubrication oil piping
C-SSWR-ABND- Abandoned piping M-PROC-PIPE- Process piping
Piping (includes
C-SSWR-MAIN- Sanitary sewer piping M-RCOV-PIPE-
fittings, valves)
Sanitary sewer service Piping (includes
C-SSWR-SERV- M-REFG-PIPE-
piping fittings, valves)
C-STRM-ABND- Abandoned piping M-RWTR-PIPE- Raw water piping
Headwalls and
C-STRM-HDWL- M-STEM-PIPE- Steam piping
endwalls
C-STRM-MAIN- Storm sewer piping P-CMPA-PIPE- Piping
C-STRM-ROOF- Roof drain line P-FUEL-FGAS- Fuel gas piping
Storm sewer service
C-STRM-SERV- P-FUEL-FOIL- Fuel oil piping
piping
C-STRM-SUBS- Subsurface drain piping P-LGAS-PIPE- Piping
E-AIRF-DUCT- Ductbanks P-MDGS-PIPE- Piping
E-CABL-COAX- Coax cable P-SANR-COND- Condensate piping
E-CABL-FIBR- Fiber optics cable P-SANR-PIPE- Piping

346
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

E-CABL-MULT- Multi-conductor cable P-SANR-VENT- Vent piping

Cable trays and
E-CABL-TRAY- P-STRM-PIPE- Storm drain piping
wireways
Control and monitoring Cable trays and
E-CIRC-CTRL- T-CABL-TRAY-
circuits wireways
E-CIRC-MULT- Multiple circuits V-AIRF-DUCT- Ductbanks
Control and monitoring
E-CIRC-SERS- Series circuits V-CIRC-CTRL-
circuits
Overhead
E-COMM-OVHD- communications/teleph V-CIRC-MULT- Multiple circuits
one lines
Underground
E-COMM-UNDR- communications/teleph V-CIRC-SERS- Series circuits
one lines
Overhead
E-DUCT-MULT- Ductbank V-COMM-OVHD- communications/teleph
one lines
Underground
E-GRND-CIRC- Circuits V-COMM-UNDR- communications/teleph
one lines
Lighting circuits
E-LITE-CIRC- (including crosslines V-DUCT-MULT- Ductbank
and homeruns)
Power circuits
E-POWR-CIRC- (including crosslines V-ELEC-VALT- Vaults
and homeruns)
Overhead electrical
E-PRIM-OVHD- V-FUEL-ABND- Abandoned piping
utility lines
Underground electrical
E-PRIM-UNDR- V-FUEL-DEFL- Defueling piping
utility lines
Overhead electrical
E-SECD-OVHD- V-FUEL-MAIN- Main fuel piping
utility lines
Underground electrical
E-SECD-UNDR- V-FUEL-SERV- Service piping
utility lines
F-AFFF-PIPE- Piping V-FUEL-TRCH- Fuel line trench
CO2 piping or CO2 Piping (includes
F-CO2S-PIPE- V-GTHP-PIPE-
discharge nozzle piping fittings, valves)
F-HALN-PIPE- Halon piping V-HTCW-ABND- Abandoned piping
Main chilled water
F-IGAS-PIPE- Inert gas piping V-HTCW-CHLL-
piping
Chilled water service
F-PROT-HOSE- Fire hoses V-HTCW-CHLS-
piping
Main high temperature
F-SPRN-PIPE- Sprinkler piping V-HTCW-HTPL-
piping
High temperature
F-WATR-PIPE- Piping V-HTCW-HTPS-
service piping
Main low temperature
L-DETL-WIRE- Wiring V-HTCW-LTPL-
piping
Low temperature
L-IRRG-PIPE- Piping V-HTCW-LTPS-
service piping

347
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Acid, alkaline, and oil

M-ACID-PIPE- V-HTCW-STML- Main steam piping
waste piping
Acid, alkaline, and oil
M-ACID-VENT- V-HTCW-STMS- Steam service piping
waste vent piping
M-AFRZ-PIPE- Anti-freeze piping V-NGAS-ABND- Abandoned piping
Waste anti-freeze Overhead electrical
M-AFRZ-WAST- V-PRIM-OVHD-
piping utility lines
Underground electrical
M-BRIN-PIPE- Brine system piping V-PRIM-UNDR-
utility lines
Piping (includes
M-CHEM-PIPE- V-PROF-PIPE- Piping
fittings, valves)
Overhead electrical
M-CNDW-PIPE- Condenser water piping V-SECD-OVHD-
utility lines
Condensate piping
Underground electrical
M-COND-PIPE- (includes fittings, V-SECD-UNDR-
utility lines
valves)
M-CONT-WIRE- Low voltage wiring V-SSWR-ABND- Abandoned piping
Piping (includes
M-CWTR-PIPE- V-SSWR-MAIN- Sanitary sewer piping
fittings, valves)
Sanitary sewer service
M-DETL-PIPE- Piping V-SSWR-SERV-
piping
M-DETL-WIRE- Electrical wiring V-STRM-ABND- Abandoned piping
Piping (includes
M-DUAL-PIPE- V-STRM-MAIN- Storm sewer piping
fittings, valves)
Piping (includes
M-GTHP-PIPE- V-STRM-SUBS- Subsurface drain piping
fittings, valves)
Power lines, lights,
M-HTCW-ABND- Abandoned piping V-UTIL-ELEC- telephone poles,
communication lines
Main chilled water
M-HTCW-CHLL- V-UTIL-STEM- Steam lines
piping
Storm sewer lines,
Chilled water service
M-HTCW-CHLS- V-UTIL-STRM- culverts, manholes, and
piping
headwalls
Main high temperature Water lines, hydrants,
M-HTCW-HTPL- V-UTIL-WATR-
piping tanks
High temperature
M-HTCW-HTPS-
service piping
Color Linetype Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 (all) Continuous 1 MM (all)
User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 (all) (all) 7 (all)
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM VerticalStructure Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC Utility
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Capture feature using technique as required to meet accuracies below. Collect
in line segments.

348
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Monumentation As required by local, State, or national standards for this type of data.
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
Accuracy Requirements (in A  1 ft  0.25 ft
feet) B  3 ft  10 ft
N/A
C  5 ft  10 ft
D  10 ft  20 ft
Resolution Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
A Hundredth of arc second Nearest Tenth of a foot
B Five Hundredths of arc second Nearest Foot
C Five Hundredths of arc second Nearest Foot
D Tenth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
utilityType The type of utility represented by the feature.
(Enumeration: CodeUtilityType)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
directionality Code indicating the flow of the utility being classified.
(Enumeration: CodeDirectionality)
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.14.3. Utility Point

Definition: Any utility feature typically represented as a point.
Feature Group Utilities
Feature Class Name UtilityPoint
Feature Type Point
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description Layer/Level Description
Inlets (curb, surface, and
C-DETL-TANK- Tanks V-STRM-INLT-
catch basins)
Air eliminators, filter
strainers, hydrant fill points,
C-FUEL-DEVC- line vents, markers, oil/water V-STRM-MHOL- Manholes
separators, reducers,
regulators, and valves
C-FUEL-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees V-STRM-PUMP- Pump stations
C-FUEL-HYDR- Hydrant control pits V-TRAN-PADM- Pad mounted transformers
Junction boxes, manholes,
C-FUEL-JBOX- V-TRAN-POLE- Pole mounted transformers
handholes, test boxes

349
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

C-FUEL-METR- Meters V-UTIL-LINE- Utilities

Gas lines, features, and
C-FUEL-PUMP- Booster pump stations V-UTIL-NGAS-
valves
C-FUEL-TANK- Fuel tanks V-UTIL-SSWR- Sanitary lines and manholes
C-FUEL-VENT- Vent pits E-SPCL-SRFS- Surface Sensor System
T-COMM- Telecommunications
C-FUEL-VLVE- Valve pits
ANTN- antennae
Hydrant fill points, lights,
vents, markers, rectifiers, CMRA Security camera
C-NGAS-DEVC- reducers, regulators, sources, C-SITE-SECU- locations outside of
tanks, drip pots, taps, and buildings
valves
Main distribution panels,
C-NGAS-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees E-LITE-PANL- switchboards, lighting
panels
C-NGAS-METR- Meters E-LITE-SPCL- Special fixtures
Lighting contactors,
photoelectric controls, low-
C-NGAS-PUMP- Compressor stations E-LITE-SWCH-
voltage lighting controls,
etc.
C-NGAS-REDC- Reducing stations E-LITE-WALL- Wall mounted fixtures
Lightning protection
C-NGAS-VENT- Vent pits E-LTNG-COND-
conductors
Lightning protection
C-NGAS-VLVE- Valve pits/boxes E-LTNG-TERM-
terminals
Grease traps, grit chambers,
flumes, neutralizers, oil/water
C-SSWR-DEVC- E-POLE-UTIL- Utility poles
separators, ejectors, and
valves
C-SSWR-FILT- Filtration beds E-POWR-BUSW- Busways and wireways
C-SSWR-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts E-POWR-CABL- Cable trays
C-SSWR-JBOX- Junction boxes and manholes E-POWR-FEED- Feeders
Generators and auxiliary
C-SSWR-PUMP- Booster pump stations E-POWR-GENR-
equipment
C-SSWR-TANK- Septic tanks E-POWR-JBOX- Junction boxes
Panelboards, switchboards,
C-STRM-CULV- Culverts E-POWR-PANL-
MCC, unit substations
Downspouts, flumes,
Disconnect switches, motor
C-STRM-DEVC- oil/water separators, and flap E-POWR-SWCH-
starters, contactors, etc.
gates
C-STRM-EROS- Erosion control (riprap) E-SERT-BURD- Buried sensors
C-STRM-
Flow monitoring station E-SERT-UNDR- Buried sensors
FMON-
C-STRM-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts E-SPCL-JBOX- Junction boxes
Inlets (curb, surface, and Panelboards, backing
C-STRM-INLT- E-SPCL-PANL-
catch basins) boards, patch panel racks
C-STRM- Special systems (UMCS,
Manholes E-SPCL-SYST-
MHOL- EMCS, CATV, etc.)
C-STRM-PUMP- Pump stations E-TRAN-PADM- Pad mounted transformers

350
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Storm drainage, headwalls,

C-STRM-STRC- inlets, manholes, culverts, E-TRAN-POLE- Pole mounted transformers
and drainage structures
Capacitors, voltage
regulators, motors, buses,
E-AIRF-DEVC- F-AFFF-EQPM- Equipment
generators, meters, grounds,
and markers
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
E-AIRF-JBOX- manholes, handholes, F-ALRM-INDC- Indicating appliances
pedestals, splices
Manual fire alarm pull
E-CATH-ANOD- Sacrificial anode system F-ALRM-MANL-
stations
Fire service or emergency
E-CATH-CURR- Impress current system F-ALRM-PHON-
telephone stations
E-CATH-TEST- Test stations F-CO2S-EQPM- Equipment
E-COMM- Other communications
F-CTRL-PANL- Control panels
EQPM- distribution equipment
Communication junction
E-COMM-
boxes, pull boxes, manholes, F-HALN-EQPM- Halon equipment
JBOX-
handholes, pedestals, splices
Capacitors, voltage
regulators, motors, buses,
E-ELEC-DEVC- F-IGAS-EQPM- Inert gas equipment
generators, meters, grounds,
and markers
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
E-ELEC-JBOX- manholes, handholes, F-LITE-EMER- Emergency fixtures
pedestals, splices
E-ELEC-SUBS- Other substation equipment F-LITE-EXIT- Exit fixtures
Fuse cutouts, pole mounted
switches, circuit breakers, Egress requirements
E-ELEC-SWCH- F-LSFT-EGRE-
gang operated disconnects, designator
reclosers, cubicle switches
Occupant load for egress
E-ELEC-VALT- Vaults F-LSFT-OCCP-
capacity
E-GRND-EQUI- Equipotential ground system F-WATR-CONN- Fire department connections
E-GRND-REFR- Reference ground system F-WATR-HYDR- Hydrants
Emergency fixtures (outline
E-LITE-EMER- of light (if ceiling mounted) F-WATR-PUMP- Fire pumps
should go on E-LITE-CLNG)
Exit fixtures (outline of light
E-LITE-EXIT- (if ceiling mounted) should H-DECN-EQPM- Decontamination equipment
go on
E-LITE-CLNG- Ceiling Fixtures H-DISP-TANK- Spill containment tanks
E-LITE-EXTR- Exterior lights L-DETL-VLVE- Valves, fittings
E-LITE-JBOX- Junction boxes L-IRRG-SPKL- Sprinklers
Main distribution panels, Acid, alkaline, and oil waste
E-LITE-PANL- M-ACID-EQPM-
switchboards, lighting panels equipment
E-LITE-SPCL- Special fixtures M-BRIN-EQPM- Brine system equipment

351
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Lighting contactors,
M-CHEM-
E-LITE-SWCH- photoelectric controls, low- Equipment
EQPM-
voltage lighting controls, etc.
M-CNDW-
E-LITE-WALL- Wall mounted fixtures Condenser water equipment
EQPM-
Lightning protection Thermostats, controls,
E-LTNG-COND- M-CONT-THER-
conductors instrumentation, and sensors
Lightning protection M-CWTR-
E-LTNG-TERM- Equipment
terminals EQPM-
E-POLE-UTIL- Utility poles M-DETL-BOIL- Boilers
E-POWR-
Busways and wireways M-DETL-COIL- Coils and fin tubes
BUSW-
E-POWR-CABL- Cable trays M-DETL-DUCT- Ducts
E-POWR-FEED- Feeders M-DETL-EQPT- Equipment and fixtures
Generators and auxiliary
E-POWR-GENR- M-DETL-FANS- Fans
equipment
E-POWR-JBOX- Junction boxes M-DETL-PUMP- Pumps and compressors
Panelboards, switchboards,
E-POWR-PANL- M-DETL-TANK- Tanks
MCC, unit substations
E-POWR- Disconnect switches, motor
M-DETL-TRAP- Traps and drains
SWCH- starters, contactors, etc.
E-SERT-BURD- Buried sensors M-DETL-VENT- Vents
E-SERT-UNDR- Buried sensors M-DETL-VLVE- Valves and fittings
E-SPCL-JBOX- Junction boxes M-DUAL-EQPM- Equipment
Panelboards, backing boards,
E-SPCL-PANL- M-DUST-DUCT- Dust and fume ductwork
patch panel racks
Special systems (UMCS, Dust and fume collection
E-SPCL-SYST- M-DUST-EQPM-
EMCS, CATV, etc.) equipment
E-TRAN-PADM- Pad mounted transformers M-GTHP-EQPM- Equipment
E-TRAN-POLE- Pole mounted transformers M-HTCW-CHLP- Chilled water plant
Rigid anchors, anchor
guides, rectifiers, reducers,
F-AFFF-EQPM- Equipment M-HTCW-DEVC-
markers, meters, pumps,
regulators, tanks, and valves
F-ALRM-INDC- Indicating appliances M-HTCW-FTTG- Caps and flanges
F-ALRM- Manual fire alarm pull High temperature water
M-HTCW-HTPP-
MANL- stations plant
Fire service or emergency Junction boxes, manholes,
F-ALRM-PHON- M-HTCW-JBOX-
telephone stations handholes, test boxes
F-CO2S-EQPM- Equipment M-HTCW-PITS- Valve pits/vaults, steam pits
M-HTCW-
F-CTRL-PANL- Control panels Pump stations
PUMP-
F-HALN-EQPM- Halon equipment M-HTCW-RTRN- Return for all HTCW lines
M-HVAC-
F-IGAS-EQPM- Inert gas equipment Fire and smoke dampers
DAMP-
F-LITE-EMER- Emergency fixtures M-HVAC-EQPM- Air system equipment
Roof mounted HVAC
F-LITE-EXIT- Exit fixtures M-HVAC-ROOF-
equipment
Egress requirements M-HWTR-
F-LSFT-EGRE- Equipment
designator EQPM-

352
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Occupant load for egress Piping (includes fittings,

F-LSFT-OCCP- M-HWTR-PIPE-
capacity valves)
F-WATR-
Fire department connections M-HYDR-EQPM- Hydraulic system equipment
CONN-
F-WATR-
Hydrants M-INSL-EQPM- Insulating oil equipment
HYDR-
F-WATR-PUMP- Fire pumps M-LUBE-EQPM- Lubrication oil equipment
H-DECN-EQPM- Decontamination equipment M-MACH-BASE- Machinery bases
Miscellaneous lifting
H-DISP-TANK- Spill containment tanks M-MATL-LIFT-
equipment
L-DETL-VLVE- Valves, fittings M-PROC-EQPM- Equipment
L-IRRG-SPKL- Sprinklers M-RCOV-EQPM- Equipment
Acid, alkaline, and oil waste
M-ACID-EQPM- M-REFG-EQPM- Equipment
equipment
M-RWTR-
M-BRIN-EQPM- Brine system equipment Raw water equipment
EQPM-
M-CHEM-
Equipment M-STEM-EQPM- Equipment
EQPM-
M-CNDW-
Condenser water equipment P-CMPA-EQPM- Equipment
EQPM-
Thermostats, controls,
M-CONT-THER- P-FUEL-EQPM- Equipment
instrumentation, and sensors
M-CWTR-
Equipment P-LGAS-EQPM- Equipment
EQPM-
M-DETL-BOIL- Boilers P-MDGS-EQPM- Equipment
Equipment (e.g.,
M-DETL-COIL- Coils and fin tubes P-SANR-EQPM-
sand/oil/water separators)
Floor drains, sinks, and
M-DETL-DUCT- Ducts P-SANR-FLDR-
cleanouts
M-DETL-EQPT- Equipment and fixtures S-BRAC-VERT- Vertical bracing
M-DETL-FANS- Fans S-GRAT-SUBS- Subsurface grating
Gates (flap gates, sluice
M-DETL-PUMP- Pumps and compressors S-PIPE-GATE-
gates, other)
M-DETL-TANK- Tanks T-CABL-COAX- Coax cable
M-DETL-TRAP- Traps and drains T-CABL-FIBR- Fiber optics cable
M-DETL-VENT- Vents T-CABL-MULT- Multi-conductor cable
M-DETL-VLVE- Valves and fittings T-COMM-JBOX- Junction boxes
M-DUAL- Distribution equipment for
Equipment T-EQPM-COPP-
EQPM- copper
Distribution equipment for
M-DUST-DUCT- Dust and fume ductwork T-EQPM-FIBR-
fiber optic
M-DUST- Dust and fume collection Other telecommunications
T-EQPM-OTHR-
EQPM- equipment equipment
M-GTHP-
Equipment T-JACK-DATA- Data/LAN jacks
EQPM-
M-HTCW-
Chilled water plant T-JACK-PHON- Telephone jacks
CHLP-

353
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Rigid anchors, anchor guides, Capacitors, voltage

M-HTCW- rectifiers, reducers, markers, regulators, motors, buses,
V-AIRF-DEVC-
DEVC- meters, pumps, regulators, generators, meters, grounds,
tanks, and valves and markers
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
M-HTCW-
Caps and flanges V-AIRF-JBOX- manholes, handholes,
FTTG-
pedestals, splices
M-HTCW-
High temperature water plant V-CATH-ANOD- Sacrificial anode system
HTPP-
M-HTCW- Junction boxes, manholes,
V-CATH-CURR- Impress current system
JBOX- handholes, test boxes
M-HTCW-PITS- Valve pits/vaults, steam pits V-CATH-TEST- Test stations
M-HTCW- V-COMM- Other communications
Pump stations
PUMP- EQPM- distribution equipment
Communication junction
M-HTCW- boxes, pull boxes,
Return for all HTCW lines V-COMM-JBOX-
RTRN- manholes, handholes,
pedestals, splices
Capacitors, voltage
M-HVAC- regulators, motors, buses,
Fire and smoke dampers V-ELEC-DEVC-
DAMP- generators, meters, grounds,
and markers
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
M-HVAC-
Air system equipment V-ELEC-JBOX- manholes, handholes,
EQPM-
pedestals, splices
M-HVAC- Roof mounted HVAC
V-ELEC-SUBS- Other substation equipment
ROOF- equipment
Fuse cutouts, pole mounted
M-HWTR- switches, circuit breakers,
Equipment V-ELEC-SWCH-
EQPM- gang operated disconnects,
reclosers, cubicle switches
Air eliminators, filter
strainers, hydrant fill points,
Piping (includes fittings, line vents, markers,
M-HWTR-PIPE- V-FUEL-DEVC-
valves) oil/water separators,
reducers, regulators, and
valves
M-HYDR-
Hydraulic system equipment V-FUEL-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees
EQPM-
M-INSL-EQPM- Insulating oil equipment V-FUEL-HYDR- Hydrant control pits
M-LUBE- Junction boxes, manholes,
Lubrication oil equipment V-FUEL-JBOX-
EQPM- handholes, test boxes
M-MACH-
Machinery bases V-FUEL-METR- Meters
BASE-
Miscellaneous lifting
M-MATL-LIFT- V-FUEL-PUMP- Booster pump stations
equipment
M-PROC-
Equipment V-FUEL-TANK- Fuel tanks
EQPM-
M-RCOV-
Equipment V-FUEL-VENT- Vent pits
EQPM-

354
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

M-REFG-EQPM- Equipment V-FUEL-VLVE- Valve pits

M-RWTR-
Raw water equipment V-GTHP-EQPM- Equipment
EQPM-
M-STEM-
Equipment V-HTCW-CHLP- Chilled water plant
EQPM-
Rigid anchors, anchor
guides, rectifiers, reducers,
P-CMPA-EQPM- Equipment V-HTCW-DEVC-
markers, meters, pumps,
regulators, tanks, and valves
P-FUEL-EQPM- Equipment V-HTCW-FTTG- Caps and flanges
High temperature water
P-LGAS-EQPM- Equipment V-HTCW-HTPP-
plant
Junction boxes, manholes,
P-MDGS-EQPM- Equipment V-HTCW-JBOX-
handholes, test boxes
Equipment (e.g.,
P-SANR-EQPM- V-HTCW-PITS- Valve pits/vaults, steam pits
sand/oil/water separators)
Floor drains, sinks, and
P-SANR-FLDR- V-HTCW-PUMP- Pump stations
cleanouts
S-BRAC-VERT- Vertical bracing V-HTCW-RTRN- Return for all HTCW lines
S-GRAT-SUBS- Subsurface grating V-LITE-FIXT- Exterior Lights
Hydrant fill points, lights,
vents, markers, rectifiers,
Gates (flap gates, sluice
S-PIPE-GATE- V-NGAS-DEVC- reducers, regulators,
gates, other)
sources, tanks, drip pots,
taps, and valves
T-CABL-COAX- Coax cable V-NGAS-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees
T-CABL-FIBR- Fiber optics cable V-NGAS-METR- Meters
T-CABL-MULT- Multi-conductor cable V-NGAS-PUMP- Compressor stations
T-COMM-
Junction boxes V-NGAS-REDC- Reducing stations
JBOX-
Distribution equipment for
T-EQPM-COPP- V-NGAS-VENT- Vent pits
copper
Distribution equipment for
T-EQPM-FIBR- V-NGAS-VLVE- Valve pits/boxes
fiber optic
Other telecommunications
T-EQPM-OTHR- V-POLE-UTIL- Utility poles
equipment
T-JACK-DATA- Data/LAN jacks V-PROF-MHOL- Manholes
Special systems (UMCS,
T-JACK-PHON- Telephone jacks V-SPCL-SYST-
EMCS, CATV, etc.)
Capacitors, voltage Grease traps, grit chambers,
regulators, motors, buses, flumes, neutralizers,
V-AIRF-DEVC- V-SSWR-DEVC-
generators, meters, grounds, oil/water separators,
and markers ejectors, and valves
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
V-AIRF-JBOX- manholes, handholes, V-SSWR-FILT- Filtration beds
pedestals, splices
V-CATH-
Sacrificial anode system V-SSWR-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts
ANOD-
Junction boxes and
V-CATH-CURR- Impress current system V-SSWR-JBOX-
manholes

355
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

V-CATH-TEST- Test stations V-SSWR-PUMP- Booster pump stations

V-COMM- Other communications
V-SSWR-TANK- Septic tanks
EQPM- distribution equipment
Communication junction
V-COMM- Chutes and concrete erosion
boxes, pull boxes, manholes, V-STRM-CHUT-
JBOX- control structures
handholes, pedestals, splices
Capacitors, voltage
regulators, motors, buses,
V-ELEC-DEVC- V-STRM-CULV- Culverts
generators, meters, grounds,
and markers
Junction boxes, pull boxes, Downspouts, flumes,
V-ELEC-JBOX- manholes, handholes, V-STRM-DEVC- oil/water separators, and
pedestals, splices flap gates
V-ELEC-SUBS- Other substation equipment V-STRM-EROS- Erosion control (riprap)
Fuse cutouts, pole mounted
switches, circuit breakers,
V-ELEC-SWCH- V-STRM-FMON- Flow monitoring station
gang operated disconnects,
reclosers, cubicle switches
Air eliminators, filter
strainers, hydrant fill points,
V-FUEL-DEVC- line vents, markers, oil/water V-STRM-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts
separators, reducers,
regulators, and valves
V-FUEL-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees V-STRM-HDWL- Headwalls and endwalls
Inlets (curb, surface, and
V-FUEL-HYDR- Hydrant control pits V-STRM-INLT-
catch basins)
Junction boxes, manholes,
V-FUEL-JBOX- V-STRM-MHOL- Manholes
handholes, test boxes
V-FUEL-METR- Meters V-STRM-PUMP- Pump stations
V-FUEL-PUMP- Booster pump stations V-TRAN-PADM- Pad mounted transformers
V-FUEL-TANK- Fuel tanks V-TRAN-POLE- Pole mounted transformers
V-FUEL-VENT- Vent pits V-UTIL-LINE- Utilities
Gas lines, features, and
V-FUEL-VLVE- Valve pits V-UTIL-NGAS-
valves
V-GTHP-EQPM- Equipment V-UTIL-SSWR- Sanitary lines and manholes
V-HTCW-CHLP- Chilled water plant E-SPCL-SRFS- Surface Sensor System
Rigid anchors, anchor guides,
V-HTCW- rectifiers, reducers, markers, T-COMM- Telecommunications
DEVC- meters, pumps, regulators, ANTN- antennae
tanks, and valves
CMRA Security camera
V-HTCW-FTTG- Caps and flanges C-SITE-SECU- locations outside of
buildings
V-HTCW-HTPP- High temperature water plant F-IGAS-EQPM- Inert gas equipment
Junction boxes, manholes,
V-HTCW-JBOX- F-LITE-EMER- Emergency fixtures
handholes, test boxes
V-HTCW-PITS- Valve pits/vaults, steam pits F-LITE-EXIT- Exit fixtures
V-HTCW- Egress requirements
Pump stations F-LSFT-EGRE-
PUMP- designator

356
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

V-HTCW- Occupant load for egress

Return for all HTCW lines F-LSFT-OCCP-
RTRN- capacity
V-LITE-FIXT- Exterior Lights F-WATR-CONN- Fire department connections
Hydrant fill points, lights,
vents, markers, rectifiers,
V-NGAS-DEVC- reducers, regulators, sources, F-WATR-HYDR- Hydrants
tanks, drip pots, taps, and
valves
V-NGAS-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees F-WATR-PUMP- Fire pumps
V-NGAS-METR- Meters H-DECN-EQPM- Decontamination equipment
V-NGAS-PUMP- Compressor stations H-DISP-TANK- Spill containment tanks
V-NGAS-REDC- Reducing stations L-DETL-VLVE- Valves, fittings
V-NGAS-VENT- Vent pits L-IRRG-SPKL- Sprinklers
Acid, alkaline, and oil waste
V-NGAS-VLVE- Valve pits/boxes M-ACID-EQPM-
equipment
V-POLE-UTIL- Utility poles M-BRIN-EQPM- Brine system equipment
M-CHEM-
V-PROF-MHOL- Manholes Equipment
EQPM-
Special systems (UMCS, M-CNDW-
V-SPCL-SYST- Condenser water equipment
EMCS, CATV, etc.) EQPM-
Grease traps, grit chambers,
flumes, neutralizers, oil/water Thermostats, controls,
V-SSWR-DEVC- M-CONT-THER-
separators, ejectors, and instrumentation, and sensors
valves
M-CWTR-
V-SSWR-FILT- Filtration beds Equipment
EQPM-
V-SSWR-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts M-DETL-BOIL- Boilers
V-SSWR-JBOX- Junction boxes and manholes M-DETL-COIL- Coils and fin tubes
V-SSWR-PUMP- Booster pump stations M-DETL-DUCT- Ducts
V-SSWR-TANK- Septic tanks M-DETL-EQPT- Equipment and fixtures
Chutes and concrete erosion
V-STRM-CHUT- M-DETL-FANS- Fans
control structures
V-STRM-CULV- Culverts M-DETL-PUMP- Pumps and compressors
Downspouts, flumes,
V-STRM-DEVC- oil/water separators, and flap M-DETL-TANK- Tanks
gates
V-STRM-EROS- Erosion control (riprap) M-DETL-TRAP- Traps and drains
V-STRM-
Flow monitoring station M-DETL-VENT- Vents
FMON-
V-STRM-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts M-DETL-VLVE- Valves and fittings
V-STRM-
Headwalls and endwalls M-DUAL-EQPM- Equipment
HDWL-
Inlets (curb, surface, and
V-STRM-INLT- M-DUST-DUCT- Dust and fume ductwork
catch basins)
V-STRM- Dust and fume collection
Manholes M-DUST-EQPM-
MHOL- equipment
V-STRM-PUMP- Pump stations M-GTHP-EQPM- Equipment
V-TRAN-
Pad mounted transformers M-HTCW-CHLP- Chilled water plant
PADM-

357
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Rigid anchors, anchor

guides, rectifiers, reducers,
V-TRAN-POLE- Pole mounted transformers M-HTCW-DEVC-
markers, meters, pumps,
regulators, tanks, and valves
V-UTIL-LINE- Utilities M-HTCW-FTTG- Caps and flanges
Gas lines, features, and High temperature water
V-UTIL-NGAS- M-HTCW-HTPP-
valves plant
Junction boxes, manholes,
V-UTIL-SSWR- Sanitary lines and manholes M-HTCW-JBOX-
handholes, test boxes
E-SPCL-SRFS- Surface Sensor System M-HTCW-PITS- Valve pits/vaults, steam pits
T-COMM- Telecommunications M-HTCW-
Pump stations
ANTN- antennae PUMP-
MRA Security camera
C-SITE-SECU- M-HTCW-RTRN- Return for all HTCW lines
locations outside of buildings
M-HVAC-
C-STRM-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts Fire and smoke dampers
DAMP-
Inlets (curb, surface, and
C-STRM-INLT- M-HVAC-EQPM- Air system equipment
catch basins)
C-STRM- Roof mounted HVAC
Manholes M-HVAC-ROOF-
MHOL- equipment
M-HWTR-
C-STRM-PUMP- Pump stations Equipment
EQPM-
Storm drainage, headwalls,
Piping (includes fittings,
C-STRM-STRC- inlets, manholes, culverts, M-HWTR-PIPE-
valves)
and drainage structures
Capacitors, voltage
regulators, motors, buses,
E-AIRF-DEVC- M-HYDR-EQPM- Hydraulic system equipment
generators, meters, grounds,
and markers
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
E-AIRF-JBOX- manholes, handholes, M-INSL-EQPM- Insulating oil equipment
pedestals, splices
E-CATH-ANOD- Sacrificial anode system M-LUBE-EQPM- Lubrication oil equipment
E-CATH-CURR- Impress current system M-MACH-BASE- Machinery bases
Miscellaneous lifting
E-CATH-TEST- Test stations M-MATL-LIFT-
equipment
E-COMM- Other communications
M-PROC-EQPM- Equipment
EQPM- distribution equipment
Communication junction
E-COMM-
boxes, pull boxes, manholes, M-RCOV-EQPM- Equipment
JBOX-
handholes, pedestals, splices
Capacitors, voltage
regulators, motors, buses,
E-ELEC-DEVC- M-REFG-EQPM- Equipment
generators, meters, grounds,
and markers
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
M-RWTR-
E-ELEC-JBOX- manholes, handholes, Raw water equipment
EQPM-
pedestals, splices
E-ELEC-SUBS- Other substation equipment M-STEM-EQPM- Equipment

358
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Fuse cutouts, pole mounted

switches, circuit breakers,
E-ELEC-SWCH- P-CMPA-EQPM- Equipment
gang operated disconnects,
reclosers, cubicle switches
E-ELEC-VALT- Vaults P-FUEL-EQPM- Equipment
E-GRND-EQUI- Equipotential ground system P-LGAS-EQPM- Equipment
E-GRND-REFR- Reference ground system P-MDGS-EQPM- Equipment
Emergency fixtures (outline
Equipment (e.g.,
E-LITE-EMER- of light (if ceiling mounted) P-SANR-EQPM-
sand/oil/water separators)
should go on E-LITE-CLNG)
Exit fixtures (outline of light
Floor drains, sinks, and
E-LITE-EXIT- (if ceiling mounted) should P-SANR-FLDR-
cleanouts
go on
E-LITE-CLNG- S-BRAC-VERT- Vertical bracing
E-LITE-EXTR- Exterior lights S-GRAT-SUBS- Subsurface grating
Gates (flap gates, sluice
E-LITE-JBOX- Junction boxes S-PIPE-GATE-
gates, other)
Main distribution panels,
E-LITE-PANL- T-CABL-COAX- Coax cable
switchboards, lighting panels
E-LITE-SPCL- Special fixtures T-CABL-FIBR- Fiber optics cable
Lighting contactors,
E-LITE-SWCH- photoelectric controls, low- T-CABL-MULT- Multi-conductor cable
voltage lighting controls, etc.
E-LITE-WALL- Wall mounted fixtures M-DUAL-EQPM- Equipment
Lightning protection
E-LTNG-COND- M-DUST-DUCT- Dust and fume ductwork
conductors
Lightning protection Dust and fume collection
E-LTNG-TERM- M-DUST-EQPM-
terminals equipment
E-POLE-UTIL- Utility poles M-GTHP-EQPM- Equipment
E-POWR-
Busways and wireways M-HTCW-CHLP- Chilled water plant
BUSW-
Rigid anchors, anchor
guides, rectifiers, reducers,
E-POWR-CABL- Cable trays M-HTCW-DEVC-
markers, meters, pumps,
regulators, tanks, and valves
E-POWR-FEED- Feeders M-HTCW-FTTG- Caps and flanges
Generators and auxiliary High temperature water
E-POWR-GENR- M-HTCW-HTPP-
equipment plant
Junction boxes, manholes,
E-POWR-JBOX- Junction boxes M-HTCW-JBOX-
handholes, test boxes
Panelboards, switchboards,
E-POWR-PANL- M-HTCW-PITS- Valve pits/vaults, steam pits
MCC, unit substations
E-POWR- Disconnect switches, motor M-HTCW-
Pump stations
SWCH- starters, contactors, etc. PUMP-
E-SERT-BURD- Buried sensors M-HTCW-RTRN- Return for all HTCW lines
M-HVAC-
E-SERT-UNDR- Buried sensors Fire and smoke dampers
DAMP-
E-SPCL-JBOX- Junction boxes M-HVAC-EQPM- Air system equipment
Panelboards, backing boards, Roof mounted HVAC
E-SPCL-PANL- M-HVAC-ROOF-
patch panel racks equipment

359
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Special systems (UMCS, M-HWTR-

E-SPCL-SYST- Equipment
EMCS, CATV, etc.) EQPM-
Piping (includes fittings,
E-TRAN-PADM- Pad mounted transformers M-HWTR-PIPE-
valves)
E-TRAN-POLE- Pole mounted transformers M-HYDR-EQPM- Hydraulic system equipment
F-AFFF-EQPM- Equipment M-INSL-EQPM- Insulating oil equipment
F-ALRM-INDC- Indicating appliances M-LUBE-EQPM- Lubrication oil equipment
F-ALRM- Manual fire alarm pull
M-MACH-BASE- Machinery bases
MANL- stations
Fire service or emergency Miscellaneous lifting
F-ALRM-PHON- M-MATL-LIFT-
telephone stations equipment
F-CO2S-EQPM- Equipment M-PROC-EQPM- Equipment
F-CTRL-PANL- Control panels M-RCOV-EQPM- Equipment
F-HALN-EQPM- Halon equipment M-REFG-EQPM- Equipment
M-RWTR-
F-IGAS-EQPM- Inert gas equipment Raw water equipment
EQPM-
F-LITE-EMER- Emergency fixtures M-STEM-EQPM- Equipment
F-LITE-EXIT- Exit fixtures P-CMPA-EQPM- Equipment
Egress requirements
F-LSFT-EGRE- P-FUEL-EQPM- Equipment
designator
Occupant load for egress
F-LSFT-OCCP- P-LGAS-EQPM- Equipment
capacity
F-WATR-
Fire department connections P-MDGS-EQPM- Equipment
CONN-
F-WATR- Equipment (e.g.,
Hydrants P-SANR-EQPM-
HYDR- sand/oil/water separators)
Floor drains, sinks, and
F-WATR-PUMP- Fire pumps P-SANR-FLDR-
cleanouts
H-DECN-EQPM- Decontamination equipment S-BRAC-VERT- Vertical bracing
H-DISP-TANK- Spill containment tanks S-GRAT-SUBS- Subsurface grating
Gates (flap gates, sluice
L-DETL-VLVE- Valves, fittings S-PIPE-GATE-
gates, other)
L-IRRG-SPKL- Sprinklers T-CABL-COAX- Coax cable
Acid, alkaline, and oil waste
M-ACID-EQPM- T-CABL-FIBR- Fiber optics cable
equipment
M-BRIN-EQPM- Brine system equipment T-CABL-MULT- Multi-conductor cable
M-CHEM-
Equipment P-CMPA-EQPM- Equipment
EQPM-
M-CNDW-
Condenser water equipment P-FUEL-EQPM- Equipment
EQPM-
Thermostats, controls,
M-CONT-THER- P-LGAS-EQPM- Equipment
instrumentation, and sensors
M-CWTR-
Equipment P-MDGS-EQPM- Equipment
EQPM-
Equipment (e.g.,
M-DETL-BOIL- Boilers P-SANR-EQPM-
sand/oil/water separators)
Floor drains, sinks, and
M-DETL-COIL- Coils and fin tubes P-SANR-FLDR-
cleanouts
M-DETL-DUCT- Ducts S-BRAC-VERT- Vertical bracing

360
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

M-DETL-EQPT- Equipment and fixtures S-GRAT-SUBS- Subsurface grating

Gates (flap gates, sluice
M-DETL-FANS- Fans S-PIPE-GATE-
gates, other)
M-DETL-PUMP- Pumps and compressors T-CABL-COAX- Coax cable
M-DETL-TANK- Tanks T-CABL-FIBR- Fiber optics cable
M-DETL-TRAP- Traps and drains T-CABL-MULT- Multi-conductor cable
M-DETL-VENT- Vents T-COMM-JBOX- Junction boxes
Distribution equipment for
M-DETL-VLVE- Valves and fittings T-EQPM-COPP-
copper
M-DUAL- Distribution equipment for
Equipment T-EQPM-FIBR-
EQPM- fiber optic
Other telecommunications
M-DUST-DUCT- Dust and fume ductwork T-EQPM-OTHR-
equipment
M-DUST- Dust and fume collection
T-JACK-DATA- Data/LAN jacks
EQPM- equipment
M-GTHP-
Equipment T-JACK-PHON- Telephone jacks
EQPM-
Capacitors, voltage
M-HTCW- regulators, motors, buses,
Chilled water plant V-AIRF-DEVC-
CHLP- generators, meters, grounds,
and markers
Rigid anchors, anchor guides,
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
M-HTCW- rectifiers, reducers, markers,
V-AIRF-JBOX- manholes, handholes,
DEVC- meters, pumps, regulators,
pedestals, splices
tanks, and valves
M-HTCW-
Caps and flanges V-CATH-ANOD- Sacrificial anode system
FTTG-
M-HTCW-
High temperature water plant V-CATH-CURR- Impress current system
HTPP-
M-HTCW- Junction boxes, manholes,
V-CATH-TEST- Test stations
JBOX- handholes, test boxes
V-COMM- Other communications
M-HTCW-PITS- Valve pits/vaults, steam pits
EQPM- distribution equipment
Communication junction
M-HTCW- boxes, pull boxes,
Pump stations V-COMM-JBOX-
PUMP- manholes, handholes,
pedestals, splices
Other substation
M-HTCW- equipmentmarkers, oil/water
Return for all HTCW lines V-ELEC-SUBS-
RTRN- separators, reducers,
regulators, and valves
M-HVAC-
Fire and smoke dampers V-FUEL-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees
DAMP-
M-HVAC-
Air system equipment V-FUEL-HYDR- Hydrant control pits
EQPM-
M-HVAC- Roof mounted HVAC Junction boxes, manholes,
V-FUEL-JBOX-
ROOF- equipment handholes, test boxes
M-HWTR-
Equipment V-FUEL-METR- Meters
EQPM-

361
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Piping (includes fittings,

M-HWTR-PIPE- V-FUEL-PUMP- Booster pump stations
valves)
Fuse cutouts, pole mounted
M-HYDR- switches, circuit breakers,
Hydraulic system equipment V-ELEC-SWCH-
EQPM- gang operated disconnects,
reclosers, cubicle switches
Air eliminators, filter
strainers, hydrant fill points,
line vents, markers,
M-INSL-EQPM- Insulating oil equipment V-FUEL-DEVC-
oil/water separators,
reducers, regulators, and
valves
M-LUBE-
Lubrication oil equipment V-FUEL-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees
EQPM-
M-MACH-
Machinery bases V-FUEL-HYDR- Hydrant control pits
BASE-
Miscellaneous lifting Junction boxes, manholes,
M-MATL-LIFT- V-FUEL-JBOX-
equipment handholes, test boxes
M-PROC-
Equipment V-FUEL-METR- Meters
EQPM-
M-RCOV-
Equipment V-FUEL-PUMP- Booster pump stations
EQPM-
M-REFG-EQPM- Equipment V-FUEL-TANK- Fuel tanks
M-RWTR-
Raw water equipment V-FUEL-VENT- Vent pits
EQPM-
M-STEM-
Equipment V-FUEL-VLVE- Valve pits
EQPM-
P-CMPA-EQPM- Equipment V-GTHP-EQPM- Equipment
P-FUEL-EQPM- Equipment V-HTCW-CHLP- Chilled water plant
Rigid anchors, anchor
guides, rectifiers, reducers,
P-LGAS-EQPM- Equipment V-HTCW-DEVC-
markers, meters, pumps,
regulators, tanks, and valves
P-MDGS-EQPM- Equipment V-HTCW-FTTG- Caps and flanges
Equipment (e.g., High temperature water
P-SANR-EQPM- V-HTCW-HTPP-
sand/oil/water separators) plant
Floor drains, sinks, and Junction boxes, manholes,
P-SANR-FLDR- V-HTCW-JBOX-
cleanouts handholes, test boxes
S-BRAC-VERT- Vertical bracing V-HTCW-PITS- Valve pits/vaults, steam pits
S-GRAT-SUBS- Subsurface grating V-HTCW-PUMP- Pump stations
Gates (flap gates, sluice
S-PIPE-GATE- V-HTCW-RTRN- Return for all HTCW lines
gates, other)
T-CABL-COAX- Coax cable V-LITE-FIXT- Exterior Lights
Hydrant fill points, lights,
vents, markers, rectifiers,
T-CABL-FIBR- Fiber optics cable V-NGAS-DEVC- reducers, regulators,
sources, tanks, drip pots,
taps, and valves
T-CABL-MULT- Multi-conductor cable V-NGAS-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees

362
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

T-COMM-
Junction boxes V-NGAS-METR- Meters
JBOX-
Distribution equipment for
T-EQPM-COPP- V-NGAS-PUMP- Compressor stations
copper
Distribution equipment for
T-EQPM-FIBR- V-NGAS-REDC- Reducing stations
fiber optic
Other telecommunications
T-EQPM-OTHR- V-NGAS-VENT- Vent pits
equipment
T-JACK-DATA- Data/LAN jacks V-NGAS-VLVE- Valve pits/boxes
T-JACK-PHON- Telephone jacks V-POLE-UTIL- Utility poles
Capacitors, voltage
regulators, motors, buses,
V-AIRF-DEVC- V-PROF-MHOL- Manholes
generators, meters, grounds,
and markers
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
Special systems (UMCS,
V-AIRF-JBOX- manholes, handholes, V-SPCL-SYST-
EMCS, CATV, etc.)
pedestals, splices
Grease traps, grit chambers,
V-CATH- flumes, neutralizers,
Sacrificial anode system V-SSWR-DEVC-
ANOD- oil/water separators,
ejectors, and valves
V-CATH-CURR- Impress current system V-SSWR-FILT- Filtration beds
V-CATH-TEST- Test stations V-SSWR-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts
V-COMM- Other communications Junction boxes and
V-SSWR-JBOX-
EQPM- distribution equipment manholes
Communication junction
V-COMM-
boxes, pull boxes, manholes, V-SSWR-PUMP- Booster pump stations
JBOX-
handholes, pedestals, splices
Capacitors, voltage
regulators, motors, buses,
V-ELEC-DEVC- V-SSWR-TANK- Septic tanks
generators, meters, grounds,
and markers
Junction boxes, pull boxes,
Chutes and concrete erosion
V-ELEC-JBOX- manholes, handholes, V-STRM-CHUT-
control structures
pedestals, splices
V-ELEC-SUBS- Other substation equipment V-STRM-CULV- Culverts
Fuse cutouts, pole mounted
Downspouts, flumes,
switches, circuit breakers,
V-ELEC-SWCH- V-STRM-DEVC- oil/water separators, and
gang operated disconnects,
flap gates
reclosers, cubicle switches
Air eliminators, filter
strainers, hydrant fill points,
V-FUEL-DEVC- line vents, markers, oil/water V-STRM-EROS- Erosion control (riprap)
separators, reducers,
regulators, and valves
V-FUEL-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees V-STRM-FMON- Flow monitoring station
V-FUEL-HYDR- Hydrant control pits V-STRM-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts
Junction boxes, manholes,
V-FUEL-JBOX- V-STRM-HDWL- Headwalls and endwalls
handholes, test boxes

363
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Inlets (curb, surface, and

V-FUEL-METR- Meters V-STRM-INLT-
catch basins)
V-FUEL-PUMP- Booster pump stations V-STRM-MHOL- Manholes
V-FUEL-TANK- Fuel tanks V-STRM-PUMP- Pump stations
V-FUEL-VENT- Vent pits V-TRAN-PADM- Pad mounted transformers
V-FUEL-VLVE- Valve pits V-TRAN-POLE- Pole mounted transformers
V-GTHP-EQPM- Equipment V-UTIL-LINE- Utilities
Gas lines, features, and
V-HTCW-CHLP- Chilled water plant V-UTIL-NGAS-
valves
Rigid anchors, anchor guides,
V-HTCW- rectifiers, reducers, markers,
V-UTIL-SSWR- Sanitary lines and manholes
DEVC- meters, pumps, regulators,
tanks, and valves
V-HTCW-FTTG- Caps and flanges E-SPCL-SRFS- Surface Sensor System
T-COMM- Telecommunications
V-HTCW-HTPP- High temperature water plant
ANTN- antennae
CMRA Security camera
Junction boxes, manholes,
V-HTCW-JBOX- C-SITE-SECU- locations outside of
handholes, test boxes
buildings
V-HTCW-PITS- Valve pits/vaults, steam pits V-NGAS-VLVE- Valve pits/boxes
V-HTCW-
Pump stations V-POLE-UTIL- Utility poles
PUMP-
V-HTCW-
Return for all HTCW lines V-PROF-MHOL- Manholes
RTRN-
Special systems (UMCS,
V-LITE-FIXT- Exterior Lights V-SPCL-SYST-
EMCS, CATV, etc.)
Hydrant fill points, lights,
Grease traps, grit chambers,
vents, markers, rectifiers,
flumes, neutralizers,
V-NGAS-DEVC- reducers, regulators, sources, V-SSWR-DEVC-
oil/water separators,
tanks, drip pots, taps, and
ejectors, and valves
valves
V-NGAS-FTTG- Caps, crosses, and tees V-SSWR-FILT- Filtration beds
V-NGAS-METR- Meters V-SSWR-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts
Junction boxes and
V-NGAS-PUMP- Compressor stations V-SSWR-JBOX-
manholes
V-NGAS-REDC- Reducing stations V-SSWR-PUMP- Booster pump stations
V-NGAS-VENT- Vent pits V-SSWR-TANK- Septic tanks
Chutes and concrete erosion
V-NGAS-VLVE- Valve pits/boxes V-STRM-CHUT-
control structures
V-POLE-UTIL- Utility poles V-STRM-CULV- Culverts
Downspouts, flumes,
V-PROF-MHOL- Manholes V-STRM-DEVC- oil/water separators, and
flap gates
Special systems (UMCS,
V-SPCL-SYST- V-STRM-EROS- Erosion control (riprap)
EMCS, CATV, etc.)
Grease traps, grit chambers,
flumes, neutralizers, oil/water
V-SSWR-DEVC- V-STRM-FMON- Flow monitoring station
separators, ejectors, and
valves
V-SSWR-FILT- Filtration beds V-STRM-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts

364
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

V-SSWR-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts V-STRM-HDWL- Headwalls and endwalls

Inlets (curb, surface, and
V-SSWR-JBOX- Junction boxes and manholes V-STRM-INLT-
catch basins)
V-SSWR-PUMP- Booster pump stations V-STRM-MHOL- Manholes
V-SSWR-TANK- Septic tanks V-STRM-PUMP- Pump stations
Chutes and concrete erosion
V-STRM-CHUT- V-TRAN-PADM- Pad mounted transformers
control structures
V-STRM-CULV- Culverts V-TRAN-POLE- Pole mounted transformers
Downspouts, flumes,
V-STRM-DEVC- oil/water separators, and flap V-UTIL-LINE- Utilities
gates
Gas lines, features, and
V-STRM-EROS- Erosion control (riprap) V-UTIL-NGAS-
valves
V-STRM-
Flow monitoring station V-UTIL-SSWR- Sanitary lines and manholes
FMON-
V-STRM-FTTG- Caps and cleanouts E-SPCL-SRFS- Surface Sensor System
V-STRM- T-COMM- Telecommunications
Headwalls and endwalls
HDWL- ANTN- antennae
CMRA Security camera
C-SITE-SECU- locations outside of
buildings
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 (all) Continuous 1 MM (all)
User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 (all) (all) 7 (all)
Information Assurance Level Restricted
AIXM Utility Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC VerticalStructure
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the center of the object at the highest point.
Monumentation N/A
Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
Accuracy Requirements (in A  1ft  0.25ft
feet) B  3 ft  10 ft
C  5 ft  10 ft
D  10 ft  20 ft
Resolution Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
A Hundredth of arc second Nearest Tenth of a foot
B Five Hundredths of arc second Nearest Foot
C Five Hundredths of arc second Nearest Foot
D Tenth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.

365
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.

status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
utilityType The type of utility the feature represents.
(Enumeration: CodeUtilityType)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

5.14.4. Utility Polygon

Definition: Any utility feature typically represented as a polygon, or hydro vaults.
Feature Group Utilities
Feature Class Name UtilityPolygon
Feature Type Polygon
CADD Standard Requirements
Layer/Level Description
C-SSWR-LAGN- Lagoons
C-SSWR-LEAC- Leach field
C-SSWR-NITF- Nitrification drain fields
C-SSWR-PLNT- Treatment plants
C-STRM-AFFF- AFFF lagoon/detention pond
C-STRM-CHUT- Chutes and concrete erosion control structures
C-STRM-LAGN- Lagoons, ponds, watersheds, and basins
E-AIRF-VALT- Airfield lighting vaults
V-STRM-LAGN- Lagoons, ponds, watersheds, and basins
E-COMM-VALT- Communications vault
V-COMM-VALT- Communications vault
V-SSWR-LAGN- Lagoons
V-SSWR-LEAC- Leach field
V-SSWR-NITF- Nitrification drain fields
V-SSWR-PLNT- Treatment plants
V-STRM-AFFF- AFFF lagoon/detention pond
Color Line type Line Weight Symbol
AutoDesk Standards 6 (all) Continuous 1 MM (all)
User Defined
MicroStation Standards 5 (all) (all) 7 (all)
Information Assurance
Restricted
Level
AIXM Utility Core
Equivalent Standards FGDC VerticalStructure
SDSFIE None
Documentation and
None
Submission Requirements
Related Features
Data Capture Rules: Collect the outline of utility feature to its greatest horizontal extents.
Monumentation N/A

366
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Horizontal Vertical
Survey Point Location
N/A N/A
Vertical
Horizontal
Orthometric Ellipsoidal
Accuracy Requirements (in A  1ft  0.25ft
feet) B  3 ft  10 ft
N/A
C  5 ft  10 ft
D  10 ft  20 ft
Resolution Geographic Coordinates Distances and Elevations
A Hundredth of arc second Nearest Tenth of a foot
B Five Hundredths of arc second Nearest Foot
C Five Hundredths of arc second Nearest Foot
D Tenth of arc second Nearest Foot
Feature Attributes
Attribute (Datatype) Description
name (VARCHAR2 (50)) Name of the feature.
description (VARCHAR2 (255)) Description of the feature.
status (Enumeration: codeStatus) A temporal description of the operational status of the feature.
This attribute is used to describe real-time status.
utilityType The type of utility the feature represents.
(Enumeration: CodeUtilityType)
userFlag (String 254) An operator-defined work area. This attribute can be used by
the operator for user-defined system processes. It does not
affect the subject item's data integrity and should not be used to
store the subject Item's data.
Alternative (Number(2)) Discriminator used to tie features of a plan or proposal together
into a version.

367
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.15. ATTRIBUTE ENUMERATIONS

The following tables contain the expected values in fields that are of type enumeration.

5.15.1. CodeAcqusitionType
Value Description
FEE_SIMPLE Purchased real property; absolute ownership
EASEMENT Rights given to use land in a specific manner
LEASED Restricted use of land for a specific period of time

5.15.2. CodeAirportFacilityType
Value Description
AD Airport only
AH Airport with helicopter landing area
H Helicopter (the stall speed method of calculating aircraft category does not apply)
HP Heliport only
LS Landing Site

5.15.3. CodeApproachCategory
Value Description
A Speed less than 91 knots
B Speed 91 knots or more but less than 121 knots
C Speed 121 knots or more but less than 141 knots
D Speed 141 knots or more but less than 166 knots
E Speed 166 knots or more

5.15.4. CodeApproachGuidance
Value Description
NON_VERTICAL Runway is used for or planned use is for Non-Vertically Guided
operations
PRECISION_CAT_I Runway is used or or planned use is for Precision Category 1
operations
PRECISION_CAT_II Runway is used for or planned use is for Precision Category II
operations
PRECISION_CAT_IIIA Runway is used for or planned use is for Precision Category IIIa
operations.
PRECISION_CAT_IIIB Runway is used for or planned use is for Precision Category IIIb
operations
PRECISION_CAT_IIIC Runway is used for or planned use is for Precision Category IIIc
operations
VERTICAL Runway is used for or planned use is for Vertically Guided (other
than precision) operations
VISUAL Runway is used for or planned use is for visual operations only

5.15.5. CodeApronType
Value Description
CARGO Cargo loading area used for the loading/unloading of cargo
DE_ICING Area used for deicing of aircraft
FUEL Area used for aircraft fueling

368
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
HARDSTAND Area used for parking a single aircraft. More temporary than parking
LOADING Passenger loading area used for the loading/unloading of passengers
MAINT Area used for maintenance of aircraft
MILITARY Apron used by military
NORMAL Apron
OTHER Other
PARKING Area used to park aircraft
RAMP Access pavement between maintenance hangars opening to the apron and
the apron edge
STAIRS Stairs
TAXILANE Area where plane is still under terminal control (airline dispatched) as
opposed to tower control.
TEMPORARY Temporary
TURNAROUND Area used for aircraft to turn around

5.15.6. CodeBridgeType
Value Description
ROAD Road or highway bridge
RR Railroad or Monorail Bridge
RWY Runway Bridge
TWY Taxiway Bridge

5.15.7. CodeBuoyType
Value Description
Bn Beacon
C Can Buoy
F Fixed
J Junction (S or T Dayboard)
K Rectangular (Range Dayboard)
Lb Lighted buoy
M Octagonal Dayboard
N Nun Buoy
O Other marking
S Square Dayboard
T Triangle Dayboard

5.15.8. CodeClassAirspace
Name Definition
A Class of Airspace per ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 4
B Class of Airspace per ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 4
C Class of Airspace per ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 4
D Class of Airspace per ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 4
E Class of Airspace per ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 4
F Class of Airspace per ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 4
G Class of Airspace per ICAO Annex 11, Appendix 4
other Other

369
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.15.9. CodeColor
Value Description
AMBER Amber [U.S. CADD]
BLACK Black [U.S. CADD]
BLUE Blue [U.S. CADD]
BROWN Brown [U.S. CADD]
GREEN Green [U.S. CADD]
GREEN-GREEN Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
GREEN-RED Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
GREEN-YELLOW Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
GREY Grey [U.S. CADD]
LIGHTGREY LightGrey [U.S. CADD]
MAGENTA Magenta [U.S. CADD]
ORANGE Orange [U.S. CADD]
OTHER Other [U.S. CADD]
PINK Pink [U.S. CADD]
PURPLE Purple [AIXM]
RED Red [U.S. CADD]
RED-GREEN Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
RED-RED Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
TBD To be determined
VIOLET Violet [U.S. CADD]
WHITE White [U.S. CADD]
WHITE-RED Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
WHITE-WHITE Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
WHITE-YELLOW Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
YELLOW Yellow [U.S. CADD]
YELLOW-GREEN Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
YELLOW-RED Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)
YELLOW-YELLOW Bidirectional (Source AC 150/5345-46C)

5.15.10.CodeCompassLocation
Value Description
E East (076 to 105 magnetic)
ESE East Southeast (106 to 135 magnetic)
N North (346 to 015 magnetic)
NE Northeast (046 to 075 magnetic)
NNE North Northeast (016 to 045 magnetic)
NW Northwest (316 to 345 magnetic)
S South (166 to 195 magnetic)
SE Southeast (136 to 165 magnetic)
SSW South Southwest (196 to 225 magnetic)
SW Southwest (226 to 255 magnetic)
W West (256 to 285 magnetic)
WNW West NorthWest (286 to 315 magnetic)

370
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.15.11.CodeCoordinatedUseType
Value Description
A Aeronautical
M Multiple
R Recreational boating/fishing
S Commercial Shipping/Fishing

5.15.12.CodeCoordinateZone
Value Description
AK-1 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 1- US Foot (EPSG #26731)
AK-10 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 10- US Foot (EPSG #26740)
AK-2 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 2- US Foot (EPSG #26732)
AK-3 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 3- US Foot (EPSG #26733)
AK-4 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 4- US Foot (EPSG #26734)
AK-5 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 5- US Foot (EPSG #26735)
AK-6 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 6- US Foot (EPSG #26736)
AK-7 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 7- US Foot (EPSG #26737)
AK-8 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 8- US Foot (EPSG #26738)
AK83-1 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 1- Meter (EPSG #26931)
AK83-10 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 10- Meter (EPSG #26940)
AK83-10F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 10- US Foot
AK83-1F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 1- US Foot
AK83-2 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 2- Meter (EPSG #26932)
AK83-2F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 2- US Foot
AK83-3 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 3- Meter (EPSG #26933)
AK83-3F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 3- US Foot
AK83-4 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 4- Meter (EPSG #26934)
AK83-4F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 4- US Foot
AK83-5 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 5- Meter (EPSG #26935)
AK83-5F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 5- US Foot
AK83-6 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 6- Meter (EPSG #26936)
AK83-6F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 6- US Foot
AK83-7 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 7- Meter (EPSG #26937)
AK83-7F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 7- US Foot
AK83-8 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 8- Meter (EPSG #26938)
AK83-8F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 8- US Foot
AK83-9 NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 9- Meter (EPSG #26939)
AK83-9F NAD83 Alaska State Planes- Zone 9- US Foot
AK-9 NAD27 Alaska State Planes- Zone 9- US Foot (EPSG #26739)
AL83-E NAD83 Alabama State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26929)
AL83-EF NAD83 Alabama State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
AL83-W NAD83 Alabama State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #26930)
AL83-WF NAD83 Alabama State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
AL-E NAD27 Alabama State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26729)
ALHP-E HPGN Alabama State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2759)
ALHP-EF HPGN Alabama State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
ALHP-W HPGN Alabama State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2760)
ALHP-WF HPGN Alabama State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
AL-W NAD27 Alabama State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26730)

371
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
AR83-N NAD83 Arkansas State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26951)
AR83-NF NAD83 Arkansas State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
AR83-S NAD83 Arkansas State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26952)
AR83-SF NAD83 Arkansas State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
ARHP-N HARN (HPGN) Arkansas State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2764)
ARHP-NF HARN (HPGN) Arkansas State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
ARHP-S HARN (HPGN) Arkansas State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2765)
ARHP-SF HARN (HPGN) Arkansas State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
AR-N NAD27 Arkansas State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26751)
AR-S NAD27 Arkansas State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26752)
AZ83-C NAD83 Arizona State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #26949)
AZ83-CCM NAD83 Arizona State Planes- Central Zone- Centimeter
AZ83-CF NAD83 Arizona State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
AZ83-CIF NAD83 Arizona State Planes- Central Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2223)
AZ83-E NAD83 Arizona State Planes- East Zone- Meter (EPSG #26948)
AZ83-EF NAD83 Arizona State Planes- East Zone- US Foot
AZ83-EIF NAD83 Arizona State Planes- East Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2222)
AZ83-W NAD83 Arizona State Planes- West Zone- Meter (EPSG #26950)
AZ83-WF NAD83 Arizona State Planes- West Zone- US Foot
AZ83-WIF NAD83 Arizona State Planes- West Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2224)
AZ-C NAD27 Arizona State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26749)
AZ-E NAD27 Arizona State Planes- East Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26748)
AZHP-C HPGN Arizona State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2762)
AZHP-CF HPGN Arizona State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
AZHP-CIF HPGN Arizona State Planes- Central Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2868)
AZHP-E HPGN Arizona State Planes- East Zone- Meter (EPSG #2761)
AZHP-EF HPGN Arizona State Planes- East Zone- US Foot
AZHP-EIF HPGN Arizona State Planes- East Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2867)
AZHP-W HPGN Arizona State Planes- West Zone- Meter (EPSG #2763)
AZHP-WF HPGN Arizona State Planes- West Zone- US Foot
AZHP-WIF HPGN Arizona State Planes- West Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2869)
AZ-W NAD27 Arizona State Planes- West Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26750)
CA83-I NAD83 California State Planes- Zone I- Meter (EPSG #26941)
CA83-IF NAD83 California State Planes- Zone I- US Foot (EPSG #2225)
CA83-II NAD83 California State Planes- Zone II- Meter (EPSG #26942)
CA83-IIF NAD83 California State Planes- Zone II- US Foot (EPSG #2226)
CA83-III NAD83 California State Planes- Zone III- Meter (EPSG #26943)
CA83IIIF NAD83 California State Planes- Zone III- US Foot (EPSG #2227)
CA83-IV NAD83 California State Planes- Zone IV- Meter (EPSG #26944)
CA83-IVF NAD83 California State Planes- Zone IV- US Foot (EPSG #2228)
CA83-V NAD83 California State Planes- Zone V- Meter (EPSG #26945)
CA83-VF NAD83 California State Planes- Zone V- US Foot (EPSG #2229)
CA83-VI NAD83 California State Planes- Zone VI- Meter (EPSG #26946)
CA83-VIF NAD83 California State Planes- Zone VI- US Foot (EPSG #2230)
CAHP-I HPGN California State Planes- Zone I- Meter (EPSG #2766)
CAHP-IF HPGN California State Planes- Zone I- US Foot (EPSG #2870)
CAHP-II HPGN California State Planes- Zone II- Meter (EPSG #2767)

372
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
CAHP-IIF HPGN California State Planes- Zone II- US Foot (EPSG #2871)
CAHP-III HPGN California State Planes- Zone III- Meter (EPSG #2768)
CAHPIIIF HPGN California State Planes- Zone III- US Foot (EPSG #2872)
CAHP-IV HPGN California State Planes- Zone IV- Meter (EPSG #2769)
CAHP-IVF HPGN California State Planes- Zone IV- US Foot (EPSG #2873)
CAHP-V HPGN California State Planes- Zone V- Meter (EPSG #2770)
CAHP-VF HPGN California State Planes- Zone V- US Foot (EPSG #2874)
CAHP-VI HPGN California State Planes- Zone VI- Meter (EPSG #2771)
CAHP-VIF HPGN California State Planes- Zone VI- US Foot (EPSG #2875)
CA-I NAD27 California State Planes- Zone I- US Foot (EPSG #26741)
CA-II NAD27 California State Planes- Zone II- US Foot (EPSG #26742)
CA-III NAD27 California State Planes- Zone III- US Foot (EPSG #26743)
CA-IV NAD27 California State Planes- Zone IV- US Foot (EPSG #26744)
CA-V NAD27 California State Planes- Zone V- US Foot (EPSG #26745)
CA-VI NAD27 California State Planes- Zone VI- US Foot (EPSG #26746)
CA-VII NAD27 California State Planes- Zone VII- US Foot (EPSG #26747)
CO83-C NAD83 Colorado State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #26954)
CO83-CF NAD83 Colorado State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2232)
CO83-N NAD83 Colorado State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26953)
CO83-NF NAD83 Colorado State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2231)
CO83-S NAD83 Colorado State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26955)
CO83-SF NAD83 Colorado State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2233)
CO-C NAD27 Colorado State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26754)
COHP-C HPGN Colorado State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2773)
COHP-CF HPGN Colorado State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2877)
COHP-N HPGN Colorado State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2772)
COHP-NF HPGN Colorado State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2876)
COHP-S HPGN Colorado State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2774)
COHP-SF HPGN Colorado State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2878)
CO-N NAD27 Colorado State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26753)
CO-S NAD27 Colorado State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26755)
CT NAD27 Connecticut State Plane Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26756)
CT83 NAD83 Connecticut State Plane Zone- Meter (EPSG #26956)
CT83F NAD83 Connecticut State Plane Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2234)
CTHP HPGN/HARN Connecticut State Plane Zone- Meter (EPSG #2775)
CTHPF HPGN/HARN Connecticut State Plane Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2879)
DE NAD27 Delaware State Planes- US Foot (EPSG #26757)
DE83 NAD83 Delaware State Planes- Meter (EPSG #26957)
DE83F NAD83 Delaware State Planes- US Foot (EPSG #2235)
DEHP HPGN Delaware State Planes- Meter (EPSG #2776)
DEHPF HPGN Delaware State Planes- US Foot (EPSG #2880)
FL83-E NAD83 Florida State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26958)
FL83-EF NAD83 Florida State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2236)
FL83-N NAD83 Florida State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26960)
FL83-NF NAD83 Florida State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2238)
FL83-W NAD83 Florida State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #26959)
FL83-WF NAD83 Florida State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2237)

373
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
FL-E NAD27 Florida State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26758)
FLHP-E HPGN Florida State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2777)
FLHP-EF HPGN Florida State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2881)
FLHP-N HPGN Florida State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2779)
FLHP-NF HPGN Florida State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2883)
FLHP-W HPGN Florida State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2778)
FLHP-WF HPGN Florida State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2882)
FL-N NAD27 Florida State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26760)
FL-W NAD27 Florida State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26759)
GA83-E NAD83 Georgia State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26966)
GA83-EF NAD83 Georgia State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2239)
GA83-W NAD83 Georgia State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #26967)
GA83-WF NAD83 Georgia State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2240)
GA-E NAD27 Georgia State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26766)
GAHP-E HARN (HPGN) Georgia State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2780)
GAHP-EF HARN (HPGN) Georgia State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2884)
GAHP-W HARN (HPGN) Georgia State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2781)
GAHP-WF HARN (HPGN) Georgia State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2885)
GA-W NAD27 Georgia State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26767)
HI-1 NAD27 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 1- US Foot
HI-2 NAD27 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 2- US Foot
HI-3 NAD27 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 3- US Foot
HI-4 NAD27 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 4- US Foot
HI-5 NAD27 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 5- US Foot
HI83-1 NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 1- Meter (EPSG #26961)
HI83-1F NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 1- US Foot
HI83-2 NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 2- Meter (EPSG #26962)
HI83-2F NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 2- US Foot
HI83-3 NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 3- Meter (EPSG #26963)
HI83-3F NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 3- US Foot
HI83-4 NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 4- Meter (EPSG #26964)
HI83-4F NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 4- US Foot
HI83-5 NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 5- Meter (EPSG #26965)
HI83-5F NAD83 Hawaii State Planes- Zone 5- US Foot
HIHP-1 NAD83(HARN) / Hawaii zone 1 (EPSG #2782)
HIHP-2 NAD83(HARN) / Hawaii zone 2 (EPSG #2783)
HIHP-3 NAD83(HARN) / Hawaii zone 3 (EPSG #2784)
HIHP-4 NAD83(HARN) / Hawaii zone 4 (EPSG #2785)
HIHP-5 NAD83(HARN) / Hawaii zone 5 (EPSG #2786)
IA83-N NAD83 Iowa State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26975)
IA83-NF NAD83 Iowa State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
IA83-S NAD83 Iowa State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26976)
IA83-SF NAD83 Iowa State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
IAHP-N HARN (HPGN) Iowa State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2794)
IAHP-NF HARN (HPGN) Iowa State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
IAHP-S HARN (HPGN) Iowa State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2795)
IAHP-SF HARN (HPGN) Iowa State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot

374
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
IA-N NAD27 Iowa State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26775)
IA-S NAD27 Iowa State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26776)
ID83-C NAD83 Idaho State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #26969)
ID83-CF NAD83 Idaho State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2242)
ID83-E NAD83 Idaho State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26968)
ID83-EF NAD83 Idaho State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2241)
ID83-W NAD83 Idaho State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #26970)
ID83-WF NAD83 Idaho State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2243)
ID-C NAD27 Idaho State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26769)
ID-E NAD27 Idaho State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26768)
IDHP-C HARN (HPGN) Idaho State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2788)
IDHP-CF HARN (HPGN) Idaho State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2887)
IDHP-E HARN (HPGN) Idaho State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2787)
IDHP-EF HARN (HPGN) Idaho State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2886)
IDHP-W HARN (HPGN) Idaho State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2789)
IDHP-WF HARN (HPGN) Idaho State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2888)
ID-W NAD27 Idaho State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26770)
IL83-E NAD83 Illinois State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26971)
IL83-EF NAD83 Illinois State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
IL83-W NAD83 Illinois State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #26972)
IL83-WF NAD83 Illinois State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
IL-E NAD27 Illinois State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26771)
ILHP-E HARN (HPGN) Illinois State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2790)
ILHP-EF HARN (HPGN) Illinois State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
ILHP-W HARN (HPGN) Illinois State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2791)
ILHP-WF HARN (HPGN) Illinois State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
ILLIMAP NAD27 Illinois Survey Mapping System- US Foot
IL-W NAD27 Illinois State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26772)
IN83-E NAD83 Indiana State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26973)
IN83-EF NAD83 Indiana State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2244)
IN83-W NAD83 Indiana State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #26974)
IN83-WF NAD83 Indiana State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2245)
IN-E NAD27 Indiana State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26773)
INHP-E HARN (HPGN) Indiana State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2792)
INHP-EF HARN (HPGN) Indiana State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2889)
INHP-W HARN (HPGN) Indiana State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2793)
INHP-WF HARN (HPGN) Indiana State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2890)
IN-W NAD27 Indiana State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26774)
KS83-N NAD83 Kansas State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26977)
KS83-NF NAD83 Kansas State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
KS83-S NAD83 Kansas State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26978)
KS83-SF NAD83 Kansas State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
KSHP-N HARN (HPGN) Kansas State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2796)
KSHP-NF HARN (HPGN) Kansas State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
KSHP-S HARN (HPGN) Kansas State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2797)
KSHP-SF HARN (HPGN) Kansas State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
KS-N NAD27 Kansas State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26777)

375
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
KS-S NAD27 Kansas State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26778)
KY83-N NAD83 Kentucky State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26979)
KY83-NF NAD83 Kentucky State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2246)
KY83-S NAD83 Kentucky State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26980)
KY83-SF NAD83 Kentucky State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2247)
KYHP-N HPGN Kentucky State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2798)
KYHP-NF HPGN Kentucky State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2891)
KYHP-S HPGN Kentucky State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2799)
KYHP-SF HPGN Kentucky State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2892)
KY-N NAD27 Kentucky State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26779)
KY-S NAD27 Kentucky State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26780)
LA83-N NAD83 Louisiana State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26981)
LA83-NF NAD83 Louisiana State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
LA83-O NAD83 Louisiana State Planes- Offshore- Meter (EPSG #32199)
LA83-OF NAD83 Louisiana State Planes- Offshore- US Foot
LA83-S NAD83 Louisiana State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26982)
LA83-SF NAD83 Louisiana State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
LAHP-N HPGN Louisiana State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2800)
LAHP-NF HPGN Louisiana State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
LAHP-O HPGN Louisiana State Planes- Offshore- Meter
LAHP-OF HPGN Louisiana State Planes- Offshore- US Foot
LAHP-S HPGN Louisiana State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2801)
LAHP-SF HPGN Louisiana State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
LA-N NAD27 Louisiana State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26781)
LA-O NAD27 Louisiana State Planes- Offshore- US Foot (EPSG #32099)
LA-S NAD27 Louisiana State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26782)
LL-83 NAD83 Latitude/Longitude- Degrees
LL84 WGS84 Lat/Long- Degrees- -180 ==> +180 (EPSG #4326)
MA NAD27 Massachusetts State Planes- Mainland Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#26786)
MA27-IS NAD27 Massachusetts State Planes- Island Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26787)
MA83 NAD83 Massachusetts State Planes- Mainland Zone- Meter (EPSG #26986)
MA83F NAD83 Massachusetts State Planes- Mainland Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2249)
MA83-IS NAD83 Massachusetts State Planes- Island Zone- Meter (EPSG #26987)
MA83-ISF NAD83 Massachusetts State Planes- Island Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2250)
MAHP HPGN/HARN Massachusetts State Planes- Mainland Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2805)
MAHPF HPGN/HARN Massachusetts State Planes- Mainland Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#2894)
MAHP-IS HPGN/HARN Massachusetts State Planes- Island Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2806)
MAHP-ISF HPGN/HARN Massachusetts State Planes- Island Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#2895)
MD NAD27 Maryland State Plane Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26785)
MD83 NAD83 Maryland State Plane Zone- Meter (EPSG #26985)
MD83F NAD83 Maryland State Plane Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2248)
MDHP HPGN Maryland State Plane Zone- Meter (EPSG #2804)
MDHPF HPGN Maryland State Plane Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2893)

376
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
ME83-E NAD83 Maine State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26983)
ME83-EF NAD83 Maine State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
ME83-W NAD83 Maine State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #26984)
ME83-WF NAD83 Maine State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
ME-E NAD27 Maine State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26783)
MEHP-E HPGN Maine State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2802)
MEHP-EF HPGN Maine State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
MEHP-W HPGN Maine State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2803)
MEHP-WF HPGN Maine State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
ME-W NAD27 Maine State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26784)
MI27-C NAD27 Michigan State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26812)
MI27-N NAD27 Michigan State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26811)
MI27-S NAD27 Michigan State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26813)
MI83-C NAD83 Michigan State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #26989)
MI83-CF NAD83 Michigan State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
MI83-CIF NAD83 Michigan State Planes- Central Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2252)
MI83-N NAD83 Michigan State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26988)
MI83-NF NAD83 Michigan State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
MI83-NIF NAD83 Michigan State Planes- Northern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2251)
MI83-S NAD83 Michigan State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26990)
MI83-SF NAD83 Michigan State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
MI83-SIF NAD83 Michigan State Planes- Southern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2253)
MIHP-C HARN (HPGN) Michigan State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2808)
MIHP-CF HARN (HPGN) Michigan State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
MIHP-CIF HARN (HPGN) Michigan State Planes- Central Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG
#2897)
MIHP-N HARN (HPGN) Michigan State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2807)
MIHP-NF HARN (HPGN) Michigan State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
MIHP-NIF HARN (HPGN) Michigan State Planes- Northern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG
#2896)
MIHP-S HARN (HPGN) Michigan State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2809)
MIHP-SF HARN (HPGN) Michigan State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
MIHP-SIF HARN (HPGN) Michigan State Planes- Southern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG
#2898)
MN83-C NAD83 Minnesota State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #26992)
MN83-CF NAD83 Minnesota State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
MN83-N NAD83 Minnesota State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26991)
MN83-NF NAD83 Minnesota State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
MN83-S NAD83 Minnesota State Planes- South Zone- Meter (EPSG #26993)
MN83-SF NAD83 Minnesota State Planes- South Zone- US Foot
MN-C NAD27 Minnesota State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26792)
MNHP-C HARN (HPGN) Minnesota State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2811)
MNHP-CF HARN (HPGN) Minnesota State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
MNHP-N HARN (HPGN) Minnesota State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2810)
MNHP-NF HARN (HPGN) Minnesota State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
MNHP-S HARN (HPGN) Minnesota State Planes- South Zone- Meter (EPSG #2812)
MNHP-SF HARN (HPGN) Minnesota State Planes- South Zone- US Foot

377
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
MN-N NAD27 Minnesota State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26791)
MN-S NAD27 Minnesota State Planes- South- US Foot (EPSG #26793)
MO83-C NAD83 Missouri State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #26997)
MO83-CF NAD83 Missouri State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
MO83-E NAD83 Missouri State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26996)
MO83-EF NAD83 Missouri State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
MO83-W NAD83 Missouri State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #26998)
MO83-WF NAD83 Missouri State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
MO-C NAD27 Missouri State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26797)
MO-E NAD27 Missouri State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26796)
MOHP-C HARN (HPGN) Missouri State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2816)
MOHP-CF HARN (HPGN) Missouri State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
MOHP-E HARN (HPGN) Missouri State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2815)
MOHP-EF HARN (HPGN) Missouri State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
MOHP-W HARN (HPGN) Missouri State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2817)
MOHP-WF HARN (HPGN) Missouri State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
MO-W NAD27 Missouri State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26798)
MS83-E NAD83 Mississippi State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #26994)
MS83-EF NAD83 Mississippi State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2254)
MS83-TM NAD83 Mississippi Transverse Mercator Projection (meters)
MS83-W NAD83 Mississippi State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #26995)
MS83-WF NAD83 Mississippi State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2255)
MS-E NAD27 Mississippi State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26794)
MSHP-E HPGN Mississippi State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2813)
MSHP-EF HPGN Mississippi State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2899)
MSHP-W HPGN Mississippi State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2814)
MSHP-WF HPGN Mississippi State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2900)
MS-W NAD27 Mississippi State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #26795)
MT83 NAD83 Montana State Plane Zone- Meter (EPSG #32100)
MT83F NAD83 Montana State Plane Zone- US Foot
MT83IF NAD83 Montana State Planes- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2256)
MT-C NAD27 Montana State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32002)
MTHP HPGN Montana State Plane Zone- Meter (EPSG #2818)
MTHPF HPGN Montana State Plane Zone- US Foot
MTHPIF HPGN Montana State Planes- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2901)
MT-N NAD27 Montana State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32001)
MT-S NAD27 Montana State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32003)
NB83 NAD83 Nebraska State Planes- Meter (EPSG #32104)
NB83F NAD83 Nebraska State Planes- US Foot
NBHP HPGN/HARN Nebraska State Planes- Meter (EPSG #2819)
NBHPF HPGN/HARN Nebraska State Planes- US Foot
NB-N NAD27 Nebraska State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32005)
NB-S NAD27 Nebraska State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32006)
NC NAD27 North Carolina State Planes- US Foot (EPSG #32019)
NC83 NAD83 North Carolina State Planes- Meter (EPSG #32119)
NC83F NAD83 North Carolina State Planes- US Foot (EPSG #2264)
NCHP HARN (HPGN) North Carolina State Planes- Meter

378
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
NCHPF HARN (HPGN) North Carolina State Planes- US Foot
ND83-N NAD83 North Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32120)
ND83-NF NAD83 North Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
ND83-S NAD83 North Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32121)
ND83-SF NAD83 North Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
NDHP-N HARN (HPGN) North Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2832)
NDHP-NF HARN (HPGN) North Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
NDHP-S HARN (HPGN) North Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2833)
NDHP-SF HARN (HPGN) North Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
ND-N NAD27 North Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32020)
ND-S NAD27 North Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32021)
NE83 NAD83 Nebraska State Planes- Meter
NE83F NAD83 Nebraska State Planes- US Foot
NE-N NAD27 Nebraska State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
NE-S NAD27 Nebraska State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
NH NAD27 New Hampshire State Planes- US Foot (EPSG #32010)
NH83 NAD83 New Hampshire State Planes- Meter (EPSG #32110)
NH83F NAD83 New Hampshire State Planes- US Foot
NHHP HPGN/HARN New Hampshire State Planes- Meter (EPSG #2823)
NHHPF HPGN/HARN New Hampshire State Planes- US Foot
NJ NAD27 New Jersey State Planes- US Foot (EPSG #32011)
NJ83 NAD83 New Jersey State Planes- Meter (EPSG #32111)
NJ83F NAD83 New Jersey State Planes- US Foot
NJHP HARN (HPGN) New Jersey State Planes- Meter (EPSG #2824)
NJHPF HARN (HPGN) New Jersey State Planes- US Foot
NM83-C NAD83 New Mexico State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32113)
NM83-CF NAD83 New Mexico State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2258)
NM83-E NAD83 New Mexico State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32112)
NM83-EF NAD83 New Mexico State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2257)
NM83-W NAD83 New Mexico State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #32114)
NM83-WF NAD83 New Mexico State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2259)
NM-C NAD27 New Mexico State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32013)
NM-E NAD27 New Mexico State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32012)
NMHP-C HPGN New Mexico State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2826)
NMHP-CF HPGN New Mexico State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2903)
NMHP-E HPGN New Mexico State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2825)
NMHP-EF HPGN New Mexico State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2902)
NMHP-W HPGN New Mexico State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2827)
NMHP-WF HPGN New Mexico State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2904)
NM-W NAD27 New Mexico State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32014)
NV83-C NAD83 Nevada State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32108)
NV83-CF NAD83 Nevada State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
NV83-E NAD83 Nevada State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32107)
NV83-EF NAD83 Nevada State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
NV83-W NAD83 Nevada State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #32109)

379
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
NV83-WF NAD83 Nevada State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
NV-C NAD27 Nevada State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32008)
NV-E NAD27 Nevada State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32007)
NVHP-C HARN (HPGN) Nevada State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2821)
NVHP-CF HARN (HPGN) Nevada State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
NVHP-E HARN (HPGN) Nevada State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2820)
NVHP-EF HARN (HPGN) Nevada State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot
NVHP-W HARN (HPGN) Nevada State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2822)
NVHP-WF HARN (HPGN) Nevada State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot
NV-W NAD27 Nevada State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32009)
NY83-C NAD83 New York State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32116)
NY83-CF NAD83 New York State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2261)
NY83-E NAD83 New York State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32115)
NY83-EF NAD83 New York State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2260)
NY83-LI NAD83 New York State Planes- Long Island- Meter (EPSG #32118)
NY83-LIF NAD83 New York State Planes- Long Island- US Foot (EPSG #2263)
NY83-W NAD83 New York State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #32117)
NY83-WF NAD83 New York State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2262)
NY-C NAD27 New York State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32016)
NY-E NAD27 New York State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32015)
NYHP-C HARN (HPGN) New York State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2829)
NYHP-CF HARN (HPGN) New York State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#2906)
NYHP-E HARN (HPGN) New York State Planes- Eastern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2828)
NYHP-EF HARN (HPGN) New York State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#2905)
NYHP-LI HARN (HPGN) New York State Planes- Long Island- Meter (EPSG #2831)
NYHP-LIF HARN (HPGN) New York State Planes- Long Island- US Foot (EPSG
#2908)
NYHP-W HARN (HPGN) New York State Planes- Western Zone- Meter (EPSG #2830)
NYHP-WF HARN (HPGN) New York State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#2907)
NY-LI NAD27 New York State Planes- Long Island- US Foot (EPSG #32018)
NY-W NAD27 New York State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32017)
OH83-N NAD83 Ohio State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32122)
OH83-NF NAD83 Ohio State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
OH83-S NAD83 Ohio State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32123)
OH83-SF NAD83 Ohio State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
OHHP-N HARN (HPGN) Ohio State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2834)
OHHP-NF HARN (HPGN) Ohio State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
OHHP-S HARN (HPGN) Ohio State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2835)
OHHP-SF HARN (HPGN) Ohio State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
OH-N NAD27 Ohio State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32022)
OH-S NAD27 Ohio State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32023)
OK83-N NAD83 Oklahoma State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32124)
OK83-NF NAD83 Oklahoma State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2267)
OK83-S NAD83 Oklahoma State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32125)
OK83-SF NAD83 Oklahoma State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2268)

380
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
OKHP-N HPGN Oklahoma State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2836)
OKHP-NF HPGN Oklahoma State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2911)
OKHP-S HPGN Oklahoma State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2837)
OKHP-SF HPGN Oklahoma State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2912)
OK-N NAD27 Oklahoma State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32024)
OK-S NAD27 Oklahoma State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32025)
OR83-N NAD83 Oregon State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32126)
OR83-NF NAD83 Oregon State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
OR83-NIF NAD83 Oregon State Planes- Northern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2269)
OR83-S NAD83 Oregon State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32127)
OR83-SF NAD83 Oregon State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
OR83-SIF NAD83 Oregon State Planes- Southern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2270)
OR83- NAD83 Oregon GIS- International Foot (EPSG #2992)
SSCGIS
ORHP-N HPGN Oregon State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2838)
ORHP-NF HPGN Oregon State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
ORHP-NIF HPGN Oregon State Planes- Northern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2913)
ORHP-S HPGN Oregon State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2839)
ORHP-SF HPGN Oregon State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
ORHP-SIF HPGN Oregon State Planes- Southern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2914)
OR-N NAD27 Oregon State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32026)
OR-S NAD27 Oregon State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32027)
PA83-N NAD83 Pennsylvania State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32128)
PA83-NF NAD83 Pennsylvania State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2271)
PA83-S NAD83 Pennsylvania State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32129)
PA83-SF NAD83 Pennsylvania State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2272)
PAHP-N HARN (HPGN) Pennsylvania State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter
PAHP-NF HARN (HPGN) Pennsylvania State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
PAHP-S HARN (HPGN) Pennsylvania State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter
PAHP-SF HARN (HPGN) Pennsylvania State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
PA-N NAD27 Pennsylvania State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32028)
PA-S NAD27 Pennsylvania State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32029)
PR-1 NAD27 Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands- Zone 1- US Foot
PR-2 NAD27 Puerto Rico- St Croix Virgin Island- Zone 2- US Foot
PR83 NAD83 Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands- Meter (EPSG #32161)
PR83F NAD83 Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands- US Foot
PRHP HPGN Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands- Meter (EPSG #2866)
PRHPF HPGN Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands- US Foot
RI NAD27 Rhode Island State Planes- US Foot (EPSG #32030)
RI83 NAD83 Rhode Island State Planes- Meter (EPSG #32130)
RI83F NAD83 Rhode Island State Planes- US Foot
RIHP HPGN/HARN Rhode Island State Planes- Meter (EPSG #2840)
RIHPF HPGN/HARN Rhode Island State Planes- US Foot
SC83 NAD83 South Carolina State Planes- Meter (EPSG #32133)
SC83F NAD83 South Carolina State Planes- US Foot
SC83IF NAD83 South Carolina State Planes- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2273)
SCHP HARN (HPGN) South Carolina State Planes- Meter

381
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
SCHPF HARN (HPGN) South Carolina State Planes- US Foot
SCHPIF HARN (HPGN) South Carolina State Planes- Intnl Foot
SC-N NAD27 South Carolina State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#32031)
SC-S NAD27 South Carolina State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#32033)
SD83-N NAD83 South Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32134)
SD83-NF NAD83 South Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
SD83-S NAD83 South Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32135)
SD83-SF NAD83 South Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
SDHP-N HARN (HPGN) South Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2841)
SDHP-NF HARN (HPGN) South Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
SDHP-S HARN (HPGN) South Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2842)
SDHP-SF HARN (HPGN) South Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
SD-N NAD27 South Dakota State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32034)
SD-S NAD27 South Dakota State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32035)
TN NAD27 Tennessee State Plane Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2204)
TN83 NAD83 Tennessee State Plane Zone- Meter (EPSG #32136)
TN83F NAD83 Tennessee State Plane Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2274)
TNHP HPGN Tennessee State Plane Zone- Meter (EPSG #2843)
TNHPF HPGN Tennessee State Plane Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2915)
TX83-C NAD83 Texas State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32139)
TX83-CF NAD83 Texas State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2277)
TX83-N NAD83 Texas State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32137)
TX83-NC NAD83 Texas State Planes- North Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32138)
TX83-NCF NAD83 Texas State Planes- North Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2276)
TX83-NF NAD83 Texas State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2275)
TX83-S NAD83 Texas State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32141)
TX83-SC NAD83 Texas State Planes- South Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32140)
TX83-SCF NAD83 Texas State Planes- South Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2278)
TX83-SF NAD83 Texas State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2279)
TX-C NAD27 Texas State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32039)
TXHP-C HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2846)
TXHP-CF HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2918)
TXHP-N HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2844)
TXHP-NC HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- North Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2845)
TXHP-NCF HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- North Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#2917)
TXHP-NF HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2916)
TXHP-S HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2848)
TXHP-SC HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- South Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2847)
TXHP-SCF HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- South Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG
#2919)
TXHP-SF HPGN/HARN Texas State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2920)
TX-N NAD27 Texas State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32037)
TX-NC NAD27 Texas State Planes- North Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32038)

382
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
TX-S NAD27 Texas State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32041)
TX-SC NAD27 Texas State Planes- South Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32040)
UT83-C NAD83 Utah State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32143)
UT83-CF NAD83 Utah State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
UT83-CIF NAD83 Utah State Planes- Central Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2281)
UT83-N NAD83 Utah State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32142)
UT83-NF NAD83 Utah State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
UT83-NIF NAD83 Utah State Planes- Northern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2280)
UT83-S NAD83 Utah State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32144)
UT83-SF NAD83 Utah State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
UT83-SIF NAD83 Utah State Planes- Southern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2282)
UT-C NAD27 Utah State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32043)
UTHP-C HARN (HPGN) Utah State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2850)
UTHP-CF HARN (HPGN) Utah State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot
UTHP-CIF HARN (HPGN) Utah State Planes- Central Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2922)
UTHP-N HARN (HPGN) Utah State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2849)
UTHP-NF HARN (HPGN) Utah State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
UTHP-NIF HARN (HPGN) Utah State Planes- Northern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2921)
UTHP-S HARN (HPGN) Utah State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2851)
UTHP-SF HARN (HPGN) Utah State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
UTHP-SIF HARN (HPGN) Utah State Planes- Southern Zone- Intnl Foot (EPSG #2923)
UTM27-1 NAD27 UTM- Zone 1 North- Meter
UTM27-10 NAD27 UTM- Zone 10 North- Meter (EPSG #26710)
UTM27-10F NAD27 UTM- Zone 10 North- US Foot
UTM27-10IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 10 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-11 NAD27 UTM- Zone 11 North- Meter (EPSG #26711)
UTM27-11F NAD27 UTM- Zone 11 North- US Foot
UTM27-11IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 11 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-12 NAD27 UTM- Zone 12 North- Meter (EPSG #26712)
UTM27-12F NAD27 UTM- Zone 12 North- US Foot
UTM27-12IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 12 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-13 NAD27 UTM- Zone 13 North- Meter (EPSG #26713)
UTM27-13F NAD27 UTM- Zone 13 North- US Foot
UTM27-13IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 13 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-14 NAD27 UTM- Zone 14 North- Meter (EPSG #26714)
UTM27-14F NAD27 UTM- Zone 14 North- US Foot
UTM27-14IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 14 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-15 NAD27 UTM- Zone 15 North- Meter (EPSG #26715)
UTM27-15F NAD27 UTM- Zone 15 North- US Foot
UTM27-15IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 15 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-16 NAD27 UTM- Zone 16 North- Meter (EPSG #26716)
UTM27-16F NAD27 UTM- Zone 16 North- US Foot
UTM27-16IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 16 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-17 NAD27 UTM- Zone 17 North- Meter (EPSG #26717)
UTM27-17F NAD27 UTM- Zone 17 North- US Foot
UTM27-17IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 17 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-18 NAD27 UTM- Zone 18 North- Meter (EPSG #26718)

383
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
UTM27-18F NAD27 UTM- Zone 18 North- US Foot
UTM27-18IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 18 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-19 NAD27 UTM- Zone 19 North- Meter (EPSG #26719)
UTM27-19F NAD27 UTM- Zone 19 North- US Foot
UTM27-19IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 19 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-1N NAD27 / UTM zone 1N (EPSG #26701)
UTM27-2 NAD27 UTM- Zone 2 North- Meter
UTM27-20 NAD27 UTM- Zone 20 North- Meter (EPSG #26720)
UTM27-20F NAD27 UTM- Zone 20 North- US Foot
UTM27-20IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 20 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-21 NAD27 UTM- Zone 21 North- Meter (EPSG #26721)
UTM27-21F NAD27 UTM- Zone 21 North- US Foot
UTM27-21IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 21 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-22 NAD27 UTM- Zone 22 North- Meter (EPSG #26722)
UTM27-22F NAD27 UTM- Zone 22 North- US Foot
UTM27-22IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 22 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-23 NAD27 UTM- Zone 23 North- Meter
UTM27-23F NAD27 UTM- Zone 23 North- US Foot
UTM27-23IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 23 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-2N NAD27 / UTM zone 2N (EPSG #26702)
UTM27-3 NAD27 UTM- Zone 3 North- Meter (EPSG #26703)
UTM27-3F NAD27 UTM- Zone 3 North- US Survey Foot
UTM27-3IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 3 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-4 NAD27 UTM- Zone 4 North- Meter (EPSG #26704)
UTM27-4F NAD27 UTM- Zone 4 North- US Survey Foot
UTM27-4IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 4 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-5 NAD27 UTM- Zone 5 North- Meter (EPSG #26705)
UTM27-58 NAD27 UTM- Zone 58 North- Meter
UTM27-59 NAD27 UTM- Zone 59 North- Meter
UTM27-5F NAD27 UTM- Zone 5 North- US Foot
UTM27-5IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 5 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-6 NAD27 UTM- Zone 6 North- Meter (EPSG #26706)
UTM27-60 NAD27 UTM- Zone 60 North- Meter
UTM27-6F NAD27 UTM- Zone 6 North- US Foot
UTM27-6IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 6 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-7 NAD27 UTM- Zone 7 North- Meter (EPSG #26707)
UTM27-7F NAD27 UTM- Zone 7 North- US Foot
UTM27-7IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 7 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-8 NAD27 UTM- Zone 8 North- Meter (EPSG #26708)
UTM27-8F NAD27 UTM- Zone 8 North- US Foot
UTM27-8IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 8 North- Intnl Foot
UTM27-9 NAD27 UTM- Zone 9 North- Meter (EPSG #26709)
UTM27-9F NAD27 UTM- Zone 9 North- US Foot
UTM27-9IF NAD27 UTM- Zone 9 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-1 NAD83 UTM- Zone 1 North- Meter (EPSG #26901)
UTM83-10 NAD83 UTM- Zone 10 North- Meter (EPSG #26910)
UTM83-10F NAD83 UTM- Zone 10 North- US Foot

384
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
UTM83-10IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 10 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-11 NAD83 UTM- Zone 11 North- Meter (EPSG #26911)
UTM83-11F NAD83 UTM- Zone 11 North- US Foot
UTM83-11IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 11 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-12 NAD83 UTM- Zone 12 North- Meter (EPSG #26912)
UTM83-12F NAD83 UTM- Zone 12 North- US Foot
UTM83-12IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 12 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-13 NAD83 UTM- Zone 13 North- Meter (EPSG #26913)
UTM83-13F NAD83 UTM- Zone 13 North- US Foot
UTM83-13IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 13 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-14 NAD83 UTM- Zone 14 North- Meter (EPSG #26914)
UTM83-14F NAD83 UTM- Zone 14 North- US Foot
UTM83-14IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 14 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-15 NAD83 UTM- Zone 15 North- Meter (EPSG #26915)
UTM83-15F NAD83 UTM- Zone 15 North- US Foot
UTM83-15IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 15 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-16 NAD83 UTM- Zone 16 North- Meter (EPSG #26916)
UTM83-16F NAD83 UTM- Zone 16 North- US Foot
UTM83-16IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 16 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-17 NAD83 UTM- Zone 17 North- Meter (EPSG #26917)
UTM83-17F NAD83 UTM- Zone 17 North- US Foot
UTM83-17IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 17 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-18 NAD83 UTM- Zone 18 North- Meter (EPSG #26918)
UTM83-18F NAD83 UTM- Zone 18 North- US Foot
UTM83-18IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 18 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-19 NAD83 UTM- Zone 19 North- Meter (EPSG #26919)
UTM83-19F NAD83 UTM- Zone 19 North- US Foot
UTM83-19IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 19 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-2 NAD83 UTM- Zone 2 North- Meter (EPSG #26902)
UTM83-20 NAD83 UTM- Zone 20 North- Meter (EPSG #26920)
UTM83-20F NAD83 UTM- Zone 20 North- US Foot
UTM83-20IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 20 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-21 NAD83 UTM- Zone 21 North- Meter (EPSG #26921)
UTM83-21F NAD83 UTM- Zone 21 North- US Foot
UTM83-21IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 21 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-22 NAD83 UTM- Zone 22 North- Meter (EPSG #26922)
UTM83-22F NAD83 UTM- Zone 22 North- US Foot
UTM83-22IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 22 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-23 NAD83 Universal Transverse Mercator- Zone 23 North- Meter
UTM83-3 NAD83 UTM- Zone 3 North- Meter (EPSG #26903)
UTM83-3F NAD83 UTM- Zone 3 North- US Survey Foot
UTM83-4 NAD83 UTM- Zone 4 North- Meter (EPSG #26904)
UTM83-4F NAD83 UTM- Zone 4 North- US Survey Foot
UTM83-5 NAD83 UTM- Zone 5 North- Meter (EPSG #26905)
UTM83-58 NAD83 UTM- Zone 58 North- Meter
UTM83-59 NAD83 UTM- Zone 59 North- Meter
UTM83-5F NAD83 UTM- Zone 5 North- US Survey Foot

385
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
UTM83-5IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 5 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-6 NAD83 UTM- Zone 6 North- Meter (EPSG #26906)
UTM83-60 NAD83 UTM- Zone 60 North- Meter
UTM83-6F NAD83 UTM- Zone 6 North- US Foot
UTM83-6IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 6 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-7 NAD83 UTM- Zone 7 North- Meter (EPSG #26907)
UTM83-7F NAD83 UTM- Zone 7 North- US Foot
UTM83-7IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 7 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-8 NAD83 UTM- Zone 8 North- Meter (EPSG #26908)
UTM83-8F NAD83 UTM- Zone 8 North- US Foot
UTM83-8IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 8 North- Intnl Foot
UTM83-9 NAD83 UTM- Zone 9 North- Meter (EPSG #26909)
UTM83-9F NAD83 UTM- Zone 9 North- US Foot
UTM83-9IF NAD83 UTM- Zone 9 North- Intnl Foot
UTM84-10N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 10 North- Meter (EPSG #32610)
UTM84-10S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 10 South- Meter (EPSG #32710)
UTM84-11N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 11 North- Meter (EPSG #32611)
UTM84-11S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 11 South- Meter (EPSG #32711)
UTM84-12N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 12 North- Meter (EPSG #32612)
UTM84-12S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 12 South- Meter (EPSG #32712)
UTM84-13N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 13 North- Meter (EPSG #32613)
UTM84-13S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 13 South- Meter (EPSG #32713)
UTM84-14N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 14 North- Meter (EPSG #32614)
UTM84-14S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 14 South- Meter (EPSG #32714)
UTM84-15N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 15 North- Meter (EPSG #32615)
UTM84-15S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 15 South- Meter (EPSG #32715)
UTM84-16N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 16 North- Meter (EPSG #32616)
UTM84-16S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 16 South- Meter (EPSG #32716)
UTM84-17N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 17 North- Meter (EPSG #32617)
UTM84-17S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 17 South- Meter (EPSG #32717)
UTM84-18N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 18 North- Meter (EPSG #32618)
UTM84-18S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 18 South- Meter (EPSG #32718)
UTM84-19N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 19 North- Meter (EPSG #32619)
UTM84-19S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 19 South- Meter (EPSG #32719)
UTM84-1N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 1 North- Meter (EPSG #32601)
UTM84-1S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 1 South- Meter (EPSG #32701)
UTM84-20N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 20 North- Meter (EPSG #32620)
UTM84-20S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 20 South- Meter (EPSG #32720)
UTM84-21N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 21 North- Meter (EPSG #32621)
UTM84-21S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 21 South- Meter (EPSG #32721)
UTM84-22N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 22 North- Meter (EPSG #32622)
UTM84-22S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 22 South- Meter (EPSG #32722)
UTM84-23N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 23 North- Meter (EPSG #32623)
UTM84-23S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 23 South- Meter (EPSG #32723)
UTM84-24N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 24 North- Meter (EPSG #32624)
UTM84-24S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 24 South- Meter (EPSG #32724)
UTM84-25N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 25 North- Meter (EPSG #32625)

386
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
UTM84-25S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 25 South- Meter (EPSG #32725)
UTM84-26N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 26 North- Meter (EPSG #32626)
UTM84-26S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 26 South- Meter (EPSG #32726)
UTM84-27N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 27 North- Meter (EPSG #32627)
UTM84-27S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 27 South- Meter (EPSG #32727)
UTM84-28N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 28 North- Meter (EPSG #32628)
UTM84-28S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 28 South- Meter (EPSG #32728)
UTM84-29N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 29 North- Meter (EPSG #32629)
UTM84-29S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 29 South- Meter (EPSG #32729)
UTM84-2N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 2 North- Meter (EPSG #32602)
UTM84-2S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 2 South- Meter (EPSG #32702)
UTM84-30N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 30 North- Meter (EPSG #32630)
UTM84-30S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 30 South- Meter (EPSG #32730)
UTM84-31N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 31 North- Meter (EPSG #32631)
UTM84-31S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 31 South- Meter (EPSG #32731)
UTM84-32N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 32 North- Meter (EPSG #32632)
UTM84-32S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 32 South- Meter (EPSG #32732)
UTM84-33N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 33 North- Meter (EPSG #32633)
UTM84-33S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 33 South- Meter (EPSG #32733)
UTM84-34N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 34 North- Meter (EPSG #32634)
UTM84-34S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 34 South- Meter (EPSG #32734)
UTM84-35N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 35 North- Meter (EPSG #32635)
UTM84-35S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 35 South- Meter (EPSG #32735)
UTM84-36N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 36 North- Meter (EPSG #32636)
UTM84-36S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 36 South- Meter (EPSG #32736)
UTM84-37N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 37 North- Meter (EPSG #32637)
UTM84-37S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 37 South- Meter (EPSG #32737)
UTM84-38N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 38 North- Meter (EPSG #32638)
UTM84-38S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 38 South- Meter (EPSG #32738)
UTM84-39N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 39 North- Meter (EPSG #32639)
UTM84-39S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 39 South- Meter (EPSG #32739)
UTM84-3N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 3 North- Meter (EPSG #32603)
UTM84-3S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 3 South- Meter (EPSG #32703)
UTM84-40N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 40 North- Meter (EPSG #32640)
UTM84-40S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 40 South- Meter (EPSG #32740)
UTM84-41N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 41 North- Meter (EPSG #32641)
UTM84-41S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 41 South- Meter (EPSG #32741)
UTM84-42N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 42 North- Meter (EPSG #32642)
UTM84-42S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 42 South- Meter (EPSG #32742)
UTM84-43N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 43 North- Meter (EPSG #32643)
UTM84-43S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 43 South- Meter (EPSG #32743)
UTM84-44N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 44 North- Meter (EPSG #32644)
UTM84-44S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 44 South- Meter (EPSG #32744)
UTM84-45N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 45 North- Meter (EPSG #32645)
UTM84-45S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 45 South- Meter (EPSG #32745)
UTM84-46N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 46 North- Meter (EPSG #32646)
UTM84-46S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 46 South- Meter (EPSG #32746)

387
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
UTM84-47N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 47 North- Meter (EPSG #32647)
UTM84-47S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 47 South- Meter (EPSG #32747)
UTM84-48N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 48 North- Meter (EPSG #32648)
UTM84-48S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 48 South- Meter (EPSG #32748)
UTM84-49N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 49 North- Meter (EPSG #32649)
UTM84-49S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 49 South- Meter (EPSG #32749)
UTM84-4N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 4 North- Meter (EPSG #32604)
UTM84-4S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 4 South- Meter (EPSG #32704)
UTM84-50N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 50 North- Meter (EPSG #32650)
UTM84-50S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 50 South- Meter (EPSG #32750)
UTM84-51N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 51 North- Meter (EPSG #32651)
UTM84-51S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 51 South- Meter (EPSG #32751)
UTM84-52N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 52 North- Meter (EPSG #32652)
UTM84-52S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 52 South- Meter (EPSG #32752)
UTM84-53N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 53 North- Meter (EPSG #32653)
UTM84-53S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 53 South- Meter (EPSG #32753)
UTM84-54N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 54 North- Meter (EPSG #32654)
UTM84-54S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 54 South- Meter (EPSG #32754)
UTM84-55N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 55 North- Meter (EPSG #32655)
UTM84-55S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 55 South- Meter (EPSG #32755)
UTM84-56N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 56 North- Meter (EPSG #32656)
UTM84-56S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 56 South- Meter (EPSG #32756)
UTM84-57N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 57 North- Meter (EPSG #32657)
UTM84-57S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 57 South- Meter (EPSG #32757)
UTM84-58N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 58 North- Meter (EPSG #32658)
UTM84-58S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 58 South- Meter (EPSG #32758)
UTM84-59N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 59 North- Meter (EPSG #32659)
UTM84-59S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 59 South- Meter (EPSG #32759)
UTM84-5N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 5 North- Meter (EPSG #32605)
UTM84-5S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 5 South- Meter (EPSG #32705)
UTM84-60N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 60 North- Meter (EPSG #32660)
UTM84-60S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 60 South- Meter (EPSG #32760)
UTM84-6N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 6 North- Meter (EPSG #32606)
UTM84-6S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 6 South- Meter (EPSG #32706)
UTM84-7N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 7 North- Meter (EPSG #32607)
UTM84-7S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 7 South- Meter (EPSG #32707)
UTM84-8N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 8 North- Meter (EPSG #32608)
UTM84-8S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 8 South- Meter (EPSG #32708)
UTM84-9N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 9 North- Meter (EPSG #32609)
UTM84-9S WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 9 South- Meter (EPSG #32709)
UTM89-30N WGS 1984 UTM- Zone 30 North- Meter
UTMHP-10 HPGN UTM- Zone 10 North- Meter
UTMHP-10F HPGN UTM- Zone 10 North- US Foot
UTMHP-10IF HPGN UTM- Zone 10 North- Intnl Foot
UTMHP-11 HPGN UTM- Zone 11 North- Meter
UTMHP-11F HPGN UTM- Zone 11 North- US Foot
UTMHP-11IF HPGN UTM- Zone 11 North- Intnl Foot

388
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
UTMHP-12 HPGN UTM- Zone 12 North- Meter
UTMHP-12F HPGN UTM- Zone 12 North- US Foot
UTMHP-12IF HPGN UTM- Zone 12 North- Intnl Foot
UTMHP-13 HPGN UTM- Zone 13 North- Meter
UTMHP-13F HPGN UTM- Zone 13 North- US Foot
UTMHP-13IF HPGN UTM- Zone 13 North- Intnl Foot
UTMHP-14 HPGN UTM- Zone 14 North- Meter
UTMHP-14F HPGN UTM- Zone 14 North- US Foot
UTMHP-14IF HPGN UTM- Zone 14 North- Intnl Foot
UTMHP-15 HPGN UTM- Zone 15 North- Meter
UTMHP-15F HPGN UTM- Zone 15 North- US Foot
UTMHP-15IF HPGN UTM- Zone 15 North- Intnl Foot
UTMHP-16 HPGN UTM- Zone 16 North- Meter
UTMHP-16F HPGN UTM- Zone 16 North- US Foot
UTMHP-16IF HPGN UTM- Zone 16 North- Intnl Foot
UTMHP-17 HPGN UTM- Zone 17 North- Meter
UTMHP-17F HPGN UTM- Zone 17 North- US Foot
UTMHP-17IF HPGN UTM- Zone 17 North- Intnl Foot
UTMHP-18 HPGN UTM- Zone 18 North- Meter
UTMHP-18F HPGN UTM- Zone 18 North- US Foot
UTMHP-18IF HPGN UTM- Zone 18 North- Intnl Foot
UT-N NAD27 Utah State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32042)
UT-S NAD27 Utah State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32044)
VA83-N NAD83 Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32146)
VA83-NF NAD83 Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2283)
VA83-S NAD83 Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32147)
VA83-SF NAD83 Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2284)
VAHP-N HPGN/HARN Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2853)
VAHP-NF HPGN/HARN Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2924)
VAHP-S HPGN/HARN Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2854)
VAHP-SF HPGN/HARN Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2925)
VA-N NAD27 Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32046)
VA-S NAD27 Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32047)
VT NAD27 Vermont State Planes- US Foot (EPSG #32045)
VT83 NAD83 Vermont State Planes- Meter (EPSG #32145)
VT83F NAD83 Vermont State Planes- US Foot
VTHP HPGN/HARN Vermont State Planes- Meter (EPSG #2852)
VTHPF HPGN/HARN Vermont State Planes- US Foot
WA83-N NAD83 Washington State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32148)
WA83-NF NAD83 Washington State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2285)
WA83-S NAD83 Washington State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32149)
WA83-SF NAD83 Washington State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2286)
WAHP-N HPGN Washington State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2855)
WAHP-NF HPGN Washington State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2926)
WAHP-S HPGN Washington State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2856)
WAHP-SF HPGN Washington State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2927)
WA-N NAD27 Washington State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32048)

389
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
WA-S NAD27 Washington State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32049)
WI83-C NAD83 Wisconsin State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32153)
WI83-CF NAD83 Wisconsin State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2288)
WI83-N NAD83 Wisconsin State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32152)
WI83-NF NAD83 Wisconsin State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2287)
WI83-S NAD83 Wisconsin State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32154)
WI83-SF NAD83 Wisconsin State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2289)
WI-C NAD27 Wisconsin State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32053)
WIHP-C HPGN Wisconsin State Planes- Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #2860)
WIHP-CF HPGN Wisconsin State Planes- Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2929)
WIHP-N HPGN Wisconsin State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2859)
WIHP-NF HPGN Wisconsin State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2928)
WIHP-S HPGN Wisconsin State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #2861)
WIHP-SF HPGN Wisconsin State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #2930)
WI-N NAD27 Wisconsin State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32052)
WI-S NAD27 Wisconsin State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32054)
WV83-N NAD83 West Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32150)
WV83-NF NAD83 West Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
WV83-S NAD83 West Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG #32151)
WV83-SF NAD83 West Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
WVHP-N HARN (HPGN) West Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2857)
WVHP-NF HARN (HPGN) West Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot
WVHP-S HARN (HPGN) West Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2858)
WVHP-SF HARN (HPGN) West Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot
WV-N NAD27 West Virginia State Planes- Northern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32050)
WV-S NAD27 West Virginia State Planes- Southern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32051)
WY83-E NAD83 Wyoming State Planes- Eastern- Meter (EPSG #32155)
WY83-EC NAD83 Wyoming State Planes- East Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32156)
WY83-ECF NAD83 Wyoming State Planes- East Central Zone- US Foot
WY83-EF NAD83 Wyoming State Planes- Eastern- US Foot
WY83-W NAD83 Wyoming State Planes- Western- Meter (EPSG #32158)
WY83-WC NAD83 Wyoming State Planes- West Central Zone- Meter (EPSG #32157)
WY83-WCF NAD83 Wyoming State Planes- West Central Zone- US Foot
WY83-WF NAD83 Wyoming State Planes- Western- US Foot
WY-E NAD27 Wyoming State Planes- Eastern Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32055)
WY-EC NAD27 Wyoming State Planes- East Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32056)
WYHP-E HPGN/HARN Wyoming State Planes- Eastern- Meter (EPSG #2862)
WYHP-EC HPGN/HARN Wyoming State Planes- East Central Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2863)
WYHP-ECF HPGN/HARN Wyoming State Planes- East Central Zone- US Foot
WYHP-EF HPGN/HARN Wyoming State Planes- Eastern- US Foot
WYHP-W HPGN/HARN Wyoming State Planes- Western- Meter (EPSG #2865)
WYHP-WC HPGN/HARN Wyoming State Planes- West Central Zone- Meter (EPSG
#2864)
WYHP-WCF HPGN/HARN Wyoming State Planes- West Central Zone- US Foot
WYHP-WF HPGN/HARN Wyoming State Planes- Western- US Foot

390
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
WY-W NAD27 Wyoming State Planes- Western Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32058)
WY-WC NAD27 Wyoming State Planes- West Central Zone- US Foot (EPSG #32057)

5.15.13.CodeDesignGroup
Group # Tail Height (ft) Wingspan (ft)
I <20 <49
II 20 - <30 49 - <79
III 30 - <45 79 - <118
IV 45 - <60 118 - <171
V 60 - <66 171 - <214
VI 66 - <80 214 - <262

5.15.14.CodeDesignSurfaceType
Value Description
BRL Building restriction line (not a standard)
FATO Final Approach and Takeoff Clearance Surface
HAS Heliport Safety Area
HPZ Heliport Protection Zone
IAOFZ Inner Approach Obstacle Free Zone
ITOFZ Inner Transitional Obstacle Free Zone
OFZ Obstacle Free Zone
POFZ Precision obstacle free zone (See AC 150/5300-13)
PRSIFR Parallel Runway Separation Simultaneous IFR Operations
PRSVFR Parallel Runway Separation Simultaneous VFR Operations
ROFA Runway Object Free Area
RPZ Runway protection zone (See AC 150/5300-13)
RSA Runway safety area
RWYPTX Runway to Parallel Taxiway and Taxiline Separation
TOFA Taxiway and taxilane object free area (See AC 150/5300-13)
TSA Threshold sighting area
TSS Threshold Siting Surface (See AC 150/5300-13)
TXSA Taxiway safety area (See AC 150/5300-13)

5.15.15.CodeDirectionality
Value Description
BI Bidirectional
ES One way from end-to-startpoint
SE One way from start-to-endpoint

5.15.16.CodeFaaRegion
Value Description
AAL Alaska
ACE Central
AEA Eastern
AGL Great Lakes
ANE New England
ANM Northwest Mountain
ASO Southern

391
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
ASW Southwest
AWP Western Pacific

5.15.17.CodeFuel
Value Description
A Jet A, without icing inhibitor
A+ Jet A+, Kerosene fuel, Type A, Jet A or JP-1 With icing inhibitor.
A1 Jet A1, without icing inhibitor
A1+ Jet A1+, Jet A1 with icing inhibitor.
B Jet B, Wide cut turbine fuel, Without icing inhibitor.
B+ Jet B+, wide cut turbine fuel with icing inhibitor.
C 91/96 octane gasoline, leaded, No MIL Spec.
F 80 octane gasoline, unleaded, No MIL Spec.
G Aviation Gasoline (AVGAS), octane unknown
H 108/135 octane gasoline, leaded, No MIL Spec
J Jet fuel available but type is unknown
J4 JP-4, Wide cut turbine fuel MIL Spec T-5624
J5 JP-5, Kerosene MIL Spec T-5624
J8 JP-8, Semi Kerosene MIL Spec T-83133, without icing inhibitor
K 73 octane gasoline, unleaded, No MIL Spec
X Storage tanks available and fuel type unknown or the tanks were used at one time for
aviation products but may now store other products
7 JP-7, Jet Propellant type 7 (Glass Tank Fuel)
80 80/87 octane gasoline, leaded, MIL-L-5572F (RED)
100 100/130 octane gasoline, leaded, MIL-L-5572F (GREEN)
100LL 100/130 MIL Spec, low lead, aviation gasoline (BLUE)
115 115/145 octane gasoline, leaded, MIL-L-5572F (PURPLE)

5.15.18.CodeGateStandType
Name Definition
ANG-NI Angled nose-in parking position
ANG-NO Angled nose-out parking position
HS Hard stand
ISO Isolated parking position.
JB Jet bridge
NI Nose-in parking position.
OTHER Other
PR Portable ramp
RMT Remote parking position.
SR Stairs
TM Temporary
UNK unknown

5.15.19.CodeGridType
Name Definition
ed50 European Datum 1950
gaussKruger Gauss Kruger
GEOREF World Geographic Reference System

392
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Name Definition
ING Irish National Grid Reference Survey
LCC Lambert Conformal Conic
LL Latitude, longitude
MIL Military
OTHER Other
RT90 Swedish Coordinate System
SPCS State Plane Coordinate System
UPS Universal Polar Stereographic
USNG United States National Grid for Spatial Addressing
UTM Universal Transverse Mercator

5.15.20.CodeHazardCategory
Class Division Description
1 Explosives are any substance or article, including a device, which is
designed to function by explosion or which, by chemical reaction
within itself is able to function in a similar manner even if not designed
to function by explosion (unless the article is otherwise classed under a
provision of 49CFR).
1.1 Explosives that have a mass explosion hazard. A mass explosion is one
which affects almost the entire load instantaneously
1.2 Explosives that have a projection hazard but not a mass explosion
hazard
1.3 Explosives that have a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a
minor projection hazard or, both but not a mass explosion hazard.
1.4 Explosives that present a minor explosion hazard. The explosive effects
are largely confined to the package and no projection of fragments of
appreciable size or range is to be expected. An external fire must not
cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the entire contents of
the package.
1.5 Blasting agents consist of very insensitive explosives. This division
comprises substances which have a mass explosion hazard but are so
insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation or of
transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of
transport.
1.6 Consists of extremely insensitive articles which do not have a mass
explosive hazard. This division comprises articles which contain only
extremely insensitive detonating substances and which demonstrate a
negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation.
2 HazMat Class 2 includes all gases which are compressed and stored for
transportation. Class 2 has three divisions: Flammable (also called
combustible), Non-Flammable/Non-Poisonous, and Poisonous.
2.1 Flammable Gas - 454 kg (1001 lb) of any material which is a gas at 20
°C (68 °F) or less and 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) of pressure (a material
which has a boiling point of 20 °C (68 °F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7
psi)) which-
1. Is ignitable at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) when in a mixture of 13
percent or less by volume with air; or
2. Has a flammable range at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) with air of at
least 12 percent regardless of the lower limit.

393
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Class Division Description

2.2 Non-Flammable, Non-Poisonus Gas - This division includes
compressed gas, liquefied gas, pressurized cryogenic gas, compressed
gas in solution, asphyxiant gas and oxidizing gas. A non-flammable,
nonpoisonous compressed gas (Division 2.2) means any material (or
mixture) which:
1. Exerts in the packaging an absolute pressure of 280 kPa (40.6
psia) or greater at 20 °C (68 °F), and
2. Does not meet the definition of Division 2.1 or 2.3.

2.3 Poison Gas - Gas poisonous by inhalation means a material which is a

gas at 20 °C or less and a pressure of 101.3 kPa (a material which has a
boiling point of 20 °C or less at 101.3kPa (14.7 psi)) and which:
1. Is known to be so toxic to humans as to pose a hazard to health
during transportation, or
2. In the absence of adequate data on human toxicity, is presumed
to be toxic to humans because when tested on laboratory
animals it has an LC50 value of not more than 5000 ml/m³. See
49CFR 173.116(a) for assignment of Hazard Zones A, B, C or
D. LC50 values for values for mixtures may be determined
using the formula in 49 CFR 173.133(b)(1)(i)

3 HazMat Class 3 are flammable liquids. They are liquids with flash
point of not more than 60.5°C (141°F), or any material in a liquid phase
with a flash point at or above 37.8°C (100°F).
4 HazMat Class 4 are Flammable solids. Flammable Solids are any
materials in the solid phase of matter that can readily undergo
combustion in the presence of a source of ignition under standard
circumstances, i.e. without:
Artificially changing variables such as pressure or density; or
Adding accelerants.
4.1 Flammable Solid
4.2 Spontaneously Combustible
4.3 Dangerous When Wet - Dangerous when wet material is material that,
by contact with water, is liable to become spontaneously flammable or
to give off flammable or toxic gas at a rate greater than 1 liter per
kilogram of the material, per hour, when tested in accordance with the
UN Manual of Tests and Criteria.
5 HazMat Class 5 Oxidizing Agents and Organic Peroxides - An oxidizer
is a chemical that readily yields oxygen in reactions, thereby causing or
enhancing combustion
5.1 Oxidizers - An oxidizer is a material that may, generally by yielding
oxygen, cause or enhance the combustion of other materials
5.2 Organic Peroxides - An organic peroxide is any organic compound
containing oxygen (O) in the bivalent -O-O- structure and which may
be considered a derivative of hydrogen peroxide, where one or more of
the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by organic radicals (with some
exceptions)

394
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Class Division Description

6 HazMat Class 6 is Toxic and Infectious Substances. Poisonous material
is a material, other than a gas, known to be so toxic to humans that it
presents a health hazard during transportation
6.1 Poisonous material is a material, other than a gas, which is known to be
so toxic to humans as to afford a hazard to health during transportation,
or which, in the absence of adequate data on human toxicity:
6.2 Biohazards
7 HazMat Class 7 is Radioactive substances. Radioactive substances are
materials that emit radiation.
8 Hazmat Class 8 is Corrosive Substances. A corrosive material is a
liquid or solid that causes full thickness destruction of human skin at
the site of contact within a specified period of time. A liquid that has a
severe corrosion rate on steel or aluminum based on the criteria in
49CFR 173.137(c)(2) is also a corrosive material.
9 HazMat Class 9 is Miscellaneous Substances. The miscellaneous
hazardous materials category encompasses all hazardous materials that
do not fit one of the definitions listed in Class 1 through Class 8.

5.15.21.CodeHazardType
Value Description
BASH Bird Aircraft Strike Hazard
DEER STRIKE
TBD Hazard yet to be determined
TORTOISE_PITFALL
UNKNOWN

5.15.22.CodeHowAcquired
Value Description
AIP_DEVELOPMENT Land acquired using AIP funds for airport development
AIP_APPROACH_PROTECTION Land acquired using AIP funds for approach protection
AIP_NOISE Land acquired using AIP funds for noise
DONATION Land acquired by donation
PFC_DEVELOPMENT Land acquired using PFC funds for airport development
PFC_APPROACH_PROTECTION Land acquired using PFC funds for approach protection
PFC_NOISE Land acquired using PFC funds for noise
SURPLUS_PROPERTY Land acquired as surplus property

5.15.23.CodeLandmarkType
Value Description
AERIAL CABLEWAY
AGRICULTURE AREA
AIRPORT
ATHLETIC FIELD
BOAT RAMP
BREAKWATER
CANAL
CEMETERY
CREEK

395
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
DAM
FENCE
GOLF COURSE
LEVEE
MILITARY AREA
MOUNTAIN PASS
OTHER
PIER
POWERPLANT
QUARRY
QUAY
RACECOURSE OR TRACK
RAILROAD
RIVER
ROAD
SHORELINE
STADIUM
STREAM
TANK TRAP
TRENCH
URBAN AREA
UTILITY LINE
WALL
WHARF

5.15.24.CodeLandUseType
Value Description
1000 Residential activities (Source: APA LBCS)
1100 Household activities (Source: APA LBCS)
1200 Transient living (Source: APA LBCS)
1300 Institutional living (Source: APA LBCS)
2000 Shopping, business, or trade activities (Source: APA LBCS)
2100 Shopping (Source: APA LBCS)
2110 Goods-oriented shopping (Source: APA LBCS)
2120 Service-oriented shopping (Source: APA LBCS)
2200 Restaurant-type activity (Source: APA LBCS)
2210 Restaurant-type activity with drive-through (Source: APA LBCS)
2300 Office activities (Source: APA LBCS)
2310 Office activities with high turnover of people (Source: APA LBCS)
2320 Office activities with high turnover of automobiles (Source: APA LBCS)
3000 Industrial, manufacturing, and waste-related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
3100 Plant, factory, or heavy goods storage or handling activities (Source: APA LBCS)
3110 Primarily plant or factory-type activities (Source: APA LBCS)
3120 Primarily goods storage or handling activities (Source: APA LBCS)
3200 Solid waste management activities (Source: APA LBCS)
3210 Solid waste collection and storage (Source: APA LBCS)
3220 Landfilling or dumping (Source: APA LBCS)
3230 Waste processing or recycling (Source: APA LBCS)

396
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
3300 Construction activities (grading, digging, etc.) (Source: APA LBCS)
4000 Social, institutional, or infrastructure-related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4100 School or library activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4110 Classroom-type activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4120 Training or instructional activities outside classrooms (Source: APA LBCS)
Other instructional activities including those that occur in libraries (Source: APA
4130 LBCS)
4200 Emergency response or public-safety-related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4210 Fire and rescue-related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4220 Police, security, and protection-related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4230 Emergency or disaster-response-related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4300 Activities associated with utilities (water, sewer, power, etc.) (Source: APA LBCS)
4310 Water-supply-related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4311 Water storing, pumping, or piping (Source: APA LBCS)
4312 Water purification and filtration activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4313 Irrigation water storage and distribution activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4314 Flood control, dams, and other large irrigation activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4320 Sewer-related control, monitor, or distribution activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4321 Sewage storing, pumping, or piping (Source: APA LBCS)
4322 Sewer treatment and processing (Source: APA LBCS)
4330 Power generation, control, monitor, or distribution activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4331 Power transmission lines or control activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4332 Power generation, storage, or processing activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4340 Telecommunications-related control, monitor, or distribution activities (Source: APA
LBCS)
4350 Natural gas or fuels-related control, monitor, or distribution Activities (Source: APA
LBCS)
4400 Mass storage, inactive (Source: APA LBCS)
4410 Water storage (Source: APA LBCS)
4420 Storage of natural gas, fuels, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
4430 Storage of chemical, nuclear, or other materials (Source: APA LBCS)
4500 Health care, medical, or treatment activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4600 Interment, cremation, or grave digging activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4700 Military base activities (Source: APA LBCS)
4710 Ordnance storage (Source: APA LBCS)
4720 Range and test activities (Source: APA LBCS)
5000 Travel or movement activities (Source: APA LBCS)
5100 Pedestrian movement (Source: APA LBCS)
5200 Vehicular movement (Source: APA LBCS)
5210 Vehicular parking, storage, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
5220 Drive-in, drive through, stop-n-go, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
5400 Trains or other rail movement (Source: APA LBCS)
5410 Rail maintenance, storage, or related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
Sailing, boating, and other port, marine and water-based Activities (Source: APA
5500 LBCS)
5510 Boat mooring, docking, or servicing (Source: APA LBCS)
5520 Port, ship-building, and related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
5600 Aircraft takeoff, landing, taxiing, and parking (Source: APA LBCS)

397
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
5700 Spacecraft launching and related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
6000 Mass assembly of people (Source: APA LBCS)
6100 Passenger assembly (Source: APA LBCS)
6200 Spectator sports assembly (Source: APA LBCS)
6300 Movies, concerts, or entertainment shows (Source: APA LBCS)
6400 Gatherings at fairs and exhibitions (Source: APA LBCS)
6500 Mass training, drills, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
6600 Social, cultural, or religious assembly (Source: APA LBCS)
Gatherings at galleries, museums, aquariums, zoological parks, etc. (Source: APA
6700 LBCS)
6800 Historical or cultural celebrations, parades, reenactments, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
7000 Leisure activities (Source: APA LBCS)
7100 Active leisure sports and related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
7110 Running, jogging, bicycling, aerobics, exercising, etc. (Source: APA
7120 Equestrian sporting activities (Source: APA LBCS)
7130 Hockey, ice skating, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
7140 Skiing, snowboarding, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
7150 Automobile and motorbike racing (Source: APA LBCS)
7160 Golf (Source: APA LBCS)
7180 Tennis (Source: APA LBCS)
Track and field, team sports (baseball, basketball, etc.), or other sports (Source: APA
7190 LBCS)
7200 Passive leisure activity (Source: APA LBCS)
7210 Camping (Source: APA LBCS)
7220 Gambling (Source: APA LBCS)
7230 Hunting (Source: APA LBCS)
7240 Promenading and other activities in parks (Source: APA LBCS)
7250 Shooting (Source: APA LBCS)
7260 Trapping (Source: APA LBCS)
7300 Flying or air-related sports (Source: APA LBCS)
7400 Water sports and related leisure activities (Source: APA LBCS)
7410 Boating, sailing, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
7420 Canoeing, kayaking, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
7430 Swimming, diving, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
7440 Fishing, angling, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
7450 Scuba diving, snorkeling, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
7460 Water-skiing (Source: APA LBCS)
8000 Natural resources-related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
8100 Farming, tilling, plowing, harvesting, or related activities (Source: APA )
8200 Livestock related activities (Source: APA LBCS)
8300 Pasturing, grazing, etc. (Source: APA LBCS)
8400 Logging (Source: APA LBCS)

5.15.25. CodeLightingConfigurationType
Value Description
ALSF-1 High Intensity Approach Lighting System - Configuration 1
ALSF-2 High Intensity Approach Lighting System - Configuration 2
APAP Alignment of Element Systems

398
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
APBN Airport Rotating Beacon
CLRBAR Taxiway Clearance Bar Lights
CODEBEACON Code Beacon
COURSE Course Lights
F Fixed
FL Flashing (Sea Plane Navigation Buoy use only)
FL (2) Group Flashing (Sea Plane Navigation Buoy use only)
FL (2+1) Composite Group-Flashing (Sea Plane Navigation Buoy use only)
HLL Hover Lane Light
HLLL Hover Lane Limit Light
HPIL Helipad Perimeter Inset Light
HPPEL Helipad Perimeter Light (Elevated)
HPPLSF Helipad Perimeter Light (Semiflush)
ISO Isophase (Sea Plane Navigation Buoy use only)
L-804 Unidirectional elevated runway guard lights
L-850A Bi directional or unidirectional runway in pavement light used for
runway centerline, Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO).
L-850B Unidirectional runway in pavement light used for runway touchdown
zone and medium intensity approach light system applications.
L-850C Bi directional runway in pavement light used for runway edge lights and
displaced threshold applications.
L-850D Bi directional or unidirectional runway in pavement lights used for
runway threshold or runway end light applications.
L-850E Unidirectional runway in pavement light used for runway threshold light
and Medium Intensity Approach Light System applications
L-850F Unidirectional runway in pavement lights white flashing lights used for
LAHSO
L-852A Bi directional or unidirectional taxiway centerline in pavement lights
used for the straight sections of taxiways where operations are permitted
when the Runway Visual Range (RVR) is greater than or equal to 1200
feet.
L-852B Bi directional or unidirectional taxiway centerline in pavement lights for
curved sections of taxiways where operations are permitted when the
Runway Visual Range (RVR) is greater than or equal to 1200 feet.
L-852C bi directional or unidirectional taxiway centerline in pavement lights for
straight portions of taxiways where operations are permitted when the
Runway Visual Range (RVR) is less than 1200 feet.
L-852D Bi directional or unidirectional taxiway centerline in pavement lights
used for curved portions of taxiways where operations are permitted
when the Runway Visual Range is less than 1200 feet.
L-852E Omni directional taxiway intersection in pavement lights where
operations are permitted when the Runway Visual Range is greater than
or equal to 1200 feet.
L-852E/F Runway Guard Light in-pavement
L-852F Omni directional taxiway intersection in pavement lights where
operations are permitted when the Runway Visual Range is less than
1200 feet.
L-852G Unidirectional Runway Guard in pavement lights

399
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
L-852G/S Combination Runway Guard/Stop bar light in-pavement
L-852J Bi directional taxiway centerline in pavement lights for the curved
portions of taxiways where operations are permitted when the Runway
Visual Range is greater than or equal to 1200 feet.
L-852K Bi directional taxiway centerline in pavement lights for the curved
portions of taxiway where operation are permitted when the Runway
Visual Ranger is less than 1200 feet.
L-852S Unidirectional in pavement Stop Bar lights
L-852T Omni directional in pavement taxiway edge and Apron edge lights
L-853 Reflective Marker
L-854 Radio Controller (Pilot Controlled Lights)
L-860 Omni directional elevated runway edge lights for Visual Flight Rules
(VFR) operations.
L-860E Bi directional or unidirectional elevated runway threshold or runway end
lights for Visual Flight Rules operations.
L-861 Omni directional or bi directional elevated runway edge or displaced
threshold lights for non-precision Instrument Flight Rules (IFR)
operations.
L-861E Bi directional or unidirectional elevated runway threshold or runway end
lights for non-precision Instrument Flight Rule operations.
L-861SE Bi directional and unidirectional elevated runway threshold, runway
end, and displaced threshold lights for non-precision Instrument Flight
Rule operations
L-861T Omni directional elevated taxiway and apron edge lights.
L-862 Bi directional elevated runway edge, threshold, and displaced threshold
lights for precision Instrument Flight Rule operations.
L-862E Bi directional or unidirectional elevated runway threshold, runway end,
and displaced threshold lights for precision Instrument Flight Rule
operations.
L-862S Unidirectional elevated stop bar lights
L-880/L881 Precision Approach Path Indicator
LDIN Lead In Lighting System
MALS Medium Intensity Approach Lighting System
MALSF Medium Intensity Approach Lighting System with Sequenced Flashing
Lights
MALSR Medium Intensity Approach Lighting System with Runway Alignment
Indicator Lights (RAIL)
MO (A) Morse Code (Sea Plane Navigation Buoy use only)
NONE No lights
OBSCAT Catenary Lighting
OBSDUAL A combination of OBSRED and OBSWHT
OBSRED Aviation red Obstruction Lights
OBSWHITE Flashing White Obstruction Lights
OC Occulting (Sea Plane Navigation Buoy use only)
ODALS Omnidirectional Approach Lighting System
OTHER Other
PAPI2 Precision Approach Path Indicator with 2 lights
PAPI4 Precision Approach Path Indicator with 4 lights

400
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
PORTABLE Portable Lights
PVASI Pulsating visual Approach Slope Indicator
Q Quick (Flashing) (Sea Plane Navigation Buoy use only)
RAIL Runway Alignment Indicator Lights
REIL Runway End Identifier Lights
RWSL Runway Status Lights
SALS Short Approach lighting System
SMGCS Surface Movement Guidance Control System
SSALF Short Simplified Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing
Lights
SSALR Simplified Short Approach Lighting System with Runway Alignment
Indicator
TRCV TriColor VASI
T-VASI “T” Visual Approach Slope Indicator
TWYON_OFFLGT Taxiway Lead on/off lights
VASI-12 Visual Approach Slope Indicator with 2 bars and 12 boxes
VASI-16 Visual Approach Slope Indicator with 3 bars and 16 boxes
VASI-2 Visual Approach Slope Indicator with 2 bars
VASI-2-2 Visual Approach Slope Indicator with 2 bars and 2 boxes
VASI-3 Visual Approach Slope Indicator with 3 bars

5.15.26.CodeLoadingBridgeType
Value Description
ARM Moveable Arm
PORTABLE_RAMP Portable Ramp
PORTABLE_STAIRS Portable Stairs
OTHER Other

5.15.27.CodeLowVisibilityCategory
Value Description
0 No low visibility operation supported
1 Supports ILS CAT I low visibility operations
2 Supports ILS CAT II III low visibility operations

5.15.28.CodeMarkingFeatureType
Value Description
AIMING_POINT Runway Aiming Point (Geometry Type: Polygon) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]
ALTBAND lternating bands of aviation orange and white [Source AC
70/7640-1]
APRON_SIGN Surface painted apron position/entrance sign (Geometry Type:
Polygon) [Source: AC 150/5340-1]
ARROW Arrows identify the displaced threshold area to provide centerline
guidance for takeoffs and rollouts (Geometry Type: Line) [Source:
AC 150/5340-1]
ARROW_HEAD Arrow heads are used in conjunction with a threshold bar to
further highlight the beginning of a runway (Geometry Type:
Line) [Source: AC 150/5340-1]

401
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
CHECKERBOARD Checkerboard obstruction marking pattern [Source AC 70/7640-1]
CHEVRON A marking used to designate blast pads and other areas that are not
suitable for aircraft (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]
DEMARCATION Demarcation Bar (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC 150/5340-
1]
DIR_SIGN Surface painted taxiway direction signs (Geometry Type: Polygon)
[Source: AC 150/5340-1]
GATE_LINE All painted taxilines covering a parking stand area are regarded as
stand guidance lines and will be individual objects in the database.
There may be several stand guidance taxilines leading to an
aircraft stand to accommodate different aircraft types.
GATE_SIGN Surface painted gate position signs (Geometry Type: Polygon)
[Source: AC 150/5340-1]
HOLD_SIGN Surface painted holding position signs (Geometry Type: AC
150/5340-1]
ILS_HOLD Holding position markings for Instrument Landing Systems
(Geometry Type: Polygon) [Source: AC 150/5340-1]
INTERSECTION_HOLD Holding position marking for taxiway/taxiway intersections
(Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC 150/5340-1]
LAHSO Marking associated with a Land And Hold Short Operations
(LAHSO)
LOCATION_SIGN Surface painted taxiway location signs (Geometry Type: Polygon)
[Source: AC 150/5340-1]
NON_MOVE_AREA Non-movement area marking (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]
NONE No marking(s)
OTHER Other markings not listed
OTHER_LINE Other markings suitable for representation as a line
OTHER_POLYGON Other markings suitable for representation as a polygon
PERM_CLOSED Markings for permanently closed runways and taxiways
(Geometry Type: Polygon) [Source: AC 150/5340-1]
POS_SIGN Geographic position markings (Geometry Type: Polygon) [Source:
AC 150/5340-1]
RWY_CL Runway Centerline (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC150/5340-
1]
RWY_HOLD Runway holding position markings on Runways (Geometry Type:
Polygon) [Source: AC 150/5340-1]
RWY_ID Runway Designation Marking (Geometry Type: Polygon) [Source:
AC 150/5340-1]
RWY_SHD Runway shoulder markings (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]
RWY_THRSH Runway Threshold Marking (Geometry Type: Polygon) [Source:
AC 150/5340-1]
SIDE_STRP Runway Side Stripe Marking (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]
SOLID Solid pattern obstruction marking [Source AC 70/7640-1]
TDZ_MARK Runway Touchdown Zone Marking (Geometry Type: Polygon)
[Source: AC 150/5340-1]

402
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
TEMP_CLOSED Markings for temporarily closed runways and taxiways (Geometry
Type: Line) [Source: AC 150/5340-1]
THRSH_BAR Runway Threshold Bar (Geometry Type: Polygon) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]
TIEDOWN Aircraft tiedown
TWY_CL Taxiway Centerline (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]
TWY_EDGE Taxiway edge marking (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]
TWY_HOLD Runway hold position markings on taxiways (Geometry Type:
Polygon) [Source: AC 150/5340-1]
TWY_SHD Taxiway shoulder marking (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]
VEHICLE Vehicle roadway markings (Geometry Type: Line) [Source: AC
150/5340-1]

5.15.29.CodeMonumentType
Value Description
1ST_ORDER_CLASS_I Meets the standards and specifications for geodetic control
network accuracy according to the Federal Geodetic
Control Subcommittee [NGS]
1ST_ORDER_CLASS_II Meets the standards and specifications for geodetic control
network accuracy according to the Federal Geodetic
Control Subcommittee [NGS]
2ND_ORDER_CLASS_I Meets the standards and specifications for geodetic control
network accuracy according to the Federal Geodetic
Control Subcommittee [NGS]
2ND_ORDER_CLASS_II Meets the standards and specifications for geodetic control
network accuracy according to the Federal Geodetic
Control Subcommittee [NGS]
3RD_ORDER_NO_TABLET Meets the standards and specifications for geodetic control
network accuracy according to the Federal Geodetic
Control Subcommittee [NGS]
3RD_ORDER_WITH_TABLET Meets the standards and specifications for geodetic control
network accuracy according to the Federal Geodetic
Control Subcommittee [NGS]
A_Order Meets the standards and specifications for geodetic control
network accuracy according to the Federal Geodetic
Control Subcommittee [FGCS]
B_Order Meets the standards and specifications for geodetic control
network accuracy according to the Federal Geodetic
Control Subcommittee [FGCS]
BM Benchmark is a location whose elevation and horizontal
position has been surveyed as accurately as possible.
Benchmarks are designed for use as reference points, and
are usually marked by small brass plates

403
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
FOUND_CLOSING_CORNER A found corner is a corner whose original or restored
monument or mark is recovered, or whose position is
definitely established by one or more witness corners or
monuments
FOUND_SECTION_CORNER A found corner is a corner whose original or restored
monument or mark is recovered, or whose position is
definitely established by one or more witness corners or
monuments
MEANDER_CORNER A corner established where a township line, section line, or
other survey intersects the bank of a navigable stream or
other meanderable body of water [USGS, 1996, Part 5:
Public Land Survey System]
SPOT A point with a measured vertical position of less than third
order accuracy, measured relative to a reference datum
[USGS, 2001, Part 7: Hypsography]
UNMONUMENTED Indicates that no permanent marker has been placed
WEAK_CORNER Corners established by the USDA Forest Service that have
been found but their location has not been tied to their true
ground position [USGS, 2003]
WITNESS_CORNER A monumented station on a line of the survey that is used to
perpetuate an important location more or less remote from
and without special relation to any regular corner [USGS,
1996, Part 5: Public Land Survey System]

5.15.30.CodeNavaidEquipmentType
Value Description
ARSR Air Route Surveillance Radar
ASR Airport Surveillance Radar
DF Direction Finding Equipment
DME1 Distance Measuring Equipment
FM Fan Marker
FMH Fan Marker located with a radio beacon
GS CE Glide Slope Capture Effect
GS EF Glide Slope End Fire
GS NR Glide Slope Null Reference
GS SB Glide Slope Side Band
LOC Localizer
MLSAZ Microwave Landing System Azimuth Antenna
MLSDME Microwave Landing System DME
MLSEL Microwave Landing System Elevation Antenna
MSBLS-AZ Microwave Scan Beam Landing System Azimuth
MSBLS-DME Microwave Scan Beam Landing System Distance Measuring
Equipment
MSBLS-EL Microwave Scan Beam Landing System Elevation
MTI Moving Target Indicator Reflector
NDB/C Nondirectional Radio Beacon -- Compass Locator
NDB/H Nondirectional Radio Beacon -- High Frequency
NDB/M Nondirectional Radio Beacons/Medium HF

404
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
NDB/U Nondirectional Radio Beacons/Ultra HF
PAR Precision Approach Radar
SDF Simplified Direction Finding Equipment
SECRA Secondary Radar Antenna
TACAN Tactical Air Navigation
TDR Touchdown Reflector
TLS-APGS Transponder Landing System Approach Glideslope
TLS-LOC Transponder Landing System – Localizer
VISUAL Used to identify the navaid as a visual system
VOR1 VHF Omnidirectional Range
VORTAC VOR and collocated TACAN
VOT VOR Test Facility
VHF Omnidirectional Range collocated with Distance Measuring
VOR/DME1 Equipment
1
For information about collocating the DME and VOR, see paragraph 2.6.10.3.2.

5.15.31.CodeNavaidSystemType
Value Description
ILS Instrument Landing System
MLS Microwave Landing System
MSBLS Microwave Scan Beam Landing System
TLS Transponder Landing System
VOR/DME1 VHF Omnidirectional Range collocated with Distance Measuring Equipment
1
For information about collocating the DME and VOR, see paragraph 2.6.10.3.2.

5.15.32.CodeObstacleSource
Value Description
AD Airport Design and Planning
AF FAA Tech Ops Field Survey
AO Airports Field Office
DD Digital Terrain Elevation Data
DI U.S. Department of Interior Maps
DM USGS Digital Elevation Model
EO Estimated by Airport Owner
F77 Part 77 Analysis
FI Flight Inspection
NV Non-Vertically Guided Airport Airspace Analysis
OF Digital Obstacle File (FAA)
OR Other Source not named
RS Remote Sensed
SE Spot Elevations
SR Shuttle Radar Terrain Model
ST State Coded
SV Field Survey
TE TERPS Analysis
VG Vertically Guided Airport Airspace Analysis

405
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
WW Worldwide DoD

5.15.33.CodeObstacleType
Value Description
AERIAL CABLEWAY
AERIAL CABLEWAY PYLON
AGRICULTURE EQUIPMENT Generic for any agricultural equipment
AIRCRAFT Generic for a parked or moving aircraft
AMUSEMENT PARK STRUCTURE
ANTENNA
AQUEDUCT
ARCH
ATHLETIC FIELD Generic for any type of athletic field or stadium
BILLBOARD
BLAST FURNACE
BLEACHERS
BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURE Generic for larger bridges such as cable stayed
bridges etc.
BRIDGE TOWER
BRIDGE/OVERPASS/VIADUCT Generic for any type of bridge
BUILDING Generic for any type of building
BUSH Generic for bushes and other low growing vegetation
CABLE CAR/RAILWAY
CATALYTIC CRACKER An oil refinery unit in which the cracking of
petroleum takes place in the presence of a catalyst
CATENARY The curve formed by a perfectly flexible, uniformly
dense, and inextensible cable suspended from its
endpoints.
CHIMMNEY/SMOKESTACK
CHURCH Generic for houses of worship
COMMUNICATION BUILDING
COMMUNICATION TOWER
CONTROL TOWER
CONVEYOR
COOLING TOWER A large tower or similar structure typically attached
to a power plant through which water is circulated to
lower its temperature by partial evaporation
CRANE
DAM
DEBRIS/RUINS
DIRT PILE
DOME
DREDGE/POWERSHOVEL /DRAG
ELEVATOR
FLAGPOLE
FLARE PIPE
FORTIFICATION OR FORT
GRAIN BIN/SILO

406
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
GRAIN ELEVATOR
HOPPER
HORIZONTAL POINT Point of known horizontal position
INTERSTATE Interstate highways with 17 foot vehicle allowance
added to the features elevation
LAUNCHPAD
LIGHT RAILWAY Generic for people mover systems serving airports
LIGHT SUPPORT STRUCTURE
LIGHT VESSEL/LIGHTSHIP
LIGHTHOUSE
MONUMENT Generic for historical or cultural monuments
NATURAL HIGH POINT Generic for high terrain features
NAVAID Used when defined as an obstacle
NUCLEAR REACTOR
OFF-SHORE PLATFORM
PARKING LOT
PLANT Generic for manufacturing facilities
POLE Generic for utility or light poles providing local
service
POWER PLANT
POWER TRANSMISSION LINE Larger Tower high power Utility lines
POWER TRANSMISSION PYLON Larger tower high power utility structures
PRIMARY ROAD Non-Interstate roads with 15 foot vehicle allowance
added to the features elevation
PROCESING/TREATMENT PLANT
RAILROAD Railroad track with 23 foot vehicle allowance added
to the features elevation.
REFINERY
RIG/SUPERSTRUCTURE
ROAD SIGN Interstate highway overhead signs
SCRUB
SECONDARY ROAD Local city, county state roads with 10 foot vehicle
allowance added to the features elevation
SHIP Ship underway
SHIP STORAGE Ship manufacturing or storage facilities
SIGN Generic for any type of sign other than interstate or
street signs
SKI JUMP
SKI LIFT
SKI PYLON
SKYSCRAPER
SPIRE
STACK
STADIUM
STEEPLE
STORAGE DEPOT
STREET SIGN Signs used to control traffic or provide direction
information other than interstate signs

407
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
SUBSTATION/TRANSFORMER
TANK Generic for other types of tanks
TELEPHONE LINE
TELEPHONE PYLON/POLE
TETHERED BALLOON
TOWER (NON-COMMUNICATON
TOWERS)
TRAFFIC LIGHT/SIGNAL
TRAMWAY
TREE Generic for a single or small group of trees
TREE OUTLINE Dense area of trees
UTILITY LINE Generic for local utility service
VEGETATION
VEHICLE Generic for any type of vehicle
VERTICAL POINT Point of known elevation
VERTICAL STRUCTURE Generic for items not classified otherwise in this list
WALL
WATER TOWER Generic for water towers
WIND MOTOR
WINDMILL Single windmill
WINDMILL FARMS Multiple Windmills located close together

5.15.34.CodeObstructionAreaType
Value Description
AG_EQUIP Agricultural equipment
BUILDING
GROUND
MOBILE_CRANE
OTHER
TREE
URBAN
VESSEL

5.15.35.CodeOffsetDirection
Value Description
CL On centerline
L Offset to the left
R Offset to the right

5.15.36.CodeOisSurfaceCondition
Value Description
PRIMARY Identifies an obstructing area solely within a single surface.
SUPPLEMENTARY Used to identify when an obstructing area covers more than a single
OIS.

408
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.15.37.CodeOisSurfaceType
Value Description
AAAA Approach Surfaces
AAAC Conical Surface
AAAH Horizontal Surface
AAAP Primary Surfaces
AAAT Transitional Surfaces
AAAV Vertical Guidance Protection Surface
APRC77 14 CFR Part 77 Approach Surfaces
CONL77 14 CFR Part 77 Conical Surface
DEPT Departure Analysis
HORZ 77 14 CFR Part 77 Horizontal Surface
OEIA One Engine Inoperative Analysis
PRIM77 14 CFR Part 77 Primary Surface
TERP TERPS Surfaces
TRNS77 14 CFR Part 77 Transitional Surfaces

5.15.38.CodeOisZoneType
Value Description
APPROACH
CONICAL
HORIZONTAL
PRIMARY
TRANSITION

5.15.39.CodeOperationsType
Value Description
CIVIL Civil operations only
JOINT Joint military and civil operations
MIL Military operations only

5.15.40.CodeOwner
Value Description
A Air Force
B Public
C Coast Guard
E FAA F&E Projects
F FAA (Other Than F&E)
H International Public
I International
J International Private
K International Military
L International (U.S. Aid Funds)
N Navy
O Other (Specify In Metadata)
P Private
R Army
S State
X Special

409
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.15.41.CodePointType
Value Description
AIRPORT_ELEVATION Indicates the point of highest elevation on the landing
surface of the airport.
ARP Point identified is computed as the Airport reference
point for the airport
ASOS Location of the Automated Surface Observing System
AWOS Location of the Aviation Weather Observing System
CENTERLINE_POINT A point collected along the runway centerline whose
location is variable based on collection method etc.
Typically this point is used for runway profile points.
DISPLACED_THRESHOLD Point provides the location of the displaced threshold for
a runway
HELIPAD_REFERENCE_POINT The point defined as the HelipadReferencePoint
IMAGERY Imagery Control Point
OTHER
PACS Point referenced is the airport's Primary Airport Control
Station
RUNWAY_CONTROL_POINT Point provides the location and elevation of a specific
point on the runway such as the point abeam an offset
navaid or the intersection point of two runways defined
in this standard as required information.
SACS Point referenced is the airport's Secondary Airport
Control Station
SAWS Location of the Stand Alone Weather System
SEGMENTED_CIRCLE Location of the airport segmented circle
SPOT_ELEVATION Spot Elevation Point
STOPWAY_END Point provides the end point for the stopway
TDZE Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE) - Indicates the
highest point along the runway centerline within the first
3000 feet from the threshold.
TEMPORARY_SURVEY_MARK Temporary Survey Mark
VERTICAL_OBJECT Point reference is a VerticalPointObject not classified by
another feature but of possible significance
WIND_CONE Location of the wind cone

5.15.42.CodeProjectStatus
Value Description
IN_PROGRESS In progress
PLAN_ON_FILE Indicates a project that is part of a long term (11 + years) plan
PLANNED Indicates a project that is a part of a short term (0 - 5 year) plan
PROPOSED Indicates a project that is part of a midterm (6 - 10 year) plan

5.15.43.CodeRecoveredCondition
Value Description
Disturbed but not Surface mark destroyed (do not classify a mark as destroyed unless
missing the actual disk is found and returned to the setting agency).
Good Mark recovered in good condition
Other

410
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
Poor Mark recovered in poor condition and should be considered for
replacement
Set now (for a first time
description) To identify a condition not available in the list.
Surface mark destroyed Underground mark destroyed (do not classify a mark as destroyed
unless the actual disk is found and returned to the setting agency).
Underground mark
destroyed Newly established mark

5.15.44.CodeRouteType
Value Description
ALLEY Hard-surface or loose-surface narrow street or passageway primarily
found between or behind buildings
CITY City or subdivision streets
COUNTY Hard-surface roads not included in a higher class and improved, loose-
surface roads passable in all kinds of weather. These roads are adjuncts
to the primary and secondary highway systems. These roads are under
the jurisdiction and maintained by county authorities
FIFTHCLASS Fifth Class Unimproved roads passable only with 4-wheel-drive
vehicles [USGS, 2001, Part 3: Transportation]
FIRSTCLASS
Unimproved roads which are generally passable only in fair weather
FOURTHCLASS and used mostly for local traffic. Also included are driveways,
regardless of construction [USGS, 2001, Part 3: Transportation]
INTERSTATE First Class - Hard-surface highways including Interstate and U.S.
numbered highways (including alternates), primary State routes, and all
controlled access highways [USGS, 2001, Part 3: Transportation]
JEEPTRAIL Unimproved roads passable only with 4-wheel-drive vehicles
LOCAL Local jurisdiction roads
NATIONAL First Class - Hard-surface highways including Interstate and U.S.
numbered highways (including alternates), primary State routes, and all
controlled access highways [USGS, 2001, Part 3: Transportation]. E.g.
U.S. 66
OTHER Other class of road
Second Class Hard-surface highways including secondary State routes,
primary county routes, and other highways that connect principal cities
SECONDCLASS
and towns, and link these places with primary highway system [USGS,
2001, Part 3: Transportation]
STATE Hard-surface State routes under the control and jurisdiction of State
authorities
Hard-surface roads not included in a higher class and improved, loose-
surface roads passable in all kinds of weather. These roads are adjuncts
to the primary and secondary highway systems. Also included are
THIRDCLASS
important private roads such as main logging or industrial roads which
serve as connecting links to the regular road network [USGS, 2001,
Part 3: Transportation ]
Unimproved roads passable only with 4-wheel-drive vehicles,
TRAIL
snowmobiles, motocross bikes, and so forth

411
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.15.45.CodeRunwayProtectionAreaType
Value Description
CWY Clearway
ILS ILS protection area. Protects ILS signal distortion by forbidding large objects in
the area.
LIGHT Light Plane Surface
OTHER Other
SNOW Area protected from snow accumulation
STOPWAY A defined rectangular area on the ground at the end of take-off run available
prepared as a suitable area in which an aircraft can be stopped in the case of an
abandoned take-off.
VGSI Visual Glide Slope Indicator (VGSI) protection area. Protects VGSI signal
coverage by forbidding objects in the area.

5.15.46.CodeSamplePointLocation
Value Description
AS Air sample
BH Borehole
BIO Biological sample
GWS Ground water sample
OTHER Other
SEDS Sediment sample
SOIL Soil sample
SOLM Solid material sample
SURF Surface water sample
WAS Waste water sample
WL Well

5.15.47.CodeSegmentType
Value Description
BEGIN Beginning section of the segment
CONNECTING Intermediate segments connecting beginning and ending, beginning and
intersection, or intersection and end.
END Ending section of the segment
INTERSECTION Defined intersection of multiple segments

5.15.48.CodeShorelineType
Value Description
APPARENT Apparent edge of vegetation. Representation of the vegetative
border is considered approximate because this line cannot be
accurately identified on the ground, due to intricate growth patterns
and change over time
INDEFINITE Conditions prevent the feature from being confidently positioned.
Horizontal data are confidently positioned within 0.02", at map
scale, of the true ground position. Vertical data are confidently
positioned within one-half contour interval of true ground position
MEAN_HIGH_LEVEL The average limit of dry land during periods of highest water level
(for example, high tide
MEAN_LOW_LEVEL The average limit of dry land during periods of lowest water level
(for example, low tide

412
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
MEAN_SEA_LEVEL The arithmetic mean of hourly heights observed over some specified
time

5.15.49.CodeShoulderType
Value Description
O Other airfield pavement with a shoulder
R Runway
T Taxiway

5.15.50.CodeSignTypeCode
Value Description
CARGO Inbound Destination Sign - areas set aside
for cargo handling
FBO Inbound Destination Sign - fixed base
operator
FUEL Inbound Destination Sign - areas where
aircraft are fueled or serviced
HOLD_INSTRUMENT_LANDING_SYSTEM Holding Position Sign for ILS Critical Areas
HOLD_RUNWAY_APPROACH Holding Position Sign for Runway Approach
Areas
HOLD_RUNWAY_INTERSECTION Holding Position Sign for Runway/Runway
Intersections
INFO Signs installed on the airside of an airport,
other than taxiway guidance signs or runway
distance remaining signs.
MIL Inbound Destination Sign - areas set aside
for military aircraft
NO_ENTRY No Entry Sign
OUTBOUND_DESTINATION Outbound Destination Sign
PAX Inbound Destination Sign - areas set aside
for passenger handling
ROAD_STOP Stop sign in areas where vehicle roadways
intersect runways or taxiways
ROAD_YIELD Yield sign in areas where vehicle roadways
intersect runways or taxiways
RSA_RUNWAY_APPROACH Runway Safety Area/OFZ and Runway
Approach Boundary Sign
RUNWAY_DISTANCE_REMAINING Sign that designates the remaining runway
distance to pilots during takeoff and landing
operations
RUNWAY_EXIT Runway Exit Sign
RUNWAY_LOCATION Runway Location Sign
TAXIWAY_DIRECTION Taxiway Direction Sign
TAXIWAY_END Taxiway Ending Marker
TAXIWAY_LOCATION Taxiway Location Sign
TERMINAL Inbound Destination Sign - gate positions at
which aircraft are loaded and unloaded

413
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

5.15.51.CodeStatus
Value Description
ABANDONED Abandoned
ACTIVE Active surface
AIRSPACED A favorable airspace determination has been issued
AS_BUILT
BROKEN Broken or rough surface
CLOSED Closed surface
CONDEMNED
DEMOLISHED
ENV_CLEARED All required environmental actions and documentation
described in FAAO 5050.4 “National Environmental Policy
Act (NEPA) have been satisfied
FAILED_AID Failure or irregular operation of visual aides
INACTIVE
LIMITED Limited operations]
LONG_TERM Indicates the feature is part of a long term (11 + years) plan
MEDIUM_TERM Indicates the feature is part of a midterm (6 - 10 year) plan
NON_OPERATIONAL Non-operational
OCCUPIED
OPERATIONAL Operational (fully)
OTHER
PARKED Parked or disabled aircraft
PERMANENT
PORTABLE
RELEASED Used to track land released by the airport
S_POWER Secondary power supply in operation
SEMI_PERMANENT
SHORT_TERM Indicates the feature is part of a short term (0 - 5 year) plan
TBD To be determined
TEMPORARY
TERMINATED Terminated no longer used
UNDER_CONSTRUCTION Planned or under construction
UNKNOWN
UNOCCUPIED
WORK_IN_PROGRESS Construction or work in progress

5.15.52.CodeStructureType
Value Description
APARTMENT Apartment building
APM_STATION Automated People Mover station
APM_TRACK Automated People Mover tracks
ARENA Sports Arena or facility
ARFF_STATION Aircraft Rescue and Firefighting station
ATC_FACILITY Combined or Single (other than the airport control tower)
Air Traffic Control Facility
ATC_TOWER Air Traffic Control Tower
BANK Bank
BARN barn

414
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
CAPITOL Capitol
CHURCH church/temple
CITY_HALL City Hall
COMMUNITY_CENTER Community Center
CONCERT_HALL Concert Hall
CONDO condominium
COURT_HOUSE Court House
DRY_STORAGE_DOCK Dry Storage Dock
DUPLEX house, duplex
DWELLING dwelling
EARTHWORKS Earthworks
FBO Fixed Base operator
GARAGE A structure used for the maintenance, storage, and display of
motor vehicles
GRAIN_ELEVATOR Grain Elevator
HANGAR A structure used for the maintenance, storage, and display of
aircraft
HIGHRISE A multi-story structure with at least 12 floors or 35 meters
(115 feet) in height
HOSPITAL Hospital
HOUSE house, single family
JAIL_OR_PRISON Jail or Prison
MEDICAL_CENTER Medical Center
MEMORIAL Memorial
MOBILE_HOME Mobile home or trailer
MUSEUM Museum.
OFFICE office building
OFFSHORE_PLATFORM Offshore Platform
OTHER Other
PARKING_GARAGE Parking garage or facility
POLICE Police Station
POST_OFFICE Post Office
POWER_PLANT A facility used in the production and distribution of
electrical power
PUBLIC_TRANSPORTATION Public transportation facility (buses, taxi, etc.)
RADIO_FACILITY Radio Facility
RAILROAD_STATION Railroad Station
RAIN_SHED Rain Shed
RENTAL_FACILITY Rental Car facility
SCHOOL Any building or structure whose primary purpose is
education
SECURITY Security Office
SKYSCRAPER Office or housing where the building clearly stands out
above its surrounding built environment and significantly
changes the overall skyline of that particular city
SNOW_SHED A structure used for the storage, maintenance of Snow
removal equipment
STORAGE_FACILTIY A structure used for any type of storage

415
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
TBD to be determined
TERMINAL Airport Terminal building
THEATER Theater (any type)
TOWER Tower
TOWN_HALL Town Hall
TOWNHOUSE townhouse
WATER_TANK Water Tank

5.15.53.CodeSurfaceCondition
Value Description
FAIR Fair condition
GOOD Good condition
POOR Poor condition
UNSAFE Surface is deemed unsafe for operations
OTHER

5.15.54.CodeSurfaceMaterial
Value Description
AG Asphalt grooved
Ags Asphalt and turf
ANG Asphalt ungrooved
BE Bare earth
CA Concrete and asphalt
CG Concrete grooved
CGS Concrete and turf
CNG Concrete ungrooved
DS Desert/Sand
DT Dirt
EMAS Engineered Material Arresting System
FW Fresh Water
GR Gravel
GS Turf
SI Snow/Ice
SW Salt Water
W Water

5.15.55.CodeSurfaceType
Value Description
P Specially prepared hard surface—Paved
S Specially prepared hard surface—Unpaved
U Not a specially prepared hard surface

5.15.56.CodeTaxiwayType
Value Description
AIR_TAXIWAY Air taxiway
AIR_TLANE Air taxilane
APRON Apron taxiway
BYPASS Bypass holding bay

416
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

Value Description
CROSS_OVER Crossover taxiway
EAT End Around Taxiway
ENTER_EXIT_TAXIWAY Entrance and Exit taxiway
EXIT Exit/turnoff taxiway
FASTEXIT Rapid exit/turnoff taxiway
GATE_TLANE Gate/stand taxilane
GND Ground taxiway
HOLDING Holding bay
INLINE Inline taxiway
OTHER Those not listed here
PARALLEL Parallel taxiway
STUB Stub taxiway
TLANE Taxilane
TURN_AROUND Turn around taxiway

5.15.57.CodeThresholdType
Value Description
Displaced An indication that the landing threshold is located at a point other than the runway
end
Normal An indication that the landing threshold corresponds to the end of the runway

5.15.58.CodeUseCode
Value Description
C Compass Locator
H High Altitude for VOR/VORTAC/TACAN; All Altitudes for NDB at 50–90 watts
HH All Altitudes for NDB; 2000 watts or more
L Low Altitude
MH All Altitudes for NDB; Under 50 watts
T Terminal

5.15.59.CodeUtilityType
Value Description
COMMUNICATION_SYSTEM Telephone, telegraph, cable, video and voice
transmission lines
COMPRESSED_AIR_SYSTEM The components of a compressed air system.
CONTROL_MONITORING_SYSTEM The components of an electronic monitoring and
control system (EMCS) including cables, devices,
etc.
ELECTRICAL_EXT_LIGHT The components of an electrical exterior lighting
system including cables, switches, devices,
transformers, etc. Does not include airfield,
NAVAID or approach lighting.
ELECTRICAL_SYSTEM The components of an electrical distribution system
including cables, switches, devices, motors,
transformers, etc.
FUEL_SYSTEM The components of a fuel distribution system
consisting of pipes, fittings, fixtures, pumps, tanks,
etc.

417
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Value Description
GENERAL_UTILITY The components of utility system which are
universal in use and purpose and do not belong to a
specific utility.
HEAT_COOL_SYSTEM The components of a heating and cooling
distribution system consisting of pipes, fittings,
fixtures, etc.
INDUSTRIAL_SYSTEM The components of an industrial waste collection
system including pipes, fittings, fixtures, tanks,
lagoons, etc.
NATURAL_GAS_SYSTEM The components of a natural gas distribution system
consisting of pipes, fittings, fixtures, etc.
NUCLEAR_REACTOR The components of a nuclear system such as nuclear
fuel, Nuclear research, nuclear waste, and nuclear
weapons.
POWER_SYSTEM Power transmission lines
SALTWATER_SYSTEM The components of a salt water collection system.
STORM_SYSTEM The components of a storm drainage collection
system including pipes, fittings, fixtures, etc.
TRANSMISSION_LINE Objects related to the long distance transmission of
gas, oil, or hazardous liquid.
WASTEWATER_SYSTEM The components of a wastewater collection system
including pipes, fittings, fixtures, treatment plants,
collection locations, etc.
WATER_SYSTEM The components of a water system including pipes,
fittings, fixtures, treatment plants, etc.

5.15.60.CodeVerticalStructureMaterial
Value Description
COMPOSITION Composition
CONCRETE Concrete
METAL Metal
ROCK Rock
STONE_BRICK Stone/brick
WOOD Wood

5.15.61.CodeZoneType
Value Description
5_YEAR Areas subject to 5 year flooding.
10_YEAR Areas subject to 10 year flooding.
15_YEAR Areas subject to 15 year flooding.
25_YEAR Areas subject to 25 year flooding.
50_YEAR Areas subject to 50 year flooding.
100_YEAR Areas subject to 100 year flooding.
500_YEAR Areas subject to 500 year flooding.
GENERAL Areas prone to flooding in general.
PROJECTED Areas expected to be subject to flooding in the future.
OTHER Other

418
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B

5.15.62.CodeZoningClass
Value Description
COMMERCIAL Areas which are zoned for merchandising, shopping, or other commercial
development. (Source SDSFIE)
INDUSTRIAL Areas which are zoned for factory, manufacturing, or other industrial
development. (Source SDSFIE)
QUASI_PUBLIC Areas which are zoned public although under private ownership or control.
(Source SDSFIE)
RESIDENTIAL Areas which are zoned for housing or residential development. (Source
SDSFIE)
OTHER Other Zoning

419
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009

Intentionally left blank.

420
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

APPENDIX A. Additional References, Glossary and Acronyms

A.1. REFERENCES AND PROJECT MATERIALS TO REVIEW

The contractor must become thoroughly familiar with each of the following documents and guidance. The
most current versions of FAA ACs can be accessed by selecting the “Advisory Circulars” link on the
FAA homepage (www.faa.gov).

A. The requirements in this guidance and attachments.

B. AC 150/5300-16, General Guidance and Specifications for Aeronautical Surveys - Establishment

Of Geodetic Control And Submission To The National Geodetic Survey.

C. AC 150/5300-17, A General Specifications and guidance for Aeronautical Surveys - Airport

Imagery Acquisition and Submission to the National Geodetic Survey.

D. AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings.

E. AC-150/5210-20, Ground Vehicle Operations on Airports.

F. AC 150/5340–18, Standards For Airport Sign Systems.

G. NGS Aeronautical Survey Program:

http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/AERO/aero.html.

H. FAA Web site for location identifiers:

http://www.faa.gov/airports_airtraffic/air_traffic/publications/atpubs/LID/LIDHME.HTM

I. FAA Web site for airport managers.

http://www.faa.gov/airports_airtraffic/airports/airport_safety/airportdata_5010/

J. Input Formats and Specifications of the National Geodetic Survey Data Base, The “Blue Book”

http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/FGCS/BlueBook/

K Listing of airports with PACS and SACS and the dates that they were observed is available at:

http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/cgi-bin/airports.prl?TYPE=PACSAC

L. Aeronautical Information Manual, Official Guide to Basic Flight Information and ATC
Procedures.

http://www.faa.gov/airports_airtraffic/air_traffic/publications/atpubs/aim/

APPROPRIATE PAGES FROM U.S. TERMINAL PROCEDURES

U.S. Terminal Procedures are published in 20 loose leaf or perfect bound volumes covering the
conterminous U.S., Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. A Change Notice is published at the midpoint

421
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

between revisions in bound volume format. The latest edition of the U.S. Terminal Procedures can be
obtained from FAA Aeronautical chart agents. The Terminal Procedures Publications include:

A. Instrument Approach Procedure (IAP) Charts: IAP charts portray the aeronautical data that is
required to execute instrument approaches to airports. Each chart depicts the IAP, all related navigation
data, communications information, and an airport sketch. Most procedures are designated for use with a
specific electronic NAVAID, such as Instrument Landing System (ILS), Very High Frequency
Omnidirectional Range (VOR), Nondirectional Radio Beacon (NDB), etc.

B. Airport Diagrams: Full page airport diagrams are designed to assist in the movement of ground traffic
at locations with complex runway/taxiway configurations and provide information for updating geodetic
position navigational systems aboard aircraft. (NOTE: Airport Diagrams are not available for all
airports.)

APPROPRIATE PAGES FROM AIRPORT/FACILITY DIRECTORY

The Airport/Facility Directory is a manual that contains data on public use and joint use airports, seaplane
bases, heliports, VFR airport sketches, NAVAIDS, communications data, weather data sources, airspace,
special notices, and operational procedures. The Airport/Facility Directory includes data that cannot be
readily depicted in graphic form: e.g., airport hours of operation, types of fuel available, runway data,
lighting codes, etc. The Airport/Facility Directory is published every 56 days by the National
Aeronautical Charting Office, FAA. The latest edition of the Airport/Facility Directory can be obtained
from FAA Aeronautical chart agents.

FAA NATIONAL FLIGHT DATA DIGEST (NFDD)

A daily (except weekends and Federal holidays) publication of flight information appropriate to
aeronautical charts, aeronautical publications, Notices to Airmen, or other media serving the purpose of
providing operational flight data essential to safe and efficient aircraft operations.

FAA FORM 5010, AIRPORT MASTER RECORD

The FAA Form 5010 is prepared for all public-use airports. This master record contains comprehensive
data on airports, including obstacles. Much of the information on FAA Form 5010 comes from
unverified sources. Often, obstacle heights and positions are estimates which have not been measured
and verified by instruments. For these reasons, the Airport Master Record is to be consulted for
informational purposes only.

422
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

A.2. GLOSSARY

Accuracy – The degree of conformity with a standard, or a value accepted as correct. Precision is the
degree of uniformity of repeated measurements or events. For example, repeat measurements of the
distance between two points may exhibit a high degree of precision by virtue of the relative uniformity of
the measurements. However, if a "short" tape were used in the measurements, accuracy would be poor in
that the measured distance would not conform to the true distance between the points. Surveying and
mapping accuracy standards should include three elements: (1) a stated variation from a true value or a
value accepted as correct, (2) the point to which the new value is relative, and (3) the probability that the
new value will be within the stated variation. For example, "Horizontal accuracy will be 10 cm relative to
the nearest Continuously Operating Reference Station (CORS) at the 95 percent confidence level."

Abeam Point – The point on a line that is nearest to an off line point (for example, a point on the runway
centerline is "abeam" the Glide Slope Antenna when the distance from the centerline point to the antenna
is at a minimum).

Accelerate-Stop Distance Available (ASDA) – The runway plus stopway length declared available and
suitable for the acceleration and deceleration of an airplane aborting a takeoff.

Aeronautical Beacon – A visual navigational aid displaying flashes of white and/or colored light to
indicate the location of an airport, a heliport, a landmark, a certain point of a federal airway in
mountainous terrain, or an obstruction. (Refer to Airport Rotating Beacon under Airport Lighting.)

Air Navigation Facility – Any facility used in, available for use in, or designed for use in, aid of air
navigation, including landing areas, lights, any apparatus or equipment for disseminating weather
information, for signaling, for radio-directional finding, or for radio or other electrical communication,
and any other structure or mechanism having a similar purpose for guiding or controlling flight in the air
or the landing and takeoff of aircraft. (Refer to Navigational Aid.)

Airport – An area on land or water that is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of
aircraft and includes its buildings and facilities, if any.

Airport Elevation – The highest point of an airport's usable runways measured in feet from mean sea
level (technically, from the vertical datum).

Airport Lighting – Various lighting aids that may be installed on an airport. Types of airport lighting
include:

 Airport Rotating Beacon (APBN) – A visual navigational aid operated at many airports. At civil
airports, alternating white and green flashes indicate the location of the airport. At military
airports, the beacons flash alternately white and green, but are differentiated from civil beacons
by dual-peaked (two quick) white flashes between the green flashes.

 Approach Light System (ALS) – An airport lighting facility which provides visual guidance to
landing aircraft by radiating light beams in a directional pattern by which the pilot aligns the
aircraft with the extended centerline of the runway on his final approach for landing. Condenser-
Discharge Sequential Flashing Lights/Sequenced Flashing Lights may be installed in conjunction
with the ALS at some airports.

423
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

 Omnidirectional Approach Light System (ODALS) – Seven omnidirectional flashing lights

located in the approach area of a nonprecision approach. Five lights are located on the runway
centerline extended with the first light located 300 feet from the threshold and extending at equal
intervals up to 1,500 feet from the threshold. The other two lights are located, one on each side of
the runway threshold, at a lateral distance of 40 feet from the runway edge or 75 feet from the
runway edge when installed on a runway equipped with a VASI.

 Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) – A visual approach slope indicator normally
consisting of light units similar to the VASI but in a single row of either two or four light units set
perpendicular to the runway centerline. The row of light units is normally installed on the left
side of the runway. Indications are as follows: Below glide path – all lights red; Slightly below
glide path – three lights closest to runway red, other light white; On glide path – two lights closest
to runway red, other two lights white; Slightly above glide path – light closest to runway red,
other three lights white; Above glide path – all lights white.

 Pulsating Visual Approach Slope Indicator (PVASI) – A pulsating visual approach slope
indicator normally consists of a single light unit projecting a two-color visual approach path into
the final approach area of the runway upon which the indicator is installed. The on glide path
indication is a steady white light. The slightly below glide path indication is a steady red light. If
the aircraft descends further below the glide path, the red light starts to pulsate. The above glide
path indication is a pulsating white light. The pulsating rate increases as the aircraft gets further
above or below the desired glide slope.

 Runway Alignment Indicator Lights (RAIL) – Sequenced Flashing Lights (SFLs) which are
installed only in combination with other light systems.

 Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL) – Two synchronized flashing lights, one on each side of
the runway threshold, which provide rapid and positive identification of the approach end of a
particular runway.

 Threshold Lights – Fixed green lights arranged symmetrically left and right of the runway
centerline identifying the runway end. When all light units are located outside the runway edge
or runway edge extended, the runway end lights are considered to be “outboard.” If any light unit
is located inside the runway edge or runway edge extended, the lights are considered to be
“inboard.”

 Tri-Color Visual Approach Slope Indicator (TRVC) – A visual approach slope indicator
normally consists of a single light unit projecting a three-color visual approach path into the final
approach area of the runway upon which the indicator is installed. The below glide path
indication is red; the above glide path indication is amber; and the on glide path indication is
green.

 Visual Approach Slope Indicator (VASI) – An airport lighting facility providing vertical visual
approach slope guidance to aircraft during approach to landing by radiating a directional pattern
of high intensity red and white focused light beams which indicate to the pilot is "on path" if he
sees red/white, "above path" if white/white, and "below path" if red/red. Some airports serving
large aircraft have three-bar VASIs which provide two visual glide paths to the same runway.

Airport Reference Point (ARP) – The approximate geometric center of all usable runways. ARP is not
monumented, therefore not recoverable on the ground.

424
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

Airport Surface Detection Equipment (ASDE) – Radar equipment specifically designed to detect all
principal features on the surface of an airport, including aircraft and vehicular traffic, and to present the
entire image on a radar indicator console in the control tower. This is used to augment visual observation
by tower personnel of aircraft and/or vehicular movements on the runways and taxiways.

Airport Surveillance Radar (ASR) – Approach control radar used to detect and display an aircraft's
position in the terminal area. ASR provides range and azimuth information but does not provide
elevation data. Coverage of the ASR can extend up to 60 nautical miles.

Air Route Surveillance Radar (ARSR) – Air route traffic control center (ARTCC) radar used primarily
to detect and display an aircraft's position while en route between terminal areas.

Air Route Traffic Control Center (ARTCC) – A facility established to provide air traffic control
service to aircraft operating on IFR flight plans within controlled airspace and principally during the en
route phase of flight. When equipment and controller workload permit, certain advisory/assistance
services may be provided to VFR aircraft.

Apparent Runway/Stopway Surface (ARS) – The surface that approximates a runway or stopway
before the surface is squared off, shortened to good pavement, or otherwise adjusted to meet the criteria
of a runway or stopway.

Apron – A defined area on an airport or heliport intended to accommodate aircraft for purposes of
loading or unloading passengers or cargo, refueling, parking, or maintenance. With regard to seaplanes, a
ramp is used for access to the apron from the water.

Approach Side – The side occupied by a landing aircraft before the aircraft has passed the feature.

Area Navigation – A method of navigation that permits aircraft operation on any desired course within
the coverage of station-referenced navigational signals or within the limits of a self-contained system
capability. Area navigation systems include GPS, Inertial, and LORAN-C.

Area Navigation Approach (ANA) – An instrument approach procedure using an Area Navigation
System.

Attributes or Attribute Data – Alphabetical and/or numeric information that describes particular
characteristics of a geospatial feature, such as type, dimensions, usage, occupancy, etc.

Azimuth

 Astronomic Azimuth – At the point of observation, the angle measured from the vertical
plane through the celestial pole and the vertical plane through the observed object. The
astronomic azimuth is established directly from observations on a celestial body and is
measured in the plane of the horizon. Astronomic azimuths differ from geodetic azimuths
because of the deflection of the vertical which can be greater than one minute of arc in
extreme cases. Astronomic azimuths may be reckoned clockwise or counter-clockwise, from
either north or south, as established by convention.

 Geodetic – The angle at point A between the tangent to the meridian at A and the tangent to
the geodesic from A to B whose geodetic azimuth is wanted. It may be reckoned clockwise
from either geodetic north or south as established by convention. Because of earth curvature,
the geodetic azimuth from A to B (forward azimuth) differs from the geodetic azimuth from

425
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

B to A (back azimuth) by other than 180 degrees, except where A and B have the same
geodetic longitude or where the geodetic latitude of both points is zero. The “geodesic line”is
the shortest surface distance between two points on the reference ellipsoid. A “geodetic
meridian” is a line on the reference ellipsoid defined by the intersection of the reference
ellipsoid and a plane containing the minor axis of that ellipsoid.

 Grid – The angle in the plane of projection between a straight line and the central meridian of
a plane-rectangular coordinate system. Grid azimuths may be reckoned clockwise from
either geodetic north or south as established by convention.

 Magnetic – At the point of observation, the angle between the vertical plane through the
observed object and the vertical plane in which a freely suspended symmetrically magnetized
needle, influenced by no transient artificial magnetic disturbance, will come to rest.
Magnetic azimuths are reckoned clockwise from magnetic north.

Bench Mark – A relatively permanent natural or artificial material object bearing a marked point whose
elevation above or below an adopted surface (datum) is known.

Blast Fence – A barrier that is used to divert or dissipate jet or propeller blast.

Blast Pad – A specially prepared surface placed adjacent to the ends of runways to eliminate the erosive
effect of the high wind forces produced by airplanes at the beginning of their takeoff rolls.

Catenary – The curve theoretically formed by a perfectly flexible, uniformly dense and thick,
inextensible cable suspended from two points. Also a cable suspended between two points having the
approximate shape of a catenary.

Clearway – An area beyond the takeoff runway under the control of airport authorities within which
terrain or fixed obstacles may not extend above specified limits. These areas may be required for certain
turbine-powered operations and the size and upward slope of the clearway will differ depending on when
the aircraft was certificated.

Collection – Any combination of data submitted by a provider at a given time.

Compass Locator – A low power, low or medium frequency (L/MF) radio beacon installed at the site of
the outer or middle marker of an instrument landing system (ILS). It can be used for navigation at
distances of approximately 15 miles or as authorized in the approach procedure.

Control Station – A point on the ground whose position and/or elevation is used as a basis for obtaining
positions and/or elevations of other points.

Continuously Operating Reference Station (CORS) – A permanent GPS facility whose GPS receiver
continuously provides observables from the GPS satellites, allowing stations occupied temporarily by
GPS receivers to be differentially positioned relative to it. CORS are related to the NAD83 coordinate
system at the 1-3 cm level either by being collocated at VLBI sites which were used to define the
coordinate system or by being differentially positioned relative to such a collocated GPS station.

Datum – In general, a point, line, surface, or set of values used as a reference. A “geodetic datum” is a
set of constants specifying the coordinate system and reference used for geodetic control (refer to Control
Station), i.e. for calculating coordinates of points on the earth. At least eight constants are needed to
form a complete datum: three to specify the location of the origin of the coordinate system; three to

426
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

specify the orientation of the coordinate system; and two to specify the dimensions of the reference
ellipsoid. Any point has a unique X, Y, Z datum coordinate which can be transformed into latitude,
longitude, and ellipsoid height (height relative to the ellipsoid). A “horizontal control datum” is a
geodetic datum specified by two coordinates (latitude and longitude) on the ellipsoid surface, to which
horizontal control points are referenced. A “vertical datum” is a theoretical equipotential surface with an
assigned value of zero to which elevations are referenced. (Refer to GEOID.)

Datum Tie – The process of determining, through appropriate survey methods, a position (horizontal tie)
or elevation (vertical tie) of a new point relative to a control station with established datum values such as
a control station in the National Spatial Reference System (NSRS). The new point may be a permanent
survey monument. This process ensures that the new point will have the proper relationship to NSRS and
to all other points tied to NSRS.

Direction Finder (DF) – A radio receiver equipped with a directional sensing antenna used to take
bearings on a radio transmitter.

Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) – Equipment (airborne and ground) used to measure the slant
range distance of an aircraft from the DME navigational aid in nautical miles. DME is usually frequency
paired with other navigational aids such as a VOR or localizer.

Displaced Threshold – A threshold that is located at a point on the runway other than the designated
runway end. The displaced area is available for takeoff or rollout of aircraft, but not for landing. A
displaced threshold does not mark the end of a runway.

Ellipsoid – Refer to Reference Ellipsoid.

Ellipsoid Height – The distance between a point and the reference ellipsoid taken along the perpendicular
to the ellipsoid. Ellipsoid heights are the heights resulting from GPS observations. Ellipsoid heights are
positive if the point is above the ellipsoid. Ellipsoid Height = GEOID Height + Orthometric Height.

Feature – A manmade or natural object that appears in the real world such as a building, runway,
navigational aid or river.

Feature Type – A collection of all features of a given type such as all runways or all buildings. Feature
Types are analogous to layers in many GIS applications and are also referred to as Entity Types and
Feature Classes in other standards.

Feature Instance – A specific feature such as runway 10/28 at Baltimore Washington International
Airport.

Federal Base Network (FBN) – A fundamental reference network of permanently monumented control
stations in the United States at a 1 degree x 1 degree nominal spacing, established, maintained, and
monitored by the National Geodetic Survey, providing precise latitude, longitude, ellipsoidal height,
orthometric height, and gravity values. The FBN is a very precise subset of the National Spatial
Reference System.

First Good Pavement (FGP) – The first point on a paved surface through which a perpendicular line to
the surface centerline can be constructed to define a runway or stopway end. While this point need not be
on the runway/stopway centerline, it must be located so that the resulting runway/stopway surface is
rectilinear with full structural integrity to the end. The FGP location is a fundamental factor in
establishing runway/stopway length and width.

427
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

Flight Path – A line, course, or track along which an aircraft is flying or intended to be flown.

Frangible – A type of fixture or fixture mounting designed to break at a predetermined point if

accidentally struck by an aircraft, resulting in minimal damage to the aircraft.

GEOID – The theoretical surface of the earth that coincides everywhere with approximate mean sea-
level. The GEOID is an equipotential surface to which, at every point, the plumb line is perpendicular.
Because of local disturbances of gravity, the GEOID is irregular in shape.

GEOID Height – The distance, taken along a perpendicular to the reference ellipsoid, between the
reference ellipsoid and the GEOID. The GEOID height is positive if the GEOID is above the reference
ellipsoid. (GEOID height is negative for the conterminous United States). GEOID Height = Ellipsoidal
Height – Orthometric Height.

Geospatial Data, Geospatially-Referenced Data or Geospatial Vector Data – Data that identifies the
geographic location (2D or 3D coordinates) and characteristics (feature attributes) of natural or
constructed features and boundaries on the earth. This information may be derived from remote sensing
and surveying technologies. The features are represented by a point, line, or polygon. The position of a
point feature is described by a single coordinate pair (or triplet for three dimensional data). The spatial
extent of a line feature is described by a string of coordinates of points lying along the line, while the
extent of a polygon feature is described by treating its boundary as a line feature. Vector data may be
stored in a sequential, a chain node, or a topological data structure.

Global Positioning System (GPS) – A space-based radio-positioning, navigation, and time-transfer

system. The system provides highly accurate position and velocity information and precise time on a
continuous global basis, to an unlimited number of properly equipped users.

Ground Controlled Approach (GCA) – A radar approach system operated from the ground by air
traffic control personnel transmitting instructions to the pilot by radio. The approach may be conducted
with airport surveillance radar (ASR) only or with both surveillance and precision approach radar (PAR).

Helipad – A small designated area, usually with a prepared surface, on a heliport, airport, landing/takeoff
area, apron/ramp, or movement area used for takeoff, landing, or parking of helicopters.

Heliport – An area of land, water, or structure used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of
helicopters, including its buildings and facilities if any.

Heliport Reference Point (HRP) – The geographic position of the heliport expressed in latitude and
longitude at (1) the center of the final approach and takeoff (FATO) area or the centroid of multiple
FATOs for heliports having visual and nonprecision instrument approach procedures or (2) the center of
the final approach reference area when the heliport has a precision instrument approach.

Horizontal Survey Point – A point that represents the horizontal position of a feature. This point may be
located on the feature or located between feature components. For example, the horizontal survey point
for a Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) system is the center of the light array which falls between
light units.

Inboard/Outboard Lights – Used in reference to runway end and threshold lights. The light
configuration is considered “inboard” if the center of any light unit in the light array is located inside the
runway edge or edge extended. The light configuration is considered “outboard” if all light centers in the

428
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

light array are located outside the runway edge or edge extended. In this definition, “light array” includes
the lights on both sides of the runway.

Instrument Landing System (ILS) – A precision instrument approach system which normally consists
of the following electronic components and visual aids: Localizer, Middle Marker, Glide Slope,
Approach Lighting, Outer Marker.

Instrument Runway – A runway equipped with electronic and visual navigational aids for which a
precision or nonprecision approach procedure having straight-in landing minimums have been approved.

International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) – A specialized agency of the United Nations whose
objective is to develop the principles and techniques of international air navigation and to foster planning
and development of international civil air transport.

Landing Area – Any locality used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. The
locality may be on on land, water, or structure including airports/heliports, and intermediate landing fields
whether or not facilities are provided for shelter, servicing, or for receiving or discharging passengers or
cargo.

Landing Direction Indicator – A device, usually a tetrahedron, which visually indicates the direction in
which landings and takeoffs should be made.

Leveling – The process of determining the difference in elevation between two points. In geodetic
leveling, this process results in a vertical distance from a vertical datum.

 Direct – The determination of differences in elevation by means of a series of horizontal

observations on a graduated rod. The leveling instrument maintains a horizontal line of sight
through spirit leveling or a compensation mechanism. The rod is observed while it is resting
on a point of known elevation (backsight) and then, without disturbing the elevation of the
leveling instrument, is observed a second time while resting on the unknown point
(foresight). The differential in rod readings is applied to the starting elevation to determine
the elevation of the unknown.

 Indirect – The determination of differences in elevation by means other than differential

leveling, such as trigonometric leveling. In trigonometric leveling, the vertical angle and
distance from the instrument to the point of unknown elevation are measured, and the
difference in elevation between the instrument and the unknown point is computed using
trigonometry.

Local Control – A control station or network of control stations in a local area used for referencing local
surveys. Local control may or may not be tied to the National Spatial Reference System. (See Control
Station).

Localizer (LOC) – The component of an ILS which provides course guidance to the runway.

Localizer Back Course – The course line defined by the localizer signal along the extended centerline of
the runway in the opposite direction from the normal localizer approach course (front course.)

Localizer Type Directional Aid (LDA) – A navigational aid used for nonprecision instrument
approaches with utility and accuracy comparable to a localizer but which is not part of a complete ILS
and is not aligned with the runway.

429
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

Long Range Navigation (LORAN) – An electronic navigation system by which hyperbolic lines of
position are determined by measuring the difference in the time of reception of synchronized pulse signals
from two fixed transmitters. LORAN A operates in the 1750 - 1950 kHz frequency band. LORAN C and
D operate in the 100 - 110 kHz frequency band.

Marker Beacon – An electronic navigational facility transmitting a 75 MHz vertical fan or bone-shaped
radiation pattern to be received by aircraft flying overhead. Marker beacons are identified by their
modulation frequency and keying code, and when received by compatible airborne equipment, indicate to
the pilot aurally and visually that he is passing over the facility.

 Back Course Marker (BCM) – When installed, normally indicates the localizer back course
final approach fix where approach descent is commenced.

 Inner Marker (IM) – A marker beacon, used with an ILS Category II precision approach,
located between the middle marker and the end of the ILS runway and normally located at the
point of designated decision height (normally 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation)
on the ILS Category II approach. It also marks progress during a ILS Category III approach.

 Middle Marker (MM) – A marker beacon that defines a point along the glideslope of an ILS,
normally located at or near the point of decision height for ILS Category I approaches.

 Outer Marker (OM) – A marker beacon at or near the glideslope intercept altitude of an ILS
approach. The outer marker is normally located four to seven miles from the runway
threshold on the extended centerline of the runway.

Mean Sea Level (MSL) – The average location of the interface between the ocean and atmosphere, over
a period of time sufficiently long so that all random and periodic variations of short duration average to
zero.

Metadata – Information about the data itself such as source, accuracy, dates for which the data are valid,
security classification, etc. Metadata is essential in helping users determine the extent on which they can
rely on a given data item to make decisions.

Minimum Safe Altitude Warning (MSAW) – A function of the ARTS III computer that aids the
controller by alerting him when a tracked Mode C equipped aircraft is below or is predicted by the
computer to go below a predetermined minimum safe altitude.

Minimums – Weather condition requirements established for a particular operation or type of operation;
e.g., IFR takeoff or landing, alternate airport for IFR flight plans, VFR flight etc.

Missed Approach – A maneuver conducted by a pilot when an instrument approach cannot be completed
to a landing.

Movement Area – The runways, taxiways, and other areas of an airport/heliport which are utilized for
taxiing/hover taxiing, air taxiing, takeoff, and landing of aircraft, exclusive of loading ramps and parking
areas. At those airports/heliports with a tower, specific approval for entry onto the movement area must
be obtained from ATC.

National Airspace System (NAS) – The common network of U.S. airspace air navigation facilities,
equipment and services, airports or landing areas; aeronautical charts, information and services; rules,

430
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

regulations, and procedures, technical information, and manpower and material. Included are system
components shared jointly with the military.

National Flight Data Center (NFDC) – A facility in Washington, D.C., established by the FAA to
operate a central aeronautical information service for the collection, validation, and dissemination of
aeronautical data in support of the activities of government, industry, and the aviation community. The
information is published in the "National Flight Data Digest."

National Flight Data Digest (NFDD) – A daily (except weekends and Federal holidays) publication of
flight information related to aeronautical charts, aeronautical publications, Notices to Airmen, or other
media serving the purpose of providing operational flight data essential to safe and efficient aircraft
operations.

National Spatial Reference System (NSRS) – A network of permanent survey monuments located
throughout the United States with accurately determined positions (horizontal network) and/or elevations
(vertical network). Gravity values, not always monumented, are also part of NSRS. Responsibility for
establishing and maintaining NSRS rests with the National Geodetic Survey under the U.S. Department
of Commerce. Current authority is contained in United States Code, Title 33, USC 883a as amended, and
specifically defined by Executive Directive, Bureau of the Budget (now Office of Management and
Budget) Circular No. A-16 Revised.

Navigable Airspace – Airspace at and above the minimum flight altitude prescribed in the FARs,
including airspace needed for safe takeoff and landing.

Navigational Aid (NAVAID) – Any visual or electronic device airborne or on the surface which
provides point-to-point guidance information or position data to aircraft in flight. (Refer to Air
Navigation Facility).

Nondirectional Beacon (NDB) – An L/MF or UHF radio beacon transmitting nondirectional signals
whereby the pilot of an aircraft equipped with direction finding equipment can determine his bearing to or
from the radio beacon and "home" or track to or from the station. When the NDB is installed in
conjunction with an Instrument Landing System marker, it is normally called a Compass Locator.

Nonprecision Approach Procedure – A standard instrument approach procedure in which no electronic

glide slope is provided; e.g., VOR, TACAN, NDB, LOC, ASR, LDS, and SDF approaches.

Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) – A notice containing information (not known sufficiently in advance to
publicize by other means) concerning the establishment, condition, or change in any component (facility,
service, or procedure of, or hazard in the National Airspace System) the timely knowledge of which is
essential to personnel concerned with flight operations.

Objective Evidence – The observational and computational data supporting the information being
provided. This evidence is used in the verification process to prove the provided aeronautical information
and substantiate the change being made.

Obstacle – Any object that has a vertical element to it and may or may not penetrate an obstruction
identification surface.

Obstruction – Any object that penetrates an obstruction identification surface.

431
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

Obstruction Identification Surface (OIS) – Any imaginary surface authorized by the FAA to identify
obstructions. Any object that penetrates an OIS is an obstruction, by definition.

 Specified OIS – Any OIS other than a supplemental OIS.

 Supplemental OIS – An OIS designated by appropriate FAA authorities as a supplemental OIS.

A supplemental OIS, when implemented, will normally lie below a specified OIS and is intended
to provide additional obstruction information. An object that penetrates a supplemental OIS only
is a supplemental obstruction.

Offset NAVAID – A NAVAID used during the final approach segment of a straight in instrument
approach and not located on the runway centerline or centerline extended.

Orthometric Height – The distance taken along the plumb line between a point and the GEOID.
Orthometric heights are positive if the point is above the GEOID. Orthometric Height = Ellipsoid Height
– GEOID Height.

Orthophoto – An aerial image that has been taken from above (either from an aircraft or a satellite) and
has been spatially corrected so that features shown on the photo are displayed in their actual geographic
position within a specified range of tolerance.

Outboard Lights – Refer to Inboard/Outboard Lights.

Photogrammetry – The process of creating vector data such as building outlines and elevation contours
from stereo imagery (pairs of images taken of the same location but at different angles).

Positional Accuracy – The difference between a geospatial feature’s displayed position and its actual
position. Absolute positional accuracy is the difference between a geospatial feature’s displayed position
and its actual position on the face of the earth. Relative positional accuracy is the difference between a
geospatial feature’s displayed position and that of other geospatial features in the same data set.

Precision – The smallest separation that can be represented by the method employed to make the
positional statement which is the number of units or digits to which a measured or calculated value is
expressed and used

Precision Approach Procedure – A standard instrument approach procedure in which an electronic

glideslope/glidepath is provided; e.g., GPS, ILS, and PAR approaches.

Precision Approach Radar (PAR) – Radar equipment in some ATC facilities operated by FAA and/or
the military services at joint use civil/military locations and separate military installations used to detect
and display azimuth, elevation, and range of aircraft on the final approach course to a runway. This
equipment may be used to monitor certain non-radar approaches but is primarily used to conduct a
precision instrument approach wherein the controller issues guidance instructions to the pilot based on the
aircraft's position in relation to the final approach course (azimuth), glidepath (elevation), and distance
(range) from the touchdown point on the runway as displayed on the radar scope.

Primary Airport Control Station (PACS) – A control station established in the vicinity of, and usually
on, an airport, and tied directly to the National Spatial Reference System. PACS must be declared PACS
by the National Geodetic Survey and must meet the specific siting, construction, and accuracy
requirements for PACS.

432
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

Progressive Taxi – Precise taxi instructions given to a pilot unfamiliar with the airport or issued in stages
as the aircraft proceeds along the taxi route.

Published Data – Data officially issued for distribution to the public.

Radio Detection and Ranging (RADAR) – A device which provides information on range, azimuth,
and/or elevation of objects in the path of the transmitted pulse by measuring the time interval between
transmission and reception of radio pulses and correlating the angular orientation of the radiated antenna
beam or beams in azimuth and/or elevation.

 Primary Radar – A radar system in which a minute portion of a radio pulse transmitted from
a site is reflected by an object and then received back at the site for processing and display at
an air traffic control facility.

 Secondary Radar/Radar Beacon (ATCRBS) – A radar system in which the object to be

detected is fitted with cooperative equipment in the form of a radio receiver/transmitter
(transponder). Radar pulses transmitted from the searching transmitter/receiver (interrogator)
site are received in the cooperative equipment and used to trigger a distinctive transmission
from the transponder. This reply transmission (rather than a reflected signal) is then received
back at the transmitter/receiver site for processing and display at an air traffic control facility.

Radar Approach – An instrument approach procedure which utilizes Precision Approach Radar (PAR)
or Airport Surveillance Radar (ASR).

Radio Beacon – Refer to Nondirectional Beacon.

Ramp – Refer to Apron.

Reference Ellipsoid – A geometric figure comprising one component of a geodetic datum, usually
determined by rotating an ellipse about its shorter (polar) axis, and used as a surface of reference for
geodetic surveys. The reference ellipsoid closely approximates the dimensions of the GEOID. Certain
ellipsoids fit the GEOID more closely for various areas of the earth. Elevations derived directly from
satellite observations are relative to the ellipsoid and are called ellipsoid heights.

Relocated Threshold – A threshold located at a point on the runway other than the beginning of the full
strength pavement. The area between the former threshold and the relocated threshold is not available for
the landing or takeoff of aircraft. Thus, a relocated threshold marks the end of the runway. The precise
end is on the landing approach edge of the relocated threshold paint bar. The abandoned runway area
may or may not be available for taxiing.

Remote Communications Outlet (RCO) – An unmanned communications facility remotely controlled

by air traffic personnel. RCOs serve flight service stations. Remote Transmitter/Receivers (RTR) serve
terminal ATC facilities.

Resolution – The smallest spacing between two display elements expressed as dots per inch, pixels per
line, or lines per millimeter.

Runway – A defined rectangular area prepared for the landing and takeoff run of aircraft along its length
in a land airport. Being exactly rectangular, it excludes narrow, rounded, deteriorated, and irregular ends
that are not as wide as the general or overall width of the runway. The runway width is the physical width
that extends over the entire length of the rectangle. The runway length does not include blast pad,

433
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

clearway, or stopway surfaces. Displaced thresholds are included in the physical length. Runways are
normally numbered in relation to their magnetic direction rounded off to the nearest 10 degrees: e.g.,
Runway 10, Runway 25.

Runway Centerline – A line connecting the two opposite runway end points. The line may be physically
marked on the surface of the runway.

Runway End Point – The point at the runway end halfway between the edges of the runway.

Runway Length – The straight line distance between runway end points. This line does not account for
surface undulations between points. Official runway lengths are normally computed from runway end
coordinates and elevations.

Remote Transmitter/Receiver (RTR) – Refer to Remote Communications Outlet.

Schema – A logical diagram that shows the structure and interrelationships between different feature
types of the data standard or model.

Secondary Airport Control Station (SACS) – A control station established in the vicinity of, and
usually on, an airport, and tied directly to the Primary Airport Control Station. SACS must be declared
SACS by the National Geodetic Survey and must meet the specific sitting, construction, and accuracy
requirements for SACS.

Simplified Directional Facility (SDF) – A navigational aid used for nonprecision instrument approaches.
The final approach course is similar to that of an ILS localizer except that the SDF course may be offset
from the runway, generally not more than 3 degrees, and the course may be wider than the localizer,
resulting in a lower degree of accuracy.

Spatial Data – Data that depicts a real world feature such as a road, building or runway on a map. The
most basic types of spatial data are points, lines and polygons but spatial data can also include
orthophotos and other more complex forms of locational information.

Specially Prepared Hard Surface (SPHS) – A concrete, asphalt, or other paved surface, or an unpaved
surface that has been specially treated to stabilize the surface, protect the subsurface, or provide a
smoother rolling surface for aircraft. Unpaved SPHSs include compacted gravel, and gravel treated with
a stabilizing bituminous material.

Stand Alone Weather Station (SAWS) – A flexible and easy to maintain aviation weather station. It
can be used as ASOS backup, which measures the critical parameters of: wind speed and direction, gust,
altimeter setting, dew point, air temperature, and relative humidity.

State Plane Coordinate System – A series of plane-rectangular coordinate systems established by the
U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey for the entire United States, with a separate system for each state. A
mathematical relationship exists between state plane and geodetic coordinates, one being easily
transformed into the other. The advantage of the State Plane Coordinate System is that it permits survey
computations for small areas to be performed using plane trigonometry (as opposed to more complex
spherical trigonometry), while still yielding very nearly the true angles and distances between points.

Stopway – An area beyond the takeoff runway which is able to support the airplane during an aborted
takeoff without causing structural damage to the airplane. It is centered upon the extended centerline of

434
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

the runway, not narrower than the runway, and designated by the airport authorities for use in decelerating
the airplane during an aborted takeoff.

Supplemental Profile Point – A runway/stopway point selected so that a straight line between any two
adjacent published runway/stopway points will be no greater than one foot from the runway/stopway
surface.

Supporting Feature – A feature such as a runway number or threshold light set which does not precisely
define a runway/stopway survey point, but provides evidence that the survey point was correctly selected.

Surface Model Library (SML) – An NGS provided library of functions used to create and analyze the
mathematical surface models of Obstruction Identification Surfaces (OIS). The SML will be available as
a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). NGS will update the SML as needed to reflect changes in the definitions
of the OIS.

Survey Point Locator (SPL) – A tangible feature, such as the approach side of a threshold bar, or
intangible feature (such as a Trim Line) whose intersection with the runway/stopway centerline defines a
survey point.

Take-off Distance Available (TODA) – The length of the take-off run available plus the length of the
clearway, if provided.

Take-off Run Available (TORA) – The length of the runway declared available and suitable for the
ground run of an airplane take-off.

Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) – An ultra-high frequency electronic rho-theta air navigational aid
which provides suitably equipped aircraft a continuous indication of bearing and distance to the TACAN
station.

Taxiway – A defined path established for the taxiing of aircraft from one part of an airport to another.

Tetrahedron – A device normally located on uncontrolled airports and used as a landing direction
indicator. The small end of the tetrahedron points in the direction of landing.

Threshold (THLD) – The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing. A displaced
threshold (DTHLD) is a threshold that is located at a point on the runway other than the designated
beginning of the runway.

Touchdown Side – The side occupied by a landing aircraft after the aircraft has passed the feature.

Touchdown Zone (TDZ) – The first 3,000 feet of the runway beginning at the threshold.

Touchdown Zone Elevation (TDZE) – The highest elevation in the Touchdown Zone.

Traffic Pattern – The traffic flow that is prescribed for aircraft landing at, taxiing on, or taking off from
an airport. The components of a typical traffic pattern are upwind leg, crosswind leg, downwind leg, base
leg, and final approach.

Transmissometer (TMOM) – An apparatus used to determine visibility by measuring the transmission

of light through the atmosphere. It is the measurement source for determining runway visual range
(RVR) and runway visibility value (RVV).

435
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

Transponder Landing System (TLS) – Transponder landing system providing azimuth and elevation
guidance to aircraft on approach.

Trim Line – An imaginary line constructed perpendicular to the runway/stopway centerline which
establishes the location of a runway/stopway end or displaced threshold.

V1 – The takeoff decision speed. If a system failure occurs before V 1, the takeoff is aborted. If the failure
occurs at or above V1, the pilot is committed to continue the takeoff.

Vertical Survey Point – A point that represents the elevation position of a feature. This point may be
located on the top or base of the feature or located between feature components. For example, the vertical
survey point for a Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) system is the ground at the center of the light
array which falls between light units.

Vertical Takeoff and Landing (VTOL) Aircraft – Aircraft capable of vertical climbs and/or descents
and of using very short runways or small areas for takeoff and landings. These aircraft include, but are
not limited to, helicopters.

Very High Frequency Omnidirectional Range Station (VOR) – A ground-based electronic navigation
aid transmitting very high frequency navigation signals, 360 degrees in azimuth, referenced from
magnetic north.

Very High Frequency Omnidirectional Range/Tactical Air Navigation (VORTAC) – A navigation

aid providing VOR azimuth, TACAN azimuth, and TACAN distance measuring equipment (DME) at one
site.

Visual Approach – An approach conducted on an instrument flight rules (IFR) flight plan which
authorizes the pilot to proceed visually to the airport. The pilot must have either the airport or preceding
aircraft in sight at all times.

Visual Glideslope Indicator – A navigational aid that provides vertical visual guidance to aircraft during
approach to landing by either radiating a directional pattern of high intensity light into the approach area
or providing lighted or unlighted panels which can be aligned by the pilot, thereby allowing the pilot to
determine if the aircraft is above, below, or on the prescribed glidepath. (See Airport Lighting.)

Waypoint – A predetermined geographical position used for route/instrument approach definition or

progress reporting purposes. The point is defined relative to a VORTAC station or in terms of
latitude/longitude coordinates.

Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) – The total FAA system designed and built to meet the
mission needs of insuring satellite integrity for using GPS for required navigation performance (RNP) in
the National Airspace System and of improving accuracy to support precision approaches using GPS
augmented with the WAAS.

436
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

A.3. ACRONYMS AND WORD PHRASES

The following list presents the approved contractions for data:

WORD/ PHRASE ACRONYM

Abandoned ..................................................................................... ABND

Above Ground Level...................................................................... AGL
Accelerate-Stop Distance Available .............................................. ASDA
Advisory Circular........................................................................... AC
Architecture, Engineering and Construction .................................. A/E/C
Aeronautical Information Exchange Model ................................... AIXM
Aeronautical Information Service .................................................. AIS
Agricultural .................................................................................... AG
Air Route Surveillance Radar ........................................................ ARSR
Aircraft ........................................................................................... ACFT
Airport ............................................................................................ ARPT
Airport Beacon ............................................................................... APBN
Airport District Office.................................................................... ADO
Airport Facility Directory .............................................................. AFD
Airport Layout Plan or Airport Location Point .............................. ALP
Airport Obstruction Chart .............................................................. AOC
Airport Reference Point ................................................................. ARP
Airport Surface Detection Equipment............................................ ASDE
Airport Surveillance Radar ............................................................ ASR
Airport Traffic Control Tower ....................................................... ATCT
Airway Beacon............................................................................... AWYBN
American Institute of Architects .................................................... AIA
American National Standards Institute .......................................... ANSI
American Society for Testing and Materials ................................. ASTM
Anemometer ................................................................................... AMOM
Antenna .......................................................................................... ANT
Approach ........................................................................................ APCH
Approach Light .............................................................................. APP LT
Approach Light System ................................................................. ALS
Area Navigation Approach ............................................................ ANA
Arresting Gear ................................................................................ A-GEAR
Automated Flight Service Station .................................................. AFSS
Automated Surface Observing System .......................................... ASOS
Automatic Weather Observing/Reporting System ......................... AWOS

Back Course Marker ...................................................................... BCM

Bridge............................................................................................. BRDG
Building ......................................................................................... BLDG

437
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

Centerline ....................................................................................... C/L

Ceilometer ...................................................................................... CLOM
Chimney ......................................................................................... CHY
Closed ............................................................................................ CLSD
Common Traffic Advisory Frequency ........................................... CTAF
Computer Aided Drafting and Design ........................................... CADD
Construction ................................................................................... CONST
Continuously Operating Reference Station.................................... CORS

Design File (MicroStation) ............................................................ DGN

Department of Defense (U.S.) ...................................................... DOD
Department of Transportation (U.S.) ............................................. DOT
Direction Finder ............................................................................. DF
Displaced Threshold ...................................................................... DTHLD
Distance Measuring Equipment ..................................................... DME
Distance to Centerline .................................................................... DCLN
Distance to Runway End ................................................................ DEND
Distance to Threshold .................................................................... DTHR
Drawing File (AutoDesk or AutoCAD) ......................................... DWG

Electrical ........................................................................................ ELEC

Elevation ........................................................................................ EL
Elevation ........................................................................................ ELEV
Ellipsoid ......................................................................................... ELLIP
Engine Out Departure .................................................................... EOD
Equipment ...................................................................................... EQUIP
Estimated Maximum Elevation ...................................................... EME

Fan Marker ..................................................................................... FM

Federal Aviation Administration ................................................... FAA
Federal Geographic Data Committee ............................................. FGDC
Flagpole ......................................................................................... FLGPL
Flight Service Station ..................................................................... FSS

Geographic Information System .................................................... GIS

Geographic Markup Language....................................................... GML
Glide Slope .................................................................................... GS

438
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

Global Positioning System ............................................................. GPS

Ground ........................................................................................... GRD
Ground Control Approach ............................................................. GCA

Hangar ............................................................................................ HGR

Height Above Airport .................................................................... HAA
Height Above Runway ................................................................... HAR
Height Above Touchdown ............................................................. HAT
Heliport Reference Point................................................................ HRP
Horizontal ...................................................................................... HORZ
Horizontal Survey Point ................................................................. HSP

Inner Marker .................................................................................. IM

Inoperative ..................................................................................... INOP
International Civil Aviation Organization ..................................... ICAO
International Organization for Standards ....................................... ISO
Instrument Flight Rules.................................................................. IFR
Instrument Landing System ........................................................... ILS
Instrument Meteorological Conditions .......................................... IMC
International Civil Aviation Organization ..................................... ICAO
International Earth Rotation Service
Terrestrial Reference Frame .......................................................... ITRF
Intersection ..................................................................................... INTXN

Lead In Lighting System ................................................................ LDIN

Light ............................................................................................... LT
Lighted ........................................................................................... LTD
Localizer ........................................................................................ LOC
Localizer Type Directional Aid ..................................................... LDA
Localizer Performance with Vertical Guidance ............................. LPV
Locator Middle Marker .................................................................. LMM
Locator Outer Marker .................................................................... LOM

Magnetic Variation ........................................................................ VAR

Mean Sea Level.............................................................................. MSL
Microwave ..................................................................................... MCWV
Microwave Landing System .......................................................... MLS
Microwave Landing System Azimuth Guidance ........................... MLSAZ
Microwave Landing System Elevation Guidance .......................... MLSEL

439
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

Middle Marker ............................................................................... MM

Monument ...................................................................................... MON

National Airspace System .............................................................. NAS

National Flight Data Center ........................................................... NFDC
National Flight Data Digest ........................................................... NFDD
National Geodetic Survey .............................................................. NGS
National Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929 ................................... NGVD 29
National Geospatial Intelligence Agency ...................................... NGA
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration ...................... NOAA
National Ocean Service.................................................................. NOS
National Spatial Reference System ................................................ NSRS
Nautical Mile ................................................................................. NM
Navigational Aid ............................................................................ NAVAID
Nondirectional Radio Beacon ........................................................ NDB
North American Datum of 1927 .................................................... NAD27
North American Datum of 1983 .................................................... NAD83
North American Vertical Datum of 1988 ...................................... NAVD88
Not Commissioned......................................................................... NCM
Not to Exceed ................................................................................. NTE
Notice to Airmen............................................................................ NOTAM

Observation .................................................................................... OBS

Obstruction..................................................................................... OBST
Obstruction Identification Surface ................................................. OIS
Obstruction Lighted ....................................................................... OL
Obstruction Light On ..................................................................... OL ON
Omnidirectional Approach Light System ...................................... ODALS
Orthometric .................................................................................... ORTHO
Out Of Service ............................................................................... OTS
Outer Marker .................................................................................. OM

Point of Contact ............................................................................. POC

Permanent Survey Mark ................................................................ PSM
Precision Approach Path Indicator ................................................ PAPI
Precision Approach Radar ............................................................. PAR
Primary Airport Control Station .................................................... PACS
Pulsating Visual Approach Slope Indicator ................................... PVASI

440
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

Railroad .......................................................................................... RR
Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics .............................. RTCA
Reflector ......................................................................................... RFLTR
Relocated ....................................................................................... RELCTD
Remote Communications Outlet .................................................... RCO
Remote Transmitter/Receiver ........................................................ RTR
Required Navigation Performance ................................................. RNP
Road ............................................................................................... RD
Road (Non-interstate)..................................................................... RD (N)
Road (Interstate)............................................................................. RD (I)
Runway .......................................................................................... RWY
Runway Alignment Indicator Lights.............................................. RAIL
Runway End Identifier Lights ........................................................ REIL
Runway Visual Range.................................................................... RVR

Secondary Airport Control Station ................................................ SACS

Sensitive Security Information ...................................................... SSI
Simplified Directional Facility....................................................... SDF
Spatial Data Standards for Facilities,
Infrastructure and Environment .................................................... SDSFIE
Specially Prepared Hard Surface ................................................... SPHS
Stack............................................................................................... STK
Stand Alone Weather Station ......................................................... SAWS
Standard Instrument Departure ...................................................... SID
Standard Terminal Arrival ............................................................. STAR
Standpipe ....................................................................................... SPIPE
Stopway ......................................................................................... STWY

Tactical Air Navigation Aid ........................................................... TACAN

Tank ............................................................................................... TK
Taxiway ......................................................................................... TWY
Temporary ...................................................................................... TMPRY
Threshold ....................................................................................... THLD
Take-off Distance Available .......................................................... TODA
Take-off Run Available ................................................................. TORA
Touchdown Reflector..................................................................... TDR
Touchdown Zone ........................................................................... TDZ
Touchdown Zone ........................................................................... Elevation TDZE
Tower ............................................................................................. TWR
Transmissometer ............................................................................ TMOM
Transmission Tower....................................................................... TRMSN TWR
Transponder Landing System ........................................................ TLS
Tri-color Visual Approach Slope Indicator ................................... TRCV

441
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

Under Construction ........................................................................ UNC

United States Geological Survey ................................................... USGS
Until Further Notice ....................................................................... UFN

Vertical........................................................................................... VERT
Vertical Navigation ........................................................................ VNAV
Vertical Survey Point ..................................................................... VSP
Very High Frequency Omnidirectional Range .............................. VOR
Visual Approach Slope Indicator ................................................... VASI
Visual Flight Rules ........................................................................ VFR
Visual Meteorological Conditions ................................................. VMC
VOR/Tactical Air Navigation ........................................................ VORTAC

Wide Area Augmentation System.................................................. WAAS

Wind Direction Indicator ............................................................... WDI
Wind Tee........................................................................................ WTEE
Wind Tetrahedron .......................................................................... WTET
Windsock ....................................................................................... WSK
World Geodetic System of 1984 .................................................... WGS 84

Z Marker ........................................................................................ ZM

442
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

ACRONYM WORD/ PHRASE

ABND .................................................................. Abandoned

AC ........................................................................ Advisory Circular
ACFT ................................................................... Aircraft
ADO ..................................................................... Airport District Office
A/E/C ................................................................... Architecture/Engineering/Construction
AFD ..................................................................... Airport Facility Directory
AFSS .................................................................... Automated Flight Service Station
AG ........................................................................ Agricultural
A-GEAR .............................................................. Arresting Gear
AGL ..................................................................... Above Ground Level
AIA ...................................................................... American Institute of Architects
AIS ....................................................................... Aeronautical Information Service
AIXM ................................................................... Aeronautical Information Exchange Model
ALP ...................................................................... Airport Location Point
ALS ...................................................................... Approach Light System
AMOM................................................................. Anemometer
ANA ..................................................................... Area Navigation Approach
ANSI .................................................................... American National Standards Institute
ANT ..................................................................... Antenna
AOC ..................................................................... Airport Obstruction Chart
APBN ................................................................... Airport Beacon
APCH ................................................................... Approach
APP LT ................................................................ Approach Light
ARP ...................................................................... Airport Reference Point
ARPT ................................................................... Airport
ARSR ................................................................... Air Route Surveillance Radar
ASDA................................................................... Accelerate-Stop Distance Available
ASDE ................................................................... Airport Surface Detection Equipment
ASOS ................................................................... Automated Surface Observing System
ASR ...................................................................... Airport Surveillance Radar
ASTM .................................................................. American Society for Testing and Materials
ATCT ................................................................... Airport Traffic Control Tower
AWOS .................................................................. Automatic Weather Observing/Reporting System
AWYBN .............................................................. Airway Beacon

BCM..................................................................... Back Course Marker

BLDG................................................................... Building
BRDG .................................................................. Bridge

443
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

CADD .................................................................. Computer Aided Drafting and Design

C/L ....................................................................... Centerline
CHY ..................................................................... Chimney
CLOM .................................................................. Ceilometer
CLSD ................................................................... Closed
CONST ................................................................ Construction
CORS ................................................................... Continuously Operating Reference Station
CTAF ................................................................... Common Traffic Advisory Frequency

DCLN................................................................... Distance to Centerline

DEND .................................................................. Distance to Runway End
DF ........................................................................ Direction Finder
DGN ..................................................................... Microstation Design File
DME..................................................................... Distance Measuring Equipment
DoD ...................................................................... Department of Defense (U.S.)
DOT ..................................................................... Department of Transportation (U.S.)
DTHLD ................................................................ Displaced Threshold
DTHR................................................................... Distance to Threshold
DWG .................................................................... AutoDesk or AutoCAD Drawing File

EL......................................................................... Elevation
ELEC ................................................................... Electrical
ELEV ................................................................... Elevation
ELLIP................................................................... Ellipsoid
EME ..................................................................... Estimated Maximum Elevation
EOD ..................................................................... Engine Out Departure
EQUIP .................................................................. Equipment

FAA ..................................................................... Federal Aviation Administration

FGDC ................................................................... Federal Geographic Data Committee
FLGPL ................................................................. Flagpole
FM ........................................................................ Fan Marker
FSS ....................................................................... Flight Service Station

GCA ..................................................................... Ground Control Approach

GIS ....................................................................... Geographic Information System
GML..................................................................... Geographic Markup Language

444
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

GPS ...................................................................... Global Positioning System

GRD ..................................................................... Ground
GS ........................................................................ Glide Slope

HAA ..................................................................... Height Above Airport

HAR ..................................................................... Height Above Runway
HAT ..................................................................... Height Above Touchdown
HGR ..................................................................... Hangar
HORZ................................................................... Horizontal
HRP ...................................................................... Heliport Reference Point
HSP ...................................................................... Horizontal Survey Point

ICAO .................................................................... International Civil Aviation Organization

IFR ....................................................................... Instrument Flight Rules
ILS ....................................................................... Instrument Landing System
IM......................................................................... Inner Marker
IMC ...................................................................... Instrument Meteorological Conditions
INOP .................................................................... Inoperative
INTXN ................................................................. Intersection
ISO ....................................................................... International Standards Organization
ITRF ..................................................................... International Earth Rotation Service Terrestrial
Reference Frame

LDIN .................................................................... Lead In Lighting System

LT......................................................................... Light
LDA ..................................................................... Localizer Type Directional Aid
LMM .................................................................... Locator Middle Marker
LOC ..................................................................... Localizer
LOM..................................................................... Locator Outer Marker
LPV ...................................................................... Localizer Performance with Vertical Guidance
LTD ...................................................................... Lighted

MCWV................................................................. Microwave
MLS ..................................................................... Microwave Landing System
MLSAZ ................................................................ Microwave Landing System Azimuth Guidance
MLSEL ................................................................ Microwave Landing System Elevation Guidance
MM ...................................................................... Middle Marker
MON .................................................................... Monument
MSL ..................................................................... Mean Sea Level

445
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

NAD27 ................................................................. North American Datum of 1927

NAD83 ................................................................. North American Datum of 1983
NAVD88 .............................................................. North American Vertical Datum of 1988
NAVAID .............................................................. Navigational Aid
NCM .................................................................... Not Commissioned
NDB ..................................................................... Nondirectional Radio Beacon
NFDC ................................................................... National Flight Data Center
NFDD................................................................... National Flight Data Digest
NGA ..................................................................... National Geospatial Intelligence Agency
NGS ..................................................................... National Geodetic Survey
NGVD29 .............................................................. National Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929
NM ....................................................................... Nautical Mile
NOAA .................................................................. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NOS ..................................................................... National Ocean Service
NOTAM ............................................................... Notice to Airmen
NSRS ................................................................... National Spatial Reference System
NTE ...................................................................... Not to Exceed

OBS ...................................................................... Observation

OBST ................................................................... Obstruction
ODALS ................................................................ Omnidirectional Approach Light System
OIS ....................................................................... Obstruction Identification Surface
OL ........................................................................ Obstruction Lighted
OL ON ................................................................. Obstruction Light On
OM ....................................................................... Outer Marker
ORTHO ................................................................ Orthometric
OTS ...................................................................... Out Of Service

PACS ................................................................... Primary Airport Control Station

PAPI ..................................................................... Precision Approach Path Indicator
PAR ...................................................................... Precision Approach Radar
POC ...................................................................... Point of Contact
PSM ..................................................................... Permanent Survey Mark
PVASI .................................................................. Pulsating Visual Approach Slope Indicator

RAIL .................................................................... Runway Alignment Indicator Lights

RCO ..................................................................... Remote Communications Outlet
RD ........................................................................ Road
REIL..................................................................... Runway End Identifier Lights
RELCTD .............................................................. Relocated

446
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix A

RFLTR ................................................................. Reflector

RD (I) ................................................................... Road (Interstate)
RD (N) ................................................................. Road (Non-interstate)
RNP ...................................................................... Required Navigation Performance
RR ........................................................................ Railroad
RTCA ................................................................... Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics
RTR ...................................................................... Remote Transmitter/Receiver
RVR ..................................................................... Runway Visual Range
RWY .................................................................... Runway

SACS ................................................................... Secondary Airport Control Station

SAWS .................................................................. Stand Alone Weather Station
SDF ...................................................................... Simplified Directional Facility
SDSFIE ................................................................ Spatial Data Standards for Facilities,
............................................................................. Infrastructure and Environment
SID ....................................................................... Standard Instrument Departure
SPHS .................................................................... Specially Prepared Hard Surface
SPIPE ................................................................... Standpipe
SSI ........................................................................ Sensitive Security Information
STAR ................................................................... Standard Terminal Arrival
STK ...................................................................... Stack
STWY .................................................................. Stopway

TACAN ................................................................ Tactical Air Navigation Aid

TDR ..................................................................... Touchdown Reflector
TDZ ...................................................................... Touchdown Zone
TDZE ................................................................... Touchdown Zone Elevation
THLD ................................................................... Threshold
TK ........................................................................ Tank
TMOM ................................................................. Transmissometer
TMPRY ................................................................ Temporary
TODA .................................................................. Take-off Distance Available
TORA................................................................... Take-off Run Available
TRCV ................................................................... Tri-color Visual Approach Slope Indicator
TRMSN TWR ...................................................... Transmission Tower
TRS ...................................................................... Transponder Landing System
TWR..................................................................... Tower
TWY .................................................................... Taxiway

UFN ..................................................................... Until Further Notice

UNC ..................................................................... Under Construction
USGS ................................................................... United States Geological Survey

447
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix A

VAR ..................................................................... Magnetic Variation

VASI .................................................................... Visual Approach Slope Indicator
VERT ................................................................... Vertical
VFR ...................................................................... Visual Flight Rules
VMC .................................................................... Visual Meteorological Conditions
VNAV .................................................................. Vertical Navigation
VOR ..................................................................... Very High Frequency Omnidirectional Range
VORTAC ............................................................. VOR/Tactical Air Navigation
VSP ...................................................................... Vertical Survey Point

WAAS .................................................................. Wide Area Augmentation System

WDI ..................................................................... Wind Direction Indicator
WGS 84................................................................ World Geodetic System of 1984
WSK..................................................................... Windsock
WTEE .................................................................. Wind Tee
WTET .................................................................. Wind Tetrahedron

ZM ....................................................................... Z Marker

448
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix B

APPENDIX B. Aeronautical Survey Guidance and Specifications

B.1. AIRPORT REFERENCE POINT (ARP) COMPUTATION

The Airport Reference Point (ARP) is the approximate geometric center of all usable runways based on
the ultimate configuration for the airport. The ARP position computation is somewhat similar to a center
of mass computation, except that only two dimensions are considered.

Compute the ARP using the centerline end positions of all usable runways based on the ultimate
configuration of the airport. However, since runways without specially prepared hard surfaces (SPHSs)
typically are not surveyed, the ARP position for these airports will be approximate. Indicate the ARP
computation with the year of the most recent runway end survey used in the ARP computation, such as
"ARP (1995)”. The following section identifies how to compute the ARP.

ARP Computation Methodology

The datums used in the computations are normally selected as the lowest absolute value latitude and
longitude coordinates, respectively, of all runway ends used in the computation. This convention
eliminates computing with negative moments.

ARP LAT = Latitude Datum + (Sum of Runway Moments about the Latitude Datum/Sum of
Runway Lengths)

ARP LON = Longitude Datum + (Sum of Runway Moments about the Longitude Datum/Sum of
Runway Lengths)

Runway Moment about the Latitude Datum = Runway Ground Length  the Distance in Seconds
between the approximate Runway Center Point* and the Latitude Datum

Runway Moment about the Longitude Datum = Runway Ground Length  the Distance in
Seconds between the approximate Runway Center Point* and the Longitude Datum

Runway Coordinates must be entered as absolute values.

Runway Lengths must be entered as Ground Length, rounded to the nearest whole foot.

* The approximate Runway Center Point is the mean of the Latitudes and Longitudes of a
Runway’s Ends. This convention eliminates the need for complex geodetic formulas to compute
the precise Runway Center Point, thus allowing simple and consistent ARP computations after
only brief instructions.

A Sample ARP Computation follows (See Figure B - 1):

Approximate Runway Center Pts:

RWY 1/19

LAT = 39 24 57.7852

LON = 77 22 41.1951

449
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix B

RWY 5/23

LAT = 39 24 48.4806

LON = 77 22 34.9130

ARP LAT = 39 24 34.1979 + (4,000 FT (23.5873 SEC) + 3,799 FT (14.2827 SEC))/7,799 FT

= 39 24 34.1979 + 19.0549 SEC

= 39 24 53.3

ARP LON = 77 22 19.1959 + (4,000 FT (21.9992 SEC) + 3,799 FT (15.7171 SEC))/7,799 FT

= 77 22 19.1959 + 18.9391 SEC

= 77 22 38.1

450
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix B

Figure B - 1. AIRPORT REFERENCE POINT (ARP) COMPUTATION

39 25 20

25 10

39 25 00 LONGITUDE DATUM
21.9992"
77 22 19.1959
ARP

24 50 23.5873" 15.7171"

14.2827"

24 40

LATITUDE DATUM
39 24 34.1979

39 24 30
77 23 00 22 50 22 40 22 30 22 20 77 22 10

RUNWAY END LATITUDE LONGITUDE GROUND LENGTH*

1 39 24 38.0871 077 22 43.3322 4,000 FT

19 39 25 17.4832 077 22 39.0579

5 39 24 34.1979 077 22 50.6301 3,799 FT

23 39 25 02.7632 077 22 19.1959

*USE GROUND, NOT GEODETIC, RUNWAY LENGTH ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST WHOLE FOOT.

NOTES:

1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.

2. THIS FIGURE EXPLAINS OR CLARIFIES CERTIAN DATA REQUIREMENTS - SEE TEXT FOR
COMPLETE STANDARDS.

451
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix B

Intentionally left blank.

452
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix C

APPENDIX C. RUNWAY, STOPWAY, and DISPLACED THRESHOLD END

IDENTIFCATION and MONUMENTATION

C.1. RUNWAY, STOPWAY, and DISPLACED THRESHOLD END IDENTIFCATION and

MONUMENTATION

C.1.1. Terminology

C.1.1.1. The precise meaning of terms is always important for a clear understanding of spoken or
written information. This understanding is especially critical in technical areas where safety is involved.
It is important the surveyor become familiar with runway/stopway terminology and clearly understands
the definitions. Certain terms and expressions used in this document have specific meanings that must
not be misconstrued or applied incorrectly. Refer to the Glossary for definitions used in this document.
Many of these definitions are from the “Aeronautical Information Manual” or other FAA ACs, both
document types published by the FAA. Other definitions are from the “Geodetic Glossary” published by
the National Geodetic Survey. When adequate definitions were not available from an official source, they
were carefully developed as needed for this document.

C.1.1.2. Throughout this document, reference is made to the “approach side” or “touchdown side” of a
feature. For example, “Threshold lights show green from the approach side.” Correct understanding of
these terms is extremely important. The “approach side” of a feature is the side occupied by a landing
aircraft before the aircraft has passed the feature. The “touchdown side” of a feature is the side occupied
by a landing aircraft after the aircraft has passed the feature. These terms are always referenced to a
landing aircraft and the approach end (not the stop end) of the runway.

C.1.2. Features Associated With Runway/Stopway Usage and Survey Point Location

C.1.2.1. General Information. One or more of the features existing on the airport usually indicate
the runway/stopway usage or intended usage. These features include surface markings, lights, signs,
navigational aids, and physical construction.

C.1.2.2. Survey Point, and Supporting Features. The runway/stopway survey point is the
intersection of the runway/stopway centerline and a feature precisely defining the survey point, such as
the approach side of a threshold bar. The feature precisely defining the survey point is called the survey
point locator. A survey point locator may be tangible, such as the approach side of a threshold bar, or
intangible, such as an imaginary line constructed relative to a tangible feature or features like outboard
(refer to Glossary) runway end lights.

C.1.2.2.1 A supporting feature is a feature associated with a runway/stopway survey point but does
not precisely define the point. A typical supporting feature is the threshold lights located near a displaced
threshold. There may be several supporting features for each survey point. Supporting features provide
confidence the survey point was correctly selected. The most useful supporting features are usually one
or more of the following:

 Threshold bar and other threshold paintings

 Runway number

 Threshold and runway end lights

453
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix C

 Runway edge lights

Less useful features include:

 Signs

 Visual Glideslope Indicators

 Electronic Navigational Aids

 Taxiways

C.1.2.2.2 Some features are either a survey point locator or a supporting feature, depending on the
situation. For example, when a threshold bar is located at a displaced threshold, the approach side of the
bar defines the threshold. However, when a threshold bar is located near the end of pavement, the end of
pavement usually defines the threshold and the bar is only a supporting feature providing confidence the
threshold is located at the end and not at some other location on the runway. Specific features that either
define a survey point or are useful in supporting survey point selection are discussed in this section.
Because of the many nonstandard situations and configurations encountered in the field, selecting the
correct survey point is somewhat complex. When considering the features discussed below and their
applicability to survey point location, it may be useful to refer to the associated figures in this section, as
well as appropriate FAA ACs.

C.1.2.3. Limit of Construction. The limit of construction is usually the survey point locator for the
ends of concrete runways when there is no aligned taxiway. There is an operational benefit to the airport
sponsor and aircraft operators to have the maximum runway/stopway length possible. The limit of
construction, or the runway end trim line, usually provides this maximum. The limit of construction is
typically indicated by a surface discontinuity. Be careful not to locate the runway end beyond this
discontinuity and on a blast pad, stopway, or other non-runway surface.

C.1.2.4. Trim Line. A trim line is an imaginary line constructed perpendicular to the
runway/stopway centerline establishing the location of a runway/stopway end or displaced threshold. A
trim line is most frequently used to “square off” the ends of an apparent runway/stopway surface (refer to
Glossary) establishing the runway/stopway ends. Most apparent runway/stopway surfaces are not
concrete and their ends are not perpendicular to the runway/stopway centerline, are breaking up, or are
otherwise unsuitable as a runway/stopway. Occasionally, the apparent runway/stopway surface may also
narrow toward its end. This narrowing is most likely to occur on shorter runways at smaller airports. In
all of these cases, a trim line must be constructed perpendicular to the runway/stopway centerline at the
first good pavement. This trim line may be only a few inches or may be many feet from the apparent
runway/stopway surface end. In practice, the surveyor is not qualified to accurately determine the load
bearing integrity of a surface. As a practical matter, establish the trim line at a point on the apparent
runway/stopway surface inside any disintegrating or otherwise questionable surface appearing to be
below the full load bearing capacity of the runway/stopway.

C.1.2.4.1 Other Uses Of The Trim Line Include:

 Establishing a runway end at outboard runway end lights when an aligned taxiway exists and
there is no threshold bar, or the approach side of the bar is located on the approach side of the
runway end lights.

454
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix C

 Establishing a runway end at a location determined by operational requirements, such as defining

a runway end short of a second runway when abutting surfaces exist.

 Defining a displaced threshold when there is no threshold bar, this may be the case with unpaved
runways with outboard threshold lights.

C.1.2.5. Surface Markings

C.1.2.5.1 Threshold Bar. A threshold bar delineates the beginning of the runway available for
landing (threshold) when there is pavement aligned with the runway on the approach side of the
threshold. This pavement may be runway, taxiway, stopway, or a non-usable surface such as a blast pad.
Threshold bars precisely delineate displaced thresholds, but in many cases do not precisely delineate
runway ends even when a bar is located near the runway end. When a threshold bar does define a
threshold or runway end, the approach side of the bar is the survey point locator (with the bar being
entirely on the landing surface). Threshold bars define runway ends on paved runways with an aligned
taxiway and no displaced threshold, provided the approach side of the bar is aligned with or is on the
touchdown side of the runway end lights. In no other case does the threshold bar precisely define the
runway end. The threshold bar is only a supporting feature for runway ends with no aligned taxiway
since these bars are often not painted precisely at the runway end as defined by the limit of construction
or a trim line. A threshold bar painted "close" to the end may be satisfactory for the painting contractor
but is not sufficient for precisely defining a runway end. Occasionally, a threshold bar may even be
painted on a blast pad or other non-runway surface. Because of the variability and unreliability of
threshold bar locations at runway ends with no aligned taxiway, do not use the threshold bar to define the
runway end survey point in these situations. It is important to remember the correct painting on runways
is white, while correct painting on taxiways, stopways, or blast pads is yellow. If a displaced threshold
exists on a runway with an aligned taxiway, the runway end may be marked with a yellow demarcation
bar. If painted correctly, this demarcation bar is not on the runway surface.

Figure C-1. Depicts the proper marking of a threshold bar.

455
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix C

C.1.2.6. Runway Numbers. The runway number is a supporting feature. Runway numbers are
especially useful and reliable as supporting features since most paved runways, even if unlighted, are
painted with runway numbers near the threshold. If a runway number is painted on the runway at a
location other than near the apparent threshold, a serious conflict exists requiring resolution. Discuss this
matter immediately with airport management.

C.1.2.7. Other Surface Markings. Other surface markings are supporting features. Many surface
markings, such as threshold markings (specific markings other than the threshold bar), runway side
stripes, displaced threshold arrows and arrowheads, the lines and arrowheads on taxiways aligned with
runways, and the chevrons on stopways and blast pads are associated with runway/stopway ends and
thresholds. While none of these markings precisely define runway/stopway survey points, many can be
useful as supporting features providing confidence in survey point selection.

C.1.2.8. Lights. Exercise extreme caution when using lights for runway/stopway survey point
identification. Be sure to verify the lights are not out-of-service. Be especially vigilant for redundant
lights or lights appearing out-of-place. Occasionally, a threshold or runway end may be moved and the
original lights placed out-of-service but not physically removed. If this situation is not recognized, it
could lead to confusion and incorrect survey point location.

C.1.2.8.1 Threshold Lights. Threshold lights are fixed green lights arranged symmetrically left and
right of the runway centerline and identify the approximate runway threshold (but not necessarily the
runway end). These lights are frequently in multipurpose fixtures showing green from the approach side
of the threshold and may show red, white, or amber, or may be obscured from the touchdown side of the
threshold, depending on additional function. Threshold lights are usually supporting features for survey
points on paved runways. However, they may define the survey point for displaced thresholds when a
threshold bar is missing, such as may occur on unpaved runways. (Displaced thresholds on unpaved
runways are uncommon). Light characteristics can be useful in distinguishing between a displaced
threshold and a runway end with an aligned taxiway. The displaced threshold will include lights showing
green from the approach side and white, amber, or obscured from the touchdown side. The runway end
with an aligned taxiway will include lights showing green from the approach side and red from the
touchdown side. When threshold lights are located at the runway end, they typically are combined with
runway end lights into one fixture. In these cases, threshold lights show green from the approach side,
while the runway end lights show red from the touchdown side. Special lens or filters are used to give the
desired coverage. In the rare case where the light units define a trim line for a displaced threshold survey
point (no threshold bar), the two units nearest to the runway (one on each side of the runway) are used.
The trim line must always be perpendicular to the runway centerline. If the trim line connecting the lights
(or markers if runway is unlighted) is not perpendicular to the runway centerline, then the line must be
best fit to the defining lights or markers. When there is no displaced threshold or runway end with an
aligned taxiway, threshold and runway end lights are normally located across the runway end and about
10 feet on the approach side of the runway. When there is a displaced threshold or a runway end with an
aligned taxiway, these lights are normally located to the side of the runway but are often offset along the
runway by 10 feet or more from the true threshold or runway end.

456
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix C
Roll Out Side

Approach
Side

Figure C-2. Overhead view of a threshold light, which are typically flush mounted with the runway
surface.

C.1.2.8.2 Runway End Lights. Runway end lights are fixed red lights arranged symmetrically left
and right of the runway centerline and identify the approximate runway end, or in some cases, the precise
runway end. They show red from the runway side and may also show red from the approach side, if the
runway end is not the threshold. If the runway end is also a threshold, the light unit will show green from
the approach side. FAA guidelines or regulations do not authorize a runway to extend to the approach
side of the runway end lights. Therefore, the runway end cannot be on the approach side of the runway
end lights regardless of threshold bar or runway end light location. Do not confuse these situations with
that of threshold lights at a displaced threshold where the approach side of the threshold bar defines the
threshold and the lights are only supporting features. In most cases where there is no aligned taxiway,
limit of construction, or a trim line, the touchdown side of the lights defines the runway end and the
runway end lights are supporting features only. In some cases, however, runway end lights can define a
runway end survey point. For runways with an aligned taxiway, runway end lights (which can be situated
either outboard or flush mounted inboard) define the runway end survey point if there is no threshold bar
or if the approach side of the threshold bar is on the approach side of the lights. (If the bar is entirely on
the touchdown side of the lights, the approach side of the bar defines the runway end survey point.) In the
rare cases where there is no aligned taxiway but the runway end lights are outboard and on the touchdown
side of an apparent runway end, the lights define the runway end. The surface on the approach side of the
lights is not runway.

Figure C-3. Typical elevated runway or taxiway edge light with the blue taxiway lens installed.

C.1.2.8.3 Runway/Stopway Edge Lights. Runway edge lights are white, except on instrument
runways, where amber replaces white in the last 2,000 feet or half the runway length, whichever is less, to
form a caution zone for landing. Runway/stopway edge lights are supporting features and do not
precisely define survey points. However, in some cases their color characteristics may identify a section
of pavement as either runway or taxiway. The edge lights for taxiways are blue, while the edge lights for

457
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix C

runways are white or amber. Stopway lighting is inconsistent and unreliable in stopway survey point
identification.

C.1.2.8.4 Runway End Identifier Lights. Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL) consist of a pair of
synchronized flashing lights located laterally on each side of the runway threshold but are typically not
aligned precisely with the threshold. They may be omnidirectional or unidirectional facing the approach
area. REILs are supporting features and do not precisely identify survey points. REILs may be useful in
determining runway usage since they are located near the threshold.

Figure C-4. Typical installation of the runway end identification light (REIL) with the horizontal
and VSPs identified.

C.1.2.8.5 Signs. Signs are supporting features and do not precisely identify survey points.
Occasionally, signs may be useful in indicating a runway end, especially a runway end with an aligned
taxiway. They can also indicate the direction to a runway end.

C.1.2.8.6 Visual Glideslope Indicators. Visual glideslope indicators are light sources which project
directional light into the approach area providing pilots with visual vertical guidance in the final approach
phases of flight. The locations and characteristics of visual glideslope indicators vary depending on type.
However, all are located beside the runway on the touchdown side of the threshold. Visual glideslope
indicators are supporting features and do not precisely define survey points. Occasionally, these
indicators may be useful in determining runway usage since they indicate the approximate touchdown
area for landing aircraft.

458
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix C

Figure C-5. Illustrates the proper location of a GPS setup to locate the HSP of a Precision
Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) light system. THE PAPI is one type of VGSI.

C.1.2.8.7 Electronic Navigational Aids. The Instrument Landing System Glideslope (ILS-GS)
antenna is the emission source for electronic signals, providing pilots with electronic vertical guidance in
the final approach phases of flight. ILS-GS antennas are typically located at least 400 feet off the runway
centerline and approximately 1,000 feet on the touchdown side of the threshold. Electronic navigational
aids, including the ILS-GS, do not precisely identify survey points. Occasionally, the ILS-GS antenna
may be useful in determining runway usage since most ILS-GS antennas are sited near the touchdown
area for landing aircraft.

Figure C-6. Typical glideslope installation.

459
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix C

C.1.2.8.8 Taxiways. Taxiways are movement areas providing access to runways from aircraft
parking, maintenance, and other areas on the airport. Taxiways do not precisely identify survey points.
However, since runway ends are usually accessed by adjacent taxiways, the location of a taxiway may
suggest the proximity of a runway end. While many runway ends coincide with the extension of the
taxiway edge onto the runway, this is not always the case. Often a runway extends slightly beyond the
taxiway edge, making the survey point locator for the runway end the limit of physical construction, a
trim line, or a threshold bar and not the taxiway extension onto the runway. It is not uncommon to have a
runway end without direct taxiway access. One common case occurs when a runway is extended, but the
taxiway was not extended to the new runway end. This situation is most likely to occur at smaller
airports. While taxiway/runway intersections do not define runway points, unusual taxiway/runway
configurations can alert the surveyor an unusual situation may exist.

460
 05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

APPENDIX D. TRUNCATED ATTRIBUTE VALUES TO BE USED WITH ESRI®

SHAPEFILES

NOTE: When submitting data as ESRI® shapefiles (geodatabase is not acceptable), the truncated
attribute values in the following list must be used. This list includes truncated values for all features
identified in Chapter 5 of this AC.

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

AircraftGateStand name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
gateStandType gate_sta gateStType
length length
pavementClassificationNumber pavementCl
width width
wingspan wingspan
jetwayAvailability jetwayAvai
towingAvailability towingAvai
dockingAvailability dockingAva
groundPowerAvailability groundPowe
surfaceType surfaceT
surfaceCondition surfaceC
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
AircraftNonMovementArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
AirfieldLight name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
color color
lightingType lighting
luminescence luminesc
pilotControlFrequency pilotContr
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
AirOperationsArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
AirportBoundary name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
airportFacilityType airportF airportFac
faaLocationId faaLocID

461
 AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

faaSiteNumber faaSiteNr
iataCode iataCode
icaoCode icaoCode
operationsType operatio
owner owner
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
AirportControlPoint name name
description mon_desc descrip
status status
coordinateZone spcszone
dateRecovered date_recov dateRecov
epoch epoch
fieldBook fieldBook
globalPositionSystemSuitable gps_suit gpsSuit
monumentType mon_typ monType
ellipsoidHeight ellipsoidH
permanentId permanentI
pointType pointType
recoveredCondition recov_cond recovCond
runwayDesignator rwyDesg
RunwayEndDesignator RunwayEndD
stampedDesignation stmpd_desg stmpdDesg
yearOfSurvey yearOfSurv
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
AirportParcel name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
parcelNumber parcnum
area area
authority authority
previousOwner prevowner
acquisitionType acquisitio
acquisitionPurpose acqPurpose
costToAcquire costToAcqu
grantProjectNumber grantProje
howAcquired howAcquire
marketValue marketValu
yearAssessed yearAssess
yearBuilt yearBuilt
useOfParcel useParc
legalDescription legalDesc
dateAcquired dateAcquir
assessedValue assdValue
deedReference deedRef
passengerFacilityChargeNumber pfcNumber
userFlag userFlag

462
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

alternative alternativ
AirportSign name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
height height
message message
signTypeCode signType
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
AnchorageArea name name
description descrip
status status
mooringLocation mooringLo
length length
width width
depth depth
bottomConditions bottomCond
restriction restrictio
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Apron name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
apronType apronType
pavementClassificationNumber pavementCl
surfaceCondition surfaceC
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
surfaceType surfaceT
numberOfTiedowns numberOfTi
fuel fuel
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
ArrestingGear name name
description descrip
status status
airportFacilityType airportFac
owner owner
alternative alternativ
userFlag userFlag
Bridge name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
bridgeType bridgeType
verticalStructureMaterial vertical
directionality direction
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ

463
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

Building name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
buildingNumber buildng_no buildingNo
structureType str_type strType
numberCurrentOccupants no_occup noCurOcc
areaInside areaInside
structureHeight structHght
areaFloor areaFloor
lightingType lighting
markingFeatureType markingF
color color
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
ConstructionArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
projectName projectNam
projectStatus projectS
CoordinationContact Coordinati
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
CoordinateGridArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
gridType gridType
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
County name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
politicalName polit_name politName
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
DeicingArea name name
description area_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
DockArea name name
description descrip
status status
pier pier
pierLength pierLength
pierWidth pierWidth
pierMaterial pierMateri
hoistingCapability hoistingCa
marineRailwayPlatformLength mrpLength

464
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

marineRailwayPlatformWidth mrpWidth
marineRailwayPlatformCapacity mrpCapacit
gangway gangway
gangwayLength gangwayLen
gangwayWidth gangwayWid
gangwayMaterial gangwayMat
floatingDock floatDock
floatingDockLength floatDkLen
floatingDockWidth floatDkWid
floatingDockMaterial floatDkMat
floatingBarge floatBarge
floatingBargeLength floatBgLen
floatingBargeWidth floatBgWid
floatingBargeMaterial floatBgMat
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
DrivewayArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
DrivewayCenterline name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
EasementsAndRightsOfWay name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
purpose purpose
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
ElevationContour name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
length length
contourValue contourVal
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
EnvironmentalContamination name name
Area description feat_desc descrip
status status
cause cause
dateFound dateFound
environmentalHazardCategory ehazcat
pollutantReleaseType rel_typ polReType
pollutionSource pol_src polSource

465
 AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

remediationUrgency rem_urg remUrgncy
severity severity
toxicStatusOfPollutant tox_stt toxStatPol
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
FAARegionArea name name
description reg_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
FaunaHazardArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
hazardType hazardType
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Fence name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
type type
height height
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
FloodZone name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
zoneType zoneType
alternative alternativ
FloraSpeciesSite name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
endangeredSpeciesActSite hab_stt habStt
plantHeight plant_ht plantHt
plantType plantType
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
ForestStandArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
habitatCategory habcat
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
FrequencyArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
frequency frequency
station station

466
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Gate name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
attended attended
type type
height height
length length
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
HazardousMaterialStorageSite name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
storeHazardousMaterialCategory hsb_cat hsbCat
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
ImageArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
frameId frameId
photoDate photoDate
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
LandmarkSegment name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
landmarkType landmark
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
LandUse name name
description use_desc descrip
status status
useType useType
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
LeaseZone name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
actualArea actualArea
expectedLeaseExpirationDate date_lsexp datelsexp
leasedArea leasedArea
legalDescription legl_desc legalDesc
permitUse permitUse
tenantName tenantName
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
MarkingArea name name

467
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

description descrip
status status
markingFeatureType markingF
color color
alternative alternativ
userFlag userFlag
MarkingLine name name
description descrip
status status
markingFeatureType markingF
color color
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
MovementArea name name
description descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Municipality name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
NavaidCriticalArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
dimensionX dimensionX
dimensionY dimensionY
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
NavaidEquipment name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
faaFacilityId faaFacilid
navAidEquipmentType navaidEq
navigationalAidSystemType navaidSy
useCode useCode
antennaToThresholdDistance antToThres antentDist
centerlineDistance centerline centlnDist
stopEndDistance stopEnDist
offsetDistance offsetDist
offsetDirection offsetDire
lightingType lightConfT
owner owner
runwayEndId rwyEndID
referencePointEllipsoidHeight refPointEH
referencePointThreshold refPointTh
thresholdCrossingHeight thresholdC

468
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

highAngle highAngle
ellipsoidElevation ellipsoidE
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
NavaidSite name name
description facil_desc descrip
status status
faaFacilityId faaFacilid
facilityType fac_typ facType
propertyCustodian propertyCu
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
NavigationBuoy name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
designator designator
type type
lightingType lighting
color color
owner owner
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
NoiseContour name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
contourValue contourVal
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
NoiseIncident name name
description incid_desc descrip
status status
reporter reporter
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
NoiseMonitoringPoint name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Obstacle name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
obstacleType obstacle obstacleTy
obstacleSource obstacleso
aboveGroundLevel aboveGroun
distanceFromDisplacedThreshold FromDTHLDD
distanceFromRunwayCenterline FromRwyCen
distanceFromRunwayEnd FromRwyEnd

469
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

groupCode groupCode
heightAboveAirport heightAbov
heightAboveRunway hAbovRwy
heightAboveTouchdownZone hAbovTdz
lightCode lightCode
markingFeatureType markingF
penValSpecified penVal_Spe penValSpe
penValSupplemental penVal_Sup penValSup
ellipsoidHeight ellipsoidH
obstructionNumber obsNumber
disposition dispostn
oisSurfaceCondition oisSurfa
frangible frangible
faacoordinationcode faaCode
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
ObstructionArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
obstacleType obstacle obstacleTy
obstacleSource obstacleso
aboveGroundLevel aboveGroun
distanceFromDisplacedThreshold FromDTHLDD
distanceFromRunwayCenterline FromRwyCen
distanceFromRunwayEnd FromRwyEnd
groupCode groupCode
heightAboveAirport heightAbov
heightAboveRunway hAbovRwy
heightAboveTouchdownZone hAbovTdz
lightCode lightCode
markingFeatureType markingF
penValSpecified penVal_Spe penValSpe
penValSupplemental penVal_Sup penValSup
obstructionNumber obs_number obsNumber
obstructionAreaType obs_typ obsArType
disposition dispostn
oisSurfaceCondition oisSurfa
length length
width width
frangible frangible
faaCoordinationCode faa_d faaCode
ellipsoidHeight ellipsoidH
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
ObstructionIdSurface name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
oisSurfaceType oisSurTy

470
 05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

oisZoneType oisZoneT
oisSurfaceCondition oisSurfa
runwayDesignator rwyDesg
RunwayEndDesignator RunwayEndD
safetyRegulation safety_reg safetyReg
zoneUse zoneUse
approachGuidance approachGu
slope slope
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Parcel name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
parcelNumber parc_num parcNum
area area
authority authority
previousOwner prevOwner
acquisitionType acquisitio
acquisitionPurpose acqPurpose
costToAcquire costToAcqu
grantProjectNumber grantProje
howAcquired howAcquire
marketValue marketValu
yearAssessed yearAssess
yearBuilt yearBuilt
useOfParcel use_parc useParc
legalDescription legl_desc legalDesc
dateAcquired dateAcquir
assessedValue assd_value assdValue
deedReference deed_ref deedRef
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
ParkingLot name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
numberHandicapSpaces num_hndcp noHndcpSp
owner owner
parkingLotUse park_use parcUse
surfaceType surfaceT
totalNumberSpaces tot_spaces totSpaces
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
PassengerLoadingBridge name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
loadingBridgeType loadingBT
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ

471
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

RailroadCenterline name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
isBridge isBridge
numberOfTracks numTracks
owner owner
isTunnel isTunnel
directionality direction
segmentType segmentT
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RailroadYard name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
owner owner
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RestrictedAccessBoundary name name
description area_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RoadCenterline name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
color color
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RoadPoint name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RoadSegment name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
alternateName alt_name altName
numberOfLanes num_lanes numLanes
route1Name route1Name
route1Type route1Type
route2Name route2Name
route2Type route2Type
route3Name route3Name
route3Type route3Type
length length
width width
isBridge isBridge
isTunnel isTunnel

472
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

directionality direction
segmentType segmentT
surfaceType surfaceT
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Roof name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
buildingNumber buildingNo
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Runway name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
runwayDesignator rwyDesg
width width
length length
surfaceType surfaceT
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
surfaceCondition surfaceC
pavementClassificationNumber pavementCl
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwayArrestingArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
length length
width width
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
surfaceCondition surfaceC
setback setback
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwayBlastPad name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
length length
pavementClassificationNumber pavementCl
RunwayEndDesignator RunwayEndD
surfaceCondition surfaceC
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
surfaceType surfaceT
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwayCenterline name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status

473
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

isDerived isDerived
runwayDesignator rwy_desg rwyDesg
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwayElement name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
pavementClassificationNumber pavementCl
runwayDesignator rwyDesg
surfaceCondition surfaceC
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
surfaceType surfaceT
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwayEnd name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
ellipsoidHeight ellipsoidH
approachCategory approach appCat
approachGuidance approachG
accelerateStopDistanceAvail acStpDAvai
magneticBearing brngMagnet
TrueBearing brngTrue
designGroup designGr
displacedDistance displacedD
landingDistanceAvailable landingDis
RunwayEndDesignator RunwayEndD
runwaySlope rwySlope
takeOffDistanceAvailable takeOffDis
takeOffRunwayAvailable takeOffRun
thresholdType threshol thresholdT
touchdownZoneElevation tdzElevati
touchdownZoneSlope tdzSlope
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwayHelipadDesignSurface name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
designSurfaceType designSu
zoneUse zoneUse
determination determinat
determinationDate detDate
zoneInnerWidth zone_inner zoneInner
zoneOuterWidth zone_outer zoneOuter
zoneLength zone_lengt zoneLength
slope slope
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ

474
05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

RunwayIntersection name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
runwayDesignator1 rwy1_desgn rwy1Desgn
runwayDesignator2 rwy2_desgn rwy2Desgn
runwayDesignator3 rwy3_desgn rwy3Desgn
pavementClassificationNumber pavementCl
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwayLabel name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
RunwayEndDesignator RunwayEndD
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwayLAHSO name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
color color
protectedRunwayDesignator protected
markingFeatureType markingF
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwayProtectArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
length length
type type
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
RunwaySafetyAreaBoundary name name
description feat_desc descrip
RunwayEndDesignator RunwayEndD
status status
determinationDate detDate
determination determinat
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
SampleCollectionPoint name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
collectionPointLocation locdesc
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
SeaplaneRampCenterline name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
length length

475
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
SeaplaneRampSite name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
width width
slope slope
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
SecurityArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
SecurityIdDisplayArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
SecurityPerimeterLine name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Shoreline name name
description shore_desc descrip
status status
shorelineType shr_typ shoreType
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Shoulder name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
shoulderType shl_type sholdrType
length length
width width
restricted restricted
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
surfaceType surfaceT
surfaceCondition surfaceC
sequence sequence
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Sidewalk name name
description walk_desc descrip
status status
walkUse walkUse
AmericanDisabilitiesAct ada_acc adaAcc

476
 05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

length length
width width
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
segmentType segmentT
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
State name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
SterileArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Stopway name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
length length
width width
RunwayEndDesignator RunwayEndD
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
surfaceType surfaceT
surfaceCondition surfaceC
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
TankSite name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
tankType tankType
topElevation top_elv topElev
lightCode lightCode
verticalStructureMaterial vertical
lightingType lighting
markingFeatureType markingF
color color
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
TaxiChannel name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
restriction restrictio
length length
width width
depth depth
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ

477
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

TaxiwayElement name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
taxiwayId taxiwayId
taxiwayType taxiwayT
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
pavementClassificationNumber pavementCl
surfaceCondition surfaceC
directionality direction
sequence sequence
surfaceType surfaceT
designGroup designGr
length length
width width
maximumSpeed maxSpeed
wingSpan wingSpan
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
TaxiwayHoldingPosition name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
runwayDesignator rwy_desgn rwyDesg
taxiwayDesignator taxi_desgn taxiDesgn
lowVisibilityCategory low_visi lowVisCat
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
TaxiwayIntersection name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
TouchDownLiftOff name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
length length
width width
surfaceType surfaceT
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
surfaceCondition surfaceC
designHelicopter designHeli
gradient gradient
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Tower name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
verticalStructureMaterial vertical
structureHeight structHght

478
 05/21/2009 AC 150/5300-18B
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

lightCode lightCode
lightingType lighting
markingFeatureType markingF
color color
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Tunnel name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
type type
verticalClearance vert_clr vertClr
averageHeight avg_ht averageHt
averageWidth avg_wd averageWd
length length
directionality direction
segmentType segmentT
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
TurningBasin name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
restriction restrictio
length length
width width
depth depth
diameter diameter
compassLocation compassLoc
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
UtilityLine name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
utilityType utilityT
directionality direction
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
UtilityPoint name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
utilityType utilityT
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
UtilityPolygon name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
utilityType utilityT
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ

479
AC 150/5300-18B 05/21/2009
Appendix D

FeatureClass AttributeName Shp_Name NewShp_Name

WaterLaneEnd name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
magneticBearing brngMagnet
compassLocation compassLoc
restriction restrictio
airMarker airMaker
type type
color color
lightingtype lighting
approachGuidance approachGu
length length
width width
depth depth
centroid centroid
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
WaterOperatingArea name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
surfaceMaterial surfaceM
length length
width width
currentFlowrate currentFlo
compassLocation compassLoc
tidalRange tidalRange
coordinatedUseType coordUseT
coordinatedUseActivityLevel coordUseA
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Wetland name name
description wetln_desc descrip
status status
featureType feat_typ featType
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ
Zoning name name
description feat_desc descrip
status status
landOwnerRestriction restrict
zoningClassification zng_cls zngClass
userFlag userFlag
alternative alternativ

480